AI Terminal

MODULE: AI_ANALYST
Interactive Q&A, Risk Assessment, Summarization
MODULE: DATA_EXTRACT
Excel Export, XBRL Parsing, Table Digitization
MODULE: PEER_COMP
Sector Benchmarking, Sentiment Analysis
SYSTEM ACCESS LOCKED
Authenticate / Register Log In

MEDICLINIC INTERNATIONAL PLC

Regulatory Filings Jul 25, 2017

4946_dva_2017-07-25_f89e2ff8-5087-4fc5-b526-9771a0e9596e.pdf

Regulatory Filings

Open in Viewer

Opens in native device viewer

The Companies Act 2006

Company Limited by Shares

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

adopted by special resolution passed on 25 July 2017 to have effect from 25 July 2017

of

Mediclinic International Plc

(incorporated on 20 December 2012)

Company No. 08338604

Preliminary5
1 Default Articles not to apply 5
2 Interpretation5
3 Liability of members 8
Shares8
4 Shares and special rights 8
5 The Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares 8
6 The Subscriber Shares 9
7 Commissions on issue of shares 9
8 Reduction of capital 10
9 Fractions arising on consolidation or subdivision 10
10 Capitalisation of profits and reserves10
11 Only absolute interests recognised 11
Share Certificates11
12 Issue of share certificates 11
13 Form of share certificate 12
14 Replacement of share certificates 12
15 Consolidated and balance share certificates12
Shares not held in Certificated Form 13
16 Uncertificated shares 13
17 Share warrants14
Calls on Shares 15
18 Sums due on shares 15
19 Power to differentiate between holders15
20 Calls15
21 Liability for calls15
22 Interest on overdue amounts 15
23 Payment of calls in advance16
Forfeiture and Lien 16
24 Notice on failure to pay a call 16
25 Forfeiture for non-compliance16
26 Disposal of forfeited shares 16
27 Holder to remain liable despite forfeiture17
28 Lien on partly-paid shares 17
29 Sale of shares subject to lien 17
30 Evidence of forfeiture 18
Variation of Rights18
31 Manner of variation of rights 18
32 Matters not constituting variation of rights19
Transfer of Shares 19
33 Form of transfer19
34 Right to refuse registration 20
35 No fee on registration 20
Transmission of Shares 20
36 Persons entitled to shares on death20
37 Election by persons entitled by transmission 20
38 Rights of persons entitled by transmission 21
39 Prior notices binding21
Untraced Shareholders 21
40 Untraced shareholders21
General Meetings22
41 Annual General Meetings22
42 Convening of General Meetings22
Notice of General Meetings 22
43 Notice of General Meetings22
Proceedings at General Meetings23
44 Chairman 23
45 Requirement for Quorum 23
46 Adjournment 23
47 Notice of adjourned meeting24
48 Amendments to resolutions 24
49 Security arrangements and orderly conduct24
50 Satellite meeting places24
Polls25
51 Demand for poll25
52 Procedure on a poll26
53 Timing of poll26
Votes of Members26
54 Votes attaching to shares 26
55 Votes of joint holders27
56 Validity and result of vote27
Proxies and Corporate Representatives27
57 Appointment of proxies 27
58 Multiple Proxies 27
59 Form of proxy 27
60 Deposit of form of proxy28
61 Rights of proxy28
62 Termination of proxy's authority 29
63 Corporations acting by representatives 29
Default Shares 29
64 Restriction on voting in particular circumstances29
Directors31
65 Number of Directors31
66 Share qualification 31
67 Directors' fees 31
68 Other remuneration of Directors31
69 Directors' expenses 32
70 Directors' pensions and other benefits32
71 Appointment of executive Directors and Chairman 32
72 Powers of executive Directors32
Appointment and Retirement of Directors32
73 Election or appointment of additional Director 32
74 Retirement at Annual General Meetings 33
75 Re-election of retiring Director 33
76 Termination of office 33
77 Removal of Director by resolution of Company34
Meetings and Proceedings of Directors34
78 Convening of meetings of Directors34
79 Quorum 35
80 Chairman 35
81 Casting vote 35
82 Number of Directors below minimum 35
83 Directors' written resolutions36
84 Validity of proceedings 36
Directors' Interests 36
85 Authorisation of Directors' interests36
86 Permitted Interests37
87 Restrictions on quorum and voting 38
88 Confidential information 40
89 Directors' interests - general 40
Powers of Directors 41
90 General powers41
91 Provision for employees on cessation or transfer of business 41
92 Bank mandates 41
93 Borrowing41
94 Registers41
Delegation of Powers41
95 Appointment and constitution of committees41
96 Local boards and managers42
97 Appointment of attorney 42
Alternate Directors 42
98 Alternate Directors42
Secretary43
99 Secretary43
The Seal44
100 The Seal 44
Authentication of Documents44
101 Authentication of documents 44
Dividends45
102 Declaration of final dividends45
103 Fixed and interim dividends45
104 Distribution in specie46
105 Ranking of shares for dividend46
106 Manner of payment of dividends 47
107 Record date for dividends48
108 No interest on dividends48
109 Retention of dividends48
110 Unclaimed dividend 48
111 Waiver of dividend 49
Scrip Dividends 49
112 Scrip dividends49
Accounts51
113 Accounting records 51
Communications with Members 51
114 Service of notices51
116 Deceased and bankrupt members52
117 Failure to supply address53
118 Suspension of postal services53
119 Signature or authentication of documents sent by electronic means 53
120 Statutory provisions as to notices53
Winding Up54
121 Directors' power to petition 54
Destruction of Documents 54
122 Destruction of documents54
Directors' Liabilities 55
123 Indemnity 55
124 Insurance 55
125 Defence expenditure56

The Companies Act 2006

Company Limited by Shares

Articles of Association

adopted by special resolution passed on 25 July 2017 to have effect from 25 July 2017

of

Mediclinic International Plc (the "Company") Company No. 08338604

Preliminary

1 Default Articles not to apply

Neither the regulations in The Companies (Model Articles) Regulations 2008 nor any other articles or regulations prescribing forms of articles which may apply to companies under the Legislation or any former enactment relating to companies shall apply to the Company.

2 Interpretation

In these Articles (if not inconsistent with the subject or context) the provisions of this Article 2 apply:

"address" means any address or number (including, in the case of
any Uncertificated Proxy Instruction, an identification
number of a participant in the relevant system) used for
the purposes of sending or receiving notices, documents
or information by electronic means and/or by means of a
website;
"Annual General
Meeting"
means a general meeting held as the Company's annual
general meeting in accordance with Section 336 of the
Companies Act 2006;
"clear days" means a period of notice of the specified length excluding
the day of the meeting and the day on which the notice is
given;
"Companies Acts" shall have the same meaning as in Section 2 of the
Companies Act 2006 in so far as they apply to the
Company;
"Company
Communications
Provisions"
shall have the same meaning as in Section 1143 of the
Companies Act 2006;
"CREST Regulations" means The Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001;
"Directors" means the directors of the Company;
"electronic form" shall have the same meaning as in the Company
Communications Provisions;
"electronic means" shall have the same meaning as in the Company
Communications Provisions;
"General Meeting" means any general meeting of the Company, including any
general meeting held as the Company's Annual General
Meeting;
"hard copy form" shall have the same meaning as in the Company
Communications Provisions;
"in writing" means written or produced by any substitute for writing
(including anything in electronic form) or partly one and
partly another;
"Legislation" means the Companies Acts, the CREST Regulations and
every other enactment for the time being in force
concerning companies and affecting the Company;
"London Stock
Exchange"
means London Stock Exchange plc;
"month" means calendar month;
"Office" means the registered office of the Company for the time
being;
"Operator" means Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited or such other
person as may for the time being be approved by H.M.
Treasury as Operator under the CREST Regulations;
"Operator-instruction" means a properly authenticated dematerialised instruction
attributable to the Operator;
"paid" means paid or credited as paid;
"person entitled" in relation to a share means a person entitled to that share
by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a member or
otherwise by operation of law;
"Procedural Resolution" A resolution at a General Meeting which in the opinion of
the chairman is of a procedural nature (including a
resolution on the choice of a chairman of the meeting, a
resolution to adjourn the meeting or a resolution to correct
an obvious error in a Substantive Resolution);
"Register" means the register of members of the Company;
"relevant system" means a computer-based system, and procedures, which
enable title to units of a security to be evidenced and
transferred without a written instrument including, without
limitation, pursuant to the CREST Regulations or the rules
of Strate (Pty) Ltd;
"Seal" means the common seal of the Company;
"Secretary" means the secretary of the Company and any person
appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of
the secretary including, but not limited to, a joint, assistant
or deputy secretary;
"Securities Seal" means an official seal kept by the Company for sealing
securities issued by the Company, or for sealing
documents creating or evidencing securities so issued, as
permitted by the Companies Acts;
"Substantive Resolution" Any resolution at a General Meeting, other than a
Procedural Resolution;
"these Articles" means these Articles of Association as from time to time
altered;
"Transfer Office" means the place where the Register is situated for the
time being;
"UK Listing Authority" means the Financial Conduct Authority in its capacity as
competent authority for official listing under Part VI of the
Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;
"Uncertificated Proxy
Instruction"
means a properly authenticated dematerialised instruction,
and/or other instruction or notification, sent by means of a
relevant system to a participant in that system acting on
behalf of the Company as the Directors may prescribe, in
such form and subject to such terms and conditions as
may from time to time be prescribed by the Directors
(subject always to the facilities and requirements of the
relevant system);
"United Kingdom" means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland; and
"year" means calendar year.
  • 2.1 Any reference to issued shares of any class (whether of the Company or of any other company) shall not include any shares of that class held as treasury shares except where the contrary is expressly provided.
  • 2.2 Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. Words denoting the masculine shall include the feminine. Words denoting persons shall include bodies corporate and unincorporated associations.
  • 2.3 References to an Article are to a numbered paragraph of these Articles.
  • 2.4 The words "including" and "include" and words of similar effect shall not be deemed to limit the general effect of the words which precede them.
  • 2.5 References to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force (whether coming into force before or after the adoption of these Articles).
  • 2.6 References to a share (or to a holding of shares) being in certificated or uncertificated form are references, respectively, to that share being a certificated or an uncertificated

unit of a security for the purposes of the CREST Regulations, and where applicable, the rules of Strate (Pty) Ltd.

  • 2.7 Subject to Article 31.2, the provisions of these Articles relating to General Meetings and to the proceedings at such meetings shall apply to separate meetings of a class of shareholders.
  • 2.8 References to a person being present at a General Meeting include a person present by corporate representative.
  • 2.9 Except as provided above, any words or expressions defined in the Companies Acts or the CREST Regulations shall (if not inconsistent with the subject or context) bear the same meanings in these Articles.

3 Liability of members

The liability of each member is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares held by that member.

Shares

4 Shares and special rights

  • 4.1 Without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing shares, the Company may issue shares with such rights or restrictions as determined by either the Company by ordinary resolution or, if the Company passes a resolution to so authorise them, the Directors.
  • 4.2 The Company may issue any shares which are to be redeemed, or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the holder, on such terms and in such manner as the Company may determine by ordinary resolution and the Directors may determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of any such shares.

5 The Redeemable Non-Voting Preference Shares

  • 5.1 The rights and restrictions attached to the 50,000 redeemable non-voting preference shares of £1 each shall be as follows:
  • (a) the redeemable non-voting preference shares shall carry no rights to receive any of the profits of the Company available for distribution by way of dividend or otherwise;
  • (b) if there is a return of capital on winding-up or otherwise, the assets of the Company available for distribution among the members shall be applied first in repaying in full the holder of the redeemable non-voting preference shares the amount paid up on such shares;
  • (c) except as provided above the redeemable non-voting preference shares shall not carry any right to participate in profits or assets of the Company;
  • (d) subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, the Company may redeem the redeemable non-voting preference shares at their nominal amount at any time specified by either the Directors or the holders of the redeemable nonvoting preference shares, provided always that if the Company shall at any time be unable in compliance with the provisions of the Companies Acts to redeem the redeemable non-voting preference shares on the date specified by the Directors of the Company or by the holders of the redeemable non-voting

preference shares then the Company shall redeem such shares as soon as it is able to comply with such provisions of the Companies Acts;

  • (e) on the redemption of any redeemable non-voting preference shares such redeemable non-voting preference share shall be cancelled;
  • (f) subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, any notice of redemption served shall specify the date fixed for redemption and upon such date the holders of the redeemable non-voting preference shares shall be bound to present the certificate in respect thereof in order that the same may be cancelled. Upon such delivery the Company shall pay to such holders the amount due to them in respect of such redemption; and
  • (g) the holders of the redeemable non-voting preference shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of or attend and vote at any General Meeting of the Company unless a resolution is to be proposed:
  • (i) to wind up the Company; or
  • (ii) which varies, modifies, alters or abrogates any of the rights attaching to the redeemable non-voting preference shares.

6 The Subscriber Shares

  • 6.1 The rights and restrictions attached to the ten subscriber shares of £0.10 each, authorised at the date of incorporation of the Company as an ordinary share of £1.00 and subsequently sub-divided into ten ordinary shares of £0.10 each, and to be reclassified as subscriber shares, shall be as follows:
  • (a) the subscriber shares shall carry no rights to receive any of the profits of the Company available for distribution by way of dividend or otherwise;
  • (b) if there is a return of capital on winding-up or otherwise, the assets of the Company available for distribution among the members shall be applied first in repaying in full to the holder of the subscriber shares the amount paid up on such shares;
  • (c) except as provided above, the subscriber shares shall not carry any right to participate in profits or assets of the Company; and
  • (d) the holders of the subscriber shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of or attend and vote at any General Meeting of the Company unless a resolution is to be proposed which varies, modifies, alters or abrogates any of the rights attaching to the subscriber shares.

7 Commissions on issue of shares

Subject to the Legislation, the Company may pay a commission to any person who (i) subscribes or agrees to subscribe for shares or (ii) procures or agrees to procure subscriptions for shares, in each case either conditionally or unconditionally. Such payment may be in cash, by allotting fully or partly paid shares or other securities, or partly in one way and partly in the other.

8 Reduction of capital

The Company may by special resolution reduce its share capital, share premium account, capital redemption reserve or redenomination reserve in any way permitted by the Legislation.

9 Fractions arising on consolidation or subdivision

  • 9.1 Whenever as a result of a subdivision or consolidation of shares any members would become entitled to fractions of a share, the Directors may:
  • 9.1.1 sell the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Legislation, the Company);
  • 9.1.2 distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those members; and
  • 9.1.3 authorise any person to execute an instrument to transfer the shares to the purchaser or its nominee.
  • 9.2 The transferee of the shares has no obligation to ensure that the purchase money is distributed in accordance with this Article 9.
  • 9.3 The transferee's title to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the sale proceedings.
  • 9.4 Where any member's entitlement to a portion of the proceeds of sale amounts to less than £5 or such other minimum figure as may be determined by the Directors, that member's portion may at the Directors' discretion be distributed to an organisation which is a charity for the purposes of the law of England and Wales.

10 Capitalisation of profits and reserves

  • 10.1 If so authorised by an ordinary resolution, the Directors may:
  • 10.1.1 capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company's reserve accounts (including any share premium account, capital redemption reserve or other undistributable reserve); and
  • 10.1.2 capitalise any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account that is not required for payment of any preferential dividend.
  • 10.2 Unless the ordinary resolution passed in accordance with Article 10.1 states otherwise the Directors shall set aside such capitalised sum:
  • 10.2.1 for the holders of ordinary shares ("entitled members"); and
  • 10.2.2 in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them on the date that the resolution is passed in accordance with Article 10.1 or such other date as set out in or calculated in accordance with such resolution, or in such other proportions as stated, or fixed as stated, in the resolution.
  • 10.3 The Directors may apply such capitalised sum in paying up new ordinary shares (or, subject to any special rights previously conferred on any shares or class of shares, new shares of any other class). The Company shall then allot such shares credited as fully paid to the entitled members or as they may direct. For the purposes of this Article 10.3, unless the ordinary resolution passed in accordance with Article 10.1 provides

otherwise, if the Company holds treasury shares on the date determined in accordance with Article 10.2.2:

  • 10.3.1 it shall be treated as an entitled member; and
  • 10.3.2 all ordinary shares held by it as treasury shares shall be included in determining the proportions in which the capitalised sum is set aside.
  • 10.4 To the extent a capitalised sum is appropriated from profits available for distribution it may also be applied:
  • 10.4.1 in or towards paying up any amounts unpaid on existing shares held by the entitled members; or
  • 10.4.2 in paying up new debentures of the Company which are then allotted credited as fully paid to the entitled members or as they may direct; or
  • 10.4.3 a combination of the two.
  • 10.5 The Directors may:
  • 10.5.1 make such provisions as they think fit for any fractional entitlements which might arise on a capitalisation (including to disregard fractional entitlements or for the benefit of them to accrue to the Company); and
  • 10.5.2 authorise any person to enter into an agreement with the Company on behalf of all of the entitled members in relation to the issue of shares or debentures pursuant to this Article 10. Any agreement made under such authority shall be binding on the entitled members.

11 Only absolute interests recognised

Except as required by law and these Articles, the Company is not obliged to recognise any person as holding any share upon any trust nor any other right in respect of any share, except the holder's absolute right to the share and the rights attaching to it.

Share Certificates

12 Issue of share certificates

  • 12.1 The Company shall issue a share certificate to every person whose name is entered in the Register in respect of shares in certificated form, except where the Legislation allows the Company not to issue a certificate.
  • 12.2 Subject to Article 14, the Company shall issue share certificates without charge.
  • 12.3 The Company shall issue certificates within the time limit prescribed by the Legislation or, if earlier, within any time limit specified in the terms of the shares or under which they were issued.
  • 12.4 Where shares are held jointly by several persons, the Company is not required to issue more than one certificate in respect of those shares, and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be sufficient delivery to them all.
  • 12.5 Each certificate must be in respect of one class of shares only. If a member holds more than one class of shares, separate certificates must be issued to that member in respect of each class.

13 Form of share certificate

  • 13.1 Every share certificate shall be executed by the Company by affixing the Seal or the Securities Seal (or, in the case of shares on a branch Register, an official seal for use in the relevant territory) or otherwise in any manner permitted by the Legislation.
  • 13.2 Every share certificate shall specify the number and class of shares to which it relates, the nominal value of those shares, the amount paid up on them and any distinguishing numbers assigned to them.

14 Replacement of share certificates

  • 14.1 A member who has separate certificates in respect of shares of one class may request in writing that it be replaced with a consolidated certificate. The Company may comply with such request at its discretion.
  • 14.2 A member who has a consolidated share certificate may request in writing that it be replaced with two or more separate certificates representing the shares in such proportions as the member may specify. The Company may comply with such request at its discretion.
  • 14.3 If a share certificate is damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the member shall be issued a new certificate representing the same shares upon request.
  • 14.4 No new certificate will be issued pursuant to this Article 14 unless the relevant member has:
  • 14.4.1 first delivered the old certificate or certificates to the Company for cancellation; or
  • 14.4.2 complied with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity as the Directors may think fit; and
  • 14.4.3 paid such reasonable fee as the Directors may decide.
  • 14.5 In the case of shares held jointly by several persons, any request pursuant to this Article 14 may be made by any one of the joint holders.

15 Consolidated and balance share certificates

  • 15.1 If a member's holding of shares of a particular class increases, the Company must issue that member with either:
  • 15.1.1 a consolidated certificate in respect of all of the shares of that class held by that member; or
  • 15.1.2 a separate certificate in respect of only the number of shares of that class by which that member's holding has increased.
  • 15.2 If some only of the shares comprised in a share certificate are transferred, or the member's holding of those shares is otherwise reduced, the Company shall issue a new certificate for the balance of such shares.
  • 15.3 No new certificate will be issued pursuant to this Article 15 unless the relevant member has:

  • 15.3.1 first delivered any old certificate or certificates that represent any of the same shares to the Company for cancellation; or

  • 15.3.2 complied with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity as the Directors may think fit and paid such reasonable fee as the Directors may decide.

Shares not held in Certificated Form

16 Uncertificated shares

.

  • 16.1 In this Article 16, "the relevant rules" means:
  • 16.1.1 any applicable provision of the Legislation about the holding, evidencing of title to, or transfer of shares other than in certificated form; and
  • 16.1.2 any applicable legislation, rules or other arrangements made under or by virtue of such provision.
  • 16.2 The provisions of this Article 16 have effect subject to the relevant rules.
  • 16.3 To the extent any provision of the Articles is inconsistent with the applicable relevant rules it must be disregarded.
  • 16.4 Any share or class of shares of the Company may be issued or held on such terms, or in such a way, that:
  • 16.4.1 title to it or them is not, or must not be, evidenced by a certificate; or
  • 16.4.2 it or they may or must be transferred wholly or partly without a certificate.
  • 16.5 The Directors have power to take such steps as they think fit in relation to:
  • 16.5.1 the evidencing of and transfer of title to uncertificated shares (including in connection with the issue of such shares);
  • 16.5.2 any records relating to the holding of uncertificated shares;
  • 16.5.3 the conversion of certificated shares into uncertificated shares; or
  • 16.5.4 the conversion of uncertificated shares into certificated shares.
  • 16.6 The Company may by notice to the holder of a share require that share:
  • 16.6.1 if it is uncertificated, to be converted into certificated form; and
  • 16.6.2 if it is certificated, to be converted into uncertificated form,

to enable it to be dealt with in accordance with the Articles.

  • 16.7 If:
  • 16.7.1 the Articles give the Directors power to take action, or require other persons to take action, in order to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of shares; and
  • 16.7.2 uncertificated shares are subject to that power, but the power is expressed in terms which assume the use of a certificate or other written instrument,

the Directors may take such action as is necessary or expedient to achieve the same results when exercising that power in relation to uncertificated shares.

  • 16.8 The Directors may take such action as they consider appropriate to achieve the sale, transfer, disposal, forfeiture, re-allotment or surrender of an uncertificated share or otherwise to enforce a lien in respect of it. This may include converting such share to certificated form.
  • 16.9 Unless the Directors resolve otherwise, shares which a member holds in uncertificated form must be treated as separate holdings from any shares which that member holds in certificated form.
  • 16.10 A class of shares must not be treated as two classes simply because some shares of that class are held in certificated form and others are held in uncertificated form.

17 Share warrants

  • 17.1 The Directors may issue a share warrant in respect of any fully paid share.
  • 17.2 Share warrants must be issued in such form and executed in such manner as the Directors resolve.
  • 17.3 A share represented by a share warrant may be transferred by delivery of the warrant representing it.
  • 17.4 The Directors may make provision for the payment of dividends in respect of any share represented by a share warrant.
  • 17.5 Subject to the Articles, the Directors may decide the conditions on which any share warrant is issued. In particular, they may:
  • 17.5.1 decide the conditions on which new warrants are to be issued in place of warrants which are damaged or defaced, or said to have been lost or destroyed;
  • 17.5.2 decide the conditions on which bearers of warrants are entitled to attend and vote at General Meetings;
  • 17.5.3 decide the conditions subject to which bearers of warrants may surrender their warrant so as to hold their shares in certificated or uncertificated form instead; and
  • 17.5.4 vary the conditions of issue of any warrant from time to time,

and the bearer of a warrant is subject to the conditions and procedures in force in relation to it, whether or not they were decided or specified before the warrant was issued.

  • 17.6 Subject to the conditions on which the warrants are issued from time to time, bearers of share warrants have the same rights and privileges as they would if their names had been included in the Register as holders of the shares represented by their warrants.
  • 17.7 The Company is not bound by or obliged to recognise any interest in a share represented by a share warrant other than the absolute right of the bearer of that warrant to that warrant.

Calls on Shares

18 Sums due on shares

  • 18.1 For the purposes of these Articles, any sum (whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium) which by the terms of allotment of a share becomes payable upon allotment, or at any fixed date, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which it is payable.
  • 18.2 In case of non-payment, all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

19 Power to differentiate between holders

On the allotment of shares, the Directors may provide that the amount of calls to be paid on those shares and the times of payment are different for different holders of those shares.

20 Calls

  • 20.1 Subject to the terms of allotment of the shares, the Directors may make a "call" by requiring a member to pay to the Company any money that is payable on the shares such member holds as at the date of the call.
  • 20.2 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed.
  • 20.3 Notice of a call must be given to the relevant member and may specify the time or times and place where payment is required to be made.
  • 20.4 A call may be made payable by instalments.
  • 20.5 A member must pay to the Company the amount called on such member's shares at the time or times and place specified, but is not required to do so until 14 days have passed since the notice of call was sent.
  • 20.6 A call may be wholly or partly revoked or postponed at any time before payment of it is made, as the Directors may decide.

21 Liability for calls

  • 21.1 The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of such share.
  • 21.2 A person on whom a call is made remains liable for the call notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made.

22 Interest on overdue amounts

  • 22.1 If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid by the time it is due for payment, the member from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the sum from the time payment was due to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding 15 per cent per annum) as the Directors decide.
  • 22.2 The Directors may waive payment of such interest wholly or in part at their discretion.

23 Payment of calls in advance

  • 23.1 Any member may pay to the Company all or any part of the amount (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium) uncalled and unpaid upon the shares held by such member. The Directors may accept or refuse such payment, as they think fit.
  • 23.2 Any payment in advance of calls shall, to the extent of such payment, extinguish the liability upon the shares in respect of which it is made.
  • 23.3 The Company may pay interest upon the money so received (until the same would but for such advance become payable) at such rate as the member paying such sum and the Directors may agree.

Forfeiture and Lien

24 Notice on failure to pay a call

  • 24.1 If a member fails to pay in full any call or instalment of a call on or before the due date for payment, the Directors may at any time serve a notice in writing on such member requiring payment of:
  • 24.1.1 so much of the call or instalment as is due but unpaid;
  • 24.1.2 any interest which may have accrued on the unpaid amount; and
  • 24.1.3 any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment.
  • 24.2 The notice shall state:
  • 24.2.1 a date (not being less than seven days from the date of service of the notice) on or before which the payment is to be made;
  • 24.2.2 the place where the payment is to be made; and
  • 24.2.3 that in the event of non-payment the shares on which the call has been made will be liable to be forfeited.

25 Forfeiture for non-compliance

  • 25.1 If the requirements of any notice given pursuant to Article 24 are not complied with and all calls and interest and expenses due in respect of such share remain unpaid, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.
  • 25.2 Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited share and not actually paid before forfeiture.
  • 25.3 The Directors may accept a surrender of any share liable to be forfeited pursuant to this Article 25.

26 Disposal of forfeited shares

26.1 A share forfeited or surrendered shall become the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of either to any person (including the person who was before such forfeiture or surrender the holder of that share or entitled to it) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors shall think fit.

  • 26.2 At any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposal, the forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.
  • 26.3 The Directors may authorise any person to transfer a forfeited or surrendered share pursuant to this Article 26.

27 Holder to remain liable despite forfeiture

  • 27.1 A person whose shares have been forfeited or surrendered shall:
  • 27.1.1 cease to be a member in respect of those shares;
  • 27.1.2 in the case of shares held in certificated form, surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for such shares;
  • 27.1.3 remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were payable by such person to the Company in respect of the shares together with interest on such sum at a rate of 15 per cent per annum (or such lower rate as the Directors may decide) from the date of forfeiture or surrender until the date of actual payment.
  • 27.2 The Directors may at their absolute discretion enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or surrender or for any consideration received on their disposal. They may also waive payment in whole or in part.

28 Lien on partly-paid shares

  • 28.1 The Company shall have a lien on every share that is not fully-paid for all moneys in respect of the share's nominal value, or any premium at which it was issued, that have not been paid to the Company and are payable immediately or at a fixed time in the future, whether or not a call has been made on such sums.
  • 28.2 The Company's lien over a share takes priority over the rights of any third party and extends to any dividends or other sums payable by the Company in respect of that share (including any sale proceeds if that share is sold by the Company pursuant to these Articles).
  • 28.3 The Directors may waive any lien which has arisen and may resolve that any share shall be exempt wholly or partially from the provisions of this Article 28 for such period as the Directors decide.

29 Sale of shares subject to lien

  • 29.1 The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors decide, any share in respect of which an enforcement notice has been given if that notice has not been complied with.
  • 29.2 An enforcement notice:
  • 29.2.1 may only be given if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is due and has not been paid;
  • 29.2.2 must specify the share concerned;
  • 29.2.3 must require payment of the sum due on a date not less than 14 days from the date of the notice;
  • 29.2.4 must be addressed to the holder of, or person entitled to, that share; and

  • 29.2.5 must give notice of the Company's intention to sell the share if the notice is not complied with.

  • 29.3 For the purpose of giving effect to any such sale, the Directors may authorise any person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser or its nominee.
  • 29.4 The net proceeds of such sale (after payment of the costs of the sale and of enforcing the lien) shall be applied:
  • 29.4.1 first, in or towards payment or satisfaction of the amount in respect of which the lien exists, to the extent that amount was due on the date of the enforcement notice; and
  • 29.4.2 secondly, to the person entitled to the shares immediately prior to the sale, provided that:
    • (i) that person has first delivered the certificate or certificates in respect of the shares sold to the Company for cancellation or complied with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity as the Directors may think fit; and
    • (ii) the Company shall have a lien over such proceeds (equivalent to that which existed upon the shares prior to the sale) in respect of sums which become or became due after the date of the enforcement notice in respect of the shares sold.
  • 29.5 The transferee of the shares has no obligation to ensure that the purchase money is distributed in accordance with the Articles
  • 29.6 The transferee's title to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the forfeiture, surrender or sale proceedings.

30 Evidence of forfeiture

A statutory declaration that the declarant is a Director or the Secretary and that a share has been duly forfeited or surrendered or sold to satisfy a lien of the Company on a date stated in the declaration shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. Subject to compliance with any other transfer formalities required by the Articles or by law, such declaration shall constitute a good title to the share.

Variation of Rights

31 Manner of variation of rights

  • 31.1 Whenever the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the special rights attached to any class may be varied or abrogated:
  • 31.1.1 with the consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of the class, excluding any shares held as treasury shares; or
  • 31.1.2 with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of the class (but not otherwise),

and may be so varied or abrogated either whilst the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding-up.

  • 31.2 The provisions of these Articles relating to General Meetings and to the proceedings at such meetings shall apply to separate meetings of a class of shareholders (with only such changes as are necessary), except that:
  • 31.2.1 the necessary quorum at a separate meeting shall be two persons at least, holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class;
  • 31.2.2 at any adjourned meeting any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum;
  • 31.2.3 any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll;
  • 31.2.4 every such holder shall on a poll have one vote for every share of the class held by the holder; and
  • 31.2.5 if a meeting is adjourned for any reason including a lack of quorum, the adjourned meeting may be held less than ten clear days after the original meeting notwithstanding Article 45.2.
  • 31.3 The provisions of this Article 31 shall apply to the variation or abrogation of the special rights attached to some only of the shares of any class as if each group of shares of the class differently treated form a separate class the special rights of which are to be varied.

32 Matters not constituting variation of rights

The special rights attached to any class of shares having preferential rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by their terms of issue, be deemed to be varied by:

  • 32.1 the creation or issue of further shares ranking, as regards participation in the profits or assets of the Company, in some or all respects equally with them but in no respect in priority to them; or
  • 32.2 the purchase or redemption by the Company of any of its own shares.

Transfer of Shares

33 Form of transfer

  • 33.1 All transfers of shares which are in certificated form may be effected by transfer in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form acceptable to the Directors.
  • 33.2 The instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and, if any of the shares are not fully-paid shares, by or on behalf of the transferee.
  • 33.3 The transferor shall remain the holder of the shares concerned until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of those shares.
  • 33.4 All instruments of transfer which are registered may be retained by the Company.
  • 33.5 All transfers of shares which are in uncertificated form shall be effected by means of a relevant system unless the CREST Regulations provide otherwise.

34 Right to refuse registration

  • 34.1 The Directors may decline to register any transfer of shares in certificated form unless:
  • 34.1.1 the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;
  • 34.1.2 the instrument of transfer is lodged (duly stamped if required) at the Transfer Office accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) or such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer or, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on the transferor's behalf, the authority of that person to do so; and
  • 34.1.3 it is fully paid.
  • 34.2 The Directors may also refuse to register an allotment or transfer of shares (whether fully paid or not) in favour of more than four persons jointly.

35 No fee on registration

No fee will be charged by the Company in respect of the registration of any transfer or other document relating to or affecting the title to any shares or otherwise for making any entry in the Register affecting the title to any shares.

Transmission of Shares

36 Persons entitled to shares on death

  • 36.1 If a member dies the only persons the Company shall recognise as having any title to such member's interest in the shares shall be:
  • 36.1.1 the survivors or survivor where the deceased was a joint holder; and
  • 36.1.2 the executors or administrators of the deceased where the deceased was a sole or only surviving holder.
  • 36.2 Nothing in this Article 36 shall release the estate of a deceased member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share held by such member.

37 Election by persons entitled by transmission

  • 37.1 A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law may either:
  • 37.1.1 be registered as holder of the share upon giving to the Company notice in writing to that effect; or
  • 37.1.2 transfer such share to some other person,

upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show such person's title to the share.

37.2 All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these Articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall apply to any such notice or transfer as if the notice or transfer were a transfer made by the member registered as the holder of any such share.

38 Rights of persons entitled by transmission

  • 38.1 A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law:
  • 38.1.1 subject to Article 38.1.2, shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages as a registered holder of the share upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show such person's title to the share; and
  • 38.1.2 shall not be entitled to exercise any right in respect of the share in relation to General Meetings until such person has been registered as a member in respect of the share.
  • 38.2 A person entitled to a share who has elected for that share to be transferred to some other person pursuant to Article 37.1.2 shall cease to be entitled to any rights or advantages in relation to such share upon that other person being registered as the holder of that share.

39 Prior notices binding

If a notice is given to a member in respect of a share, a person entitled to that share is bound by the notice if it was given to the member before the name of the person entitled was entered into the Register.

Untraced Shareholders

40 Untraced shareholders

  • 40.1 The Company shall be entitled to sell the shares of a member, or a person entitled to those shares, if and provided that:
  • 40.1.1 during the period of 12 years prior to the date of the publication of the advertisements referred to in Article 40.1.2 (or, if published on different dates, the first of them) at least three dividends in respect of the shares have become payable and no dividend in respect of those shares has been claimed;
  • 40.1.2 the Company has inserted advertisements in both (i) a national newspaper and (ii) a newspaper circulating in the area in which the last known postal address of the member or other address for service notified to the Company is located, giving notice of its intention to sell the shares; and
  • 40.1.3 during the period of three months following the publication of such advertisements the Company has received no communication from such member or person.
  • 40.2 If the Company is entitled to sell any shares pursuant to Article 40.1, it shall do so at the best price reasonably obtainable at the time of sale.
  • 40.3 To give effect to any such sale the Company may appoint any person to transfer, as transferor, the said shares and such transfer shall be as effective as if it had been carried out by the registered holder of or person entitled to such shares and the title of the transferee shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating thereto.

  • 40.4 For the purpose of giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise any person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser or its nominee.

  • 40.5 The transferee's title to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the sale proceedings.
  • 40.6 The transferee of the shares has no obligation to ensure that the purchase money is distributed in accordance with the Articles.
  • 40.7 The net proceeds of such sale (after payment of the costs of the sale) shall belong to the Company. The Company shall be obliged to account to the former member or other person previously entitled for an amount equal to such proceeds and shall enter the name of such former member or other person in the books of the Company as a creditor for such amount. No trust shall be created in respect of the debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it. The Company shall not be required to account for any money earned on the net proceeds, which may be employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investments as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

General Meetings

41 Annual General Meetings

An Annual General Meeting shall be held annually in the six month period beginning with the day following the Company's accounting reference date, at such place or places, date and time as may be decided by the Directors.

42 Convening of General Meetings

The Directors may, whenever they think fit, and shall on requisition in accordance with the Legislation, proceed to convene a General Meeting.

Notice of General Meetings

43 Notice of General Meetings

  • 43.1 Notices of General Meetings shall include all information required to be included by the Legislation.
  • 43.2 Notice shall be given to all members other than members who are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company under the provisions of these Articles. The Company may determine that only those persons entered on the Register at the close of business on a day decided by the Company, such day being no more than 21 days before the day that notice of the meeting is sent, shall be entitled to receive such a notice. If a member is added to the Register after the day determined by the Company under this Article, this shall not invalidate the service of the notice, nor entitle such member to receive notice of the meeting.
  • 43.3 For the purposes of determining which persons are entitled to attend or vote at a meeting, and how many votes such persons may cast, the Company must specify in the notice of the meeting a time, not more than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting, by which a person must be entered on the Register in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting. The Directors may at their discretion resolve that, in

calculating such period, no account shall be taken of any part of any day that is not a working day (within the meaning of Section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006).

Proceedings at General Meetings

44 Chairman

The Chairman of the Directors shall preside as Chairman of any General Meeting at which he/she is present (as long as he/she is willing to do so). If he/she is not present or is unwilling, a Deputy Chairman, failing whom any Director present and willing to act and, if more than one, chosen by the Directors present at the meeting, shall preside as Chairman. If no Director is present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting and willing to act as Chairman, a member may be elected to be the Chairman by a resolution of the Company passed at the meeting.

45 Requirement for Quorum

  • 45.1 No business other than the appointment of a Chairman shall be transacted at any General Meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Two members present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum.
  • 45.2 If within five minutes from the time appointed for a General Meeting (or such longer interval as the Chairman of the meeting may think fit to allow) a quorum is not present, or if during the meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened on the requisition of members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to such day, time and place as may have been specified for the purpose in the notice convening the meeting or (if not so specified) as the Directors may decide, provided that the adjourned meeting shall be held not less than ten clear days after the original General Meeting.

46 Adjournment

  • 46.1 The Chairman of any General Meeting at which a quorum is present may adjourn the meeting if:
  • 46.1.1 the members consent to an adjournment by passing an ordinary resolution;
  • 46.1.2 the Chairman considers it necessary to restore order or to otherwise facilitate the proper conduct of the meeting; or
  • 46.1.3 the Chairman considers it necessary for the safety of the people attending the meeting (including if there is insufficient room at the meeting venue to accommodate everyone who wishes to, and is entitled to, attend).
  • 46.2 The Chairman of any General Meeting at which a quorum is present must adjourn the meeting if requested to do so by the meeting.
  • 46.3 If the Chairman adjourns a meeting the Chairman may specify the time and place to which it is adjourned. Where a meeting is adjourned without specifying a new time and place, the time and place for the adjourned meeting shall be fixed by the Directors.
  • 46.4 No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

47 Notice of adjourned meeting

When a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more or without specifying a new time, not less than seven days' notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with Article 43 (making such alterations as necessary). Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.

48 Amendments to resolutions

  • 48.1 A special resolution to be proposed at a General Meeting may be amended by ordinary resolution provided that no amendment may be made other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error.
  • 48.2 An ordinary resolution to be proposed at a General Meeting may be amended by ordinary resolution provided that:
  • 48.2.1 in the opinion of the Chairman of the meeting the amendment is within the scope of the business of the meeting as described and does not impose further obligations on the Company; and
  • 48.2.2 notice of the proposed amendment is given to the Company by a person entitled to vote at the General Meeting in question at least 48 hours before the meeting or adjourned meeting (as the case may be).
  • 48.3 If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the Chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

49 Security arrangements and orderly conduct

  • 49.1 The Directors may put in place such arrangements or restrictions as they think fit to ensure the safety and security of the attendees at a General Meeting and the orderly conduct of the meeting, including requiring attendees to submit to searches.
  • 49.2 The Directors may refuse entry to, or remove from, a General Meeting any member, proxy or other person who fails to comply with such arrangements or restrictions.
  • 49.3 The Chairman of a General Meeting may take such action as the Chairman thinks fit to maintain the proper and orderly conduct of the meeting.

50 Satellite meeting places

  • 50.1 To facilitate the organisation and administration of any General Meeting, the Directors may decide that the meeting shall be held at two or more locations.
  • 50.2 For the purposes of these Articles any General Meeting taking place at two or more locations shall be treated as taking place where the Chairman of the meeting presides (the "principal meeting place") and any other location where that meeting takes place is referred to in these Articles as a "satellite meeting".
  • 50.3 A member present in person or by proxy at a satellite meeting may be counted in the quorum and may exercise all rights that they would have been able to exercise if they were present at the principal meeting place.
  • 50.4 The Directors may make and change from time to time such arrangements as they shall in their absolute discretion consider appropriate to:

  • 50.4.1 ensure that all members and proxies for members wishing to attend the meeting can do so;

  • 50.4.2 ensure that all persons attending the meeting are able to participate in the business of the meeting and to see and hear anyone else addressing the meeting;
  • 50.4.3 ensure the safety of persons attending the meeting and the orderly conduct of the meeting; and
  • 50.4.4 restrict the numbers of members and proxies at any one location to such number as can safely and conveniently be accommodated there.
  • 50.5 The entitlement of any member or proxy to attend a satellite meeting shall be subject to any such arrangements then in force and stated by the notice of meeting or adjourned meeting to apply to the meeting.
  • 50.6 If there is a failure of communication equipment or any other failure in the arrangements for participation in the meeting at more than one place, the Chairman may adjourn the meeting in accordance with Article 46.1.2. Such an adjournment will not affect the validity of such meeting, or any business conducted at such meeting up to the point of adjournment, or any action taken pursuant to such meeting.
  • 50.7 A person (a "satellite chairman") appointed by the Directors shall preside at each satellite meeting. Every satellite chairman shall carry out all requests made of the satellite chairman by the Chairman of the General Meeting, may take such action as the satellite chairman thinks necessary to maintain the proper and orderly conduct of the satellite meeting and shall have all powers necessary or desirable for such purposes.

Polls

51 Demand for poll

  • 51.1 At any General Meeting any Substantive Resolution put to the vote shall be decided on a poll, and any Procedural Resolution put to the vote shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is (before the resolution is put to the vote on a show of hands, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands) demanded by::
  • 51.2 the Chairman of the meeting;
  • 51.3 not less than five members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote;
  • 51.4 a member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting (excluding the rights attaching to any shares held as treasury shares); or
  • 51.5 a member or members present in person or by proxy and holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right (excluding any such shares held as treasury shares).
  • 51.6 A demand for a poll may be withdrawn before the poll is taken but only with the consent of the Chairman. A demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made.

52 Procedure on a poll

  • 52.1 A poll shall be taken in such manner (including by use of ballot or voting papers or electronic means, or any combination of means) as the Chairman of the meeting may direct.
  • 52.2 The Chairman of the meeting may appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and may decide how and when the result of the poll is to be declared.
  • 52.3 The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.
  • 52.4 On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy and a person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his/her votes or cast all the votes he/she uses in the same way.

53 Timing of poll

  • 53.1 A poll demanded on the choice of a Chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken immediately. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at such subsequent time (not being more than 30 days from the date of the meeting) and place as the Chairman may direct.
  • 53.2 No notice need be given of a poll not taken immediately if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded. In any other case, at least seven days' notice must be given specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken.
  • 53.3 If an amendment shall be proposed to any Substantive Resolution under consideration but shall in good faith be ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting the proceedings on the Substantive Resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling..

Votes of Members

54 Votes attaching to shares

  • 54.1 Subject to Article 43.3 and to any special rights or restrictions as to voting attached by or in accordance with these Articles to any shares or any class of shares:
  • 54.1.1 on a show of hands every member who is present in person and, subject to Article 54.1.2, every proxy present who has been duly appointed shall have one vote;
  • 54.1.2 on a show of hands, a proxy has one vote for and one vote against the resolution if the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one member entitled to vote on the resolution, and the proxy has been instructed:

    • (i) by one or more of those members to vote for the resolution and by one or more other of those members to vote against it; or
    • (ii) by one or more of those members to vote either for or against the resolution and by one or more other of those members to use his/her discretion as to how to vote; and
  • 54.1.3 on a poll every member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which such member is the holder.

  • 54.2 A proxy shall not be entitled to vote on a show of hands or on a poll where the member appointing the proxy would not have been entitled to vote on the resolution had such member been present in person.

55 Votes of joint holders

In the case of joint holders of a share the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names appear in the Register in respect of the share.

56 Validity and result of vote

  • 56.1 No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter or the admissibility of any vote except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is tendered. Every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection shall be referred to the Chairman of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.
  • 56.2 On a vote on a resolution at a meeting on a show of hands, a declaration by the Chairman that the resolution:
  • 56.2.1 has or has not been passed; or
  • 56.2.2 has been passed with a particular majority,

is conclusive evidence of that fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution. An entry in respect of such a declaration in minutes of the meeting recorded in accordance with the Companies Acts is also conclusive evidence of that fact without such proof. This Article 56 does not have effect if a poll is demanded in respect of the resolution (and the demand is not subsequently withdrawn).

Proxies and Corporate Representatives

57 Appointment of proxies

  • 57.1 A member is entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of such member's rights to attend and to speak and vote at a General Meeting.
  • 57.2 A proxy need not be a member of the Company.

58 Multiple Proxies

A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to a meeting provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by such member.

59 Form of proxy

59.1 The appointment of a proxy must be in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form which the Directors may approve and:

  • 59.1.1 in the case of an individual must either be signed by the appointor or the appointor's attorney or authenticated in accordance with Article 119; and
  • 59.1.2 in the case of a corporation must be either given under its common seal or be signed on its behalf by an attorney or a duly authorised officer of the corporation or authenticated in accordance with Article 119.
  • 59.2 Any signature on or authentication of such appointment need not be witnessed. Where an appointment of a proxy is signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 119 on behalf of the appointor by an attorney, the Company may treat that appointment as invalid unless the power of attorney or a notarially certified copy of the power of attorney is submitted to the Company.

60 Deposit of form of proxy

  • 60.1 The appointment of a proxy must be received in the manner set out in or by way of note to, or in any document accompanying, the notice convening the meeting (or if no address is so specified, at the Transfer Office):
  • 60.1.1 in the case of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than 48 hours before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which it relates;
  • 60.1.2 in the case of a poll taken following the conclusion of a meeting or adjourned meeting, but not more than 48 hours after the poll was demanded, not less than 48 hours before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the poll was demanded; and
  • 60.1.3 in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll,

and in default shall not be treated as valid.

  • 60.2 The Directors may at their discretion resolve that, in calculating the periods mentioned in Article 60.1, no account shall be taken of any part of any day that is not a working day (within the meaning of Section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006).
  • 60.3 In relation to any shares in uncertificated form the Directors may permit a proxy to be appointed by electronic means or by means of a website in the form of an Uncertificated Proxy Instruction and may permit any supplement to, or amendment or revocation of, any Uncertificated Proxy Instruction to be made by a further Uncertificated Proxy Instruction. The Directors may prescribe the method of determining the time at which any Uncertificated Proxy Instruction is to be treated as received by the Company. The Directors may treat any Uncertificated Proxy Instruction purporting or expressed to be sent on behalf of a holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending the instruction to send it on behalf of that holder.
  • 60.4 Unless the contrary is stated on the proxy form, the appointment of a proxy shall be as valid for any adjournment of a meeting as it is for the meeting to which it relates.

61 Rights of proxy

Subject to the Legislation, a proxy shall have the right to exercise all or any of the rights of the proxy's appointor, or (where more than one proxy is appointed by a member) all or any of the rights attached to the shares in respect of which such person is appointed the proxy to attend, and to speak and vote, at a General Meeting.

62 Termination of proxy's authority

  • 62.1 Neither the death or insanity of a member who has appointed a proxy, nor the revocation or termination by a member of the appointment of a proxy (or of the authority under which the appointment was made), shall invalidate the proxy or the exercise of any of the rights of the proxy, unless notice of such death, insanity, revocation or termination shall have been received by the Company in accordance with Article 62.2.
  • 62.2 Any such notice of death, insanity, revocation or termination must be in writing and be received at the address or one of the addresses (if any) specified for receipt of proxies in, or by way of note to, or in any document accompanying, the notice convening the meeting to which the appointment of the proxy relates (or if no address is so specified, at the Transfer Office):
  • 62.2.1 in the case of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than one hour before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy appointment relates;
  • 62.2.2 in the case of a poll taken following the conclusion of a meeting or adjourned meeting, but not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than one hour before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the poll was demanded; or
  • 62.2.3 in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than one hour before the time appointed for the taking of the poll.

63 Corporations acting by representatives

Subject to the Legislation, any corporation which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise a person or persons to act as its representative or representatives at any General Meeting.

Default Shares

64 Restriction on voting in particular circumstances

  • 64.1 Unless the Directors resolve otherwise, no member shall be entitled in respect of any share held by such member to vote either personally or by proxy or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to General Meetings if any call or other sum due from such member to the Company in respect of that share remains unpaid.
  • 64.2 If any member, or any other person appearing to be interested in shares (within the meaning of Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006) held by such member, has been duly served with a notice under Section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 and is in default for a period of 14 days in supplying to the Company the information required by that notice, then (unless the Directors otherwise determine) in respect of:
  • 64.2.1 the shares comprising the shareholding account in the Register which comprises or includes the shares in relation to which the default occurred (all or the relevant number as appropriate of such shares being the "default shares", which expression shall include any further shares which are issued in respect of such shares); and
  • 64.2.2 any other shares held by the member,

the member shall not (for so long as the default continues) nor shall any transferee to whom any of such shares are transferred (other than pursuant to an approved transfer or pursuant to Article 64.3.2) be entitled to attend or vote either personally or by proxy at a General Meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to General Meetings.

  • 64.3 Where the default shares represent 0.25 per cent or more of the issued shares of the class in question, the Directors may in their absolute discretion by notice in writing (a "direction notice") to such member direct that:
  • 64.3.1 any dividend or part of a dividend (including shares to be issued in lieu of a dividend) or other money which would otherwise be payable in respect of the default shares shall be retained by the Company without any liability to pay interest on it when such dividend or other money is finally paid to the member; and/or
  • 64.3.2 no transfer of any of the shares held by such member shall be registered unless the transfer is an approved transfer or:
    • (i) the member is not in default as regards supplying the information required; and
    • (ii) the transfer is of part only of the member's holding and, when presented for registration, is accompanied by a certificate by the member in a form satisfactory to the Directors to the effect that after due and careful enquiry the member is satisfied that none of the shares the subject of the transfer are default shares,

provided that, in the case of shares in uncertificated form, the Directors may only exercise their discretion not to register a transfer if permitted to do so by the CREST Regulations.

  • 64.4 The Company shall send a copy of the direction notice to each other person appearing to be interested in the shares the subject of that direction notice, but the failure or omission by the Company to do so shall not invalidate such notice.
  • 64.5 Any direction notice shall have effect in accordance with its terms for so long as the default in respect of which the direction notice was issued continues. Any direction notice shall cease to have effect at such time as the Directors decide. Within a period of one week of the default being duly remedied, the Directors shall decide that the relevant direction notice shall cease to have effect and shall give written notice of that fact to the member as soon as reasonably practicable.
  • 64.6 Any direction notice shall cease to have effect in relation to any shares which are transferred by such member by means of an approved transfer or in accordance with Article 64.3.2.
  • 64.7 For the purposes of this Article 64:
  • 64.7.1 a person shall be treated as appearing to be interested in any shares if the member holding such shares has been served with a notice under Section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 and either (i) the member has named such person as being so interested or (ii) (after taking into account the response of the member to the said notice and any other relevant information) the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person in question is or may be interested in the shares; and

  • 64.7.2 a transfer of shares is an "approved transfer" if:

  • (i) it is a transfer of shares to an offeror by way or in pursuance of acceptance of a takeover offer (as defined in Section 974 of the Companies Act 2006); or
  • (ii) the Directors are satisfied that the transfer is made pursuant to a genuine sale of the whole of the beneficial ownership of the shares to a party unconnected with the member, or with any person appearing to be interested in such shares, including any such sale made through an investment exchange that has been granted recognition under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 or through a stock exchange outside the United Kingdom on which the Company's shares are normally traded. For the purposes of this Article 64 any associate (as that term is defined in Section 435 of the Insolvency Act 1986) shall be included amongst the persons who are connected with the member or any person appearing to be interested in such shares.
  • 64.8 The provisions of this Article 64 are in addition and without prejudice to the provisions of the Companies Acts.

Directors

65 Number of Directors

The Directors shall not be less than two nor more than 20 in number save that the Company may by ordinary resolution from time to time vary the minimum number and/or maximum number of Directors.

66 Share qualification

A Director shall not be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings.

67 Directors' fees

  • 67.1 The ordinary remuneration of the Directors shall from time to time be determined by the Directors except that such remuneration shall not exceed £5,000,000 per annum in aggregate or such higher amount as may from time to time be determined by ordinary resolution.
  • 67.2 Such ordinary remuneration shall (unless otherwise provided by ordinary resolution) be divisible among the Directors as they may agree or, failing agreement, equally, except that any Director who shall hold office for part only of the period in respect of which such remuneration is payable shall be entitled only to remuneration in proportion to the period during which such Director has held office.

68 Other remuneration of Directors

Any Director who holds any executive office (including for this purpose the office of Chairman or Deputy Chairman whether or not such office is held in an executive capacity), or who serves on any committee of the Directors, or who otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the Directors are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director, may be paid such extra remuneration by way of salary, commission or otherwise or may receive such other benefits as the Directors may determine.

69 Directors' expenses

The Directors may repay to any Director all such reasonable expenses as that Director may incur in attending and returning from meetings of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors or General Meetings or separate meetings of any class of members or debentures or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company.

70 Directors' pensions and other benefits

The Directors shall have power to pay and agree to pay a Director's remuneration. A Director's remuneration may include the payment of gratuities, allowances, pensions or other retirement, superannuation, death, sickness or disability benefits to, or to any person in respect of, that Director.

71 Appointment of executive Directors and Chairman

  • 71.1 The Directors may from time to time appoint one or more of them to be the holder of any executive office (or, where considered appropriate, the office of Chairman or Deputy Chairman) on such terms and for such period as they may (subject to the provisions of the Legislation) resolve and, without prejudice to the terms of any contract entered into in any particular case, may at any time revoke or vary the terms of any such appointment.
  • 71.2 The appointment of any Director to the office of Chairman or Deputy Chairman or Managing or Joint Managing or Deputy or Assistant Managing Director shall automatically terminate if such Director ceases to be a Director but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between such Director and the Company.
  • 71.3 The appointment of any Director to any other executive office shall not automatically terminate if such Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, unless the contract or resolution under which such Director holds office shall expressly state otherwise, in which event such termination shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between such Director and the Company.

72 Powers of executive Directors

The Directors may entrust to and confer upon any Director holding any executive office any of the powers exercisable by them as Directors upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they think fit, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers. They may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such delegated powers.

Appointment and Retirement of Directors

73 Election or appointment of additional Director

73.1 The Company may by ordinary resolution elect, and the Directors shall have power at any time to appoint, any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an

additional Director, but not so that the total number of Directors shall exceed the maximum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles.

  • 73.2 Any person so appointed by the Directors shall retire at the next Annual General Meeting and shall then be eligible for election.
  • 73.3 No person shall be elected as a Director unless such person is recommended by the Board or the Company has received from such person confirmation in writing of that person's willingness to be elected as a Director, no later than seven days before the General Meeting at which the relevant resolution is proposed.

74 Retirement at Annual General Meetings

  • 74.1 Each Director shall retire at the Annual General Meeting held in the third calendar year following the year in which the Director was elected or last re-elected by the Company, or at such earlier Annual General Meeting as the Directors may resolve.
  • 74.2 Each Director (other than the Chairman and any Director holding an executive office) shall retire at each Annual General Meeting following the ninth anniversary of the date on which the Director was elected by the Company.
  • 74.3 A Director who retires at any Annual General Meeting shall be eligible for election or reelection unless the Directors resolve otherwise not later than the date of the notice of such Annual General Meeting.

75 Re-election of retiring Director

  • 75.1 Where a Director retires at an Annual General Meeting in accordance with Article 74.1 or 74.2, or otherwise, the Company may at the meeting by ordinary resolution fill the office being vacated by electing the retiring Director (if eligible for re-election). In the absence of such a resolution the retiring Director shall nevertheless be deemed to have been reelected except in any of the following cases:
  • 75.1.1 where at such meeting a resolution for the re-election of such Director is put to the meeting and lost;
  • 75.1.2 where such Director is ineligible for re-election or has given notice in writing to the Company that he/she is unwilling to be re-elected; or
  • 75.1.3 where a resolution to elect such Director is void by reason of contravention of Section 160 of the Companies Act 2006.
  • 75.2 The retirement shall not have effect until the conclusion of the meeting except where a resolution is passed to elect some other person in the place of the retiring Director or a resolution for the retiring Director's re-election is put to the meeting and lost. Accordingly a retiring Director who is re-elected or deemed to have been re-elected will continue in office without a break.

76 Termination of office

  • 76.1 The office of a Director is terminated if:
  • 76.1.1 the Director becomes prohibited by law from acting as a Director or ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Companies Act 2006;

  • 76.1.2 the Company has received notice of the Director's resignation or retirement from office and such resignation or retirement from office has taken effect in accordance with its terms;

  • 76.1.3 the Director has retired at an Annual General Meeting in accordance with Article 74.1 or 74.2, or otherwise, and any of Articles 75.1.1, 75.1.2 or 75.1.3 applies.
  • 76.1.4 the Director has a bankruptcy order made against him/her, compounds with his/her creditors generally or applies to the court for an interim order under Section 253 of the Insolvency Act 1986 in connection with a voluntary arrangement under that Act or any analogous event occurs in relation to the Director in another country;
  • 76.1.5 an order is made by any court claiming jurisdiction in that behalf on the ground (however formulated) of mental disorder for the Director's detention or for the appointment of another person (by whatever name called) to exercise powers with respect to the Director's property or affairs;
  • 76.1.6 the Director is absent from meetings of the Directors for six months without permission and the Directors have resolved that the Director's office be vacated;
  • 76.1.7 notice of termination is served or deemed served on the Director and that notice is given by all the Director's co-Directors for the time being; or
  • 76.1.8 in the case of a Director other than the Chairman and any director holding an executive office, if the Directors resolve to require the Director to resign and the Director fails to do so within 30 days of notification of such resolution being served or deemed served on the Director.
  • 76.2 If a Director holds an appointment to an executive office which automatically terminates on termination of the Director's office as Director, the Director's removal from office pursuant to this Article 76 shall be deemed an act of the Company and shall have effect without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between the Director and the Company.

77 Removal of Director by resolution of Company

In accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Legislation, the Company may remove any Director from office by ordinary resolution of which special notice has been given and elect another person in place of a Director so removed from office. Such removal may take place notwithstanding any provision of these Articles or of any agreement between the Company and such Director, but shall be without prejudice to any claim the Director may have for damages for breach of any such agreement.

Meetings and Proceedings of Directors

78 Convening of meetings of Directors

  • 78.1 Subject to the provisions of these Articles the Directors may meet together for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their proceedings as they think fit. At any time any Director may, and the Secretary at the request of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by giving notice to the other Directors. Notice need not be in writing and may be sent to any address provided by the Director.
  • 78.2 Any Director may waive notice of any meeting and any such waiver may be retroactive.

78.3 The Directors shall be deemed to meet together if they are in separate locations, but are linked by conference telephone or other communication equipment which allows those participating to hear and speak to each other, and a quorum in that event shall be five Directors so linked (or such other number fixed from time to time by the Directors). Such a meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of Directors participating is assembled or, if there is no such group, where the Chairman of the meeting then is.

79 Quorum

  • 79.1 The quorum necessary for the transaction of business of the Directors may be fixed from time to time by the Directors and unless so fixed at any other number shall be half of the total number of Directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number). A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all powers and discretions for the time being exercisable by the Directors.
  • 79.2 If a quorum is not present within half an hour of the time appointed for the meeting or if a quorum ceases to be present during the course of the meeting, the Director(s) present shall adjourn the meeting to a specified time and place not less than one day after the original date. The quorum necessary for the transaction of business of the Directors at such adjourned meeting may be fixed from time to time by the Directors and unless so fixed at any other number shall be two.

80 Chairman

  • 80.1 The Directors may elect from their number a Chairman and a Deputy Chairman (or two or more Deputy Chairmen) and decide the period for which each is to hold office. If no Chairman or Deputy Chairman has been appointed or if at any meeting of the Directors no Chairman or Deputy Chairman is present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.
  • 80.2 If at any time there is more than one Deputy Chairman the right, in the absence of the Chairman, to preside at a meeting of the Directors or of the Company shall be determined as between the Deputy Chairmen present (if more than one) by seniority in length of appointment or otherwise as resolved by the Directors.

81 Casting vote

Questions arising at any meeting of the Directors shall be determined by a majority of votes. The Chairman of the meeting shall not have a casting vote.

82 Number of Directors below minimum

If and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of appointing such number of additional Directors as is required to meet the minimum or of summoning General Meetings, but not for any other purpose. If no Directors or Director is able or willing to act, then any two members may summon a General Meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors.

83 Directors' written resolutions

  • 83.1 Any Director may, and the Secretary at the request of a Director shall, propose a written resolution by giving written notice to the other Directors.
  • 83.2 A Directors' written resolution is adopted when all the Directors who would have been entitled to vote on such resolution if it had been proposed at a meeting of the Directors have:
  • 83.2.1 signed one or more copies of it; or
  • 83.2.2 otherwise indicated their agreement to it in writing.
  • 83.3 A Directors' written resolution is not adopted if the number of Directors who have signed it is less than the quorum for Directors' meetings.
  • 83.4 Once a Directors' written resolution has been adopted, it must be treated as if it had been a resolution passed at a Directors' meeting in accordance with the Articles.

84 Validity of proceedings

All acts done by any meeting of Directors, or of any committee or sub-committee of the Directors, or by any person acting as a member of any such committee or subcommittee, shall as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company be valid, notwithstanding that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or any such persons, or that any such persons were disqualified or had vacated office, or were not entitled to vote.

Directors' Interests

85 Authorisation of Directors' interests

  • 85.1 For the purposes of Section 175 of the Companies Act 2006, the Directors shall have the power to authorise any matter which would or might otherwise constitute or give rise to a breach of the duty of a Director to avoid a situation in which the Director has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company.
  • 85.2 Authorisation of a matter under this Article 85 shall be effective only if:
  • 85.2.1 the matter in question shall have been proposed in writing for consideration at a meeting of the Directors, in accordance with the Board's normal procedures or in such other manner as the Directors may resolve;
  • 85.2.2 any requirement as to the quorum at the meeting of the Directors at which the matter is considered is met without counting the Director in question and any other interested Director (together the "Interested Directors"); and
  • 85.2.3 the matter was agreed to without the Interested Directors voting or would have been agreed to if the votes of the Interested Directors had not been counted.
  • 85.3 Any authorisation of a matter under this Article 85 may:
  • 85.3.1 extend to any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise out of the matter so authorised;

  • 85.3.2 be subject to such conditions or limitations as the Directors may resolve, whether at the time such authorisation is given or subsequently; and

  • 85.3.3 be terminated by the Directors at any time;

and a Director shall comply with any obligations imposed on the Director by the Directors pursuant to any such authorisation.

85.4 A Director shall not, save as otherwise agreed by such Director, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which the Director (or a person connected with the Director) derives from any matter authorised by the Directors under this Article 85 and any contract, transaction or arrangement relating to such a matter shall not be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such benefit.

86 Permitted Interests

  • 86.1 Subject to compliance with Article 86.2, a Director, notwithstanding such Director's office, may have an interest of the following kind:
  • 86.1.1 where a Director (or a person connected with the Director) is a director or other officer of, or employed by, or otherwise interested (including by the holding of shares) in any Relevant Company;
  • 86.1.2 where a Director (or a person connected with the Director) is a party to, or otherwise interested in, any contract, transaction or arrangement with a Relevant Company, or in which the Company is otherwise interested;
  • 86.1.3 where the Director (or a person connected with the Director) acts (or any firm of which the Director is a partner, employee or member acts) in a professional capacity for any Relevant Company (other than as Auditor) whether or not the Director or it is remunerated for such work;
  • 86.1.4 where a Director is or becomes a director or officer of any other body corporate in which the Company does not have an interest if that cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest at the time of the Director's appointment as director or officer of that other body corporate;
  • 86.1.5 where a Director has an interest which cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest;
  • 86.1.6 where a Director has an interest, or a transaction or arrangement giving rise to an interest, of which the Director is not aware; or
  • 86.1.7 where a Director has any other interest authorised by ordinary resolution.

No authorisation under Article 85 shall be necessary in respect of any such interest.

  • 86.2 A Director shall declare the nature and extent of any interest permitted under Article 86.1, and not falling with Article 86.3, at a meeting of the Directors or in such other manner as the Directors may resolve.
  • 86.3 No declaration of an interest shall be required by a Director in relation to an interest:
  • 86.3.1 falling within Article 86.1.5 or Article 86.1.6;
  • 86.3.2 if, or to the extent that, the other Directors are already aware of such interest (and for this purpose the other Directors are treated as aware of anything of which they ought reasonably to be aware); or

  • 86.3.3 if, or to the extent that, it concerns the terms of the Director's service contract (as defined in Section 227 of the Companies Act 2006) that have been or are to be considered by a meeting of the Directors, or by a committee of Directors appointed for the purpose under these Articles.

  • 86.4 A Director shall not, save as otherwise agreed by the Director, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which the Director (or a person connected with the Director) derives from any such contract, transaction or arrangement or from any such office or employment or from any interest in any Relevant Company or for such remuneration, each as referred to in Article 86.1, and no such contract, transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.
  • 86.5 For the purposes of this Article 86, "Relevant Company" shall mean:
  • 86.5.1 the Company;
  • 86.5.2 a subsidiary undertaking of the Company;
  • 86.5.3 any holding company of the Company or a subsidiary undertaking of any such holding company;
  • 86.5.4 any body corporate promoted by the Company; or
  • 86.5.5 any body corporate in which the Company is otherwise interested.

87 Restrictions on quorum and voting

  • 87.1 Save as provided in this Article 87, and whether or not the interest is one which is authorised pursuant to Article 85 or permitted under Article 86, a Director shall not be entitled to vote on any resolution in respect of any contract, transaction or arrangement, or any other proposal, in which the Director (or a person connected with the Director) is interested. Any vote of a Director in respect of a matter where the Director is not entitled to vote shall be disregarded.
  • 87.2 A Director shall not be counted in the quorum at a meeting of the Directors in relation to any resolution on which the Director is not entitled to vote.
  • 87.3 Subject to the provisions of the Legislation, a Director shall (in the absence of some other interest than is set out below) be entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, in respect of any resolution concerning any contract, transaction or arrangement, or any other proposal:
  • 87.3.1 in which the Director has an interest of which the Director is not aware;
  • 87.3.2 in which the Director has an interest which cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest;
  • 87.3.3 in which the Director has an interest only by virtue of interests in shares, debentures or other securities of the Company, or by reason of any other interest in or through the Company;
  • 87.3.4 which involves the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity to the Director or any other person in respect of (i) money lent or obligations incurred by the Director or by any other person at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings or (ii) a debt or other obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for which the Director has

assumed responsibility in whole or in part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

  • 87.3.5 concerning an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings (i) in which offer the Director is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of securities or (ii) in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of which the Director is to participate;
  • 87.3.6 concerning any other body corporate in which the Director is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer, shareholder, creditor, employee or otherwise, provided that the Director (together with persons connected with the Director) is not the holder of, or beneficially interested in, one per cent or more of the issued equity share capital of any class of such body corporate or of the voting rights available to members of the relevant body corporate;
  • 87.3.7 relating to an arrangement for the benefit of the employees or former employees of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings which does not award the Director any privilege or benefit not generally awarded to the employees or former employees to whom such arrangement relates;
  • 87.3.8 concerning the purchase or maintenance by the Company of insurance for any liability for the benefit of Directors or for the benefit of persons who include Directors;
  • 87.3.9 concerning the giving of indemnities in favour of Directors;
  • 87.3.10 concerning the funding of expenditure by any Director or Directors on (i) defending criminal, civil or regulatory proceedings or action against the Director or them, (ii) in connection with an application to the court for relief, or (iii) defending the Director or them in any regulatory investigations;
  • 87.3.11 concerning the doing of anything to enable any Director or Directors to avoid incurring expenditure as described in Article 87.3.10; and
  • 87.3.12 in respect of which the Director's interest, or the interest of Directors generally, has been authorised by ordinary resolution.
  • 87.4 Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or varying the terms of appointment) of two or more Directors to offices or employments with the Company or any body corporate in which the Company is interested, the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each Director separately. In such case each of the Directors concerned (if not debarred from voting under Article 87.1) shall be entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, in respect of each resolution except that concerning the Director's own appointment or the fixing or variation of the terms of the Director's own appointment.
  • 87.5 If a question arises at any time as to whether any interest of a Director prevents the Director from voting, or being counted in the quorum, under this Article 87, and such question is not resolved by the Director voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting, such question shall be referred to the Chairman of the meeting and the Chairman's ruling in relation to any Director other than the Chairman shall be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of such Director has not been fairly disclosed. If any such question shall arise in respect of the Chairman of the meeting, the question shall be decided by resolution of the Directors and the resolution shall be conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of the Chairman of

the meeting (so far as it is known to the Chairman) has not been fairly disclosed to the Directors.

88 Confidential information

  • 88.1 Subject to Article 88.2, if a Director, otherwise than by virtue of the Director's position as Director, receives information in respect of which the Director owes a duty of confidentiality to a person other than the Company, the Director shall not be required:
  • 88.1.1 to disclose such information to the Company or to the Directors, or to any Director, officer or employee of the Company; or
  • 88.1.2 otherwise use or apply such confidential information for the purpose of or in connection with the performance of the Director's duties as a Director.
  • 88.2 Where such duty of confidentiality arises out of a situation in which the Director has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company, Article 88.1 shall apply only if the conflict arises out of a matter which has been authorised under Article 85 or falls within Article 86.
  • 88.3 This Article 88 is without prejudice to any equitable principle or rule of law which may excuse or release the Director from disclosing information, in circumstances where disclosure may otherwise be required under this Article 88.

89 Directors' interests - general

  • 89.1 For the purposes of Articles 85 to 89 a person is connected with a Director if that person is connected for the purposes of Section 252 of the Companies Act 2006.
  • 89.2 Where a Director has an interest which can reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest, the Director may, and shall if so requested by the Directors, take such additional steps as may be necessary or desirable for the purpose of managing such conflict of interest, including compliance with any procedures laid down from time to time by the Directors for the purpose of managing conflicts of interest generally and/or any specific procedures approved by the Directors for the purpose of or in connection with the situation or matter in question, including:
  • 89.2.1 not attending any meetings of the Directors at which the relevant situation or matter falls to be considered; and
  • 89.2.2 not reviewing documents or information made available to the Directors generally in relation to such situation or matter and/or arranging for such documents or information to be reviewed by a professional adviser to ascertain the extent to which it might be appropriate for the Director concerned to have access to such documents or information.
  • 89.3 The Company may by ordinary resolution ratify any contract, transaction or arrangement, or other proposal, not properly authorised by reason of a contravention of any provisions of Articles 85 to 89.

Powers of Directors

90 General powers

The Directors shall manage the business and affairs of the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company other than those that are required by the Legislation or by these Articles to be exercised by the Company in General Meeting.

91 Provision for employees on cessation or transfer of business

The Directors may make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than a Director, former Director or shadow director) in connection with the cessation or transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or that subsidiary.

92 Bank mandates

The Directors may by resolution authorise such person or persons as they think fit to act as signatories to any bank account of the Company and may amend or remove such authorisation from time to time by resolution.

93 Borrowing

The Directors may exercise all powers of the Company to borrow money, to guarantee, to indemnify, to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets (present and future) and called capital, and to issue debentures and other securities whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or other obligation of the Company or any third party.

94 Registers

  • 94.1 The Company may keep an overseas or local or other Register in any place and the Directors may make and vary such regulations as it they think fit respecting the keeping of the Register.
  • 94.2 Subject to and to the extent permitted by the Legislation and the rules and/or conditions applicable to the operation of such a system, the Directors may determine that any shares or class of shares held on any overseas branch Register may be held in an uncertificated form in accordance with any system outside the United Kingdom which enables title to such shares to be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument and which is a relevant system.

Delegation of Powers

95 Appointment and constitution of committees

95.1 The Directors may delegate any of their powers or discretions (including all powers and discretions whose exercise involves or may involve the payment of remuneration to or the conferring of any other benefit on all or any of the Directors) to such person (who need not be a Director) or committee (comprising any number of persons, who need not be Directors) and in such manner as they think fit. Any such delegation may be either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and the Directors may revoke or alter the terms of any such delegation. Any such person or committee shall, unless the Directors otherwise resolve, have power to sub-delegate any of the powers or discretions delegated to them.

  • 95.2 Any reference in these Articles to the exercise of a power or discretion by the Directors shall include a reference to the exercise of such power or discretion by any person or committee to whom it has been delegated.
  • 95.3 The Directors may make regulations in relation to the proceedings of committees or subcommittees. Subject to any such regulations, the meetings and proceedings of any committee or sub-committee consisting of two or more persons shall be governed by the provisions of these Articles regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Directors (with such amendments as are necessary).

96 Local boards and managers

  • 96.1 The Directors may establish any local boards or appoint managers or agents to manage any of the affairs of the Company, either in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, and may:
  • 96.1.1 appoint any persons to be managers or agents or members of such local boards, and may fix their remuneration;
  • 96.1.2 delegate to any local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the Directors, with power to sub-delegate;
  • 96.1.3 remove any person so appointed, and may annul or vary any such delegation; and
  • 96.1.4 authorise the members of any local boards, or any of them, to fill any vacancies on such boards, and to act notwithstanding vacancies.
  • 96.2 Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit.

97 Appointment of attorney

  • 97.1 The Directors may from time to time and at any time appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit.
  • 97.2 Any such appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit.
  • 97.3 The Directors may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the attorney.

Alternate Directors

98 Alternate Directors

98.1 Any Director may at any time appoint any person (including another Director) to be the Director's alternate Director and may at any time terminate such appointment. Such appointment or termination of appointment must be made by notice in writing signed by the Director concerned and deposited at the Office or delivered at a meeting of the Directors. Unless previously approved by the Directors or unless the appointee is another Director, the appointment of an alternate shall have effect only once it has been approved.

  • 98.2 The appointment of an alternate Director shall terminate:
  • 98.2.1 on the happening of any event referred to in Articles 76.1.1, 76.1.4 or 76.1.5 in relation to that alternate Director; or
  • 98.2.2 if the alternate's appointor ceases to be a Director, otherwise than by retirement at a General Meeting at which the appointor is re-elected.
  • 98.3 An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Directors and shall be entitled to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing the alternate is not personally present and generally at such meetings to perform all functions of the appointor as a Director. For the purposes of the proceedings at such meetings, the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if the alternate (instead of the appointor) were a Director.
  • 98.4 If an alternate is also a Director or shall attend any such meeting as an alternate for more than one Director, the alternate's voting rights shall be cumulative but the alternate shall not be counted more than once for the purposes of the quorum.
  • 98.5 If the alternate's appointor is for the time being temporarily unable to act through ill health or disability an alternate's signature to any resolution in writing of the Directors shall be as effective as the signature of the appointor.
  • 98.6 This Article 98 shall also apply (with such changes as are necessary) to such extent as the Directors may from time to time resolve to any meeting of any committee of the Directors of which the appointor of an alternate Director is a member.
  • 98.7 An alternate Director shall not (except as otherwise provided in this Article 98) have power to act as a Director, nor shall the alternate be deemed to be a Director for the purposes of these Articles, nor shall the alternate be deemed to be the agent of the appointor.
  • 98.8 An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified to the same extent as if the alternate were a Director.
  • 98.9 An alternate shall not be entitled to receive remuneration from the Company in respect of the alternate's appointment as alternate Director except to the extent the alternate's appointor directs the Company by written notice to pay to the alternate some of the remuneration otherwise payable to that Director.

Secretary

99 Secretary

The Secretary shall be appointed by the Directors on such terms and for such period as they may think fit. Any Secretary so appointed may at any time be removed from office by the Directors, but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between the Secretary and the Company. If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as Joint Secretaries. The Directors may also appoint from time to time, on such terms as they may think fit, one or more Deputy and/or Assistant Secretaries.

The Seal

100 The Seal

  • 100.1 The Directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and any Securities Seal and neither shall be used without the authority of the Directors or of a committee authorised by the Directors in that behalf. The Securities Seal shall be used only for sealing securities issued by the Company and documents creating or evidencing securities so issued.
  • 100.2 Every instrument to which the Seal or the Securities Seal shall be affixed (other than a certificate for or evidencing shares, debentures or other securities (including options) issued by the Company) shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by a Director or other person authorised for the purpose by the Directors in the presence of a witness.
  • 100.3 The Company may exercise the powers conferred by the Legislation with regard to having an official seal for use abroad and such powers shall be vested in the Directors.
  • 100.4 Any instrument signed by:

100.4.1 one Director and the Secretary; or

100.4.2 by two Directors; or

100.4.3 by a Director in the presence of a witness who attests the signature,

and expressed to be executed by the Company shall have the same effect as if executed under the Seal.

Authentication of Documents

101 Authentication of documents

  • 101.1 Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Directors for the purpose shall have power to authenticate:
  • 101.1.1 any document affecting the constitution of the Company;
  • 101.1.2 any resolution passed at a General Meeting or at a meeting of the Directors or any committee; and
  • 101.1.3 any book, record, document or account relating to the business of the Company,

and to certify copies or extracts as true copies or extracts.

  • 101.2 Where any book, record, document or account is elsewhere than at the Office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody of it shall be deemed to be a person appointed by the Directors for the purpose of Article 101.1.
  • 101.3 A document purporting to be a copy of any such resolution, or an extract from the minutes of any such meeting, which is certified shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company that such resolution has been duly passed or, as

the case may be, that any minute so extracted is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

Dividends

102 Declaration of final dividends

  • 102.1 The Company may by ordinary resolution declare final dividends.
  • 102.2 No dividend shall be declared unless it has been recommended by the Directors and does not exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

103 Fixed and interim dividends

  • 103.1 If and so far as in the opinion of the Directors the profits of the Company justify such payments, the Directors may:
  • 103.1.1 pay the fixed dividends on any class of shares carrying a fixed dividend expressed to be payable on fixed dates on the dates prescribed for the payment of such dividends; and
  • 103.1.2 pay interim dividends on shares of any class of such amounts and on such dates and in respect of such periods as they think fit.
  • 103.2 Provided the Directors act in good faith they shall not incur any liability to the holders of any shares for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment of any fixed or interim dividend on any other class of shares having rights ranking after or equal with those shares.

103A Dividend Access Trusts

  • 103A.1 For the purposes of this Article:
  • 103A.1.1 "Dividend Access Trust" means any of the trusts established for the receipt, on behalf of certain shareholders of the Company, of amounts paid by way of dividend to such trust by one or more subsidiaries of the Company; and
  • 103A.1.2 "shareholder" means a holder of a share or shares in the Company.
  • 103A.2 Where any amount paid by way of dividend by one or more subsidiaries of the Company is received by any Dividend Access Trust (which expression shall be taken, for the purposes of this Article 103A, to include any company associated with that Dividend Access Trust to which payments are made for the purposes of funding the dividend payments payable to all or certain shareholders in the Company who are registered on, or who hold their interest in shares through, the Company's South African branch register) on behalf of any shareholder of the Company, the entitlement of any such shareholder to be paid any dividend pursuant to these Articles shall be reduced by the corresponding amount which that shareholder is entitled to receive from the Dividend Access Trust or such associated company in respect of the relevant dividend paid by a subsidiary of the Company.
  • 103A.3 Where amounts are received by a Dividend Access Trust in one currency and a dividend is declared by the Company in another currency, the amounts so received by the Dividend Access Trust shall, for the purposes of the comparison required by

paragraph 103A.2 above, be converted into the currency in which the Company has declared the dividend at such rate as the Directors shall consider appropriate

  • 103A.4 For the purpose of paragraph 103A.2, the amount which any shareholder is entitled to receive from the Dividend Access Trust shall, irrespective of the fact that such amounts are not actually received by the shareholder, be deemed to include:
  • 103A.4.1 any amount which the Dividend Access Trust may be compelled by law to withhold from that shareholder in respect of any matter,
  • 103A.4.2 a pro rata share of any taxation which the company declaring and paying the same is obliged to withhold or to deduct from the amount of any dividends paid by it to the Dividend Access Trust,
  • 103A.4.3 any taxation which the Dividend Access Trust is obliged to withhold or deduct from any amount paid to the shareholder in question or which is payable by the Dividend Access Trust in respect of any dividend it receives, and
  • 103A.4.4 any taxation which the company paying any dividend is obliged to pay in respect of that dividend (being an amount paid in addition to the dividend) provided in this case that the shareholder concerned is able to obtain a credit for such taxation in calculating his tax liability in respect of the dividend in the jurisdiction in which the Dividend Access Trust is established"

104 Distribution in specie

  • 104.1 Without prejudice to Article 102, the Company may by ordinary resolution direct payment of a dividend in whole or in part by the transfer of specific assets, or by procuring the receipt by shareholders of specific assets, of equivalent value (including paid-up shares or debentures of any other company) and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution.
  • 104.2 Where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may make such arrangements as they think fit, including:
  • 104.2.1 issuing fractional certificates;
  • 104.2.2 fixing the value of any of the assets to be transferred;
  • 104.2.3 paying cash to any member on the basis of the value fixed for the assets in order to adjust the rights of members; and
  • 104.2.4 vesting any assets in trustees.

105 Ranking of shares for dividend

  • 105.1 Unless and to the extent that the rights attached to any shares or the terms of issue of those shares provide otherwise, all dividends shall be:
  • 105.1.1 declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid; and
  • 105.1.2 apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.
  • 105.2 If the terms of issue of a share provide that it ranks for dividends as from a particular date then that share will rank for dividends as from that date.

105.3 For the purposes of this Article 105, no amount paid on a share in advance of the date on which such payment is due shall be treated as paid on the share.

106 Manner of payment of dividends

  • 106.1 Any dividend or other sum payable in cash by the Company in respect of a share may be paid by any bank or other funds transfer or payment system or by such other means including, in respect of uncertificated shares, by means of the facilities and requirements of a relevant system, as the holder (or joint holders) may in writing direct and the Company may agree. Such payment may be made to or through such person as the holder (or joint holders) may direct in writing. The Company shall have no responsibility for any sums lost or delayed in the course of payment by any such system or other means or where it has acted on any such directions and the making of payment by any such system or other means shall constitute a good discharge to the Company.
  • 106.2 In addition, any dividend or other sum may be paid by cheque, warrant or similar financial instrument sent by post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the register in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the register or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder (or joint holders) may in writing direct. Every cheque, warrant or similar financial instrument shall, unless the holder (or joint holders) otherwise directs, be made payable to the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the holder whose name stands first on the register in respect of the shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque, warrant or similar financial instrument by the financial institution on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company.
  • 106.3 In respect of the payment of any dividend or other sum, the Directors may decide, and notify the holder (or joint holders), that:
  • 106.3.1 one or more of the means of payment described in paragraphs 106.1 or 106.2 above will be used for payment and, where more than one means will be used, a holder (or joint holders) may elect to receive the payment by one of the means so notified in the manner prescribed by the Directors;
  • 106.3.2 one or more such means will be used for the payment unless a holder (or joint holders) elects for another means of payment in the manner prescribed by the Directors; or
  • 106.3.3 one or more of such means will be used for the payment and that holders will not be able to elect to receive the payment by any other means.

The Directors may for this purpose decide that different methods of payment may apply to different holders or groups thereof.

106.4 If:

  • 106.4.1 a holder (or joint holders) does not specify an address, or does not specify an account of a type prescribed by the board, or does not specify other details, and in each case that information is necessary in order to make a payment of a dividend or other sum by the means by which in accordance with this Article the Directors have decided that a payment is to be made, or by which the holder (or joint holders) has validly elected to receive payment; or
  • 106.4.2 payment cannot be made by the Company using the details provided by the holder (or joint holders),

the dividend or other sum shall be treated as unclaimed for the purposes of these Articles.

  • 106.5 Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable on or in respect of the shares held by them.
  • 106.6 Where a person is entitled by transmission to a share, any dividend or other sum payable by the Company in respect of the share may be paid as if he were a holder of the share and his address noted in the register were his registered address and where two or more persons are so entitled, any one of them may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable on or in respect of the shares.

107 Record date for dividends

  • 107.1 Any resolution for the declaration or payment of a dividend on shares of any class may specify that the dividend shall be payable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at a specified time on a particular date (the "Record Date").
  • 107.2 If no Record Date is specified then, unless the terms of issue of the shares in question provide otherwise, the dividend shall be paid by reference to each member's holding of shares at close of business on the date of the ordinary resolution (in the case of a final dividend) or board resolution (in the case of an interim dividend) approving the payment of that dividend.
  • 107.3 The Record Date may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed.

108 No interest on dividends

The Company shall not pay interest on any dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share unless the terms of issue of that share or the provisions of any agreement between the Company and the holder of that share provide otherwise.

109 Retention of dividends

  • 109.1 The Directors may retain all or part of any dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share on which the Company has a lien in respect of which the Directors are entitled to issue an enforcement notice.
  • 109.2 The Company shall apply any amounts retained pursuant to Article 109.1 in or towards satisfaction of the moneys payable to the Company in respect of that share.
  • 109.3 The Company shall notify the person otherwise entitled to payment of the sum that it has been retained and how the retained sum has been applied.
  • 109.4 The Directors may retain the dividends payable upon shares:
  • 109.4.1 in respect of which any person is entitled to become a member pursuant to Article 37 until such person shall become a member in respect of such shares; or
  • 109.4.2 which any person is entitled to transfer pursuant to Article 37 until such person has transferred those shares.

110 Unclaimed dividend

110.1 The Company may cease to send any cheque or other means of payment by post for any dividend on any shares which is normally paid in that manner if in respect of at least

been returned undelivered or remains uncashed but, subject to the provisions of these Articles, shall recommence sending cheques, warrants or orders in respect of the dividends payable on those shares if the holder of or person entitled to them claims the arrears of dividend and does not instruct the Company to pay future dividends in some other way.

  • 110.2 Any unclaimed dividends may be invested or otherwise applied for the benefit of the Company until they are claimed.
  • 110.3 The payment by the Directors of any unclaimed dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect of that amount.
  • 110.4 If a dividend remains unclaimed after a period of 12 years from the date on which it was declared or became due for payment the person who was otherwise entitled to it shall cease to be entitled and the Company may keep that sum.

111 Waiver of dividend

A shareholder or other person entitled to a dividend may waive it in whole or in part. The waiver of any dividend shall be effective only if such waiver is in writing and signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 119 by the shareholder or the person entitled to the dividend and delivered to the Company.

Scrip Dividends

112 Scrip dividends

  • 112.1 The Directors may offer to ordinary shareholders the right to elect to receive an allotment of new ordinary shares ("Scrip Shares") credited as fully paid in lieu of the whole or part of a dividend.
  • 112.2 The Directors shall not allot Scrip Shares unless so authorised by ordinary resolution. Such a resolution may give authority in relation to particular dividends or may extend to all dividends declared or paid in the period specified in the resolution. Such period may not be longer than five years from the date of the resolution.
  • 112.3 The Directors may, without the need for any further ordinary resolution, offer rights of election in respect of any dividend declared or proposed after the date of the adoption of these Articles and at or prior to the next Annual General Meeting.
  • 112.4 The Directors may offer such rights of election to shareholders either:
  • 112.4.1 in respect of the next dividend proposed to be paid; or
  • 112.4.2 in respect of that dividend and all subsequent dividends, until such time as the election is revoked or the authority given pursuant to Article 112.2 expires without being renewed (whichever is the earlier).
  • 112.5 The number of the Scrip Shares to be allotted in lieu of any amount of dividend shall be decided by the Directors and shall be such whole number of ordinary shares as have a value equal to or as near as possible to but in no event greater than such amount. For such purpose, the value of an ordinary share shall be the average of the middle market quotations of an ordinary share on the London Stock Exchange, as derived from the

Daily Official List, on each of the first five dealing days on which the ordinary shares are quoted as being "ex" the relevant dividend. No fraction of an ordinary share shall be allotted.

  • 112.6 If the Directors resolve to offer a right of election they shall give written notice of such right to the ordinary shareholders specifying the procedures to be followed in order to exercise such right. No notice need be given to a shareholder who has previously made, and has not revoked, an earlier election to receive ordinary shares in lieu of all future dividends, but instead shall send such shareholder a reminder of the election made, indicating how that election may be revoked in time for the next dividend proposed to be paid.
  • 112.7 If a member has elected to receive Scrip Shares in place of a dividend, that dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been given) shall not be payable on ordinary shares in respect of which the share election has been duly exercised and has not been revoked (the "elected Ordinary Shares"). In place of such dividend, the following provisions shall apply:
  • 112.7.1 such number of Scrip Shares as are calculated in accordance with Article 112.5 shall be allotted to the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares;
  • 112.7.2 unless the CREST Regulations require otherwise, if the elected Ordinary Shares are in uncertificated form on the Record Date then the Scrip Shares shall be issued as uncertificated shares;
  • 112.7.3 if the elected Ordinary Shares are in certificated form on the Record Date then the Scrip Shares shall be issued as certificated shares;
  • 112.7.4 the Directors shall capitalise in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the Scrip Shares to be allotted and shall apply that sum in paying up in full the appropriate number of new ordinary shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares; and
  • 112.7.5 the Scrip Shares allotted shall rank equally in all respects with the fully paid ordinary shares then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend.
  • 112.8 No fraction of an ordinary share shall be allotted. The Directors may make such provision as they think fit for any fractional entitlements including that the whole or part of the benefit of those fractions accrues to the Company or that the fractional entitlements are accrued and/or retained on behalf of any ordinary shareholder.
  • 112.9 The Directors may resolve that rights of election shall not be made available to any ordinary shareholders with registered addresses outside the United Kingdom where the Directors think fit in order to comply with, or avoid the requirements of, the laws or regulations of any territory or any regulatory body or stock exchange.
  • 112.10 In relation to any particular proposed dividend, the Directors may in their absolute discretion resolve and shall so resolve if the Company has insufficient reserves or otherwise does not have the necessary authorities or approvals to issue new ordinary shares:
  • 112.10.1that shareholders shall not be entitled to make any election to receive shares in place of a cash dividend and that any election previously made shall not extend to such dividend; or

112.10.2at any time prior to the allotment of the ordinary shares which would otherwise be allotted in lieu of that dividend, that all elections to take shares shall be treated as not applying to that dividend,

and if so the dividend shall be paid in cash as if no elections had been made in respect of it.

Accounts

113 Accounting records

Accounting records sufficient to show and explain the Company's transactions and otherwise complying with the Legislation shall be kept at the Office, or at such other place as the Directors think fit. No person shall have any right simply by virtue of being a member to inspect any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Legislation or ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or authorised by the Directors.

Communications with Members

114 Service of notices

  • 114.1 The Company may, subject to and in accordance with the Legislation and these Articles, send or supply all types of notices, documents or information to members by electronic means and/or by making such notices, documents or information available on a website.
  • 114.2 The Company Communications Provisions have effect, subject to the provisions of Articles 114 to 116, for the purposes of any provision of the Companies Acts or these Articles that authorises or requires notices, documents or information to be sent or supplied by or to the Company.
  • 114.3 Any notice, document or information (including a share certificate) which is sent or supplied by the Company in hard copy form, or in electronic form but to be delivered other than by electronic means, and which is sent by pre-paid post and properly addressed shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient at the expiration of 24 hours after the time it was posted (or 48 hours where first class mail or an equivalent service is not employed for members with a registered address in the UK). In proving such receipt it shall be sufficient to show that such notice, document or information was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted.
  • 114.4 Any notice, document or information which is sent or supplied by the Company by electronic means shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient 24 hours after it was transmitted, and in proving such receipt it shall be sufficient to show that such notice, document or information was properly addressed.
  • 114.5 Any notice, document or information which is sent or supplied by the Company by means of a website shall be deemed to have been received when the material was first made available on the website or, if later, when the recipient received (or is deemed to have received) notice of the fact that the material was available on the website.
  • 114.6 An accidental failure to send or subsequent late sending of, or non-receipt by any person entitled to, any notice of or other document or information relating to any meeting or other proceeding shall not invalidate the relevant meeting or proceeding.

  • 114.7 The provisions of this Article 114 shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions relating to deemed delivery of notices, documents or information.

  • 114.8 For a member registered on a branch Register, notices, documents or other information can be posted or despatched in the United Kingdom or in the country where the branch Register is kept.

115 Communication with joint holders

  • 115.1 Anything which needs to be agreed or specified by the joint holders of a share shall for all purposes be taken to be agreed or specified by all the joint holders where it has been agreed or specified by the joint holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the share.
  • 115.2 If more than one joint holder gives instructions or notifications to the Company pursuant to these Articles then save where these Articles specifically provide otherwise, the Company shall only recognise the instructions or notifications of whichever of the joint holders' names appears first in the Register.
  • 115.3 Any notice, document or information which is authorised or required to be sent or supplied to joint holders of a share may be sent or supplied to the joint holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the share, to the exclusion of the other joint holders.
  • 115.4 The provisions of this Article 115 shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions regarding joint holders of shares.
  • 115.5 If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, or are entitled jointly to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law, any one of them may give instructions to the Company and give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable or property distributable on or in respect of the share.

116 Deceased and bankrupt members

  • 116.1 A person who claims to be entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law shall supply to the Company:
  • 116.1.1 such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show such person's title to the share; and
  • 116.1.2 an address at which notices may be sent or supplied to such person.
  • 116.2 Subject to complying with Article 116.1, such a person shall be entitled to:
  • 116.2.1 have sent or supplied to such address any notice, document or information to which the relevant member would have been entitled. Any notice, document or information so sent or supplied shall for all purposes be deemed to be duly sent or supplied to all persons interested in the share (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under such person); and
  • 116.2.2 give instructions or notifications to the Company pursuant to these Articles in relation to the relevant shares and the Company may treat such instruction or notification as duly given by all persons interested in the share (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under such person).

  • 116.3 Unless a person entitled to the share has complied with Article 116.1, any notice, document or information sent or supplied to the address of any member pursuant to these Articles shall be deemed to have been duly sent or supplied in respect of any share registered in the name of such member as sole or first-named joint holder. This Article shall apply notwithstanding even if such member is dead or bankrupt or in liquidation, and whether or not the Company has notice of such member's death or bankruptcy or liquidation.

  • 116.4 The provisions of this Article 116 shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions regarding the death or bankruptcy of a member.

117 Failure to supply address

  • 117.1 The Company shall not be required to send notices, documents or information to a member who (having no registered address within the United Kingdom) has not supplied to the Company either a postal address within the United Kingdom or an electronic address for the service of notices.
  • 117.2 If the Company sends more than one document to a member on separate occasions during a 12-month period and each of them is returned undelivered then that member will not be entitled to receive notices from the Company until the member has supplied a new postal or electronic address for the service of notices.

118 Suspension of postal services

If at any time by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services within the United Kingdom the Company is unable to give notice by post in hard copy form of a General Meeting, such notice shall be deemed to have been given to all members entitled to receive such notice in hard copy form if such notice is advertised in at least one national newspaper and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day when the advertisement appears. In any such case, the Company shall (i) make such notice available on its website from the date of such advertisement until the conclusion of the meeting or any adjournment thereof and (ii) send confirmatory copies of the notice by post to such members if at least seven days prior to the meeting the posting of notices again becomes practicable.

119 Signature or authentication of documents sent by electronic means

Where these Articles require a notice or other document to be signed or authenticated by a member or other person, then any notice or other document sent or supplied in electronic form is sufficiently authenticated in any manner authorised by the Company Communications Provisions or in such other manner as may be approved by the Directors. The Directors may designate mechanisms for validating any such notice or other document, and any such notice or other document not so validated by use of such mechanisms shall be deemed not to have been received by the Company.

120 Statutory provisions as to notices

Nothing in any of Articles 114 to 119 shall affect any provision of the Legislation that requires or permits any particular notice, document or information to be sent or supplied in any particular manner.

Winding Up

121 Directors' power to petition

The Directors shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the Court for the Company to be wound up.

Destruction of Documents

122 Destruction of documents

  • 122.1 The Company may destroy:
  • 122.1.1 all instruments of transfer or other documents which have been registered or on the basis of which registration was made at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of registration;
  • 122.1.2 all dividend mandates and notifications of change of address at any time after the expiration of two years from the date of recording of them;
  • 122.1.3 all share certificates which have been cancelled at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of the cancellation; and
  • 122.1.4 all proxy appointments from one year after the end of the meeting to which the appointment relates.
  • 122.2 It shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that:
  • 122.2.1 every entry in the Register purporting to have been made on the basis of an instrument of transfer or other document so destroyed was duly and properly made;
  • 122.2.2 every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered;
  • 122.2.3 every share certificate so destroyed was a valid and effective certificate duly and properly cancelled; and
  • 122.2.4 every other document mentioned in this Article 122 so destroyed was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars in the books or records of the Company.
  • 122.3 The provisions of this Article 122:
  • 122.3.1 shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without notice of any claim to which the document might be relevant; and
  • 122.3.2 shall not be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than provided by this Article 122 or in any other circumstances, which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this Article 122.
  • 122.4 Any document referred to in this Article 122 may, subject to the Legislation, be destroyed before the end of the relevant period so long as a copy of such document (whether made electronically or by any other means) has been made and is retained until the end of the relevant period.

122.5 References in this Article 122 to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.

Directors' Liabilities

123 Indemnity

  • 123.1 So far as may be permitted by the Legislation every Relevant Officer may be indemnified by the Company out of its own funds against:
  • 123.1.1 any liability incurred by or attaching to the Relevant Officer in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by the Relevant Officer in relation to the Company or any Associated Company of the Company other than:
    • (i) any liability to the Company or any Associated Company; and
    • (ii) any liability of the kind referred to in Section 234(3) of the Companies Act 2006; and
  • 123.1.2 any other liability incurred by or attaching to the Relevant Officer in relation to or in connection with the Relevant Officer's duties, powers or office, including in connection with the activities of the Company or an Associated Company in its capacity as a trustee of an occupational pension scheme.
  • 123.2 Where a Relevant Officer is indemnified against any liability in accordance with this Article 123, such indemnity may extend to all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by the Relevant Officer in relation thereto.
  • 123.3 In this Article 123:
  • 123.3.1 "Associated Company" shall have the same meaning as in Section 256 of the Companies Act 2006; and
  • 123.3.2 "Relevant Officer" means a Director, former Director or Secretary of the Company or of an Associated Company of the Company.

124 Insurance

  • 124.1 Without prejudice to Article 123, the Directors shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of:
  • 124.1.1 any person who is or was at any time a Director or Secretary of any Relevant Company (as defined in Article 124.2); or
  • 124.1.2 any person who is or was at any time a trustee of any pension fund or employees' share scheme in which employees of any Relevant Company are interested,

including insurance against any liability (including all costs, charges, losses and expenses in relation to such liability) incurred by or attaching to such person in relation to such person's duties, powers or offices in relation to any Relevant Company, or any such pension fund or employees' share scheme.

124.2 For the purpose of Article 124.1, "Relevant Company" shall mean:

124.2.1 the Company;

  • 124.2.2 any holding company of the Company;
  • 124.2.3 any other body, whether or not incorporated, in which the Company or such holding company or any of the predecessors of the Company or of such holding company has or had any interest whether direct or indirect or which is in any way allied to or associated with the Company; or
  • 124.2.4 any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or of such other body.

125 Defence expenditure

  • 125.1 So far as may be permitted by the Legislation, the Company may:
  • 125.1.1 provide a Relevant Officer with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by the Relevant Officer:
    • (i) in defending any criminal or civil proceedings in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by the Relevant Officer in relation to the Company or an Associated Company of the Company; or
    • (ii) in connection with any application for relief under the provisions mentioned in Section 205(5) of the Companies Act 2006; and
  • 125.1.2 do anything to enable any such Relevant Officer to avoid incurring such expenditure.
  • 125.2 The terms set out in Section 205(2) of the Companies Act 2006 shall apply to any provision of funds or other things done under Article 125.1.
  • 125.3 So far as may be permitted by the Legislation, the Company:
  • 125.3.1 may provide a Relevant Officer with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by the Relevant Officer in defending himself/herself in an investigation by a regulatory authority or against action proposed to be taken by a regulatory authority in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by the Relevant Officer in relation to the Company or any Associated Company of the Company; and
  • 125.3.2 may do anything to enable any such Relevant Officer to avoid incurring such expenditure.
  • 125.4 In this Article 125:
  • 125.4.1 "Associated Company" shall have the same meaning as in Section 256 of the Companies Act 2006; and
  • 125.4.2 "Relevant Officer" means a Director, former Director or Secretary of the Company or of an Associated Company of the Company.

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the year ended 31 March 2017

REPORT PROFILE

SCOPE, BOUNDARY AND REPORTING CYCLE

This Annual Report and Financial Statements ("Annual Report") of Mediclinic International plc (the "Company" or "Mediclinic") presents the financial results, and the economic, social and environmental performance of the Mediclinic Group for the financial year ended 31 March 2017 (the "reporting period"), and covers the Company's operations in Southern Africa, Switzerland and the United Arab Emirates (the "Group").

REPORTING PRINCIPLES

The information in this Annual Report is deemed to be useful and relevant to our stakeholders, with due regard to our stakeholders' expectations through continuous engagement, or that the Board believes may influence the perception or decision-making of our stakeholders. The information provided aims to provide our stakeholders with an understanding of the Group's financial, social, environmental and economic impacts to enable them to evaluate the ability of Mediclinic to create and sustain value for our stakeholders.

This Annual Report was prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards, the LSE Listing Rules, the JSE Listings Requirements, the UK Corporate Governance Code, and the UK Companies Act (including the recently promulgated Companies, Partnerships and Group (Accounts and Non-Financial Reporting) Regulations 2016) aimed at improving the transparency of companies regarding non-financial and diversity information, where relevant. The Company applied the majority of the principles contained in the UK Corporate Governance Code. Principles not applied are explained in the Corporate Governance Statement, included in this Annual Report. The Company's reporting on sustainable development included in this report, supplemented by the Sustainable Development Report available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com, was done in accordance with the GRI Sustainability Reporting Standards 2016 and the Non-Financial Reporting Regulations 2016 referred to above.

AR

SDR

EXTERNAL AUDIT AND ASSURANCE

The Company's annual financial statements and the Group's consolidated annual financial statements were audited by the Group's independent external auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in accordance with International Standards of Auditing (UK and Ireland).

The Group follows various other voluntary external accreditation, certification and assurance initiatives, complementing the Group's combined assurance model, as reported on in the Risk Management section of this report The Group believes that this adds to the transparency and reliability of information reported to our stakeholders.

GLOSSARY

Please refer to the glossary of terms used in this report on pages 234 to 235.

FURTHER INFORMATION

This Annual Report is published as part of a set of reports, as listed below. The icons below are used as a cross-referencing tool to refer to the relevant pages of these reports or within this Annual Report.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2017

Clinical Services Report 2017

AGM

Sustainable Development Report 2017

Notice of Annual General Meeting 2017

These reports are available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com from the date of distribution of this Annual Report and the Company's Notice of Annual General Meeting by no later than 23 June 2017.

APPROVAL OF ANNUAL REPORT

This Annual Report and Financial Statements, including the Strategic Report herein, were approved by the Disclosure Committee, duly authorised by the Board, on 23 May 2017.

Edwin Hertzog Non-executive Chairman 23 May 2017

CONTENTS

IFC Report Profile
STRATEGIC REPORT
2 Performance Highlights
5 At a Glance
8 Chairman's Statement
11 Chief Executive Officer's Review
14 Financial Review
19 Five-Year Summary
20 Investment Case
21 Value Added Statement
22 Business Model
24 Our Strategy, Progress and Aims
30 Risk Management, Principal Risks
and Uncertainties
37 Clinical Services Overview
44 Divisional Review – Switzerland
47 Divisional Review – Southern Africa
50 Divisional Review – United Arab Emirates
54 Sustainable Development Highlights
GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
69 Chairman's Introduction
70 Board of Directors
72 Senior Management
73 Corporate Governance Statement
85 Directors' Remuneration Report
108 Nomination Committee Report
111 Clinical Performance and Sustainability
Committee Report
114 Audit and Risk Committee Report
123 Directors' Report
129 Statement of Directors' Responsibilities
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
130 Contents and General Information
131 Group Financial Statements
218 Company Financial Statements
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
231 Shareholder Information
233 Company Information
234 Glossary
236 Forward-looking Statements

PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS STRATEGIC REPORT

GROUP FINANCIAL RESULTS

  • Revenue up 30% to £2 749m; up 15% compared to pro forma FY16 revenue including Al Noor (£2 391m)
  • Underlying EBITDA up 17% to £501m; underlying EBITDA margin decreased to 18.2% from 20.4%
  • Operating profit up 26% to £362m
  • Underlying earnings per share down 19% to 29.8 pence
  • In constant currency, revenue and underlying EBITDA increased by 15% and 3% respectively
  • Cash flow conversion at 101% of underlying EBITDA
  • Total dividend of 7.90 pence per share; in line with dividend policy

OPERATING PERFORMANCE

  • Hirslanden revenue up 3% to CHF1 704m; underlying EBITDA up 5% to CHF340m; underlying EBITDA margin of 20.0%
  • Southern Africa revenue up 7% to ZAR14 367m; underlying EBITDA up 6% to ZAR3 049m; underlying EBITDA margin of 21.2%
  • Middle East revenue up 72% to AED3 109m; revenue down 8% versus pro forma for the Al Noor combination; underlying EBITDA down 5% to AED364m; underlying EBITDA margin of 11.7%

* IFRS measure

** Non-IFRS measure

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

FINANCIAL 2017 2016 %
change
Revenue £'m 2 749 2 107 30%
EBITDA1 £'m 509 382 33%
Underlying EBITDA1 £'m 501 428 17%
Operating profit £'m 362 288 26%
Earnings2 £'m 229 177 29%
Underlying earnings1 £'m 220 219 0%
Basic earnings per share pence 31.0 29.6 5%
Underlying basic earnings per share1 pence 29.8 36.7 (19%)
Total dividend per share3 pence 7.90 7.90
Net debt at the year end £'m 1 669 1 536 9%
Capital expenditure on projects, new equipment
and replacement of equipment £'m 249 186 34%
Southern Africa £'m 72 52 38%
Switzerland £'m 127 98 30%
United Arab Emirates £'m 50 36 39%

Notes

The Group uses underlying income statement reporting as non-IFRS measures in evaluating performance and as a method to provide shareholders with clear and consistent reporting. See the reconciliations between the statutory and the non-IFRS measures in the Financial Review on pages 16 to 17.

2 Earnings refer to profit attributable to equity holders.

3 The total dividend per share for the year ended 31 March 2017 in British pound comprises the proposed final dividend of 4.70 pence per share (2016: 5.24 pence) and the interim dividend of 3.20 pence per share, paid in December 2016 (2016: 2.66 pence).

Group results are subject to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Refer to page 15 for exchange rates used to convert the operating platforms' results to pound sterling.

OPERATIONAL 2017 2016
Number of hospitals in operation 74 73
Southern Africa 52 52
Switzerland 16 16
United Arab Emirates 6 5
Number of clinics in operation 37 45
Southern Africa 2 2
Switzerland 4 4
United Arab Emirates 31 39
Number of licensed/registered beds (including day facility beds) 10 486 10 415
Southern Africa 8 095 8 017
Switzerland 1 677 1 677
United Arab Emirates 714 721
Number of licensed/registered theatres (including day facility theatres) 400 387
Southern Africa 278 270
Switzerland 97 92
United Arab Emirates 25 25

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (continued)

SOCIAL, ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER 2017 2016
Included in RobecoSAM Dow Jones Sustainability Index Yes Yes
Number of employees 32 625 32 884
Southern Africa 16 848 16 832
Switzerland 9 402 9 120
United Arab Emirates 6 375 6 932
Staff turnover rate
Southern Africa 6.3% 6.8%
Switzerland 7.2% 5.2%
United Arab Emirates 19.8% 12.4%
Training spend as approximate percentage of payroll
Southern Africa 3.2% 3.6%
Switzerland 4.8% 5.0%
United Arab Emirates 0.1% 0.3%
Corporate social investment spend
Southern Africa*
R'm
12.3 11.8
Switzerland
CHF'm
2.5 2.5
United Arab Emirates
AED'm
1.0 0.8
Transformation (South Africa only)
Percentage black employees 71.2% 70.5%
Percentage black management employees 27.7% 25.7%
Total energy usage (gigajoules/bed day) 1.792 1.652
Southern Africa** 0.327 0.333
Switzerland (per calendar year) 0.474 0.477
United Arab Emirates (hospitals only)** 0.991 0.842
Ranking in CDP Climate Disclosure Leadership Index
(per calendar year)**
Included in
the Global
A List for
perform
ance
(CDP 2017)
Included in
the Global
A List for
perform
ance
(CDP 2016)

Notes

** The environmental data of Mediclinic Southern Africa and Mediclinic Middle East is for the 2016 calendar year, while the comparative data is for the financial year ended 31 March 2016. The environmental data relating to Hirslanden was also reported on a calendar year basis in previous reports.

SDR

* The corporate social investment of Mediclinic Southern Africa excludes the significant financial support to academic institutions in the amount of R9.7m (2016: R8.0m) during the year.

AT A GLANCE

WHO WE ARE

Mediclinic is an international private healthcare group founded in 1983, with operations in Southern Africa (South Africa and Namibia), Switzerland and the United Arab Emirates. The Company's primary listing is on the LSE in the United Kingdom, with secondary listings on the JSE in South Africa and the NSX in Namibia. The Group's registered office is in London, United Kingdom. Mediclinic also holds a 29.9% interest in Spire Healthcare Group plc, a LSE-listed private healthcare group based in the United Kingdom.

Mediclinic is focused on providing acute care, specialistorientated, multi-disciplinary healthcare services. Our core purpose is to enhance the quality of life of our patients by providing comprehensive, high-quality healthcare services in such a way that the Group will be regarded as the most respected and trusted provider of healthcare services by patients, doctors and funders of healthcare in each of its markets.

During February 2016, the Combination of the Company (previously named Al Noor Hospitals Group plc), with operations mainly in Abu Dhabi in the United Arab Emirates, and Mediclinic International Limited was completed. Mediclinic International Limited was a South African-based international private healthcare group founded in 1983 and listed on the JSE, the South African stock exchange, since 1986, with operations in South Africa, Namibia, Switzerland and the United Arab Emirates (mainly in Dubai). The combination resulted in the renaming of the Company to Mediclinic International plc.

At year end, the Mediclinic Group comprised 74 hospitals and 37 clinics. Mediclinic Southern Africa operates 49 hospitals and two day clinics throughout South Africa and three hospitals in Namibia with more than 8 000 inpatient beds in total; Hirslanden operates 16 private acute care facilities and four clinics in Switzerland with more than 1 600 inpatient beds; and Mediclinic Middle East operates six hospitals and 31 clinics with more than 700 inpatient beds in the United Arab Emirates.

HOLDING COMPANY: MEDICLINIC INTERNATIONAL PLC
OPERATING PLATFORMS
MEDICLINIC
MEDICLINIC
HIRSLANDEN
SOUTHERN AFRICA
MIDDLE EAST
COUNTRIES
OF
OPERATION
South Africa and Namibia Switzerland United Arab Emirates
BRANDS
WEBSITES www.mediclinic.co.za
www.mhr.co.za
www.medicalinnovations.co.za
www.er24.co.za
www.hirslanden.ch www.mediclinic.ae
www.alnoorhospital.com
HOSPITALS
AND
CLINICS IN
OPERATION
Operates 49 acute care private
hospitals and two day clinics
throughout South Africa and
three hospitals in Namibia, with
8 095 beds in total. ER24 offers
emergency transportation services
from its 58 branches throughout
South Africa.
Operates 16 acute care private
hospitals with 1 677 beds and
four clinics in Switzerland.
Mediclinic Middle East operates
six acute care private hospitals
and 31 clinics mainly in Abu
Dhabi and Dubai, UAE with
714 beds in total.
NUMBER OF
EMPLOYEES
16 848 (20 349 full-time
equivalents, which includes
3 501 agency staff)
(16 347 permanent and
501 non-permanent)
9 402 permanent employees
(which includes full-time and
part-time permanent employees)
(6 722 full-time equivalents)
6 375 full-time employees/
full-time equivalents
NATURE OF
OWNERSHIP
Mediclinic Southern Africa (Pty)
Ltd, a company registered in South
Africa, is the holding company of
the Group's operating platform in
Southern Africa. It is 100% owned
through wholly-owned subsidiaries
(with most group operating
companies partly owned and
doctor shareholding in hospital
investment companies).
Hirslanden AG, a company
registered in Switzerland, is
the holding company of the
Group's operating platform
in Switzerland. It is 100%
owned through wholly-owned
subsidiaries.
The holding company for the
Mediclinic Middle East operations
is Emirates Healthcare Holdings
Ltd, a company registered in the
British Virgin Islands, which is
100% owned through wholly
owned subsidiaries.
The holding companies for the
Al Noor operations are Al Noor
Holdings Cayman Limited and
ANMC Management Limited.
These companies are registered
in the Cayman Islands, which are
100% owned by the Company.

CHAIRMAN'S STATEMENT

Dr Edwin Hertzog Non-executive Chairman

Last year I reported on the consistent growth of Mediclinic over the past 30 years, for which we are thankful. However, for the past financial period, the first full year following the Company's listing on the London Stock Exchange, the Group was unable to deliver its consistent growth in underlying earnings per share achieved in the past, largely due to challenges in our Middle East platform.

Our expansion into Abu Dhabi, effectively doubling the size of the Middle East business following the Al Noor Combination, has not met our original expectations. Our growth forecasts for the Abu Dhabi operations were significantly impacted in the short term due to unforeseen changes in the regulatory environment and a greater need to align Al Noor with the sustainable business and operational practices of the Mediclinic Group. As a result, revenue and underlying EBITDA margins during the year were lower than expected in the Middle East. Despite the challenges in Abu Dhabi, our established Dubai operations continued to perform well. The new Mediclinic City Hospital North Wing opened in the third quarter of the year and patient volumes have been encouraging. I remain confident in our approach to expansion in the region, and that it will deliver the required longer-term growth and returns for the Group.

In Switzerland and Southern Africa, our largest two operating platforms, we have seen good trading performances this year. The key metrics of patient admissions, theatre hours sold and revenue per bed day have all been positive. As I have stated before, this indicates positive trends in patient choice and shows that we are attracting and retaining sufficient doctors to support the business. This enables us to continue to focus on enhancing operational efficiencies. In the UK, our 29.9% investment in Spire Healthcare remained stable and continues to give us exposure to the UK private healthcare market.

Overall, the Group remains in a solid financial position. Group revenue for the year was up 30% at £2 749m (2016: £2 107m) and underlying EBITDA was up 17% at £501m (2016: £428m), both benefiting from the translation effect of weaker Sterling and the addition of the Al Noor business to the Group. However, underlying earnings were flat at £220m (2016: £219m) while underlying earnings per share were down 19% at 29.8 pence (2016: 36.7 pence), both affected by the increase in finance costs and poor performance of "I firmly believe that we have the right strategy and people in place to enable us to consistently grow in the future as we have done over so many years."

the Abu Dhabi business. Earnings per share were further impacted by the effect of additional shares issued for the Spire and Al Noor transactions.

In view of the financial results and following the review last year of the Group's dividend policy to target a pay-out ratio of 25% to 30% of underlying earnings, the Board recommended a final dividend of 4.70 pence per share, bringing the total payment for the year to 7.90 pence per share.

During the year under review, the clinical performance of the business was satisfactory across all operating platforms, and most patient safety and clinical effectiveness indicators showed improvement. In addition, many initiatives in support of clinical performance and quality improvement were launched and completed during the year. Highlights include:

  • the strengthening of clinical services leadership at hospital and corporate level in Mediclinic Southern Africa;
  • close collaboration between Mediclinic Southern Africa and supporting doctors in certain disciplines;
  • the launch of patient reported outcomes after large joint surgery in Hirslanden;
  • progress on the implementation of an integrated care model in Hirslanden;
  • the establishment of a comprehensive cancer centre in Mediclinic Middle East; and
  • the selection of a new electronic health record system in Mediclinic Middle East.

Much of the progress can be attributed to a strong collaborative effort between the clinical services teams of the respective platforms.

REGULATORY LANDSCAPE

The healthcare industry has always been highly regulated with continuous changes. We have always managed this successfully, thanks to the well-informed and responsible leadership of our management teams. However, this year has been particularly tough in all three of our operating platforms.

In Switzerland, there was the proposed levy in the Canton of Zurich, which the Cantonal Parliament voted not to approve in March 2017. National outpatient tariffs (TARMED) remain under revision and the Federal Government has proposed adjustments as a transitional solution until the healthcare providers and funders agree on a revised tariff structure. The Federal Government is also preparing a framework for the outmigration of services (shift of basic medical treatments from the inpatient to the outpatient sector) across Switzerland.

In Southern Africa, we continue to engage with the South African Competition Commission in relation to the Health Market Inquiry which is undertaking a review of the private healthcare sector to understand whether there are features of the sector that prevent, distort or restrict competition, and how competition in the sector can be promoted. Over the longer term, the government in South Africa is hoping to address the shortcomings of the public healthcare system through the phased introduction of a National Health Insurance system over a 14-year period.

Finally, in the Middle East, we saw the introduction in July 2016 of a 20% co-payment for Thiqa patients (those covered by health insurance for UAE Nationals or others of similar status in Abu Dhabi) using private facilities. This had a material impact on patient volumes and the financial performance of the business in Abu Dhabi. In April 2017, the co-payment in Abu Dhabi was waived with immediate effect.

BOARD ACTIVITY AND CHANGES

Following the Mediclinic and Al Noor Combination and the Group's listing on the London Stock Exchange in 2016, I last year reported a number of Board changes. I am pleased to say that the new Board structure operated efficiently throughout the year. We continue to look at how to improve the composition and functioning of the Board.

In April 2016, Jannie Durand, a Non-executive Director of the Company and the Chief Executive Officer of Remgro Limited, our major shareholder, appointed Pieter Uys as his alternate. Since 2013, Pieter has held the position of Head of Strategic Investment at Remgro Limited.

Jurgens Myburgh was appointed as the CFO of the Group on 1 August 2016, replacing Craig Tingle, who retired as announced in 2016. Prior to joining Mediclinic, Jurgens served as CFO at Datatec from June 2014, and before that at The Standard Bank of South Africa as Executive Vice President of Investment Banking, where

he was involved in several major Mediclinic corporate transactions. Since joining the Board, Jurgens has made a number of significant contributions to the business.

On 21 February 2017, Ian Tyler, the Company's Senior Independent Director, resigned as a Director of the Company. Ian was previously Chairman of Al Noor, and we were delighted that he agreed to continue on the Board following the Combination in February 2016. However, Ian is a Board member of several LSE-listed companies and believed that it would be in the best interest of all parties to reduce his responsibilities. I would like to thank Ian for his important contribution to the Board during a very busy year for him. Desmond Smith was appointed as the new Senior Independent Director. He was appointed an Independent Non-executive Director of Mediclinic International Limited in 2008 and was the Lead Independent Director from 2010 until the Al Noor Combination took place.

PROSPECTS

This year has highlighted, once again, the continued challenges and changing regulatory landscape in which we operate. Competition from the public and private sector means we must focus on continually improving the quality of our services while demonstrating value in the healthcare services we provide to patients, funders and governments alike. Despite these challenges, we operate in an industry where demand continues to grow for our services. The Board remains focused on creating long-term value for stakeholders and maintaining Mediclinic's leading position in the international healthcare market.

Having the services available of high-quality clinical, operational and support staff is crucial to the long-term success of the business. Furthermore, by closely monitoring key indicators and gathering information, we continue to position the Group for sensible future growth.

Mediclinic has been providing private healthcare services since 1983, and we have always taken a long-term view when we make investment decisions. The fundamentals of the healthcare industry remain positive, and I firmly believe that we have the right people and strategy in place to enable us to consistently grow in the future as we have done over so many years.

APPRECIATING YOUR CONTINUED SUPPORT

As ever, I want to express my sincere thanks to everyone who contributed to Mediclinic's continued success, including our Directors, management, doctors, nurses and support staff. In particular, the support of patients and medical professionals is absolutely vital to the sustainability of our business, and we deeply appreciate that they have chosen Mediclinic as their preferred healthcare partner.

Finally, I would like to extend a special thank you to all our shareholders for their confidence in us.

Dr Edwin Hertzog Non-executive Chairman

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER'S REVIEW

Danie Meintjes Chief Executive Officer

DURING A CHALLENGING YEAR, WHAT HAVE BEEN THE KEY HIGHLIGHTS FOR YOU?

Having been with the Group for some 30 years, it is fair to say that this past year was one of the most challenging. Despite the difficult trading environment, a key highlight was the Swiss, Southern African and Dubai businesses all performing relatively well. We continue to see growing demand for quality healthcare services, which is why we place such an emphasis on our Patients First strategy and continue to invest in our facilities and people. This will assist us to maintain our leading position in all our international markets. The key challenge globally is to keep healthcare affordable and to demonstrate cost-efficient service delivery.

Whilst the Middle East platform performed below expectations during the year, largely resulting from issues with the Al Noor business in Abu Dhabi, there were several highlights in the region. In September 2016, we opened the new comprehensive cancer unit, based in the North Wing of the Mediclinic City Hospital, which has performed very well. When I look at the new services not previously offered by Mediclinic Middle East, the number of lives we are changing through our new radiotherapy and PET scan services each month is encouraging. In April 2017, the unit treated the first cancer patient with a revolutionary form of radiotherapy called stereotactic body radiotherapy. This was delivered using Mediclinic's True Beam Varian linear accelerator, the only one of its kind in the UAE. In Al Ain, the Mediclinic Al Jowhara Hospital had its first full month of trading in January 2017 and is ramping up. It is well positioned to serve the higher end of the market in the region. I believe the rebranding of the Al Noor business to Mediclinic is an important milestone and underlines our commitment to deliver exceptional levels of private healthcare service in the region. Rebranding and marketing work commenced and will continue through the year ahead. I am pleased that the co-payment that was introduced in Abu Dhabi in July 2016 was waived with immediate effect on 26 April 2017 following our ongoing dialogue with the relevant stakeholders in the region.

"We are determined to meet and exceed the expectations of our patients in every market we operate."

WHY DO YOU BELIEVE REGULATORY MATTERS PLAYED SUCH A PROMINENT ROLE THIS YEAR?

Access to healthcare is a basic human right. It is therefore understandable that governments will have an interest in their particular healthcare system to ensure that it is efficient, accessible and fair to its citizens. Healthcare delivery models vary widely between countries with different degrees of participation by the private healthcare sector. However, the cost of delivering healthcare around the world is increasing. The reality is that this is largely driven by increased consumption from an ageing and growing disease-burdened population, and new technology.

We have a joint responsibility, working with governments, funders and patients, to offer affordable and cost-efficient services to ensure the long-term sustainability of healthcare provision in the countries in which we operate. The private sector can make a meaningful, cost-efficient contribution towards healthcare delivery. We believe that governments and the private healthcare sector should constructively cooperate to find a dual system of care delivery which is in the best interest of the broader community.

In Switzerland, as the Federal Government and cantons reviewed their budgets and expenditure on healthcare, we saw several regulatory announcements during the year. Firstly, the Canton of Zurich in mid-2016 proposed a levy based on the proportion of privately insured patients treated in listed hospitals. The Hirslanden management team committed significant time and resources to engaging with the relevant public authorities to raise concerns regarding the process, fairness and the impact of the proposed levy specifically on Klinik Hirslanden. I am pleased to report that in March 2017 the Cantonal Parliament voted not to approve the proposed levy. Secondly, there have been ongoing national outpatient tariff (TARMED) negotiations between healthcare providers and funders. The Swiss Federal Government released proposed adjustments to TARMED, as a transitional solution while negotiations continue to find agreement on a revised tariff structure. And finally, the Zurich Cantonal Parliament approved an amendment to the cantonal hospital law, providing a legal basis to create a list of interventions that in future should generally be treated as outpatient rather than inpatient services. Continued dialogue and engagement with the relevant public authorities remains key to ensuring that private healthcare plays a meaningful role in the broader healthcare delivery system.

In South Africa, the cost of private healthcare is being examined by the Competition Commission through the Health Market Inquiry ("HMI"). Towards the end of 2016, the HMI published a timetable reflecting the proposed events for 2017. We will continue to engage with the HMI as we progress towards the publication of the final reports which they have indicated will be by the end of 2017.

As I mentioned previously, from 1 July 2016, the Abu Dhabi authorities introduced a 20% co-payment for Emiratis who are members of the Thiqa insurance option, when they make use of private healthcare providers. This had a material impact on our Abu Dhabi business, affecting the volume of Thiqa patients visiting our facilities. We are focused on growing our patient numbers from the Thiqa and enhanced insurance market. This strategy is supported by the new business and operational practices, the ongoing upgrade and investment programmes across our facilities, and the rebranding of the business to Mediclinic. The waiving of the co-payment in Abu Dhabi from late April 2017 will help to support our anticipated gradual improvement in Middle East performance as we move through the coming financial year.

WHAT ARE THE BENEFITS OF MEDICLINIC BEING A GLOBAL HEALTHCARE PROVIDER?

We have built a diversified portfolio of operating platforms in Switzerland, Southern Africa, and the Middle East and in the UK we have our 29.9% investment in Spire Healthcare. Combined with our strong market position in our operating regions, Mediclinic benefits from a pool of skilled, knowledgeable and experienced employees.

Group initiatives to simplify, standardise and centralise key business support processes are ongoing. Using our international scale, we are beginning to deliver meaningful synergies and cost savings. During the year, our central procurement function and ICT department made excellent progress in some key contract negotiations that will benefit the future profitability of the Group.

Although clinical models differ from country to country, the basic principles are similar, and it is useful to compare and share clinical experience and learnings among our operating platforms. The breadth of intellectual property across the Group is vast. We strive to nurture the combined knowledge, skills and experience from our diverse group of people to improve the Group's clinical performance and growth opportunities.

It is vital that we share best practice at an international level, as this will ensure we continue to deliver high-quality, cost-efficient services to our patients. The comprehensive cancer centre in Dubai is an example of how we tapped into the clinical experience and knowledge of the Hirslanden team in Switzerland to assist with the design, building and opening of our first comprehensive cancer centre in the Middle East. Having access to such valuable sources of knowledge and skills lowers the risk of venturing into new complex clinical service lines.

WHAT ARE YOUR PRIORITIES AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE YEAR AHEAD AND BEYOND?

Our Group focus on Patients First will continue to be our top priority. We are determined to meet and exceed the expectations of our patients in every market in which we operate. To assist us in identifying areas for improvement, we implemented a standardised international Patient Experience Index ("PEI") measurement system, provided by Press Ganey. The PEI system is well embedded in our Southern Africa and Dubai businesses, and is being rolled out in the Hirslanden and Abu Dhabi businesses, the results of which are referenced to in the Sustainable Development Highlights on page 57. We continue to focus on providing superior clinical performance in a safe clinical environment while moving towards a better integrated healthcare delivery model.

AR

As I have mentioned, the acquisition of the Al Noor business in Abu Dhabi has proved to be challenging. While significant progress has been made, we continue to focus on resolving these matters and stabilising performance; this will remain a priority. Our confidence in the long-term growth opportunities of the Middle East region remains strong, and we expect performance to improve gradually as we progress through the year ahead. A key focus is to establish the Mediclinic brand as a trusted and preferred provider of clinical services to the Abu Dhabi community.

Another priority is the continued improvement in operational efficiencies, using our combined international intellectual property. We will continue to focus on finding ways to simplify our business and to standardise processes and structures. This will allow us to use our scale to unlock further synergies in areas such as procurement, information and communications technology, clinical services, human resources and marketing.

Finally, we will look to grow the Group at existing platform levels by attracting more patients, adding further capacity to existing facilities, adding new service lines, and identifying bolt-on acquisition opportunities. In addition, we will evaluate potential new opportunities for further valued added growth. In the Middle East, the building of the Mediclinic Parkview Hospital in Dubai with some 170 beds has commenced. We approved the development of a comprehensive cancer unit at the Mediclinic Airport Road Hospital in Abu Dhabi, where work is expected to start soon.

I would like to thank all the doctors, nurses, support staff and management for their dedication and commitment to the Group and what we stand for. I am confident that the year ahead will be successful.

Danie Meintjes Chief Executive Officer

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Jurgens Myburgh Chief Financial Officer

UNDERLYING NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES

The Group uses underlying income statement reporting as non-IFRS measures in evaluating performance and as a method to provide shareholders with clear and consistent reporting. The underlying measures are intended to remove volatility associated with certain types of one-off income and charges from reported earnings. Historically EBITDA and underlying EBITDA were disclosed as supplemental non-IFRS financial performance measures because they are regarded as useful metrics to analyse the performance of the business from period to period. Measures like underlying EBITDA are used by analysts and investors in assessing performance.

The rationale for using non-IFRS measures:

  • it tracks the underlying operational performance of the Group and its operating segments by separating out one-off and exceptional items;
  • non-IFRS measures are used by management for budgeting, planning and monthly financial reporting; and
  • non-IFRS measures are used by management in presentations and discussions with investment analysts.

The Group's policy is to adjust, inter alia, the following types of income and charges from the reported IFRS measures to present underlying results:

  • restructuring costs;
  • profit/loss on sale of significant assets;
  • past service cost charges/credits in relation to pension fund conversion rate changes;
  • significant prior year tax and deferred tax adjustments;
  • accelerated IFRS 2 charges;
  • accelerated amortisation charges;
  • mark-to-market fair value gains/losses, relating to ineffective interest rate swaps;
  • significant impairment charges;
  • significant insurance proceeds; and
  • significant transaction costs incurred during acquisitions.

EBITDA is defined as operating profit before depreciation and amortisation, excluding other gains and losses.

Non-IFRS financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information presented in compliance with IFRS. The underlying measures used by the Group are not necessarily comparable with those used by other entities.

The Group has consistently applied this definition of underlying measures as it has reported on its financial performance in the past as the Directors believe this additional information is important to allow shareholders to better understand the Group's trading performance for the reporting period. It is the Group's intention to continue to consistently apply this definition in the future.

GROUP FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Group revenue increased by 30% to £2 749m (2016: £2 107m) for the reporting period.

Underlying operating profit before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation ("underlying EBITDA") was 17% higher at £501m (2016: £428m), underlying margins declined from 20.4% to 18.2%, and basic underlying earnings per share were 19% lower at 29.8 pence (2016: 36.7 pence).

During the reporting period, the following exceptional and one-off items were adjusted for in determining underlying earnings:

• £13m (£10m after tax) mark-to-market fair value gain, relating to the ineffective Swiss interest rate swaps. The Group uses floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps on certain loan agreements to hedge against interest movements which have the economic effect of converting floating rate borrowings to fixed rate borrowings. The Group applies hedge accounting and therefore fair value adjustments are booked to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

With the removal of the Swiss franc/euro peg during January 2015 and the advent of negative interest rates in Switzerland, the Swiss interest rate hedges became ineffective once Libor moved below zero as bank funding at Libor plus relevant margins is subject to a zero rate Libor floor. Effective from 1 October 2014, the mark-tomarket movements are charged to the income statement. As these are non-cash flow items and to provide balanced operational reporting, the Group excluded the charge in the measurement of underlying performance in the 2015 financial year and consistently excludes the gain arising this year. The swaps expire in 2017 and 2018.

  • A past-service cost credit of £13m (£10m after tax) arising in the main Hirslanden pension fund. This relates to a change in the pension fund conversion rate advised by an independent professional. The underlying income statement has been adjusted as the credit is not related to the current year underlying performance of the Swiss hospital operations.
  • Accelerated amortisation of £7m relating to the Al Noor trade name.
  • Restructuring costs of £5m relating to the integration of the Al Noor operations. Consistent with last year's treatment, the underlying income statement has been adjusted for these costs following the combination in 2016. Currently, no further restructuring costs associated with this transaction are expected to be adjusted beyond 31 March 2017.
  • £1m gain on the mark-to-market of a put option.

SPIRE HEALTHCARE GROUP

Mediclinic has a 29.9% investment in Spire. The investment in Spire is accounted for on an equity basis recognising the reported profit of £53.6m for the 12 months to 31 December 2016 ("Spire's FY16"). The equity accounted share of profit from Spire recognised by Mediclinic during the period under review was £12m (2016: £6m) after adjusting for the amortisation of intangible assets recognised in the notional purchase price allocation for the Group's acquisition of its equity investment.

Spire's FY16 saw solid growth with adjusted revenue up 5.8%, adjusted EBITDA up 5.4% and comparable EPS (excluding exceptionals and tax one-offs) up 4.9%. Total patient admissions grew 2.3% driven by self-pay and NHS volume growth. After adjusting for St Anthony's and prior year disposals, Spire's adjusted EBITDA margin remained stable at 18.2%, while EBITDA conversion to operating cash flow increased to 115% before exceptional items and tax.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATES

Although the Group reports its results in British pound, the operating segments profits are generated in Swiss franc, UAE dirham and the South African rand. Consequently, movement in exchange rates affected the reported earnings and reported balances in the statement of financial position.

Foreign exchange rate sensitivity:

  • The impact of a 10% change in the GBP/CHF exchange rate for a sustained period of one year is that profit for the year would increase/decrease by £14m (2016: increase/decrease by £11m) due to exposure to the GBP/CHF exchange rate.
  • The impact of a 10% change in the GBP/ZAR exchange rate for a sustained period of one year is that profit for the year would increase/decrease by £8m (2016: increase/decrease by £7m) due to exposure to the GBP/ZAR exchange rate.
  • The impact of a 10% change in the GBP/AED exchange rate for a sustained period of one year is that profit for the year would increase/decrease by £2m (2016: increase/decrease by £6m) due to exposure to the GBP/AED exchange rate.

During the period under review, the average and closing exchange rates were the following:

Variance
2017 2016 %
Average rates:
GBP/CHF 1.29 1.47 (12%)
GBP/AED 4.80 5.54 (13%)
GBP/ZAR 18.41 20.73 (11%)
Period end rates:
GBP/CHF 1.25 1.38 (9%)
GBP/AED 4.59 5.28 (13%)
GBP/ZAR 16.74 21.21 (21%)

CASH FLOW

The Group continued to deliver strong cash flow converting 101% (2016: 96%) of underlying EBITDA into cash generated from operations. Cash and cash equivalents increased from £305m to £361m.

INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS

Interest-bearing borrowings increased from £1 841m at 31 March 2016 to £2 030m at 31 March 2017. This increase is mainly as a result of the change in the closing exchange rates, offset by a loan amortisation payment. During the reporting period, the bridge facility was repaid using additional financing facilities in South Africa and the Middle East.

2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Interest-bearing 2 030 1 841
Less: cash and
cash equivalents (361) (305)
Net debt 1 669 1 536
Total equity 4 164 3 570
Debt-to-equity
capital ratio 0.4 0.4

ASSETS

Property, equipment and vehicles increased from £3 199m at 31 March 2016 to £3 703m at 31 March 2017. This increase is mainly as a result of additions as well as the change in closing exchange rates.

Intangible assets increased from £1 941m at 31 March 2016 to £2 156m mainly because of the change in closing exchange rates.

INCOME TAX

The Group's effective tax rate decreased from 22.4% in the prior year to 20.8% for period under review predominantly due to the following:

  • the tax rate decreased by 4.2% in respect of prior year one-off non-deductible expenses which were not incurred in the period under review. This was related to Al Noor transaction costs as well as an accelerated IFRS 2 charge; and
  • the tax rate increased by 3.0% due to a reduced contribution by Middle East to earnings.

EARNINGS RECONCILIATIONS

2017 STATUTORY RESULTS Total
£'m
Switzerland
£'m
Southern
Africa
£'m
Middle
East
£'m
United
Kingdom
£'m
Corporate
£'m
Revenue 2 749 1 321 780 648
Operating profit 362 201 140 28 (7)
Profit attributable to
equity holders* 229 141 67 22 12 (13)
RECONCILIATIONS
Operating profit 362 201 140 28 (7)
Add back:
– Other gains and losses 2 (1) 3
– Depreciation and
amortisation 145 76 25 44
EBITDA 509 277 165 71 (4)
One–off and
exceptional items:
Past service cost credit (13) (13)
Restructuring costs 5 5
Underlying EBITDA 501 264 165 76 (4)
Profit attributable to
equity holders* 229 141 67 22 12 (13)
One-off and
exceptional items:
Past service cost credit (13) (13)
Restructuring costs 5 5
Fair value gains on
ineffective cash
flow hedges
Other gains and losses
(13) (13)


(1)


Accelerated amortisation (1)
7
7
Tax on one–off and
exceptional items 6 6
Underlying earnings 220 121 67 33 12 (13)
Weighted average number
of shares (millions) 736.9
Underlying earnings per
share (pence) 29.8

* Profit attributable to equity holders in Switzerland is shown after the elimination of inter-company loan interest of £16m.

EARNINGS RECONCILIATIONS (continued)

2016 STATUTORY RESULTS Total
£'m
Switzerland
£'m
Southern
Africa
£'m
Middle
East
£'m
United
Kingdom
£'m
Corporate
£'m
Revenue 2 107 1 130 649 328
Operating profit 288 165 109 58 (44)
Profit attributable to equity
holders*
177 113 53 55 6 (50)
RECONCILIATIONS
Revenue 2 107 1 130 649 328
Pre-acquisition Swiss tariff
provision release
(7) (7)
Underlying revenue 2 100 1 123 649 328
Operating profit
Add back:
288 165 109 58 (44)
– Other gains and losses
– Depreciation and
1 1
amortisation 93 63 20 10
EBITDA 382 228 129 68 (43)
One-off and exceptional
items:
Transaction cost (Al Noor
acquisition)
Accelerated share-based
41 41
payment charges
Pre-acquisition Swiss tariff
10 10
provision release (7) (7)
Restructuring costs 2 2
Underlying EBITDA 428 221 139 70 (2)
Profit attributable to equity
holders*
177 113 53 55 6 (50)
One-off and exceptional
items:
Transaction cost (Al Noor
acquisition)
Accelerated share-based
41 41
payment charges
Pre-acquisition Swiss tariff
10 10
provision release (7) (7)
Restructuring costs
Fair value gains on
2 2
ineffective cash flow
hedges
(8) (8)
Other gains and losses 1 1
Tax on one-off and
exceptional items
3
Underlying earnings 3
219
101 63 57 6 (8)
Weighted average number
of shares (millions)
598.4
Underlying earnings per
share (pence)
36.7

* Profit attributable to equity holders in Switzerland is shown after the elimination of inter-company loan interest of £17m.

TAX STRATEGY

The Group is committed to conduct its tax affairs consistent with the following objectives:

  • comply with relevant laws, rules, regulations, and reporting and disclosure requirements in whichever jurisdiction it operates; and
  • maintain mutual trust and respect in dealings with all tax authorities in the jurisdictions the Group does business.

Whilst the Group aims to maximise the tax efficiency of its business transactions, it does not use structures in its tax planning that are contrary to the intentions of the relevant legislature. The Group interprets relevant tax laws in a reasonable way and ensures that transactions are structured in a way that is consistent with a relationship of co-operative compliance with tax authorities. It also actively considers the implications of any planning for the Group's wider corporate reputation.

In order to meet these objectives, various procedures are implemented. The Audit and Risk Committee has reviewed the Group's tax strategy and related corporate tax matters.

OUTLOOK

The Group's main strategic focus remains to ensure high-quality care and optimal patient experience. To this end, Mediclinic continues to invest in its people, patient facilities and the technology within the facilities. The Group's growing international scale also enables it to unlock further value through promoting collaboration and best practice between its operating platforms and to extract further synergies and cost-efficiencies. The Group is well-positioned to deliver long-term value to its shareholders with a well-balanced portfolio of global operations, a leading position across all four attractive healthcare markets and a platform for future growth.

Demand for Mediclinic's services across its platforms remains robust, underpinned by an ageing population, growing disease burden and technological innovation. However, the increase in demand across the platforms is impacted by lower economic growth and greater competition. In addition, there is an increased focus on the affordability of delivering healthcare which is resulting in changing care delivery models and greater regulatory oversight.

The Group provides the following guidance for the financial year ending 31 March 2018 ("FY18"):

• Hirslanden: Given the already high occupancy rates and stable bed numbers the Group anticipates modest revenue growth. The underlying EBITDA margin is expected to be lower. This is due to the tariff and regulatory environment including the impact from the proposed national TARMED adjustment and outmigration framework coming in the fourth quarter FY18, increasing costs relating to several major projects including Hirslanden 2020 and assumes no further tariff provision releases that benefited FY17. The impacts of these will partially be offset by ongoing efficiency gains.

  • Mediclinic Southern Africa: The Group expects revenue growth in line with inflation despite the challenging macro-economic environment, greater competition and funder constraints. Despite cost inflation running above tariff increases, the underlying EBITDA margin is expected to remain broadly stable through increased efficiencies.
  • Mediclinic Southern Africa and Hirslanden business days will be impacted by two Easter holiday periods in the current year.
  • Mediclinic Middle East: The Dubai operating performance is expected to remain stable despite the competitive landscape. A gradual improvement is expected in the Abu Dhabi business over the next couple of years. As a result, the Group expects only a marginal improvement in Middle East revenues for the full year and a more gradual improvement in underlying EBITDA margins over time, including the impact associated with the opening of new facilities. First half FY18 Middle East performance versus the prior year comparator is expected to be lower largely due to the higher patient volumes and revenues in Abu Dhabi prior to the regulatory changes, asset sales and business and operational alignment initiatives during FY17.
  • The Group's budgeted capital expenditure is £281m in constant currency. This comprises £118m in Hirslanden, £71m in Mediclinic Southern Africa and £92m in Mediclinic Middle East.

DIVIDEND POLICY AND PROPOSED DIVIDEND

The Group's dividend policy is to target a pay-out ratio of between 25% and 30% of underlying earnings. The Board may revise the policy at its discretion.

The Board proposes a final dividend of 4.70 pence per ordinary share for the year ended 31 March 2017 for approval by the Company's shareholders at the annual general meeting on Tuesday, 25 July 2017. Together with the interim dividend of 3.20 pence per ordinary share for the six months ended 30 September 2016 (paid on 12 December 2016), the total final proposed dividend reflects a 27% distribution of underlying Group earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders.

Shareholders on the South African register will be paid the ZAR cash equivalent of 80.60500 cents (64.48400 cents net of dividend withholding tax) per share. A dividend withholding tax of 20% will be applicable to all shareholders on the South African register who are not exempt therefrom. The ZAR cash equivalent has been calculated using the following exchange rate: £1:ZAR17.15, being the five-day average ZAR/GBP exchange rate on Friday, 19 May 2017 at 3:00pm GMT Bloomberg.

FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY

The Five-year Summary is presented in British pound, rounded to the nearest million. Financial information of 2013 to 2015 was reported in South African rand and has been translated to British pound using the procedures outlined below:

  • assets and liabilities were translated at the closing British pound rates;
  • income and expenses were translated at average British pound exchange rates; and
  • differences resulting from re-translation have been recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve.
INCOME STATEMENT 2017
£'m
2016
£'m
2015
£'m
2014
£'m
2013
£'m
Revenue 2 749 2 107 1 977 1 892 1 818
Operating profit 362 288 345 342 307
Profit after tax 243 190 254 223 (63)
Underlying revenue 2 749 2 100 1 977 1 892 1 829
Underlying EBITDA 501 428 403 401 390
Underlying earnings 220 219 193 189 143
2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
EARNINGS PER SHARE pence pence pence pence pence
Basic earnings basis 31.0 29.6 44.6 41.4 (17.7)
Diluted earnings basis 31.0 29.5 43.8 40.5 (17.2)
Basic underlying earnings basis 29.8 36.7 35.8 37.3 30.9
Diluted underlying earnings basis 29.8 36.7 35.1 36.5 30.0
Dividends declared per share 7.90 7.90 9.33 8.90 9.62
2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION £'m £'m £'m £'m £'m
ASSETS
Non-current assets 6 353 5 604 3 654 3 369 3 405
Current assets 1 069 945 742 638 630
Total assets 7 422 6 549 4 396 4 006 4 034
EQUITY
Owners of the parent 4 086 3 509 1 779 1 390 1 223
Non-controlling interest 78 61 61 52 57
Total equity 4 164 3 570 1 840 1 442 1 280
LIABILITIES
Non-current liabilities 2 668 2 192 2 114 2 096 2 324
Current liabilities
Total liabilities
590
3 258
787
2 979
442
2 556
468
2 564
430
2 754

INVESTMENT CASE

Mediclinic seeks to achieve long-term value creation through sustainable operating practices and returns-driven capital allocation. This is summarised as follows:

COMMITMENT TO QUALITY CARE

  • As a healthcare services provider, the Group is invested in a positive outcome for patients and their families.
  • Continuous focus on patient safety and excellence in clinical performance.

POSITIVE GROWTH

• Technological advances, ageing population, consumerism, the burden of disease and public funding limitations drive the growth in private healthcare globally.

STRONG TRACK RECORD

  • Led by an experienced Board and management team with an average corporate level tenure of over 20 years.
  • Long-term commitment since inception from Remgro, Mediclinic's founding shareholder.

LEADING INTERNATIONAL PRESENCE

  • Diversified portfolio of operating platforms and investments: Southern Africa, Switzerland, the Middle East and the United Kingdom.
  • Strong market positions in all regions.

GLOBAL PRIVATE HEALTHCARE GROUP BENEFITS

  • Scale of operations leads to efficiencies in procurement, information technology and clinical services.
  • Breadth of intellectual property applied across the Group.
  • Trusted provider of hospital services in developed and developing markets.

INVESTMENT IN INFRASTRUCTURE

  • Extensive property ownership provides valuable operational flexibility and asset underpin to the business.
  • Infrastructure is maintained through a process of continuous evaluation and investment.

INVESTMENT IN GROWTH

  • Opportunities for further growth exist in all platforms and new territories.
  • Capital allocation driven by strategy and evaluated on a risk-adjusted returns basis.

FINANCIAL CONTROL

  • Maintaining high standards of cost-efficiency and financial discipline.
  • Strong cash flow generation.
  • Targeted dividend pay-out ratio of 25% to 30% of underlying earnings per share.

SUSTAINABILITY

  • Committed to managing the business in a sustainable way, upholding the highest standards of ethics and corporate governance practices; and value and respect of employees, communities and the environment.
  • Focus on integrity to maintain and improve confidence, trust and respect of all stakeholders.

VALUE ADDED STATEMENT

2017 2016
£'m % £'m %
VALUE CREATED
Revenue 2 749 2 107
Cost of materials and services (997) (736)
Finance income 7 9
1 759 100.0 1 380 100.0
DISTRIBUTION OF VALUE
To employees as remuneration and other benefits 1 231 70.0 934 67.7
Tax and other state and local authority levies (excluding VAT) 75 4.3 63 4.6
To suppliers of capital
Non-controlling interests 14 0.8 13 0.9
Finance cost on borrowed funds 74 4.2 58 4.2
Distribution to shareholders 62 3.5 48 3.5
1 456 82.8 1 116 80.9
VALUE RETAINED
To maintain and replace assets 145 8.2 93 6.7
Income retained for future growth 158 9.0 171 12.4
303 17.2 264 19.1

DISTRIBUTION OF VALUE

BUSINESS MODEL

Mediclinic's business model has resulted in quality service delivery, manageable risks, and generally a business that sustains growth and creates value for its stakeholders. The business model varies slightly in the three operating platforms. In Mediclinic Southern Africa, operations are supported by specialists who are not employed by the Group, but operate independently. This is a regulatory limitation in terms of the Health Professions Council of South Africa, which prohibits the employment of doctors by private hospitals, although permission has been obtained to appoint doctors in emergency units. In Hirslanden and Mediclinic Middle East, some doctors are employed, while other doctors are independent.

OUR VISION

TO BE RESPECTED INTERNATIONALLY AND PREFERRED LOCALLY

WE WILL BE RESPECTED INTERNATIONALLY FOR:

  • delivering measurable quality clinical outcomes • continuing to grow as a successful international
  • healthcare group • enforcing good corporate governance
  • acting as a responsible corporate citizen

WE WILL BE PREFERRED LOCALLY FOR:

  • delivering excellent patient care
  • ensuring aligned relationships with doctor communities
  • being an employer of choice, appointing and retaining competent staff
  • building constructive relationships with all stakeholders
  • being a valued member of the community

OUR RELENTLESS FOCUS ON PATIENT NEEDS WILL CREATE LONG-TERM SHAREHOLDER VALUE AND ESTABLISH MEDICLINIC INTERNATIONAL AS A LEADER IN THE GLOBAL HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY.

BUSINESS INPUTS/RESOURCES

FINANCIAL1

Mediclinic has a strong financial profile, underpinned by an extensive property portfolio. The Group has good access to capital and invests for growth, generating positive cash flow and a track record of good returns on its capital investments.

MANUFACTURED²

Mediclinic has a leading position in the key markets in which it operates. The Group owns, develops and operates 74 high-quality hospitals and 37 clinics, providing over 10 400 beds across three regions, utilising technology of an international standard.

HUMAN

The Group employs over 32 600 employees across its three platforms. During the year, the Group invested 3.2% of Mediclinic Southern Africa's payroll, 4.8% of Hirslanden's payroll, and 0.1% of Mediclinic Middle East's payroll in training across all platforms, including extensive formal nurse training in Southern Africa.

INTELLECTUAL

Mediclinic has an experienced Board and management team with deep industry knowledge. The continued growth of Mediclinic is testament to the strong management team and their ability to execute the Group's strategy. The expertise of the Group's clinical staff is a critical element of its business, allowing it to provide quality healthcare services².

SOCIAL AND RELATIONSHIPS3

Mediclinic has excellent relationships with key stakeholders, regularly engaging with employees, funders, patients, supporting doctors, suppliers, governments and communities. It has a proven commitment to ensure a high standard of ethics, social responsibility, accountability, cooperation and transparency.

NATURAL3

The Group is committed to efficient energy use in all its hospitals and continuously strives to reduce its water consumption and carbon emissions, with an increasing number of its hospitals certified to the ISO 14001 standard.

  • ¹ Please see the Financial Review from page 14.
  • ² Please see the Clinical Services Overview from page 37 and the Clinical Services Report available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.
  • ³ Please see the Sustainable Development Highlights from page 54 and the Sustainable Development Report available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

SDR

HOW WE GENERATE VALUE

INVESTING IN

GROWTH AND EXPANSION OF THE GROUP'S WORLD CLASS FACILITIES The Group has a track record of investing in carefully selected capital projects that deliver satisfactory returns and has demonstrated the ability to integrate and extract value from acquisitions and expansions. Mediclinic builds and continuously improves its facilities across its platforms, investing in medical technology of an international standard to offer the best care possible.

HIGHLY QUALIFIED STAFF

Continuous investment in the training and development of staff creates a highly-trained workforce and talent pipeline. Our Global Reward Centre of Excellence ensures optimal remuneration practices across the Group. Integrated talent strategies are deployed to ensure proactive attraction and retention of scarce skills.

IMPROVING EFFICIENCIES

A relentless focus on extracting efficiencies from key business processes, using resources as effectively as possible and driving cost savings and synergies across the Group, are critical to ensure that it delivers cost-efficient services.

CARE

The Group's main business activity is caring for patients. Deep operational expertise delivers a seamless patient experience, underpinned by high-quality nursing care.

DELIVERING VALUE TO

PATIENTS

Through superior clinical performance in a safe clinical environment and through providing the best possible patient experience in an increasingly integrated and coordinated manner.

SHAREHOLDERS

Through growth in capitalisation and shareholders returns, with the balance of funds retained for investment in expansion.

BUSINESS OUTCOMES

SHAREHOLDER VALUE

A focus on disciplined cost management and improving efficiencies has delivered a strong track record of growth in revenue and EBITDA with a total dividend to shareholders of 7.90 pence per share (refer to the Directors' Report on page 128 for a record of dividends for the year).

AR

QUALITY HEALTHCARE SERVICES

All three platforms have seen an increase in inpatient admissions, benefiting from superior clinical performance through the skill of Mediclinic's staff and supporting doctors and the standard of its facilities, as well as high levels of patient experience. During the year, £303m (2016: £264m) was retained for future growth and to maintain and replace assets.

HIGHLY SKILLED WORKFORCE

During the year, £1 231m (2016: £934m) was paid to employees as remuneration and other benefits, alongside investment in the training and well-being of staff, creating a motivated and engaged workforce, both in clinical and business services.

GOVERNMENT

The Mediclinic Group contributed £75m (2016: £63m) in taxes and other state and local authority levies to the economies where it operates during the year.

SOCIETY

Mediclinic makes an economic and social contribution to the communities where it operates with a corporate social investment of ZAR12.3m (2016: ZAR11.8m) by Mediclinic Southern Africa, CHF2.5m (2016: CHF2.5m) by Hirslanden and AED1.0m (2016: AED0.8m) by Mediclinic Middle East during the year.

ENVIRONMENT

The Company was included in the CDP's global 2016 Climate A List recognising companies for their actions in mitigating climate change, focusing mainly on Mediclinic Southern Africa's environmental management.

OUR STRATEGY, PROGRESS AND AIMS

OUR OBJECTIVE

Mediclinic's overall objective is to generate long-term shareholder value through:

  • putting Patients First;
  • improving efficiencies;
  • continuing to grow; and
  • investing in employees.

CSR AR

SDR

CSR AR

SDR

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES DESCRIPTION
PUTTING PATIENTS FIRST –
SUPERIOR CLINICAL
PERFORMANCE IN A SAFE
CLINICAL ENVIRONMENT
More information on this priority
is included in the Clinical Services
Overview and the Sustainable
Development Highlights (material
issue 1), as well as the more detailed
Clinical Services Report and the
Sustainable Development Report
available on the Company's website
at www.mediclinic.com.
The Group strives to ensure that the clinical services provided
across all platforms are effective, efficient and occur within a safe
clinical environment.
PUTTING PATIENTS FIRST –
IMPROVED PATIENT
EXPERIENCE
More information on this priority
is included in the Clinical Services
Overview and the Sustainable
Development Highlights (material
issue 1), as well as the more detailed
Clinical Services Report and the
Sustainable Development Report
available on the Company's website
at www.mediclinic.com.
The Group focuses on improved patient experience in processes,
accommodation and aesthetics, meals and nutrition, interactions with
doctors, points of care and hospitality towards visitors and family.
STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
DESCRIPTION
PROGRESS 2016/17 FY AIMS 2017/18 FY
The Group strives to ensure that the clinical services provided
PUTTING PATIENTS FIRST –
across all platforms are effective, efficient and occur within a safe
SUPERIOR CLINICAL
clinical environment.
PERFORMANCE IN A SAFE
CLINICAL ENVIRONMENT
More information on this priority
is included in the Clinical Services
Overview and the Sustainable
Development Highlights (material
issue 1), as well as the more detailed
Clinical Services Report and the
Sustainable Development Report
available on the Company's website
at www.mediclinic.com.

Reinforced clinical governance by reconstituting the
Quality Committee as a Clinical Performance and
Sustainability Committee of the Board, designing a
clinical performance model, and strengthening the
Group leadership team.

Created alignment across the Group
through standardised clinical key performance
indicator reporting.

In Southern Africa, increased the number of hospital
clinical managers to 11; progressed on key clinical
performance indicators; improved transparency
by reporting hospital-specific clinical performance
indicators to medical schemes; and elevated the
reporting and investigation of serious adverse events.

In Switzerland, progressed with the clinical information
system; and successfully initiated a pilot project on
patient-related outcome measurement relating to
joint replacements.

In the Middle East, developed a clinical strategy for the
combined business (post the Al Noor Combination);
revised the clinical strategy for each business unit;
and selected an electronic health record system.

Further refine the clinical performance model
and indicators.

Develop clinical services initiatives for the benefit
of the Group.

In Southern Africa, improve the processes that prevent
serious adverse events; and refine nursing workforce
effectiveness.

In Switzerland, identify patient pathways qualifying
for standardisation.

In the Middle East, implement standardised outcome
databases; commence roll-out of standardised
electronic health record system; and set centralised
clinical strategies for key service lines.
The Group focuses on improved patient experience in processes,
PUTTING PATIENTS FIRST –
accommodation and aesthetics, meals and nutrition, interactions with
IMPROVED PATIENT
doctors, points of care and hospitality towards visitors and family.
EXPERIENCE
More information on this priority
is included in the Clinical Services
Overview and the Sustainable
Development Highlights (material
issue 1), as well as the more detailed
Clinical Services Report and the
Sustainable Development Report
available on the Company's website
at www.mediclinic.com.

Rolled out the patient experience index in Switzerland.

Managed the patient experience indices and set targets
for improvement in Southern Africa and
Middle East (Dubai business).

In Southern Africa, improved data quality, hosted
workshops, developed focused and appropriate action
plans; and developed and implemented a complaint
handling component of a stakeholder relationship
management system.

In the Middle East, improved facilities in especially
the Abu Dhabi/Al Ain businesses; aligned revenue
management processes to become more patient
centred; upgraded the contact centre services for
patients; ran clinical communication training; and
conducted patient experience training for hospital
and contracted staff aligned with the rebranding in
Abu Dhabi/Al Ain.

Further refine patient experience index and set targets
for improved performance across the Group.

In Southern Africa, release a summary of the patient
experience index publicly; standardise communication
with patients and family; and complete the
implementation of hourly rounding, handover in front
of patients and flexible visiting hours initiatives.

In Switzerland, analyse patient experience index of
new system and determine action plans.

In the Middle East, continue to roll out and embed
the standardised patient experience index across the
combined business (post the Al Noor Combination).
STRATEGIC PRIORITIES DESCRIPTION
PUTTING PATIENTS FIRST –
DELIVER INTEGRATED AND
COORDINATED CARE
More information on this priority
is included in the Clinical Services
Overview and the more detailed
Clinical Services Report available on
the Company's website
at www.mediclinic.com.
The Group is gradually moving towards a better integrated healthcare
delivery model, with a key focus on improving collaboration and
coordination between clinical care providers.
IMPROVING EFFICIENCIES –
IMPROVED OPERATIONAL
EFFECTIVENESS
More information on this priority
is included in the Chief Executive
Officer's Review.
The Group seeks to leverage its combined international capacity through
collaboration and shared resources.
The Group pursues various initiatives throughout its operating platforms
to improve operational efficiency.
CONTINUING TO GROW The Group pursues growth by increasing capacity at existing infrastructure,
acquisitive or organic growth in existing platforms and considering further
international acquisitions.

AR CSR

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
DESCRIPTION
PROGRESS 2016/17 FY AIMS 2017/18 FY
The Group is gradually moving towards a better integrated healthcare
PUTTING PATIENTS FIRST –
delivery model, with a key focus on improving collaboration and
DELIVER INTEGRATED AND
coordination between clinical care providers.
COORDINATED CARE
More information on this priority
is included in the Clinical Services
Overview and the more detailed
Clinical Services Report available on
the Company's website
at www.mediclinic.com.

In Southern Africa, strengthened the clinical
management at hospital level, shared information
with doctors; commenced with a pilot project at
five hospitals to lay the foundation for improved
collaboration with doctors; and pioneered an integrated
hip and knee replacement protocol at 35 hospitals with
good support from orthopaedic surgeons and medical
schemes.

In Switzerland, set a policy for indication quality and the
introduction of indication boards; commenced a project
to introduce fast track orthopaedics; and implemented
a common structure for highly specialised medicine
services.

In the Middle East, simplified the operational structure;
improved the internal referral processes and system;
combined clinical senior leadership meetings; and
increased the number of clinical practice guidelines.

Continue to develop structures to encourage
integrated, collaborative and coordinated care
across the Group.

Continue with operational initiatives to integrate,
collaborate and coordinate where possible, and
continue to pursue a multi-disciplinary approach
to treatment across the Group.
IMPROVING EFFICIENCIES –
The Group seeks to leverage its combined international capacity through
collaboration and shared resources.
IMPROVED OPERATIONAL
EFFECTIVENESS
The Group pursues various initiatives throughout its operating platforms
to improve operational efficiency.
More information on this priority
is included in the Chief Executive
Officer's Review.

Improved the standardisation of processes and systems
through the continued introduction of
SAP enterprise resource planning software across
the Group.

Broadened master data management and data
warehouse projects across the Group.

Strengthened central ICT by establishing support
infrastructure for SAP, Microsoft and network security
environments, generating savings for the Group.

Expand scope for central synergies focused on clinical
services, ICT and human resources for the benefit of
the Group.

Develop cost ratio benchmarks setting productivity
indices across the Group.

Establish a corporate finance strategy for the Group.

Improve Group reporting capabilities.

In Southern Africa, manage salary costs and improve
theatre efficiency.

In Switzerland, roll out a first phase of the programme
for service differentiation per insurance type; and
continue with the "Hirslanden 2020" project to
improve operational efficiency.

In the Middle East, develop pricing strategies for
implementation; improve collections and reduce
rejections of claims; further refine operational
structures; and standardise to SAP.
The Group pursues growth by increasing capacity at existing infrastructure,
CONTINUING TO GROW
acquisitive or organic growth in existing platforms and considering further
international acquisitions.

In Southern Africa, commissioned 78 new beds at
existing hospitals; approved the development of
five new day clinics; acquired, subject to regulatory
approvals, a controlling share in three hospitals with
256 beds in Klerksdorp; and acquired, subject to due
diligence and regulatory approvals, a 50% + 1 share
interest in Life Path Health (mental health).

In Switzerland, opened a new hybrid operating theatre
and outpatient surgery unit at Hirslanden Clinique Cecil,
a third cardiac catheterisation laboratory at Hirslanden
Klinik Aarau and completed two new modular operating
theatres at Hirslanden Klinik St. Anna and Hirslanden
Klinik Stephanshorn, respectively.

In the Middle East, commenced construction of the
Mediclinic Parkview Hospital (161 beds); opened
Aspetar, Ghayathi and Al Yaher (Golden) clinics; opened
the North Wing of Mediclinic City Hospital (27 beds);
and opened Al Jowhara Hospital (51 beds).

Evaluate further growth opportunities across the
Group applying risk-adjusted returns.

In Southern Africa, grow acute care business with
54 additional beds; continue day clinic roll out; and
grow related business focusing on psychiatric and
primary care.

In Switzerland, evaluate and analyse related business
opportunities; and implement further shared service
and centre of excellence structures according to
"Hirslanden 2020".

In the Middle East, commission Khalifa City A clinic;
progress with Mediclinic Parkview Hospital; and
consider alternative growth options such as public
private partnerships.

AR SDR

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES DESCRIPTION PROGRESS 2016/17 FY
AIMS 2017/18 FY
INVESTING IN EMPLOYEES
More information on this priority
is included in the Sustainable
Development Highlights (material
issue 2), as well as the more detailed
Sustainable Development Report
available on the Company's website
at www.mediclinic.com.
The Group relies on identifying, attracting and retaining leading specialists
and talented healthcare professionals.
The Group also measures the engagement of its employees and focuses
on targeted initiatives to improve employee engagement.

Introduced action plans to improve employee
engagement and conducted a second survey through
the employee engagement index across the Group.

In Southern Africa, completed the initiative to double
training capacity by changing the nurse training funding
model and expanding training capacity; and designed
the Group.
and prepared to launch an employee recognition
programme.

In Switzerland, launched the Leadership Development
Programme for senior management with the aim to
further promote a culture of teamwork and feedback.

In the Middle East, standardised working and
employment conditions across the combined business
(post the Al Noor Combination).
IMPROVING EFFICIENCIES –
LEVERAGE INTERNATIONAL
GROUP BENEFITS
The Group uses central resources to achieve procurement efficiencies across
all platforms.

Established a Group Purchasing Organisation to
generate savings on the procurement of major capital
items as well as surgical and consumable products
across the Group.
STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
DESCRIPTION
PROGRESS 2016/17 FY AIMS 2017/18 FY
The Group relies on identifying, attracting and retaining leading specialists
INVESTING IN EMPLOYEES
and talented healthcare professionals.
More information on this priority
is included in the Sustainable
The Group also measures the engagement of its employees and focuses
Development Highlights (material
on targeted initiatives to improve employee engagement.
issue 2), as well as the more detailed
Sustainable Development Report
available on the Company's website
at www.mediclinic.com.

Introduced action plans to improve employee
engagement and conducted a second survey through
the employee engagement index across the Group.

In Southern Africa, completed the initiative to double
training capacity by changing the nurse training funding
model and expanding training capacity; and designed
and prepared to launch an employee recognition
programme.

In Switzerland, launched the Leadership Development
Programme for senior management with the aim to
further promote a culture of teamwork and feedback.

In the Middle East, standardised working and
employment conditions across the combined business
(post the Al Noor Combination).

Continue to measure progress with employee
engagement based on the employee engagement
index across the Group.

Continue to implement targeted improvement plans
based on the Employee Engagement Index across
the Group.

In Southern Africa, implement new training
programmes for new nursing qualifications; and
launch the employee recognition programme.

In Switzerland, progress with the concept of a
Hirslanden Private Medical School for medical doctors;
evaluate potential cooperation partners in the field of
nurse training; and continue with the range of training
programmes for all types and levels of employment.

In the Middle East, build on the affiliation with the
Mohammed Bin Rashid University Medical School
Programme, which will give direct access to a new
pool of medical students and newly qualified doctors;
implement the employee engagement index and the
related processes to the Abu Dhabi/Al Ain part of the
business; and develop and Emiratisation strategy.
The Group uses central resources to achieve procurement efficiencies across
IMPROVING EFFICIENCIES –
all platforms.
LEVERAGE INTERNATIONAL
GROUP BENEFITS

Established a Group Purchasing Organisation to
generate savings on the procurement of major capital
items as well as surgical and consumable products
across the Group.

Expand savings initiatives on the procurement of
major capital items and high volume surgical and
consumable products across the Group.

RISK MANAGEMENT, PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The Board is ultimately accountable for the Group's risk management process and system of internal control. In terms of a mandate by the Board, the Audit and Risk Committee monitors the risk management process and systems of internal control of the Group. The Board oversees the activities of the Audit and Risk Committee, the Group's internal and external auditors, and the Group's risk management function as delegated to the Company's Audit and Risk Committee.

RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group's Enterprise-wide Risk Management ("ERM") policy follows the international Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") framework and defines the risk management objectives, methodology, risk appetite, risk identification, assessment and treatment processes and the responsibilities of the various risk management role-players in the Group. The ERM policy is subject to annual review, and any amendments are submitted to the Audit and Risk Committee for approval.

The objective of risk management in the Group is to establish an integrated and effective risk management framework where important and emerging risks are identified, quantified and managed. An ERM software application supports the Group's risk management process in all three operating platforms. The Group's principal risk items (grouped by COSO category, business process and strategic priorities), the movement in risk during the financial year, together with key measures taken to mitigate these risks, are listed in the table below.

KEY
REFERENCE COSO
CATEGORY
BUSINESS PROCESSES STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
Strategic
and market
Strategy management;
strategic investments

Continue to grow

Leverage international
Group benefits
Operational
effectiveness
and quality
Human resources; information
and communications technology
("ICT"); clinical; infrastructure;
marketing and corporate
communication; operations

Invest in employees

Improve safe, quality clinical
care and patient safety

Deliver integrated,
coordinated care

Improve efficiencies
Financial and
reporting risks
Revenue cycle; procure to pay
cycle; payroll cycle; cost control;
assets management; treasury
Compliance risks Legal and secretarial; governance
risk and compliance; environmental
management
Risk exposure increased due to change in business environment, increased investments,
increased dependency of operations on information technology, information sensitivity
and cost involved.
Proactive and continuous monitoring, favourable results of negotiations, effective
treasury and risk management processes have resulted in lowering of risk exposure.
risk at same level. Risk exposure has not changed much as the operating and regulatory environment has
more or less remained the same and enhanced risk mitigation measures have kept the
PRINCIPAL RISK MOVEMENT
IN 2017
DESCRIPTION OF RISK MITIGATION OF RISK
REGULATORY AND
COMPLIANCE RISK
➊ ➍
Adverse changes in laws and
regulations impacting the Group
or the failure to comply with laws
and regulations which may result in
losses, fines, prosecution or damage
to reputation.
The risk includes ethical and
governance risks that refer to
unexpected negative consequences
of unethical actions or the failure
of the control and oversight
mechanisms which were designed
and implemented to uphold the
ethical standards and controls of
the organisation.

Proactive engagement strategies
with stakeholders

Health policy units created to
conduct research and provide
strategic input for
reform processes

Active industry participation
across all platforms

Company secretarial and legal
departments support operational
management, monitor regulatory
developments and, where
necessary, obtain expert
legal advice for the effective
implementation of
compliance initiatives

Compliance risks identified and
assessed as part of departmental
risk registers

Compliance management

Visible ethical leadership

Monitoring and investigation of
incidents reported on the
ethics line

Board-level oversight
COMPETITION
The risk relating to the uncertainty
created by the existence of
competitors or the emergence of
new competitors with their own
strategies.
The risk includes the outmigration
of care, partly driven by further
technological developments and
the development of alternative care
models.

Proactive monitoring

Strategic planning processes

Quality and value of care
processes
BUSINESS
INVESTMENT AND
ACQUISITION
RISKS
The increased financial exposure
relating to major strategic business
investments and acquisitions.
During the prior financial year,
Mediclinic made strategic
investments in Spire Healthcare,
and acquired the Al Noor
Hospitals Group.

Strategic planning processes

Due diligence processes

Investment mandates

Board oversight

Post-acquisition management
processes
ECONOMIC
AND BUSINESS
ENVIRONMENT
The downturn in the general
economic and business
environment, including all those
factors that affect a company's
operations, customers, competitors,
stakeholders, suppliers and
industry trends.
The business environment risk
includes the power of funders and
the potential negative impact on
tariffs and fees resulting from the
shift of the relative negotiating
power towards funders, away from
healthcare service providers.

Systems to monitor
developments in the economic
and business environment
of trends and early warning
indicators

Proactive monitoring and
negotiation by Group's funder
relations departments

Focus on quality and continuum
of care to reinforce the
Company's position

AR AR CSR

PRINCIPAL RISK MOVEMENT
IN 2017
DESCRIPTION OF RISK MITIGATION OF RISK
OPERATIONAL
AND CREDIT RISKS
➌ ➋
Operational risk refers to various
types of operational events with a
potential for financial loss.
Credit risk is the risk of loss due
to a funder's inability to pay the
outstanding balance owing, default
by banks and/or other deposit
taking institutions, or the inability to
recover outstanding amounts due
from the patient.

Preservation of a sound internal
financial control environment

Effective risk management
processes

Extensive combined assurance
processes

Monitoring operations
through KPIs

Continuous enhancement
of operational efficiency and
cost reduction

Regulated minimum solvency
requirements for funders.

Monitoring approved funders

Treasury policy

Board-level oversight
AVAILABILITY AND
COST OF CAPITAL
(Including financing and
liquidity risk)
The cost, terms and availability
of capital to finance strategic
expansion opportunities and/or
the refinancing or restructuring of
existing debt which was affected by
prevailing capital market conditions.
The impact of negative interest rates
currently prevalent in Switzerland.

Long-term planning of
capital requirements and cash
flow forecasting

Scrutiny of cash-generating
capacity within the Group

Proactive and long-term
agreements with banks and
other funders relating to
funding facilities

Monitoring compliance with
requirements of debt covenants

Further details on capital risk
management and the Group's
borrowings are contained in
the consolidated financial
statements on page 164.
CLINICAL RISKS
➋ ➊
All clinical risks associated with the
provision of clinical care resulting in
undesirable clinical care or clinical
outcomes.
The risks include a pandemic and
disease outbreak. A pandemic is
an epidemic of infectious disease
that is spreading through human
populations across a large region.
Disease outbreak involves highly
infectious diseases with a high
mortality rate.
Such risks may also result in damage
to the Mediclinic brand equity.
Brand equity refers to the value of
the Group's brand names.

Refer to the Clinical Services
Overview from page 37 and the
Clinical Services Report available
on the Company's website at
www.mediclinic.com for a
detailed analysis of the strategies
to manage and monitor
clinical risks

A Group-wide clinical risk
register implemented per
platform

Accreditation processes

Clinical governance processes

Monitoring clinical performance
indicators

Implementation of
comprehensive processes for
infection control and prevention

Marketing and communication
strategies

Focus on quality management
processes

Stakeholder engagement and
disclosure strategies
PRINCIPAL RISK MOVEMENT
IN 2017
DESCRIPTION OF RISK MITIGATION OF RISK
INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
SECURITY AND
AVAILABILITY RISK
Information systems security risk
(including cyber risk) relates to the
unauthorised access to information
systems, failure of data integrity
and confidentiality. Availability
risk relates to the instances where
systems are not available for use by
its intended users.
A risk closely associated with
information systems risk is project
delivery. Project delivery risk
refers to issues or occurrences
that may potentially interfere with
successful completion of projects,
including its scope, timeliness and
appropriateness of delivery.

Comprehensive IT logical access,
change and physical access
controls

Disaster recovery planning

System design and architecture

Group ICT security committee

Experienced project
management team

Proactive monitoring and
oversight

Reallocation of tasks and
resources
QUALITY AND
STABILITY OF
OPERATIONAL
SERVICES
➋ ➌
The risk refers to the quality of
service and the stability of the
operations. It includes but is not
limited to:

incidents of poor service or
incidents where operational
management fail to respond
effectively to complaints.

operational interruptions, which
are any disruption of the facility
and including the threat of
disrupted power or water supply;
and

fire and allied perils causing
damage or business interruption.

Patient experience surveys
(both internal and external)

Complaints monitoring

Training programmes

Supervision of service levels

Emergency backup power
generation

Emergency planning

Plans to deal with disasters

Extensive fire-fighting and
detection systems, including
comprehensive maintenance
processes

Comprehensive insurance to deal
with financial impact of potential
disasters
AVAILABILITY,
RECRUITMENT
AND RETENTION
OF SKILLED
RESOURCES
AND MEDICAL
PRACTITIONERS
➋ ➌
The availability and support of
admitting doctors, whether
independent or employed, are critical
to the services the Group provides.
There is a shortage of skilled labour,
particularly a shortage of qualified
and experienced nursing staff in
Southern Africa.

Monitoring doctor satisfaction,
movement and doctors' profiles

Details on the relationship
with doctors are provided in
the Sustainable Development
Report available on the
Company's website at
www.mediclinic.com.

The employment recruitment
and retention strategies are
explained in the Sustainable
Development Highlights on
page 60 and in more detail in
the Sustainable Development
Report available on the
Company's website at
www.mediclinic.com.

Extensive training and skills
development programme,
and foreign recruitment
programme, further explained in
the Sustainable Development
Highlights on page 61 and in
more detail in the Sustainable
Development Report available
on the Company's website at
www.mediclinic.com.

SDR

SDR

AR SDR

INTERNAL CONTROL AND ASSURANCE

The Group upholds an effective control environment, including a comprehensive system of internal controls which is designed to ensure that risks are mitigated and that the Group's objectives are attained. The system includes monitoring mechanisms and ensures that appropriate actions are taken to correct deficiencies when they are identified. During the year, each operating platform executed its assurance plans. These plans comprise various assurance processes, including internal and external audit processes in place to evaluate the effectiveness of key controls designed to mitigate the significant risks identified in each operating platform.

The Group makes use of an outsourced internal audit function which is closely aligned with the Group risk management function and reports independently to the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board. At each operating platform, the effectiveness of the system of internal financial control is independently evaluated through the internal and external audit programmes. In addition to these audits, the effectiveness of operational procedures is examined internally through various peer review and control self-assessment processes. The results of these assurance processes are monitored by the Group's risk management function and reported to each operating platform's management teams.

Each of the operating platforms has, in addition to the above-mentioned assurance processes, implemented further independent assurance processes with professional organisations which are summarised in the table below.

The company secretaries at Group and operating platform level and the internal legal advisors are responsible for providing guidance in respect of compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

ASSURANCE OUTPUT* BUSINESS PROCESSES
ASSURED
PROVIDER
External calculation of carbon footprint based on
carbon emissions data of Mediclinic Southern Africa
Carbon footprint
calculation
Carbon Calculated
ISO 14001:2004 certification of 41 of Mediclinic
Southern Africa's 52 hospitals
Environmental
management system
British Standard Institute,
as accredited by UKAS
(United Kingdom
Accreditation Service)
COHSASA accreditation of 31 of Mediclinic Southern
Africa's participating hospitals, with the remaining
eight hospitals undergoing the renewal process
Quality standards of
healthcare facilities
Council for Health Service
Accreditation of Southern
Africa (COHSASA), which
is accredited by the
International Society for
Quality in Health Care
(ISQua)
ISO 9001:2008 certification of all 16 Hirslanden
hospitals and Hirslanden corporate office
Process and
quality management
Swiss Association for
Quality and Management
Systems (SQS)
Self-assessment against European Foundation for
Quality Management (EFQM) Excellence Model by all 16
Hirslanden hospitals and Hirslanden Corporate Office
Assessment against
the EFQM Excellence
Model, a framework for
organisational management
systems aimed at
promoting sustainable
excellence within
organisations
EFQM Excellence Model
ISO 14001:2015 certification of Hirslanden Klinik Aarau
and Hirslanden Clinique La Colline
Environmental
management system
Swiss Association for
Quality and Management
Systems (SQS)
JCI re-accreditation of Mediclinic Middle East hospitals
and clinics in Dubai as well as accreditation of
Mediclinic Corniche and Mediclinic Al Hili
Quality and safety of
patient care
Joint Commission
International
Accreditation (JCIA)
Reaccreditation of Al Noor Hospital – Al Ain branch
JCI reaccreditation of Mediclinic Al Noor Hospital in
2017, with accreditation of all Mediclinic Middle East
facilities by 2019
ISO 15189:2009 certification of the laboratories of
Mediclinic Middle East hospitals in Dubai and all clinics
in Dubai with in-house laboratories
Pathology laboratories
of Mediclinic Middle East
hospitals and clinics in
Dubai
International Organization
for Standardization (ISO)
College of American Pathologists (CAP) re
accreditation of the pathology laboratory of
Mediclinic City Hospital
Pathology laboratory of
Mediclinic City Hospital
College of American
Pathologists

* The flags indicate the operating platform where the assurance process is in place.

= Mediclinic Southern Africa = Hirslanden = Mediclinic Middle East

VIABILITY STATEMENT

The assessment of viability is an extension of the risk management, budget and forecast process which translates into each of the Group's operating platforms' business plans. The business plans reflect the current Group strategies and their associated risks and the Directors' best estimations of their prospects. Fundamental to the assessment of the Group's prospects, is the long-term business model which has resulted in quality service delivery and revenue growth under manageable risk tolerance.

The budget and forecast process includes a detailed bottom-up approach per platform for the budget year (performed by each clinic and hospital) and the extension of the key assumptions to the forecast period. The budgets are subject to review and, if necessary, re-budgeting. The five-year plans, including the strategic Group goals and objectives, are reviewed and approved by the platform Executive Committees, Mediclinic International Executive Committee and Mediclinic International Board.

The Board has adopted a five-year time frame for the assessment, in line with the Group's business planning period which reflects the impact of investments made in the present period. The five-year period extends beyond the maturities of a material portion of the Group's borrowings in each platform. Under current operating and market circumstances, as well as the existing levels of debt and the forecast headroom in respect of debt covenants, the assumption is that these borrowings would be refinanced broadly in line with the terms and conditions of the existing facilities. The Group successfully refinanced CHF1.9bn and ZAR4.2bn in 2012; CHF1.7bn in 2015; and in 2016 refinanced the UK bridge facility of £266m with facilities amounting to ZAR2.7bn in South Africa and US\$155m in the Middle East.

The Audit and Risk Committee monitors the Group's robust risk management process and system of internal control via a mandate from the Board (see pages 118 to 119). The principal risks as detailed on pages 31 to 33 were identified by these systems and, for the purposes of the viability assessment, severe but plausible scenarios reflecting the risks that could impair the viability of the Group were identified for each of the operating platforms to form the basis for stress testing.

On a platform level the potential impact of each scenario and certain scenarios in combination were modelled and assessed on EBITDA or profit after tax (as appropriate), net debt and debt covenants over the five-year forecast period.

The principal risks and related key assumptions underlying each of the operating platforms' business plans that were flexed in the stress testing are set out in the table below.

PRINCIPAL RISK KEY ASSUMPTION
STRESS TESTED
PLATFORM STRESS TESTED
Economic and business
environment; Regulatory risk
Reductions in tariffs and fees Southern Africa; Switzerland; UAE
Competition; Economic
and business environment;
Regulatory risk
Reduction in volumes Southern Africa; UAE
Regulatory risk Change in insurance patient mix UAE
Availability and cost of capital;
Economic and business
environment
A downturn in the macro
economic and business
environment
Southern Africa
Availability, recruitment and
retention of skilled resources and
medical practitioners
The shortage and availability
of qualified and experienced
healthcare staff
Southern Africa
Regulatory risk Adverse regulatory and tax
changes
Switzerland; UAE
Economic and business
environment
Outmigration of care Switzerland
Information systems security
and availability risk
The investment in group
initiatives not being successfully
implemented
Switzerland
Information systems security
and availability risk
Delays in expansion projects UAE

This analysis showed that the business, in its geographically diverse portfolio, would be able to withstand any individual and certain combinations of the severe but plausible scenarios by taking management action, ceteris paribus, with the key mitigating step being a reduction in discretionary investment. The Directors therefore have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the five-year period of their detailed assessment, ending in 31 March 2022. In making their assessment, the Directors have assumed that there will be no material change in the business environment as such assumptions are subject to a level of uncertainty and judgment for which outcomes cannot be projected and foreseen.

Having considered the principal risks and the viability assessment, the Board also considers it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

EFFECTIVENESS OF RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS AND SYSTEM OF INTERNAL CONTROL

The Board, via the Audit and Risk Committee, regularly receives reports on and considers the activities of the internal and external auditors of Mediclinic Southern Africa, Hirslanden and Mediclinic Middle East, and the Group's risk management function. The Board, via the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that there is an effective risk management process in place and that there is an adequate and effective system of internal control in place to appropriately mitigate the significant risks faced by the Group.

CLINICAL SERVICES OVERVIEW

Dr Ronnie van der Merwe Chief Clinical Officer

INTRODUCTION

Mediclinic provides a wide range of clinical services throughout its operating platforms. The services include acute care inpatient services, and highly specialised services, day case surgery, hospital-based emergency centres, pre-hospital emergency services and outpatient consultation services. Support services include laboratory, radiology and nuclear medicine.

Mediclinic strives to ensure that the clinical services provided throughout the Group are efficient, effective, appropriate, evidence-based and in line with modern technological advances. To this end we have developed a strong focus on measuring and improving clinical performance throughout our organisation. A comprehensive set of clinical performance indicators are collected, measured, analysed and reported on monthly. These clinical performance reports outline and track the performance of healthcare facilities, inform operational decisions, identify opportunities for clinical quality improvement initiatives and inform strategic direction.

During the year under review the clinical performance of the business was satisfactory across all operating platforms. In addition, considerable progress had been made in the further development of underlying structures and processes to enable improvements in clinical performance. Much of the progress can be attributed to a strong collaborative effort between the clinical services teams of the platforms.

All indicators included in this Clinical Services Overview are reported per calendar year to ensure completeness and consistency, as a significant time lag needs to be provided for in the collection of clinical data.

This report gives a brief overview of the Group's clinical performance for the year under review. For a more in-depth description we recommend that the detailed Clinical Services Report, available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com, should also be read.

MEDICLINIC SOUTHERN AFRICA

CLINICAL PERFORMANCE

PATIENT SAFETY

Mediclinic Southern Africa has a reasonably high case mix and a high case load of infectious diseases and trauma. The continuous improvement of patient safety remains a priority for Mediclinic Southern Africa and adverse events, as illustrated in Figure 1, are reported and tracked as a barometer of safe patient care.

A significant increase of 37.2% in the medication error rate was reported in 2016, which is mainly attributed to an initiative undertaken by pharmacy to improve the identification and reporting of medication errors. An initiative is underway by pharmacy services to identify, report and reduce the number of medication dispensing errors.

The fall rate decreased by 6.1% in 2016, while the in-hospital pressure ulcer rate increased by 3.8%. The fall rate and in-hospital pressure ulcer rate are regarded as nursing sensitive indicators and correlate with the number and skills of available nursing staff. Nursing skills levels in Southern Africa have been a challenge for a few years, and the Mediclinic Southern Africa nursing department is strongly focused on improving the situation.

INFECTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL

Healthcare-associated infections

Healthcare-associated infections ("HAI") remain one of the highest risks to hospitalised patients. The HAI rate reduced by 15.5% during 2016 due to numerous interventions over the last few years. Hand hygiene compliance is an important measure in the prevention of HAI and remains stable at 75.3% and a focus area for improvement. Refer to Figure 2.

Antimicrobial stewardship

Antimicrobial stewardship is an important activity in the management of HAI and antimicrobial resistance. Good progress has been made and all indicators showed a downward trend.

CLINICAL EFFECTIVENESS

Clinical performance measurement of critical care units ("CCUs") has been refined by implementing the Simplified Acute Physiology Score ("SAPS") 3 physiological mortality prediction model instead of APACHE®IV previously used. SAPS3 is statistically better suited to the Mediclinic population and gives a more accurate prediction of mortality. During 2016, the average mortality rate for patients admitted to CCUs was 16.74% compared to the expected mortality rate of 17.18%. The resultant SAPS3 mortality index was 0.974.

The 30-day all-cause re-admission rate increased by 1.9% in 2016. Re-admissions within seven days of discharge accounts for half of these re-admissions and remains a focus area for improvement. The extended stay rate is now expressed as an index, and although this has remained stable over the last 12 months (1.13 in 2015 and 2016), it has shown a decreasing trend over the second half of 2016.

FIGURE 1: ADVERSE EVENTS – MEDICLINIC SOUTHERN AFRICA FIGURE 2: HEALTHCARE-ASSOCIATED INFECTIONS –

MEDICLINIC SOUTHERN AFRICA

PROGRESS AGAINST OBJECTIVES

Patients First at Mediclinic

  • Updated its patient safety strategy to incorporate clinical risk management.
  • Developed and implemented specific training initiatives in the areas of operating theatre obstetrics and infection control.
  • Reviewed the current nursing management model.
  • Improved the measurement of clinical performance through various initiatives.
  • Shared clinical information with doctors.
  • Further reduced infection rates through continuous compliance and improvement initiatives.

Integrated care

  • Appointed an additional seven hospital clinical managers (total of 11 appointed).
  • Implemented two clinical pathways in orthopaedic surgery led by doctors.
  • Developed a comprehensive and integrated emergency medicine strategy.

Clinical information systems

• Collaborated with Mediclinic Middle East and Hirslanden to obtain a clear understanding of detailed requirements for an electronic health record ("EHR") system along with platform's readiness as part of the preparation work for the clinical information system project.

FUTURE OBJECTIVES

Patients First at Mediclinic

  • Complete the implementation of specific patient safety initiatives aimed at preventing adverse events.
  • Implement specific training initiatives that will further enable staff to drive quality improvement continuously.
  • Develop and implement action plans that will improve hand hygiene compliance.
  • Develop action plans to improve medication safety.
  • Refine clinical performance measures further.
  • Share more detailed clinical information with doctors.
  • Further reduce infection rates through the implementation of a comprehensive infection prevention and control strategy.

Integrated care

  • Phase in further hospital clinical manager appointments.
  • Implement a new clinical performance oversight and governance model in collaboration with supporting doctors.
  • Develop (in collaboration with supporting doctors) and implement more clinical pathways led by doctors.
  • Develop a comprehensive and integrated critical care strategy.
  • Implement a national stroke management strategy.

Clinical information systems

• Develop a clinical information readiness strategy along with an implementation roadmap.

HIRSLANDEN

CLINICAL PERFORMANCE

PATIENT SAFETY

Hirslanden has the highest case mix in the Group reflecting the complexity of cases treated. However, clinical outcomes remain excellent as is demonstrated by low infection rates and other outcome measures.

The fall rate increased by 10.5% in 2016. The increase in the rate is believed to be due to an increased awareness and better reporting, however, the prevention of falls and a reduction in the reported rate remain focus areas. The in-hospital pressure ulcer rate decreased by 5%.

INFECTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL

Healthcare-associated infections

During 2016, all device-associated and surgical site infection rates declined with significant reduction in the rates of all three reported indicators. The reduction is partly related to definition changes, however, a sustained focus on the prevention of infections supports the lower rates. Figure 3 illustrates the device-associated infections.

The catheter-associated urinary tract infections ("CAUTI") rate decreased by 63.6% while the central line-associated bloodstream infections ("CLABSI") rate decreased by 76.5%. Over the last three years the ventilator-associated pneumonia rate ("VAP") decreased by 55.8%.

CLINICAL EFFECTIVENESS

The SAPS II is used to measure clinical outcomes of CCUs. The SAPS II mortality index remains well below the Swiss benchmark of 0.33 at 0.20.

The unscheduled re-admission rate decreased by 3.9%, which is in line with improvement noticed in other measures.

PROGRESS AGAINST OBJECTIVES

Patients First at Mediclinic

  • Reviewed the compliance of the hospitals with the patient safety policy – the majority of the hospitals implemented every item of the policy or was busy with the implementation of the remaining items.
  • Checked the adherence to safe surgery checklist during unannounced inspections – compared to the previous inspection, further improvement was noted.
  • Initiated a pilot project on patient-related outcome measurement – patients were surveyed on quality of life before and after joint replacement. The results show a significant improvement of pain and movement after the procedure.

Integrated care

  • Compiled a policy on indication quality and introduction of indication boards – the implementation is planned for 2017.
  • Successfully started the project on the introduction of fast track orthopaedics in one of the orthopaedic hospitals of the group.
  • Introduced a common structure for highly specialised medicine services.

Clinical information systems

  • Compiled the definition of the future documentation in catheterisation laboratories and emergency departments – the manufacturer is busy with the implementation thereof in our electronic patient record.
  • Completed the re-evaluation of the radiology information system and selected a new system – the pilot project has started.
  • Reviewed the integration of medical source data and decided to connect this project to the Hirslanden transformation exercise.

FIGURE 3: DEVICE-ASSOCIATED INFECTIONS – HIRSLANDEN

FUTURE OBJECTIVES

Patients First at Mediclinic

  • Identify patient pathways qualifying for standardisation.
  • Introduce a continuous patient experience survey for all inpatients.

Integrated care

• Continue with the definitions of the requirements of the system provider model, and develop evaluation criteria to determine the introduction status per hospital.

Clinical information systems

  • Continue with the rollout of the radiology information system in a second hospital.
  • Introduce a standardised documentation approach for doctors in the electronic patient record.
  • Continue with the rollout of the patient data management system ("PDMS").
  • Conceptualise the integration of the PDMS and the electronic patient record.

MEDICLINIC MIDDLE EAST

CLINICAL PERFORMANCE

Both Mediclinic Middle East and the Al Noor group of hospitals collected clinical performance indicators for the period under review and the combined figures are reflected in the graphs below.

The collection of certain key clinical performance indicators in the Al Noor facilities are mandatory as defined by the Health Authority in Abu Dhabi ("HAAD"). The reported indicators have been standardised across all the facilities and is not limited to the regulatory requirements. The clinical performance indicators for all the facilities are reported on a monthly basis, and include patient safety, infection prevention and control as well as clinical effectiveness indicators.

PATIENT SAFETY

Mediclinic Middle East has the lowest case mix index in the Group and serves a younger, healthier community. Providing safe care remains a priority across the platform.

Figure 4 reflects the rate of adverse events per 1 000 patient days.

Medication errors increased markedly by 116.7% during 2016. The increase is due to a reporting drive, with the main contributor being prescribing errors. The majority of the medication errors are identified, and reported, by pharmacy and prevented from reaching the patients. The early identification of prescription errors was enabled by a pharmacy initiative, focussing on identification and reporting of prescription errors. Medication management remains a big focus area for the group.

There was an increase in the fall rate from 0.3 to 0.4 per 1 000 patient days recorded for inpatients during 2016. Fall assessments and the required interventions were reinforced across the group.

The rate of inpatient pressure ulcers reduced by 60% and can mainly be attributed to the implementation of the appropriate clinical risk prevention strategies and protocols in all clinical areas.

FIGURE 4: ADVERSE EVENTS – MEDICLINIC MIDDLE EAST

INFECTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL

Healthcare-associated infections

A reduction was seen in most of the measures and this is influenced by changes in the definition in line with the 2016 Centre for Disease Control guidelines. In addition, the platform has a sustained focus on infection prevention and control and reducing infection rates further.

The HAI rate decreased by 18.8% in 2016. The rate of CAUTI increased by 33.3% over the last 12 months, however, the actual numbers remain low (seven cases). The rate of CLABSI decreased by 37.5% in 2016.

CLINICAL EFFECTIVENESS

Actual mortality decreased by 7.7% during the period under review and remained lower than the actual mortality for both Mediclinic Southern Africa and Hirslanden. This can be attributed to the young population (average age of 32 years) in the UAE, and generally less invasive and complex surgical procedures performed than in the other two operating platforms.

Mediclinic Middle East used the APACHE® IV scoring system in the CCUs in the two hospitals in Dubai until September 2016. SAPS3 was subsequently rolled out in all the hospitals in Mediclinic Middle East in October 2016 and reports will be available in the next annual report. The APACHE®IV mortality index is 0.62 and well below 1.

The re-admission rate decreased by 47.4% from 1.9% to 1% in 2016. All admission types, except oncology, are included in the calculation. Comparable benchmarks are not readily available.

PROGRESS AGAINST OBJECTIVES

Patients First at Mediclinic

  • Appointed patient safety officers, established a quality department and updated its patient safety strategy.
  • Successfully had all Dubai-based facilities as well as the Mediclinic Al Ain hospital re-accredited by JCI in 2016.
  • Standardised clinical indicators across the group, and created a central repository:
  • the Vermont Oxford databases were implemented in all the Al Noor facilities; and
  • the SAPS3 was implemented in all the CCUs across the combined group.
  • Combined the clinical services departments of the group and implemented clinical oversight committee structures.
  • Developed clinical key performance indicators ("KPIs") for doctors.
  • Not implemented, due to infrastructure and resource challenges, a clinical dashboard which does, however, remain a priority for the future.

Integrated care

  • Signed a formal affiliation agreement with Mohammed Bin Rashid University of Health Sciences in Dubai in May 2016 as an accredited external training facility for medical students, and the first medical students started in September 2016.
  • Further developed the current Breast and Metabolic centres at Mediclinic City Hospital to streamline clinical processes.
  • Successfully commissioned and opened the new comprehensive cancer centre in the North Wing expansion at Mediclinic City Hospital.
  • Centralised and consolidated the laboratory services for the group.
  • Relocated the IVF centre previously in Mediclinic Al Noor Hospital to Mediclinic Al Ain Hospital.
  • Reviewed the existing clinical pathways and developed additional pathways in preparation for the implementation of diagnosis-related groups ("DRGs") and the implementation of a clinical information system.

Clinical information systems

• Selected a new EHR system for the group.

FUTURE OBJECTIVES

Patients First at Mediclinic

  • Continue to focus on the full integration of clinical services of the combined group.
  • Standardise the doctors' appraisal process for the combined group and implement clinical KPIs for doctors.
  • Expand and implement new clinical indicators across the group.
  • Expand the outcome database participation and include obstetrics and gynaecology.
  • Implement a clinical indicator dashboard across the group.
  • Formulate the JCI re-accreditation strategy for all the facilities in the group for 2019.
  • Continue to develop clinical pathways as part of preparing for the implementation of DRGs.
  • Update the quality and patient safety strategy for the group.

Integrated care

  • Formulate a clinical strategy for the units and certain key service lines for the combined group (comprehensive cancer centre, IVF, metabolic centre, cardiology, cosmetics, etc.).
  • Continue to develop the metabolic surgery services at Mediclinic Airport Road Hospital and prepare for accreditation of the centre.
  • Further develop and expand coordinated care initiatives across the group (breast centre, comprehensive cancer centre, metabolic centre, etc.).
  • Continue the centralisation and consolidation strategy for laboratory services in the group.
  • Complete the ISO certification for the laboratories in the Mediclinic Al Noor hospitals.

Clinical information systems

• Implement the newly selected HER system across the group, over a three-year period, starting mid-2017.

MEDICLINIC INTERNATIONAL

Mediclinic International's Clinical Services Department consists of a small team that coordinates clinical services across the platforms. The team provides strategic direction, oversight and accountability, coordinates collaboration across operating platforms and are directly involved in selected projects.

PROGRESS AGAINST CURRENT OBJECTIVES

  • The first phase of a master data management programme, compiling and governing data relating to doctors, has been concluded in Southern Africa.
  • The migration from APACHE®IV to SAPS3, intensive care outcome measurement tool, has been completed in Mediclinic Southern Africa and Mediclinic Middle East.
  • Clinical operational dashboards have been refined, and an obstetric management operational dashboard developed for the Southern African platform.

  • The measurement of hand hygiene compliance, methodology and data collection tool, has been standardised across Mediclinic Southern Africa and Mediclinic Middle East.

  • A master person index has been developed and implemented in Mediclinic Southern Africa for the identification of healthy neonates.
  • Initiatives are underway to coordinate health technology assessments centrally, and will be further refined.
  • Thought leadership, oversight and close collaboration has been provided in the selection of an EHR system in the Middle East and Southern African platforms.
  • Continued collaboration and support are provided to Hirslanden with the implementation of their EHR system.

FUTURE OBJECTIVES

  • Refine clinical performance measures.
  • Establish a patient safety sub-committee to standardise and enhance collaboration.
  • Coordinate collaboration of nursing services across operating platforms.
  • Coordinate collaboration of clinical risk management across operating platforms.
  • Source a clinical adverse event and clinical risk management solution suitable for all operating platforms.
  • Continue to provide thought leadership, oversight and close collaboration in the selection of an EHR system in Mediclinic Southern Africa.
  • Continued to collaborate and provide support to Mediclinic Middle East and Hirslanden with the implementation of their EHR systems.
  • Refine and optimise the clinical governance structure to enforce the "Ward-to-Board" accountability framework across the Group.

DIVISIONAL REVIEW – SWITZERLAND

Dr Ole Wiesinger Chief Executive Officer: Hirslanden

CEO'S STATEMENT

"During the year, Hirslanden once again successfully increased both its turnover and the underlying EBITDA. In the saturated Swiss healthcare market, strong growth is only possible with a forwardlooking investment strategy. At Hirslanden, this strategy includes investments in our core business at the hospitals, as well as rounding out our range of services in the outpatient sector. Hirslanden will therefore continue its transformation from being purely a hospital operator to becoming an integrated healthcare provider that offers medical services across various levels of care. The improved EBITDA is the result of increased productivity and efficiency achieved by the ongoing implementation of standardised structures and processes throughout the entire Group. In addition to our relentless focus on medical quality and patient satisfaction, improving efficiency is a key part of Hirslanden's approach: the ongoing improvement of patient value.

Looking forward, the public policy environment creates a number of uncertainties and risks. For instance, another tariff reduction is expected in the outpatient sector. Meanwhile the shift towards outpatient treatment continues and regulations are currently being drafted to ensure that in future certain procedures are only carried out in an outpatient setting. In the canton of Zurich, a special tax on services for privately insured inpatients was fortunately rejected.

Despite these challenges and uncertainties, as the largest private medical network in Switzerland, Hirslanden is well positioned to take advantage of future opportunities for growth, and will remain a source of clinical excellence for the wider Mediclinic Group."

* 6 722 full-time equivalents

KEY STATISTICS

KEY FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS

Hirslanden accounted for 48% of the Group's revenues (2016: 54%) and 53% of its underlying EBITDA (2016: 52%).

As at the end of the reporting period, Hirslanden operated 16 hospitals and 4 clinics with a total of 1 677 inpatient beds and 9 402 employees (6 722 full-time equivalents). It is the largest private acute care hospital group in Switzerland servicing approximately one third of inpatients treated in Swiss private hospitals.

During the period under review, revenues increased by 3% to CHF1 704m (2016: CHF1 657m). This was driven by a 1.7% growth in inpatient admissions. The reduction in both bed days sold (-0.7%) and the average length of stay (-2.3%) was offset by an increase of 3.0% in the average revenue per bed day sold. This is largely due to an increase in the average severity of cases, with an increasing number of doctors performing complex procedures at Hirslanden hospitals. Outpatient revenues increased by 9% and now contributes nearly 20% to overall Hirslanden revenues.

Underlying EBITDA increased by 5% to CHF340m (2016: CHF325m) with the underlying EBITDA margin increasing from 19.7% to 20.0% due to several productivity measures and cost savings initiatives implemented during the year and an underlying tariff provision release of CHF8m. These were offset by continued investment in Hirslanden 2020 and the ongoing shift in patient mix from semi and private to basic insured. Operating profit increased by 7% to CHF259m (2016: CHF243m). Hirslanden contributed £121m to the Group's underlying earnings compared to £101m in the prior year.

Hirslanden invested CHF74m in expansion capital projects and new equipment and CHF89m on the replacement of existing equipment and upgrade projects as well as investments in Hirslanden 2020 and relocation of the corporate head office. In April 2016, Hirslanden Clinique Cecil in Lausanne opened a new hybrid operating theatre and an outpatient surgery unit. In August 2016, Hirslanden Klinik Aarau opened its third cardiac catheterisation laboratory. At Hirslanden Klinik St. Anna and Hirslanden Klinik Stephanshorn, two new modular operating theatres were completed in October and December 2016, respectively. Further important development projects completed included new doctors' consulting rooms for Hirslanden Clinique La Colline, restructuring of radiology for Hirslanden Klinik Stephanshorn and restructuring of the sterilisation unit for Hirslanden Klinik Permanence. Hirslanden Klinik Im Park in Zurich opened its new outpatient surgery centre in April 2017, which includes a ward for procedures requiring short inpatient stays. Building work commenced on an expanded emergency department for Klinik Hirslanden in Zürich and there are plans for a range of other expansion projects to increase the business' capacity.

During the year, Hirslanden increased efficiency in various areas of the business. Supply costs and labour costs were successfully reduced, while more focused management led to increased utilisation of our infrastructure. Hirslanden is focused on achieving further efficiency gains and optimisation, leveraging off the broader Group's economies of scale to manage cost pressures.

+3%

REVENUE

CHF340M +5%

UNDERLYING EBITDA

-0.7% BED DAYS SOLD

76.2% BED OCCUPANCY

+3.0% AVERAGE REVENUE PER BED DAY

86% PATIENT SATISFACTION*

3.91

EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT

(grand mean score based on a 1 to 5 rating scale)

* The patient satisfaction results of Hirslanden are not comparable with the results of Mediclinic Southern Africa and Mediclinic Middle East as the Group's standardised Patient Experience Index has not been rolled out to Hirslanden. The results of Hirslanden are based on the ANQ (the Swiss National Association for Quality Development) satisfaction survey and relates to the number of patients who would absolutely recommend Hirslanden to family and friends.

There were a number of regulatory developments in Switzerland during the year. In April 2017, the Zurich Cantonal Parliament voted not to approve the proposed VVG levy. As part of a Cantonal budget review and cost savings initiative, the Canton had proposed a levy to be introduced based on the proportion of privately insured patients treated in listed hospitals. This complex matter went through an extended legislative process and Hirslanden engaged with the relevant public authorities to raise concerns regarding the process, equality and the impact the proposed levy would have had on the business. Hirslanden will continue to monitor developments in the canton whilst maintaining its dialogue and engagement with the relevant public authorities to ensure that it can, on a sustainable basis, deliver high-quality, cost-efficient, healthcare to patients.

The national outpatient tariff ("TARMED") is still in revision and the current tariff structure is valid until the end of the 2017 calendar year. The Swiss Federal Government has released proposed adjustments to TARMED as a transitional solution whilst healthcare providers and funders continue to negotiate and agree a revised tariff structure. The government proposal is targeting annual savings of around CHF700m across the public and private outpatient sectors. Outpatient services contribute approximately 20% of Hirslanden revenues, at around CHF300m in the period under review. Based on initial analyses of the complex proposal, the expected annualised impact on Hirslanden outpatient revenues is around CHF30m before any mitigating actions are considered. These mitigations could include improved utilisation and increased efficiencies that would help to reduce the impact of the transitional solutions proposed by the Federal Government on the underlying EBITDA and margins of the business. Due to its implementation date on 1 January 2018, the impact on Hirslanden is expected to be limited in the next financial year.

MARKET OVERVIEW

The Swiss healthcare market is one of the best funded in the developed world and continues to grow steadily. Hirslanden is the largest medical network and the largest private hospital group in Switzerland, and works effectively within a high-quality healthcare system where the population enjoys freedom of choice and high-quality services in both the public and private sector. A survey, financed by the Commonwealth Fund and conducted in eleven countries, found that 60% of respondents in Switzerland rated the Swiss functioning of the healthcare system as "good" or "very good". 66% considered the medical care provided as either "excellent" or "very good". Of the 11 countries surveyed, Switzerland had the best response.

Hirslanden's main competitors are the public hospitals. Many of these will improve their infrastructure in the coming years. According to publicly available sources, CHF16bn is earmarked for the construction and renovation of hospital buildings.

Additional challenges include working within an environment regulated by 26 cantons that supervise and manage hospitals and ensure their funding in collaboration with the mandatory health insurance. Besides the regulation of the inpatient sector the cantons increasingly intervene in the outpatient market by defining lists of medical interventions to be performed ambulatory or by establishing a moratorium for foreign doctors.

OUTLOOK

There continues to be a significant focus on the shift of basic medical treatments from the inpatient to the outpatient sector ("outmigration"). The Federal Government is preparing a framework for the outmigration of services, likely to be ready for implementation from 1 January 2018, across Switzerland. The Zurich Cantonal Parliament, in April 2017, approved an amendment to the cantonal hospital law, providing a legal basis for the cantonal government to create a list of interventions that in future should generally be treated as outpatient rather than inpatient services. The final list of interventions will be agreed following a working group review. In the Canton of Lucerne similar measures are expected to be implemented from 1 July 2017.

Hirslanden is responding to the trend of outmigration with the opening of new outpatient facilities and the creation of an integrated medical network that facilitates the access to healthcare for patients. This is also important because outpatient clinics are a well-established route for the subsequent allocation of patients to hospitals and specialists. The establishment of outpatient facilities is part of the Hirslanden 2020 strategic programme. This programme has two main goals: to increase the efficiency of the existing business by implementing standardised systems and processes; and to develop new areas of business, such as outpatient facilities. Having opened the new outpatient surgery centre at Klinik Im Park, Hirslanden will also open two new medical centres in Zurich (Seefeldstrasse) and Cham (canton of Zug) in spring 2018 and a further one at Schuppis (canton of St. Gallen) in 2019.

Given the external environment, the investment programme within Hirslanden and the potential for increased synergies, the platform is well-positioned to maintain its status as the largest medical network in Switzerland while continuing to improve patient satisfaction and clinical outcomes.

DIVISIONAL REVIEW – SOUTHERN AFRICA

Koert Pretorius Chief Executive Officer: Mediclinic Southern Africa

CEO'S STATEMENT

"Mediclinic Southern Africa delivered satisfactory operational and financial results for the period under review in challenging market conditions. We have continued to make good progress with the roll out of further strategic initiatives to improve clinical performance and the patient's experience and we gained momentum in the development of an integrated healthcare system provider concept through the introduction of a number of new initiatives. Mediclinic Southern Africa successfully followed its incremental growth strategy by adding 78 acute care beds at existing hospitals. We continued to address a number of matters in the wider business environment, specifically the Health Market Inquiry and National Health Insurance developments."

KEY STATISTICS

* 20 349 full-time equivalents, which includes 3 501 agency staff

KEY FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS

Mediclinic Southern Africa accounted for 28% of the Group's revenue (2016: 31%) and 33% of its underlying EBITDA (2016: 32%).

In Southern Africa (including South Africa and Namibia), as at the end of the reporting period, Mediclinic operated 52 hospitals and two day clinics with a total of 8 095 beds and 16 848 employees. The platform is the third largest private hospital provider in Southern Africa.

During the period under review, revenue increased by 7% to ZAR14 367m (2016: ZAR13 450m). Bed days sold and average revenue per bed day increased by 0.8% and 5.8%, respectively. Admissions increased by 0.6% with growth in medical cases partially offset by a decrease in surgical day cases as the outmigration trend continues. The average length of stay increased by 0.2%.

Underlying EBITDA increased by 6% to ZAR3 049m (2016: ZAR2 877m) resulting in the underlying EBITDA margin decreasing from 21.4% to 21.2% due to the ongoing shift in mix towards medical versus surgical cases, wage and cost inflation, including higher price increases on pharmaceuticals (sold at zero margin) and investment in additional clinical personnel. Operating profit increased by 15% to ZAR2 584m (2016: ZAR2 252m). Mediclinic Southern Africa contributed £67m to the Group's underlying earnings compared to £63m in the prior year, impacted by an additional ZAR182m (£10m) interest charge on additional debt following the refinance of the Group's bridge loan.

Mediclinic Southern Africa invested ZAR790m on expansion capital projects and new equipment and ZAR515m on the replacement of existing equipment and upgrade projects. The number of beds increased by 78 taking the total number of beds to 8 095. Key projects completed during the year were at Mediclinic Upington, Mediclinic Worcester, Mediclinic Emfuleni and Mediclinic Windhoek. The building projects in progress are expected to add some 54 additional beds by the end of FY18, taking the total number of licensed beds across the operating platform to 8 149. Several additional building projects are due for completion in FY19 and FY20, which are expected to add some 350 additional beds in both existing facilities and new day clinics.

During FY16, Mediclinic Southern Africa announced the proposed acquisition of a controlling share in Matlosana Medical Health Services Proprietary Limited ("MMHS"), based in Klerksdorp in the North-West Province of South Africa. MMHS owns two multi-disciplinary hospitals, Wilmed Park Hospital (144 licensed beds) and Sunningdale Hospital (62 licensed beds), as well as a 51% share in Parkmed Neuro Clinic, a psychiatric hospital (50 licensed beds). This proposed acquisition supports Mediclinic's core focus of providing acute care, multi-disciplinary specialist hospital services. Although substantially completed, the transaction

R14 367M

+7%

REVENUE

UNDERLYING EBITDA

+0.8% BED DAYS SOLD

71.5% BED OCCUPANCY

+5.8% AVERAGE REVENUE PER BED DAY

81.9% PATIENT EXPERIENCE INDEX

3.73

EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT

(grand mean score based on a 1 to 5 rating scale)

remains subject to approval by the competition authorities. In January 2017, Mediclinic Southern Africa also announced the proposed acquisition of a 50% + 1 share interest in Life Path Health, which operates seven mental health facilities and is in the process of establishing three further facilities, with applications approved by Department of Health for further facilities. This transaction is subject to a number of conditions precedent.

EFFICIENCY AND OTHER DEVELOPMENTS

Mediclinic Southern Africa progressed with several improvements to its core processes during the period under review. The new SAP solution for financial and central procurement processes was successfully rolled out to 32 Mediclinic Southern Africa hospitals.

In addition, the platform introduced action plans to improve employee engagement and conducted the second survey through its Employee Engagement Index. Detailed plans to improve employee engagement were successful in improving employee engagement to 3.73 (2016: 3.67) during the year (the grand mean score based on a 1 to 5 rating scale).

MARKET OVERVIEW

Growth in the South African private healthcare market has stagnated due to elevated political uncertainty, low economic growth and a lack of job creation. The market offers isolated incremental growth opportunities to expand existing hospitals, and to build new hospitals and day clinics. Challenges include lowering healthcare costs across the value chain in a fragmented market, whilst at the same time improving outcomes for patients, attracting and retaining qualified staff and investing in infrastructure and medical technology.

The Competition Commission is currently undertaking a market inquiry into the private healthcare sector in South Africa to understand both whether there are features of the sector that prevent, distort or restrict competition and how competition in the sector can be promoted. The inquiry was due to publish its recommendations in December 2016, but has advised of further delays with the HMI now guiding that the final publication is expected at the end of the 2017 calendar year. Mediclinic has submitted documentation to the inquiry and will continue to engage with all stakeholders as draft documents are published through the year to achieve an agreeable outcome.

The South African Government is seeking to address the shortcomings of the public health system through the phased introduction of a National Health Insurance system over a 14-year period. A draft White Paper outlining the financing and design of the envisaged system has been released for consultation and Mediclinic has submitted comprehensive comments. However, there remain a large number of obstacles that still need to be addressed before greater clarity about the outcomes can be communicated.

OUTLOOK

Mediclinic Southern Africa remains well positioned to face the significant challenges that exist in the business environment, such as increasing regulatory oversight, slow economic growth, a fragmented private healthcare delivery model and a shortage of healthcare professionals. Mediclinic Southern Africa remains cautiously optimistic about its prospects in the region.

The private healthcare industry has reached maturity with limited opportunities for growth of the current business. Future growth will focus on related business opportunities, for example mental health and primary care.

The focus in the coming year will be on further developing the operating platform's strategy to position itself for future value-based contracting opportunities. The platform will continue to focus strategically on the value that it delivers to patients, by continuing to improve the safety and quality of its clinical care, the quality of the patient experience, and opportunities to improve operational efficiency. The platform will also continue to focus on opportunities to develop an integrated Southern African private healthcare delivery model for the future.

DIVISIONAL REVIEW – UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

David Hadley Chief Executive Officer: Mediclinic Middle East

CEO'S STATEMENT

"The Middle East platform faced significant challenges during the period under review due to unexpected regulatory changes in Abu Dhabi, increased competition, and the process of aligning the Al Noor business with the operational and commercial practices of the overall Mediclinic Group following the Combination in February 2016. This has impacted our financial performance and, together with the forecast continued lower economic growth in the UAE, our short-term growth expectations in the region. During the year, however, we implemented various initiatives to effectively deal with these challenges which, combined with the decision of the Abu Dhabi Government to reverse co-payments by Thiqa members, the introduction of new facilities and services and the ongoing upgrade of existing units, places Mediclinic Middle East on a more sustainable and long-term growth path."

KEY FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS

Mediclinic Middle East accounted for 24% of the Group's revenues (2016: 16%) and 15% of its underlying EBITDA (2016: 16%).

In the Middle East, as at the end of the reporting period, the combined business operated 6 hospitals and 31 clinics with a total of 714 beds and 6 375 employees. The platform is one of the largest private healthcare providers in the UAE with the majority of its operations in Dubai and Abu Dhabi (including Al Ain).

The Mediclinic Middle East financial results represent the combined business for FY17. In FY16, Al Noor's results were only consolidated from 15 February 2016.

During the period under review, revenue increased by 72% to AED3 109m (2016: AED1 802m). The existing Dubai business increased revenue by 5% including the related ramp up benefit from the new Mediclinic City Hospital North Wing. However, the Abu Dhabi business underperformed, down 19% compared to the prior year pro forma revenue. On a pro forma basis, inpatient admissions and day cases declined by 4.8% and outpatient attendance decreased by 9.7%. Bed days sold decreased by 6.2%. Abu Dhabi inpatient and outpatient volumes were down 12% and 14% respectively versus the prior year due to the unforeseen changes in the regulatory environment with the introduction of a co-payment on local Thiqa insurance card holders, a need to align Al Noor with the sustainable business and operational practices of the Group, doctor vacancies, increased competition and the sale of several non-core assets. Thiqa patient volume declines were greater than other insurance categories in Abu Dhabi with inpatients down 33% and outpatients down 31%.

Underlying EBITDA decreased by 5% to AED364m (2016: AED384m) and the underlying EBITDA margin decreased to 11.7% from 21.3%. Despite good progress made in respect of the integration benefits from the combination, this was more than offset by the revenue shortfall. Operating profit decreased by 58% to AED134m (2016: AED321m). Mediclinic Middle East contributed £33m to the Group's underlying earnings compared to £57m in the comparative period.

In early June 2016, the platform amended and increased the existing debt facilities to AED1 012bn (of which AED220m remains undrawn) from AED282m in the prior year, to refinance the bridge loan facility, as well as to continue to fund existing expansion projects across the UAE.

The provision for impairment of receivables increased by AED113m (AED89m relating to Abu Dhabi receivables) and was charged to the income statement. In FY16, AED25m (AED9m relating to Abu Dhabi receivables) was charged to the income statement. Furthermore, an opening balance sheet adjustment of AED73m was made to the Al Noor receivables to finalise the Al Noor purchase price allocation.

AED3 109m

+72%

REVENUE

AED364m

-5% UNDERLYING EBITDA

-6.2% BED DAYS SOLD

-2.3%

AVERAGE REVENUE PER BED DAY

82.4% PATIENT EXPERIENCE INDEX

3.92

EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT

(grand mean score based on a 1 to 5 rating scale)

Mediclinic Middle East invested AED188m on expansion capital projects and new equipment and AED57m on the replacement of existing equipment and upgrade projects. The major components of the expansion capital expenditure were the Mediclinic City Hospital North Wing and Mediclinic Parkview Hospital projects in Dubai. The former was successfully opened in September 2016 and houses, amongst other disciplines, the Comprehensive Cancer Centre, Dubai's most advanced facility for the diagnosis and treatment of cancer, built in association with Hirslanden in Switzerland. Patient volumes since opening the North Wing have been encouraging. Construction of the Parkview Hospital, the seventh hospital of the platform, is progressing well and is on track to be completed in the fourth quarter of the financial year ending 31 March 2019.

As part of the ongoing investment in the region, a partner was selected for an Electronic Health Record system which will be implemented over the coming years. By creating unified records for patients, regardless of which facility they receive treatment at, the system will enable the business to deliver improved service quality and seamless care for patients.

The regulatory environment in the Middle East had a significant impact on the platform's performance this year. On 30 June 2016, the Health Authority Abu Dhabi ("HAAD") announced a number of amendments to Abu Dhabi's health insurance programmes with immediate effect as of 1 July 2016. Changes to the Thiqa plan (health insurance for UAE Nationals or others of similar status in Abu Dhabi) stipulated that patients receive 80% coverage of the fees for outpatient and inpatient services provided by private healthcare facilities in Abu Dhabi (previously 100% for most services). It was mandatory for private healthcare providers to collect the full co-payment from patients, which Mediclinic adhered to with immediate effect. A further change saw the Thiqa plan cover only 50% of the cost if patients sought medical services outside Abu Dhabi (including Dubai and the Northern Emirates). In Dubai, UAE nationals are covered under the ENAYA and SAADA health insurance programme, under the supervision of the Dubai Health Authority, with a 10% co-payment for inpatient and outpatient services in public and private sector. As mentioned, these changes had a significant impact on the Thiqa patient volumes in the Abu Dhabi business. However, on 26 April 2017, following a period of engagement with various authorities and stakeholders, His Highness Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed Al Nahyan, Crown Prince of Abu Dhabi and Deputy Supreme Commander of the UAE Armed Forces, ordered the waiving of the 20% Thiqa co-payment when receiving treatment at private healthcare facilities in Abu Dhabi, with immediate effect. It was also confirmed that the co-payment for services provided to Thiqa patients outside of Abu Dhabi would be reduced from 50% to 10%. Preparations are ongoing for the introduction of diagnosis-related groups in Dubai expected to be implemented in April 2018. The platform continues to maintain an active dialogue with government authorities on regulatory changes within the UAE healthcare sector.

A key focus during the year has been integrating the Abu Dhabi-based Al Noor Hospitals Group with the established Mediclinic Middle East business in Dubai. The regional management team successfully addressed a number of key issues including the establishment of a clear operational and clinical strategy in Abu Dhabi, doctor vacancies, integrating the functional departments of the two businesses, conforming revenue cycle management with the Middle East business, identifying synergies in procurement and headcount and consolidating the two corporate offices and executive management teams. The Group remains on track to generate annualised synergies of AED75m from the combined Middle East business. Some 136 new doctor appointments were made in the Middle East during FY17 and a further 52 doctors are currently in the process of recruitment helping to fill the vacant positions that resulted from the departure of doctors in the 12 months leading up to the Al Noor combination and at the start of FY17.

As part of an extensive review of the Abu Dhabi business, certain units, non-core to the central strategy of the platform, were identified for divestment. The Group has classified AED42m assets and AED9m liabilities as held for sale in relation to these units. The platform completed the sale of Rochester Wellness, consisting of two clinics in Dubai and Oman, to Emirates Health during the year. In November 2016, the platform completed the sale of Gulf International Cancer Centre to Proton Partners International. The construction of a new hospital in the Western Region was postponed.

Several new facilities were opened in Abu Dhabi during the year. These included the Mediclinic Al Jowhara Hospital (formerly Al Noor Hospital – Al Jowhara), a 51-bed multi-disciplinary hospital in Al Ain that was delayed by several months, clinics in Ghayathi (Western Region) and Al Yahar (Al Ain), as well as the Aspetar Clinic (Al Ain). The Khalifa City A Clinic was opened in April 2017. Areas of opportunity were identified in Abu Dhabi, including the expansion and redevelopment of Mediclinic Al Noor Hospital (formerly Al Noor Hospital – Khalifa Street) and the creation of a new Comprehensive Cancer Centre at Mediclinic Airport Road Hospital (formerly Al Noor Hospital – Airport Road). In September 2016, the platform completed the purchase of the remaining 25% interest in the Al Madar group of clinics, based in Abu Dhabi. The important strategic decision to rebrand Al Noor facilities to Mediclinic was taken in February 2017 reflecting the ongoing and future investment in the Abu Dhabi business. The project commenced in April 2017 and due to regulatory requirements, is expected to take approximately one year to complete. As a result of the rebranding decision, an accelerated amortisation charge of AED36m in connection with the acquired Al Noor trade name asset has been recognised during the period under review. The remaining balance of the trade name will be fully amortised in FY18. The accelerated amortisation charge has been excluded in determining underlying earnings.

MARKET OVERVIEW

The region continues to witness economic uncertainty owing to influences such as the strength of the United States dollar which is affecting the tourism and property market in particular, rising interest rates, weakened consumer sentiment, and the continuing low oil price which, although stabilising in recent months at around USD55 per barrel, still remains well below the levels seen in the UAE's more prosperous periods. Despite this, population growth is expected to drive domestic demand in the next year, albeit at a reduced rate. Growth rates are expected to accelerate slightly in Dubai as Expo 2020 draws closer but not to the levels experienced in 2012 to 2014.

Within the region's healthcare market, the increased involvement of government authorities in the private sector and its introduction of stricter regulatory controls, continue to affect the market. This remains a significant challenge to Mediclinic Middle East, along with persisting economic uncertainty, rising costs and increased competition. The true impact of the proposed introduction of value-added tax in January 2018 also needs to be assessed, as well as the effects of a possible introduction of corporate tax in the medium term.

Opportunities for the business lie within Mediclinic Middle East's own areas of development, including bringing newly-opened facilities to capacity, ensuring timely delivery of its projects under construction and identifying areas that will add further value to its patients and stakeholders.

OUTLOOK

The economic outlook for the UAE is mixed, with its fortunes linked fundamentally to issues such as oil price and US economic policy which affects the strength of the US dollar, to which the UAE dirham is pegged as well as inflation. We are, however, confident that our strategy to reduce reliance on the low-priced insurance sector, and to further increase the levels of services available to our patients, will enable us to build on our newly defined base. Other key focus areas are to continue to implement an effective business and clinical strategy for the combined business including further divestments where appropriate, continual improvement of the patient experience, bringing all new facilities to capacity, the identification of further growth opportunities and the delivery of new projects already underway.

Preparations for the introduction of diagnosis-related groups in Dubai are ongoing. The platform continues to maintain an active dialogue with government authorities on regulatory changes within the UAE healthcare sector.

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT HIGHLIGHTS

This report provides a brief overview of the Group's sustainability initiatives, with specific reference to the five material sustainability issues, which has been extracted from the detailed Sustainable Development Report and the GRI Standards Disclosure Index, available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

INTRODUCTION

SDR

Mediclinic takes a sustainable, long-term approach to business, putting patients at the heart of its operations and delivering consistently high-quality healthcare services. In order to deliver on these priorities, the Group upholds the highest standards of clinical governance and ethical behaviour across its platforms, invests significant time and resources in recruiting and retaining skilled staff, makes considerable investment into its facilities and equipment and respects the communities and environment in the areas in which it operates.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

Mediclinic's key stakeholders include: patients, doctors, employees and trade unions, suppliers, healthcare funders, government and authorities, industry associations, investors, the community and the media. Mediclinic recognises its accountability to its stakeholders and is committed to effective and regular engagement with them, and to publicly report on its sustainability performance. Mediclinic's key stakeholders are those groups who have a material impact on, or are materially impacted by, Mediclinic and its operations. Its key stakeholders, methods of engagement, topics discussed or concerns raised are outlined in the Sustainable Development Report, available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

SDR

Effective communication with stakeholders is fundamental in maintaining Mediclinic's corporate reputation as a trusted and respected provider of healthcare services and positioning itself as a leading international private healthcare group. Mediclinic's commitment to its stakeholders to conduct its business in a responsible and sustainable way, and to respond to stakeholder needs, is entrenched in the Group's values and supported by the Group Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. A wide variety of communication vehicles are used to engage with stakeholders, which serve as an impact assessment to assess stakeholders' needs and to effectively respond thereto. Stakeholders' legitimate expectations have been taken into account in setting the Group's key sustainability priorities, as reported on throughout this report. The Group continually looks for ways to improve its use of online channels to communicate with its stakeholders through the corporate website and webcasting.

MATERIAL ISSUES

As a result of its operations, Mediclinic has many economic, social and environmental impacts, including creating employment opportunities, training and developing employees, black economic empowerment in South Africa, investing in local communities and responsible use of natural resources.

In order to focus its reporting on material issues, the Group undertook a materiality assessment, which is reviewed annually, to identify those sustainable development issues which are most significant for the business, and directly affect the Group's ability to create value for our key stakeholders. The guidance on determining materiality contained in the GRI Sustainability Reporting Standards and the International Integrated Reporting Framework was used during the materiality assessment. The process was also informed by the views, concerns and expectations of the Group's key stakeholders.

The Group categorised these issues and the associated performance indicators according to the six capitals (financial, manufactured, intellectual, human, social and relationship, and natural) included in the International Integrated Reporting Framework, as illustrated in Figure 1.

The materiality assessment identified the following five material issues, which remain unchanged from last year's report and constitute the focus of the Group's sustainable development reporting:

  • Provide quality healthcare services
  • Address shortage of healthcare practitioners
  • Create and sustain shareholder value
  • Responsible use of natural resources
  • Governance and corporate social responsibility

FIGURE 1: MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT MATRIX

MATERIAL ISSUE 1: PROVIDE QUALITY HEALTHCARE SERVICES

HIGHLIGHTS

  • Strong clinical governance programme in place to measure clinical performance
  • Continued with significant capital investments across all platforms
  • Centralised procurement initiatives gaining momentum to achieve cost savings

WHY THIS IS IMPORTANT TO THE BUSINESS

Mediclinic's business is guided by its Patients First ethos, which aims to enhance the quality of life of its patients by providing comprehensive, high-quality healthcare services, and position the Group as the healthcare provider of choice for patients. Mediclinic's reputation as a respected and trusted provider of quality healthcare services helps it to attract and retain high-quality healthcare practitioners, including doctors and nurses.

To ensure that it is consistently delivering the maximum value to its patients, Mediclinic has a strong focus on improving and maintaining excellent clinical performance across its platforms. Clinical performance is measured and benchmarked to guarantee a standardised quality of care for all its patients, ensure patient safety and satisfaction, and identify opportunities to improve its healthcare services and facilities.

LINK TO GROUP STRATEGY

  • Improve safe, quality clinical care
  • Improve patient experience
  • Deliver integrated and coordinated care

KEY STAKEHOLDERS

  • Patients
  • Doctors, nurses and other healthcare workers
  • Healthcare funders
  • Industry associations

RISKS TO THE BUSINESS

  • Poor clinical outcomes and service
  • Medical malpractice liability
  • Reputational damage
  • Inability to recruit and retain healthcare practitioners
  • Inability to secure preferred provider/network agreements with funders
  • Ineffective clinical care processes
MORTALITY*
(PER CALENDAR YEAR)
Southern
Africa
0.95
inpatient
mortality
index
(2015: 1.02)
Switzerland 0.95%
weighted average mortality
rate
(2015: 1.02%)
UAE 0.24%

* The results of the platforms are not directly comparable as the platforms differ significantly on the scope of services provided, burden of disease, units of measurement and definition of indicators.

While Mediclinic Southern Africa reports a mortality index, Mediclinic Middle East and Hirslanden report on the unadjusted mortality rate and not the standardised mortality index.

There are some minor differences in the reported rates due to definition changes in Mediclinic Southern Africa and Hirslanden, whilst the Combination resulted in larger differences in the reported numbers for Mediclinic Middle East.

RE-ADMISSION RATES* (PER CALENDAR YEAR)

Southern
Africa
12.5%
30-day
re-admission rate (all
causes)
(2015: 12.3%)
Switzerland 1.24%
15-day unscheduled
re-admission rate
(2015: 1.29%)
UAE 1.0%
30-day related
re-admission rate
(2015: 1.9%)

* The results of the platforms are not directly comparable as the platforms differ significantly on the scope of services provided, burden of disease, units of measurement and definition of indicators.

There was a change in the methodology for measuring the 30-day re-admission rate in Mediclinic Southern Africa resulting in a higher rate than previously reported. Whereas Mediclinic Southern Africa previously excluded a number of planned admissions from the calculation, it currently measures all-cause re-admissions.

The addition of data from Al Noor led to an increase in the 30-day related re-admission rate for Mediclinic Middle East.

SELECTED KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

MITIGATION OF RISKS

  • Monitoring and management of clinical performance indicators
  • A Group-wide clinical risk register is implemented and monitored per platform
  • Accreditation and quality management processes
  • Clinical governance processes
  • Central coordination and standardisation of clinical performance across the Group
  • Patient safety policy

Mediclinic manages and mitigates the clinical risk by providing a comprehensive set of policies and procedures to guide frontline staff during the care process. The adherence to the policies is measured by controlled self-assessment questionnaires to hospitals and by way of clinical indicators measured and reported on monthly.

SUMMARISED APPROACH AND PERFORMANCE DURING THE YEAR

PATIENT SAFETY, QUALITY CARE AND CLINICAL OUTCOMES

Across all its operating platforms, Mediclinic is focused on providing superior clinical outcomes, delivering a standardised quality of service and improving patient safety. To meet these objectives, Mediclinic adopted a Group-wide clinical performance programme which focuses on:

  • clinical performance to ensure optimum value;
  • clinical information management to enable clinical performance measurement to deal with systems which support the clinical care process, including electronic patient records; and

SELECTED KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

FALL RATE* (PER 1 000 PATIENT DAYS) (PER
CALENDAR YEAR)
Southern
Africa
1.07
(2015: 1.14)
Switzerland 2.4
(2015: 2.1)
UAE 0.4
(2015: 0.3)

* The results of the platforms are not directly comparable as the platforms differ significantly on the scope of services provided, burden of disease, units of measurement and definition of indicators.

CAPITAL INVESTMENTS ON PROJECTS, NEW
EQUIPMENT AND REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT
Southern
Africa
ZAR1 281m
(2016: ZAR1 075m)
Switzerland CHF163m
(2016: CHF144m)
UAE AED245m
(2016: AED203m)

• clinical services development dealing with the development of new coordinated care models, investigating new service lines and keeping abreast of technological developments.

Key patient safety indicators are monitored across Mediclinic's operations. Patient safety surveys are regularly undertaken to measure and identify areas for improvement. Management is trained in the basic principles of patient safety and quality improvement.

Multi-disciplinary clinical committees at hospital level have been established throughout the Group to drive quality and safety and promote cooperation between doctors, nursing staff and management.

Checklists (including the Safe Surgery checklist) were implemented across the organisation in accordance with the recommendations from the World Health Organisation and the Joint Commission International ("JCI"), and are believed to significantly contribute to patient safety.

Additionally, structured clinical audits are undertaken across all platforms and aid in identifying opportunities for quality improvement going forward. Clinical outcomes are benchmarked internally as well as through participation in several external initiatives, including:

  • the Vermont Oxford Network aimed at measuring and improving the quality of care in neonatal intensive care units (Southern Africa and the UAE); and
  • the Simplified Acute Physiology Score ("SAPS"), a hospital mortality prediction methodology for adult intensive care patients, used to evaluate the quality of care in this complex setting. SAPS II is currently being used in Hirslanden, and Mediclinic Southern Africa and Mediclinic Middle East recently migrated to SAPS3.
PATIENT SATISFACTION AND
EXPERIENCE*
Southern
Africa
81.9%
(2016: 81.9%)
Switzerland 86.0%
(2016: 94.0%)
UAE 82.4%
(2016: 80.3%)

* The results of Hirslanden are not comparable with the results of Mediclinic Southern Africa and Mediclinic Middle East as the standardised Patient Experience Index has not been rolled out to Hirslanden. The results of Hirslanden are based on the ANQ (the Swiss National Association for Quality Development) satisfaction survey. The Hirslanden results for 2017 are not comparable to the 2016 results as the ANQ satisfaction survey has changed its questions and therefore the previous data used to determine patient satisfaction is no longer available. The 2017 results relate to the number of patients who would absolutely recommend Hirslanden to their family and friends.

Across all platforms staff are expected to maintain the confidentiality of all medical, financial and administrative patient information of which they may become aware during the course of their duties, and are required to sign a confidentiality agreement upon joining. Access to patient medical records is strictly controlled, and medical records are not released outside the relevant platform unless authorised by the patient.

For more information on the Company's approach and clinical performance, please refer to the Clinical Services Overview from page 37 and the Clinical Services Report available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

PATIENT SATISFACTION AND EXPERIENCE

In line with its Patients First ethos and to ensure operational excellence across all platforms, Mediclinic monitors its patients' experience across the Group.

In 2014, the Group created a single, standardised Patient Experience Index ("PEI") with the objective of achieving incremental and sustainable improvement of the patient experience over time. The entire survey process is managed by Press Ganey, an internationally recognised leader in patient experience research, providing an in-depth analysis of the data and advising on global best practices.

The PEI was implemented for inpatients at all Mediclinic Southern Africa hospitals and for both in- and outpatients at all Mediclinic Middle East facilities, where it will be introduced during 2017. The survey was implemented at Hirslanden from April 2017.

Refer to the table on page 57 for the patient satisfaction level of Hirslanden based on the ANQ (Swiss National Association for Quality Development); and the PEI of Mediclinic Southern Africa and Mediclinic Middle East.

PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN HIGH-QUALITY HOSPITAL INFRASTRUCTURE (FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT)

To ensure a safe and user-friendly environment for both our patients and employees, we strive to provide high-quality healthcare facilities and technology, focusing on capital investments, maintenance of facilities and optimal use of facilities. As a result, the Group continuously invests in capital projects and new equipment to expand and refurbish our facilities and the replacement of existing equipment, as well as on the repair and maintenance of existing property and equipment. Refer to Material Issue 3: Create and Sustain Shareholder Value on pages 62 to 63 for further detail regarding the Group's investments in capital projects and new equipment; replacement of equipment; and repairs and maintenance.

PROCUREMENT AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

In order to deliver its services, Mediclinic is dependent on a large and diverse range of suppliers, who form an integral part of the Group's ability to provide quality hospital care. Mediclinic believes in building long-term relationships with suitable suppliers and establishing a relationship of mutual trust and respect. Regular meetings are held with suppliers to ensure continuity of service. The Group relies on its suppliers to deliver products and services of the highest quality in line with Mediclinic's standards. Various other criteria play an important role in selecting suppliers, such as: compliance with applicable international and local quality standards, price, compliance with appropriate specifications suited for the Group's markets, stability of the organisation and the relevant equipment brand, good-quality and cost-effective solutions, support network, technical advice and training philosophy. In South Africa, the BBBEE status of a supplier is also a factor in the selection process. An enterprise and supplier development strategy specific to procurement is being developed in South Africa to enhance BBBEE reporting.

The availability of products and services is imperative in enabling the Group to deliver quality care to its patients, and therefore an important criterion in its supplier selection process. Though not always the case, this often leads to local suppliers being preferred, which adds to better and faster service delivery and knowledge of local laws and regulations, particularly with regard to pharmaceutical products.

COST OF HEALTHCARE

The Group contributes in various ways to a sustainable healthcare system by, inter alia, focussing on efficiency and cost-effectiveness, conducting tariff negotiations in a fair and transparent manner, expanding facilities based on need, and actively participating in healthcare reform.

The Group is focused on streamlining and centralising its procurement processes to improve efficiency and cost-effectiveness. During the reporting period, good progress was made on a range of international procurement initiatives including:

  • the classification and matching of products used across all its operating platforms to compare prices and drive procurement strategies;
  • better prices through pooling of capital equipment purchases across the three platforms;
  • volume bonus agreements with key capital equipment suppliers; and
  • direct importing and distribution of more cost-effective surgical and consumable products.

Refer to the Chief Executive Officer's Review, Our Strategy, Progress and Aims, as well as the Divisional Reviews included in this report, for various examples of initiatives to improve cost-effectiveness.

ACCREDITATION

Hospitals are high-risk environments in which complex treatment processes are executed using sophisticated equipment and techniques. The process of external accreditation ensures that international standards are adhered to in all aspects of hospital operations. For more details on accreditation, please refer to the Clinical Services Report, available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

CSR

AR CSR

MATERIAL ISSUE 2: ADDRESS SHORTAGE OF HEALTHCARE PRACTITIONERS

HIGHLIGHTS

  • Remarkable progress in relation to internationalisation of human resources strategy
  • Continued investment in training and skills development to maintain and improve quality service delivery
  • Introduced standardised employee engagement survey across the Group

WHY THIS IS IMPORTANT TO THE BUSINESS

The attraction of suitably qualified healthcare professionals is essential in delivering the Group's Patients First strategy. For this reason, priority focus is given to a proactive sourcing approach aligned to workforce planning for the medium term. Nurses, pharmacists and doctors are categorised as critical skills and an integrated talent management strategy is tailored to each of these categories to ensure the support of the entire employee life cycle in these roles. A definite strength is the available talent analytics which indicate patterns in candidate and employee behaviour over time. These provide a strong predictive advantage and these insights are incorporated into the talent management strategy for each of these categories.

The focus of attracting and utilising talent in a challenging healthcare market continues to be nurses, emergency room doctors and pharmacists. Proactive initiatives are implemented in the specific categories and geographical areas of concern.

LINK TO GROUP STRATEGY

  • Invest in employees
  • Improve safe, quality clinical care
  • Improve patient experience

KEY STAKEHOLDERS

  • Doctors
  • Employee and trade unions
  • Governments and authorities
  • Industry associations

RISKS TO THE BUSINESS

  • Inability to recruit healthcare practitioners to meet business demand
  • Limited growth and loss of revenue
  • Poor clinical outcomes and services
  • Medical malpractice liability
  • Reputational damage
  • Delayed new nursing qualifications, as well as the anticipated gap in the education pipeline
  • Ageing nursing workforce and noticeable trend of earlier retirement of nursing professionals

SELECTED KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

CONTROLLABLE EMPLOYEE
TURNOVER RATE
Southern
Africa
6.3%
(2016: 6.8%)
Switzerland 7.2%
(2016: 5.2%)
UAE* 19.8%
(2016: 12.4%)

* The turnover rate of Mediclinic Middle East has increased from the previous reporting period due to series of retrenchments following the Combination.

PERCENTAGE OF PAYROLL INVESTED IN TRAINING
AND SKILLS DEVELOPMENT
Southern
Africa
3.2%
(2016: 3.6%)
Switzerland 4.8%
(2016: 5.0%)
UAE 0.1%
(2016: 0.3%)

MITIGATION OF RISKS

  • Extensive training and skills development programmes
  • Governance of suitable selection processes with focus on skills assessments, employment references and verification of credentials
  • Targeted sourcing and recruitment initiatives, with a strong focus on agile sourcing techniques ensuring that best fit candidate talent is channelled to appropriate vacancies, supported by a seamless hiring process
  • Proactive international recruitment programme supplementing anticipated medium-term skills gaps
  • Tailored retention strategies, supporting the retention of priority audiences within each business unit
  • Succession planning and/or career management initiatives within scarce skills disciplines, ensuring proactive development of high-performing employees with potential to supervisory and leadership roles
  • Deployment of integrated talent strategies in support of core business areas
  • Monitoring of doctor satisfaction

SUMMARISED APPROACH AND PERFORMANCE DURING THE YEAR

EMPLOYEE RECRUITMENT AND RETENTION

The human resources policies and supporting good practice protocols at each platform provide governance guidelines to ensure consistent practices in support of the entire employee life cycle. Good progress was made during the period under review in terms of the internationalisation of the human resources strategy. The focus remains to address local challenges through tailored human resources strategies at platform level, but to also share global expertise and best practices to the benefit of all.

International and local processes have been defined and priority is given to longer-term system enablement through the implementation of an integrated human resources management system. The value of comparable and quality data, which is made accessible to all stakeholders will become evident in the medium to longer term. Talent analytics have always been an important focus and the value of comparable quality Group data will provide a competitive edge in terms of trend and risk identification and the input to proactive strategy.

LABOUR RELATIONS AND REMUNERATION

Employee remuneration

The Group remunerates employees in a manner that supports the achievement of the Group's vision and strategic objectives, while attracting and retaining scarce skills and rewarding high levels of performance. This is achieved through establishing remuneration practices that are fair, reasonable and market-related while at the same time maintaining an appropriate balance between employee and shareholder interest. To encourage a performance-driven organisation, the Group rewards employees for achieving strategic objectives as well as individual personal performance targets. Benefits for all employees include a retirement fund, medical aid scheme, performance-related incentives and bonuses and liability insurance for medical staff. Those managers who receive variable remuneration have a combination of short- and long-term incentives. During 2015, the Group introduced a Reward Centre of Expertise, specialising in the design and delivery of global reward initiatives.

Labour relations

The Group believes in building sound long-term relations with its employees and employee representatives, which supports its goal of being the employer of choice in the healthcare industry. This is measured by the Your Voice employee engagement survey and continuous assessment of the Group's employment conditions.

The Group respects and complies with the labour legislation in the countries in which it operates, and ensures that the internal policies and procedures are evaluated regularly to accommodate continual amendments to relevant legislation. The Group continuously strives to ensure that all its employees are informed of their benefits, and this information is communicated to staff via the intranet, staff newsletters, staff consultation meetings and various other forms of communication media.

TRAINING AND SKILLS DEVELOPMENT

The Group continues to invest significantly in training and skills development to maintain and improve quality service delivery. The percentage of payroll invested in training and skills development by each of the Group's operating platforms is provided on page 59.

The Group's commitment to provide quality care for its patients can only be ensured if its staff has appropriate, evolving skill sets, which is reflected in the number of learning initiatives undertaken each year. A consistent performance management system is applied throughout the Group, which allows us to identify and manage training needs of individual employees, and to discuss career development. Succession planning is standardised on an organisational level in all three operating platforms and a Group talent review is performed annually. Critical talent (such as nurses and pharmacists) as well as high-performing individuals with potential are identified and supported through tailored development initiatives. An inter-platform development programme which offers a series of secondments across platforms has been designed to help these individuals excel at Mediclinic. The programme is currently implemented at organisational level for talent with the potential to be successors to a key position in their own platform or across platforms within the larger Mediclinic Group. The aim of the programme is to provide priority talent (either critical talent or high performers with potential), the opportunity to gain cross-platform exposure. All platforms have received the programme with great enthusiasm and the Group is proud to continue to grow this amazing development opportunity to the benefit of all.

SUPPORT OF EXTERNAL TRAINING INSTITUTIONS

The Group is committed to educational development in all three of its operating platforms and provides financial and other support towards healthcare education.

EMPLOYEE HEALTH AND SAFETY

Health and safety policies and procedures are in place across the Group to ensure a safe working environment for the Group's employees, patients and its visitors. The health and safety of the Group's employees are essential and contribute to the sustainability of quality care to patients. The programmes and procedures implemented by the various business units to mitigate health and safety risks are outlined in the Sustainable Development Report.

During the year, there were no incidents of material non-compliance with any laws, regulations, accepted standards or codes applicable to the Group, with no significant fines being imposed, concerning the health and safety impact of the Group's services.

EMPLOYEE SATISFACTION AND ENGAGEMENT

In 2015, Mediclinic, in partnership with Gallup, introduced the Your Voice employee engagement programme across all operating platforms to measure levels of engagement, identify gaps at a departmental level and support line managers in developing action plans to address concerns.

Overall, the Group achieved a 71% (2016: 65%) participation rate in the Your Voice survey and 36% (2016: 32%) of employees showed high levels of engagement.

Strengths which the survey highlighted include employees knowing what is expected of them and having the appropriate materials and equipment to perform at work. Areas for improvement highlighted by the survey include recognition and praise for good work and valuing the opinions of employees.

During 2017, Mediclinic aims to follow a more focused approach by driving central engagement themes and ensuring adequate feedback and action planning takes place at all localities and departments. Champions have been trained to support line managers in facilitating workshops to address concerns at the departmental level. Champions and line managers will work towards developing a better understanding of the engagement needs of the Mediclinic workforce and addressing concerns according to the engagement hierarchy.

SDR

MATERIAL ISSUE 3: CREATE AND SUSTAIN SHAREHOLDER VALUE

HIGHLIGHTS

  • Total dividend per share of 7.90 pence
  • Continued progress in significant investments to grow capacity at each of the operating platforms
  • Underlying EBITDA margin stable at 18.2% for the Group

WHY THIS IS IMPORTANT TO THE BUSINESS

As can be seen from its business model on pages 22 to 23, the Group is only able to offer the best possible care to its patients with support and investment from its shareholders. The Group believes that identifying and realising suitable growth opportunities is key to create and sustain shareholder value over the longer term, as these opportunities enable it to realise tangible benefits. Such benefits include: reduced costs through procurement on a greater scale; the creation of shared operations teams; the combination of existing corporate functions; and the transfer of knowledge and best practices across the Group.

LINK TO GROUP STRATEGY

  • Improve safe, quality clinical care
  • Improve efficiencies
  • Continue to grow
  • Invest in employees

KEY STAKEHOLDER

• Investors

RISKS TO THE BUSINESS

  • Failure to identify suitable growth opportunities
  • Unattractive investment propositions
  • Poor shareholder relations
  • Unavailability of capital and financing for growth
  • Solvency and liquidity

MITIGATION OF RISKS

  • Implementing systems to monitor developments in the economic and business environment of trends and early warning indicators
  • Strategic planning and due diligence processes
  • Long-term planning of capital requirements and cash-flow forecasting
  • Scrutiny of cash-generating capacity within the Group
  • Proactive and long-term agreements with banks and other funders relating to funding facilities
  • Monitoring of compliance with requirements of debt covenants

SELECTED KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

TOTAL DIVIDEND PER SHARE (IN PENCE)
7.90
(2016: 7.90)
-
REVENUE
£2 749m
(2016: £2 107m)
EBITDA
£509m
(2016: £382m)
UNDERLYING EBITDA
£501m
(2016: £428m)
UNDERLYING EBITDA MARGINS
Group 18.2%
(2016: 20.3%)
Southern
Africa
21.2%
(2016: 21.4%)
Switzerland 20.0%
(2016: 19.7%)
UAE 11.7%
(2016: 22.3%)

SUMMARISED APPROACH AND PERFORMANCE DURING THE YEAR

ACCEPTABLE SHAREHOLDER RETURNS

The total dividend per share for the period under review is 7.90 pence (2016: 7.90 pence).

The Group's dividend policy is set out in Financial Review on page 18.

PROFITABILITY

The Group's strong focus on efficiencies has ensured that the underlying EBITDA margin remained stable at 18.2%.

AR

AR

For more information, please refer to the Financial Review included from page 14.

GROWING THE BUSINESS

During the year, the Group continued to make significant investments to grow capacity at each of the operating platforms. The Group is continuously pursuing opportunities and initiatives to improve the occupancy of existing facilities, expand existing facilities and acquire or establish new facilities. Refer to the Chief Executive Officer's Review, the platforms' Divisional Reviews and Our Strategy, Progress and Aims included in the Annual Report. AR

SELECTED KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

INVESTMENT IN CAPITAL PROJECTS AND NEW EQUIPMENT (PLATFORMS) Southern Africa R766m (2016: R758m) Switzerland CHF74m (2016: CHF68m) UAE AED188m (2016: AED171m)

INVESTMENT IN REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT (PLATFORMS)

Southern
Africa
R515m
(2016: R317m)
Switzerland CHF89m
(2016: CHF76m)
UAE AED57m
(2016: AED32m)

EXPENDITURE ON REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE (PLATFORMS)

Southern
Africa
R234m
(2016: R275m)
Switzerland CHF37m
(2016: CHF38m)
UAE AED39m
(2016: AED24m)

MATERIAL ISSUE 4: RESPONSIBLE USE OF NATURAL RESOURCES

HIGHLIGHTS

  • Mediclinic Southern Africa included in Global A list for performance in the Carbon Disclosure Project
  • Since January 2014, the entire Hirslanden electricity supply has been generated from 100% sustainable electricity
  • Total energy consumption per bed day reduced in Mediclinic Southern Africa, with Mediclinic Middle East and Hirslanden's consumption remaining stable
  • Total water usage decreased throughout the Group

WHY THIS IS IMPORTANT TO THE BUSINESS

The Group's main environmental impacts are the utilisation of resources, predominantly energy, through electricity consumption and water, and the disposal of healthcare risk waste. The Group is fully aware of the need to use resources responsibly and is committed to minimising its environmental impacts to the extent possible.

The Group recognises the risks that regulatory changes, environmental constraints and climate change present to its operations. Potential impacts include rising costs, reduced access to facilities, interruptions in service, and incidents of extreme weather events as a result of climate change placing additional stress on operations. Additionally, climate change can lead to water shortages (especially in the UAE and in Southern Africa) and weather-induced pandemics and disease outbreaks which can cause high mortality rates.

However, the Group also believes that using resources responsibly can be a source of strategic advantage for the Group, allowing it to manage and contain its operating costs and to ensure ongoing access to water and energy supplies.

Mediclinic's patients are always its first priority, but without natural resources, especially water, Mediclinic would not be able to provide a service to its patients. The Group takes its policies to reduce its impact on the environment very seriously and its Natural Resources Committee is constantly investigating new opportunities to reduce its impact on the environment.

RISKS TO THE BUSINESS

  • Business interruptions due to water shortages
  • Business interruption due to electricity supply • Increased operational costs due to cost
  • of electricity • Healthcare risk waste disposal
  • Reputational damage

LINK TO GROUP STRATEGY

• Improve efficiencies

KEY STAKEHOLDERS

  • Employees and doctors
  • Suppliers
  • Governments and authorities
  • Community

RISK MITIGATION

  • Implementation of appropriate environmental management systems (certified by an internationally recognised body, where appropriate)
  • Corporate Sustainable Water Management Strategy was implemented
  • Expansion of the Energy Initiative Committee function to the Natural Resources Committee to include all natural resources
  • Introduction of renewable energy sources, such as solar photovoltaic systems, in order to reduce energy consumption and costs

SELECTED KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

TOTAL CO2 EMISSIONS (KG/BED DAY) WATER USAGE (KL/BED DAY)
Southern
Africa
117kg
(per CDP 2017)
(CDP 2016: 111kg)
Southern
Africa
0.652kl
(2016 calendar year)
(FY 2015/16: 0.694kl)
Switzerland
(per calendar
year)
13kg
(2015: 13kg)
- Switzerland
(per calendar
year)
0.629kl
(2015: 0.664kl)
UAE* 178kg
(per CDP 2017)
(CDP 2016: 226kg)
UAE* 0.654kl
(2016 calendar year)
(FY 2015/16: 1.125kl)

* The intensity measures of CO₂ emissions, water usage and energy consumption per day are not appropriate for the UAE, and not comparable with that of Southern Africa and Switzerland, as the total emissions, water usage and energy consumption include only five hospitals, with outpatient consultations and 25 clinics with only outpatient consultation (i.e. no bed days). During the year ahead, a more appropriate intensity measure will be determined for the Group.

SUMMARISED APPROACH AND PERFORMANCE DURING THE YEAR

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

The Group Environmental Policy, available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com, aims to minimise Mediclinic's environmental impacts and guides the identification and management of all risks and opportunities relating to water use and recycling, energy use and conservation, emissions and climate change, and waste management and recycling.

CARBON EMISSIONS

The CDP (formerly known as the Carbon Disclosure Project) is a global initiative measuring companies around the world and their reporting on greenhouse gas emissions and climate change strategies. It is regarded as a global leader in capturing and analysing data that record the business response to climate change, including management of risks and opportunities, absolute emissions levels, performance over time and governance. Participation and disclosure of the results are voluntary. The project was launched in South Africa in 2007 in partnership with the National Business Initiative in which JSE-listed companies are measured. Mediclinic has participated in the project since 2008, initially only in respect of Mediclinic Southern Africa. Limited information in respect of Mediclinic Middle East has also been included since 2010, although it still remains an initiative focusing mainly on Mediclinic Southern Africa's data. Mediclinic's CDP reports can be accessed on the CDP website at www.cdp.net, with the most recent reports also available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

The Group's platforms measure, with the assistance of external consultants, its carbon footprint using the GHG Protocol and includes, still in varying degrees:

  • direct emissions, which in the healthcare industry will refer mainly to the emissions of anaesthetics gases (scope 1 emissions);
  • indirect emissions from the consumption of electricity (scope 2 emissions);
  • indirect emissions from suppliers, which in the healthcare industry will refer mainly to pharmaceutical, bulk oxygen and waste-removal suppliers (scope 3 emissions); and
  • non-Kyoto Protocol greenhouse gas emissions such as Freon, which is used in air-conditioning and refrigerant equipment. With the assistance of external consultants, these emissions data were converted into a carbon dioxide equivalent

SELECTED KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

ENERGY CONSUMPTION (GJ/BED DAY)
Southern
Africa
0.327gj
(2016 calendar year)
(FY 2015/16 0.333gj/bed
day)
Switzerland
(per calendar
year)
0.474gj
(2015: 0.447gj/bed day)
UAE* 0.991gj
(2016 calendar year)
(FY 2015/16 0.842gj/bed
day)

("CO2e") using recognised calculation methods, emission factors and stating assumptions made, where relevant.

The Group's main environmental impacts are the utilisation of resources and waste which have a direct effect on carbon emissions. Items listed in the aspect register relating to regulatory compliance, healthcare risk waste, water, electricity, paper, hazardous waste and gases not only could have a significant impact on the environment, but also informs strategy on climate change related risks and opportunities.

The carbon emissions per platform, for the periods as specified therein, are reported in the Sustainable Development Report.

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

Electricity is the main contributor to our carbon footprint and all our platforms are taking steps to reduce their electricity consumption intensity through the adoption of ISO 14001 management standards, leading to improved operational efficiency of technical installations, introduction of various new energyefficient and renewable technologies and changes in staff behaviour regarding energy use.

The direct and indirect energy consumption per platform, for the periods as specified therein, is reported in the Sustainable Development Report.

WATER USAGE

The Group's platforms in Southern Africa and in the UAE can suffer from significant water shortages so it is critical for the Group to monitor water consumption closely. There are various measures in place to minimise water consumption; including reclaiming water, monitoring hot water consumption and installing water meters and control sensors.

The total water usage has decreased throughout the Group. The total volume of water withdrawn from water utilities throughout the Group, for the periods as specified therein, is reported in the Sustainable Development Report.

WASTE MANAGEMENT

Stringent protocols are followed to ensure that refuse removal within the Group complies with all legislation, regulations and by-laws. The Group regards the handling of waste in an environmentally sound, legal and safe manner as its ethical, moral and professional duty. During the reporting period, there were no incidents at the Group's facilities or offices leading to significant spills.

WASTE RECYCLED
Southern
Africa
1 283 tonnes
(2016 calendar year)
(FY 2015/16: 1 197 tonnes)
Switzerland
(per calendar
year)
550 tonnes
(2015: 630 tonnes)
UAE 72 tonnes
(2016 calendar year)
(FY 2015/16: 87 tonnes)

SDR

SDR

SDR

MATERIAL ISSUE 5: GOVERNANCE AND CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

HIGHLIGHTS

  • Anonymous ethics lines at all platforms
  • A three-year compliance monitoring programme was developed to enhance the existing compliance culture
  • Group-wide Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
  • Contributed R11m to the South African Department of Health's Public Health Enhancement Fund

WHY THIS IS IMPORTANT TO THE BUSINESS

Governance and CSR are integral to Mediclinic's approach of running a sustainable, long-term business. In line with the Group's vision statement "to be respected internationally and preferred locally", it:

  • enforces good corporate governance standards throughout the organisation;
  • acts as a responsible corporate citizen;
  • builds constructive relationships with its local stakeholders; and
  • acts as a valued member of the community in the regions where it operates.

The Group put in place a range of policies, processes and standards to support the Group's governance and corporate social investment programmes and provide a framework of the standards of business conduct and ethics that are required of all business divisions, directors and employees within the Group.

LINK TO STRATEGY

• Although not directly linked to any particular Group strategic priority, governance and corporate social responsibility are regarded as key enablers and the basis from which the Group conducts its business.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS

  • Suppliers
  • Healthcare funders
  • Governments and authorities
  • Community

RISKS TO THE BUSINESS

  • Fines, prosecution or reputational damage
  • Inability to continue business due to legal and regulatory non-compliance or changes in regulatory environment
  • Financial and reputational damage caused by poor governance and ethical practices and inadequate risk management
  • Reputational damage at local community level due to inadequate community involvement

SELECTED KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

CALLS TO ETHICS LINES
Southern
Africa*
202
(2016: 104)
Switzerland 20
(2016: 17)
UAE 6
(2016: 1)

* In relation to Mediclinic Southern Africa, it should be noted that nine of the reported incidents related to fraud or ethics, eleven incidents reported were given high priority, and the majority of incidents reported related to human resources, service or accounts complaints.

CONTRIBUTION TO CSI INITIATIVES
Southern
Africa
ZAR12.3m
(2016: ZAR11.8m)
Switzerland CHF2.5m
(2016: CHF2.5m)
-
UAE AED992 000
(2016: AED814 000)

MITIGATION OF RISKS

  • Visible ethical leadership
  • Regular fraud and ethics feedback to management, the Board and relevant Board committees
  • Ethics lines available to all employees and external parties, with reported incidents monitored and investigated
  • Established Group Risk Management department and outsourced Group internal audit function
  • Compliance risks assessed as part of risk management process, with regular internal self-assessments, with necessary advice and support by the Company Secretarial and Legal departments
  • Compliance consultant appointed to implement compliance framework and monitor compliance maturity
  • Monitoring of corporate social investment initiatives by senior management, with feedback to the Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee

The following policies are in place:

  • Enterprise-wide Risk Management Policy and Risk Appetite
  • Fraud Risk Management Policy
  • Regulatory Compliance Policy
  • Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
  • Anti-bribery Policy

Adherence to these policies are monitored through the various Risk Management and Assurance initiatives implemented throughout the Group. Non-adherence to these policies is immediately highlighted as a corrective action and addressed accordingly. The Group Risk Management department regularly monitors the status of these corrective actions.

These policies are intended to create a culture within the Group where ethical values are displayed on a day-to-day basis. It further encourages staff to be vigilant and transparent for any suspicious or unethical behaviour. Finally, these policies provide clear guidelines and frameworks to assist in achieving set objectives, for example, compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

SUMMARISED APPROACH AND PERFORMANCE DURING THE YEAR

ETHICS AND GOVERNANCE

The Group's commitment to ethical standards is set out in the Group's values, and is supported by the Group Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the "Code"), available on the Company's website. The Code provides a framework for the standards of business conduct and ethics that are required of all business divisions, directors and employees. The Code is available to all staff and is included in new employee inductions.

Further details regarding the Group's ethics management, risk management process and corporate governance practices are discussed in detail in the report on Risk Management, Principal Risks and Uncertainties and the Corporate Governance Statement.

EFFECTIVE RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group's Enterprise-wide Risk Management ("ERM") policy follows the international Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") framework and defines the risk management objectives, methodology, risk appetite, risk identification, assessment and treatment processes and the responsibilities of the various risk management role-players in the Group. The ERM policy is subject to annual review and any amendments are submitted to the Audit and Risk Committee for approval.

The objective of risk management in the Group is to establish an integrated and effective risk management framework where important and emerging risks are identified, quantified and managed. An ERM software application supports the Group's risk management process in all three operating platforms.

Further details on the Group's risk management approach, as well as principal risks and uncertainties are included in the report on Risk Management, Principal Risks and Uncertainties.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Compliance risk was identified as an integral risk management focus area for the year across the Group. In light of the large volume of legislative and regulatory requirements applicable to the Group in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates, as well as various industry standards that the platforms should comply with, compliance risk requires specific focus. A three-year compliance monitoring programme was developed to enhance the existing compliance culture and approach to compliance risk in the Group. Good progress was made to define and integrate relevant laws and potential risks in the risk registers of the various platforms and departments during the year.

Further details on the Group's compliance management are included in the report on Risk Management, Principal Risks and Uncertainties, and in the Audit and Risk Committee Report.

HUMAN RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF INDIGENOUS PEOPLE

AR

During the year, no material incidents of discrimination, violations involving rights of indigenous people and/or human rights reviews or impact assessments were observed or reported throughout the Group.

BROAD-BASED BLACK ECONOMIC EMPOWERMENT ("BBBEE") (SOUTH AFRICA ONLY)

Mediclinic Southern Africa forms an integral part of the political, social and economic community in South Africa and is committed to sustainable transformation as part of its business strategy. Mediclinic Southern Africa's Executive Committee is responsible to ensure that the appropriate focus is placed on the group's commitment to the development and implementation of sustainable BBBEE initiatives.

Mediclinic Southern Africa is assessed annually by an accredited verification agency against the generic scorecard criteria set by the Department of Trade and Industry ("dti"). During the period under review, Mediclinic Southern Africa was assessed in terms of the new BBBEE Codes of Good Practice, gazetted in 2013, for the first time. As anticipated, this resulted in Mediclinic Southern Africa's total BBBEE score, as measured with regards to ownership, management and control, skills development, enterprise and supplier development and socio-economic development, declining from 73.06 to 51.73 during the year, which score is currently being reviewed. Mediclinic Southern Africa is further reviewing its BBBEE strategy with a view to increase its BBBEE score in future.

The number of black employees increased year-on-year from 70.5% to 71.22% of total employees. Black management representation increased from 11% in 2006 to 27.7% (2016: 25.7%) at year end.

During the year, Mediclinic Southern Africa's transformation department continued with the diversity management interventions through workshops and presentations for employees throughout the group. The workshops are designed to help employees have a better understanding of diversity to embrace and celebrate diversity and be able to recruit, manage and retain talented employees from diverse backgrounds.

Mediclinic Southern Africa's current employment equity plan expires in October 2017. The company is currently in the process of compiling a new plan which will expire in 2022. A summarised employment equity report (EEA2), as submitted to the Department of Labour in November 2016, is included in the Sustainable Development Report.

CORPORATE SOCIAL INVESTMENT ("CSI")

The Group contributes to the well-being of the communities within which it operates by investing in ongoing initiatives that address socio-economic problems or risks, and it has established Mediclinic as an integral member of these communities, enriching the lives of many communities throughout Southern Africa, Switzerland and the UAE.

The Group's CSI activities are structured around the improvement of healthcare through training and education, sponsorships, donations, staff volunteerism, public private initiatives and joint ventures. Many of the Group's initiatives relate to providing training and to financial support of training. Due to the socio-economic conditions in Southern Africa, the majority of our CSI contributions are by Mediclinic Southern Africa.

The CSI spend per platform is provided on page 66.

SDR

CHAIRMAN'S INTRODUCTION GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION

Dear Shareholder,

The Board and I are committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate governance, integrity and ethics, which is embedded in our corporate culture and values. Our corporate governance structures support the effective delivery of Mediclinic's strategy and are focused on maintaining and building a sustainable business and supporting our commitment to be a responsible corporate citizen in every country and community in which the Group does business. The key elements of our governance structures include:

  • ensuring good clinical outcomes and quality healthcare (refer to the Clinical Services Overview from page 37, as well as the Clinical Services Report available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com);
  • upholding strict principles of corporate governance, integrity and ethics (refer to the Corporate Governance Statement from page 73);
  • maintaining effective risk management and internal controls (refer to the report on Risk Management, Principal Risks and Uncertainties from page 30);
  • engaging with our stakeholders and responding to their reasonable expectations (refer to the stakeholder engagement section in the Sustainable Development Report available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com);
  • managing our business in a sustainable manner (refer to the Sustainable Development Highlights from page 54, as well as the Sustainable Development Report available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com); and
  • offering our employees competitive remuneration packages based on the principles of fairness and affordability (refer to the Directors' Remuneration Report from page 85, as well as the Sustainable Development Report available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com).

In the Corporate Governance Statement that follows, feedback is given on the governance framework, Board meetings and the principal activities of the Board, the composition and diversity of the Board and measures to ensure the Board's accountability to our stakeholders. Every Director demonstrated their commitment to Mediclinic throughout the year, through their meeting attendance and the high quality of their contributions at those meetings. I am pleased that the Board structure put in place following the Al Noor Combination in February 2016 has operated effectively. The internal self-evaluation of the Board conducted during the year did not raise any major areas requiring improvement. With the retirement of Craig Tingle, Chief Financial Officer, and Ian Tyler, Senior Independent Director, during the year, the Nomination Committee and the Board continued to focus on succession planning and targeting diverse pools of talent from which to recruit the right individuals.

I remain confident that the Board, supported by an effective management team and an effective governance structure, is well placed to continue creating long-term value for stakeholders and maintaining Mediclinic's leading position in the international healthcare market.

Dr Edwin Hertzog Non-executive Chairman

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The ages of the directors provided herein is as at the Last Practicable Date, being 23 May 2017.

DR EDWIN HERTZOG Non-executive Chairman

Age: 67 Nationality: South African

Committee memberships: Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee (Chairman), Investment Committee (Chairman), Nomination Committee (Chairman)

Dr Edwin Hertzog* was appointed as the Non-executive Chairman of the Company on 15 February 2016 upon the successful combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited. Prior to the combination, he served as a director of Mediclinic International Limited since 1983 and as the Chairman since 1992. As a specialist anaesthetist, he was commissioned by the then Rembrandt group (now Remgro) in 1983 to undertake a feasibility study on the establishment of a private hospital group, and three years later, in 1986, Mediclinic International Limited (then Mediclinic Corporation Limited) was listed on the JSE. He was appointed as the first Managing Director of Mediclinic International Limited upon its establishment in 1983.

He served as executive Chairman of the company from 1992 until August 2012 when he retired from his executive role, but remained on the Board as non-executive Chairman. He also serves as the non-executive Deputy Chairman of Remgro and is a past non-executive director of the Distell, Total (SA) and Trans Hex groups; and is also a past Chairman of the Hospital Association of South Africa as well as the Council of Stellenbosch University.

  • Qualifications: M.B.Ch.B.; M.Med.; F.F.A. (SA); and Ph.D. (honoris causa)
  • * Dr Edwin Hertzog's non-executive directorships listed above qualify as his other significant commitments, for the purposes of Provision B.3.1 of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

DANIE MEINTJES Chief Executive Officer

Age: 60 Nationality: South African Committee memberships: Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee, Disclosure Committee, Investment Committee

Danie Meintjes was appointed as an Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company on 15 February 2016 upon the successful combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited. Prior to the combination, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of Mediclinic International Limited since 2010. He has served in various management positions in the Remgro group, before joining the Mediclinic Group in 1985 as the Hospital Manager of Mediclinic Sandton. He was appointed as a member of Mediclinic's Executive Committee in 1995 and as a director in 1996. He was seconded to serve as a senior executive of the group's operations in Dubai in 2006 and appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of Mediclinic Middle East in 2007.

Qualifications: He holds an Honours degree in Industrial Psychology from the University of the Free State; and completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School.

DESMOND SMITH

Senior Independent Director

Age: 69 Nationality: South African Committee memberships: Audit and Risk Committee (Chairman), Nomination Committee

Desmond Smith was appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company on 15 February 2016 upon the successful combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited. Prior to the combination, he served as an independent non-executive director of Mediclinic International Limited since 2008 and as the Lead Independent Director since 2010. He was the Chief Executive Officer of the Sanlam Group from April 1993 to December 1997 and of the Reinsurance Group of America (South Africa) from March 1999 to March 2005. He is the present Chairman of both companies. During his career, he has served on various boards and is also a past-president of both the Actuarial Society of South Africa (1996) and the International Actuarial Association (2012).

Qualifications: He holds a Bachelor of Science (B.SC.) degree; a fellow of the Actuarial Society of South Africa; a Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries (London); and completed an International Senior Managers Program at Harvard Business School.

JURGENS MYBURGH Chief Financial Officer

Age: 42 Nationality: South African Committee memberships: Disclosure Committee, Investment Committee

Jurgens Myburgh was appointed as an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company on 1 August 2016. Prior to joining the Mediclinic Group, he worked at The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited as Executive Vice President of Investment Banking; and, since 2014, at Datatec Limited, an international information and communications technology group, which operates in over 60 countries, where he served as the Chief Financial Officer.

Qualifications: He holds an Honours degree in Accounting from the University of Johannesburg (B.Comm. (Hons)); and is a qualified Chartered Accountant with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants.

JANNIE DURAND

Non-executive Director Age: 50

Nationality: South African Committee memberships: Nomination Committee, Investment Committee

Jannie Durand* was appointed as a Non-executive Director of the Company on 15 February 2016 upon the successful combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited. Prior to the combination, he served as a non-executive director of Mediclinic International Limited since 2012. Joining the Rembrandt group in 1996, he was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of Remgro Limited in 2012, which company holds a 44.56% interest in the Company. In his current role, with more than 20 years' experience in the investment industry, he acts as a non-executive director of various companies, including Distell Group Limited, FirstRand Limited, Grindrod Limited, RCL Foods Limited and RMI Holdings Limited.

Qualifications: He holds an Honours degree in Accountancy from the University of Stellenbosch (B.Acc. (Hons); a Masters of Philosophy in Management Studies from Oxford University (M.Phil. (Management Studies)); and is also a qualified Chartered Accountant with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants.

* Pieter Uys, the Head of Strategic Investment at Remgro Limited, is appointed as the alternate to Jannie Durand since 7 April 2016. Prior to joining Remgro, he was a founding member and ultimately became the CEO of the Vodacom group, one of the leading mobile networks in Africa.

Qualifications: He holds a M.Eng. (Electrical) degree and an MBA from the University of Stellenbosch.

ALAN GRIEVE Independent Non-executive Director Age: 64 Nationality: British

Committee memberships: Audit and Risk Committee, Disclosure Committee (Chairman), Investment Committee

Alan Grieve was appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company on 15 February 2016 upon the successful combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited. Prior to the combination, he served as an independent non-executive director of Mediclinic International Limited since 2012. Mr Grieve is a nonexecutive director of Reinet Investments Manager S.A., having served as Chief Executive Officer of the company from 2012 to 2014 and Chief Financial Officer from 2008 to 2011. He is a former Director of Corporate Affairs of Compagnie Financière Richemont S.A. Prior to joining the Richemont group in 1986, he worked with Price Waterhouse & Co (now PricewaterhouseCoopers) and Arthur Young (now Ernst & Young).

Qualifications: He holds an Honours degree in Business Administration from Heriot-Watt University (B.A. (Hons)); and is also a qualified Chartered Accountant with the Institute of Chartered Accountants.

SEAMUS KEATING Independent Non-executive Director Age: 53

Nationality: British Committee memberships: Audit and Risk Committee, Investment Committee

Seamus Keating was appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) on 5 June 2013 and continues to serve as a director of the Company following the successful combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited in February 2016. He has over 20 years' experience in the global technology sector in both finance and operational roles and was a main board director of Logica plc from 2002 until April 2012 having joined Logica as Group Finance Director in 1999. He was Chief Financial Officer of Logica plc from 2002 until 2010 when he became Chief Operating Officer and head of its Benelux operations. Prior to his role at Logica plc, he worked for the Olivetti Group from 1989 until 1999 in senior finance roles in the UK and Italy. Mr Keating was non-executive director and chairman of the audit committee of Mouchel plc from November 2010 to September 2012. He is currently Chairman of First Derivatives plc and a non-executive director of BGL Group Limited. He has been chairman of Mi-pay Group plc since April 2014.

Qualifications: He is a fellow of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.

NANDI MANDELA

Independent Non-executive Director Age: 48

Nationality: South African Committee membership: Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee

Nandi Mandela was appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company on 15 February 2016 upon the successful combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited. Prior to the combination, she served as an independent non-executive director of Mediclinic International Limited since 2012. She is a director of Linda Masinga & Associates, a town planning and consultancy firm since 2003. Prior to that, she was employed by the Tongaat-Hulett Group from 1992 to 1997, before joining BP where she worked in various sales and public affairs positions from 1997 to 2003.

Qualifications: She holds a Bachelor's degree in Social Science from the University of Cape Town (B.Soc.Sc.); completed the Associate in Management programme at the University of Cape Town; and obtained a Certificate in Strategic Management from the New York New School University.

PROF DR ROBERT LEU Independent Non-executive Director

Age: 70

Nationality: Swiss Committee memberships: Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee, Nomination Committee, Remuneration Committee Prof Dr Robert Leu was appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company on 15 February 2016 upon the successful combination

of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited. Prior to the combination, he served as an independent non-executive director of Mediclinic International Limited since 2010. He is professor emeritus of the University of Bern in Switzerland. Complementary to his academic career as full professor in economics at the Universities of St. Gallen and Bern, he has acted as economic adviser to executive and legislative bodies on all policy levels in Switzerland and to international institutions, in particular to the WHO, the OECD and the World Bank. He is a director of Visana AG since 2009 and serves as the Vice-President of the company since 2014, President of the Alliance for a Free Health Care System in Switzerland since 2013, and a director of MG Integrated Care Holding AG in Switzerland since April 2017. He was a prior director of Hirslanden AG and past President of Arcovita AG.

Qualifications: He holds a Master's degree in Economics; and a Doctorate in Economics (Ph.D.), both from the University of Basel.

TREVOR PETERSEN

Independent Non-executive Director Age: 61

Nationality: South African Committee memberships: Audit and Risk Committee, Nomination Committee, Remuneration Committee (Chairman)

Trevor Petersen was appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director of the Company on 15 February 2016 upon the successful combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited. Prior to the combination, he served as an independent nonexecutive director of Mediclinic International Limited since 2012. In 1996, he resigned from the University of Cape Town ("UCT") to take up a partnership in the merged firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc. He served as a partner of the national firm from 1997 to 2009 and served as the Partner-in-Charge of Cape Town and as Chairman of the Western Cape Region. Mr Petersen currently serves as the Chairman of the Finance Committee of UCT. He is an independent non-executive director on the boards of Petmin Ltd and Media24 (Pty) Ltd (a subsidiary of Naspers Ltd) and is currently the Managing Trustee of the Woodside Village Trust. Trevor has served professional membership associations such as the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants and was elected the Chairman of the national body in 2006 and 2007.

Qualifications: He holds an Honours degree in Accountancy from the University of Cape Town (B.Comm (Hons)); and is also a qualified Chartered Accountant with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants.

SENIOR MANAGEMENT

The ages of the executive management members provided herein is as at the Last Practicable Date, being 23 May 2017.

The Group Chief Executive Officer, Danie Meintjes, is supported by an experienced and capable executive management team, with extensive industry experience and organisational knowledge. The continued growth of Mediclinic is testament to the strong management team and their ability to successfully execute the Group's strategy.

The biographies of Danie Meintjes, Chief Executive Officer, and Jurgens Myburgh, Chief Financial Officer are AR provided on page 70 of the Annual Report.

GERT HATTINGH

Chief Corporate Services Officer

Age: 52 Nationality: South African

Gert Hattingh joined the Mediclinic Group in 1991 as group accountant. He served in various management positions in the Mediclinic Group and was appointed as the Company Secretary in 2010 and Group Services Executive in 2011. Subsequent to the combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited in February 2016, he no longer serves as the Company Secretary, but holds the position of Chief Corporate Services Officer.

Qualifications: He holds an Honours degree in Accountancy from the University of Stellenbosch (B.Acc. (Hons)); completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School; and is also a qualified Chartered Accountant with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants.

DR DIRK LE ROUX Chief Information Officer

Age: 57

Nationality: South African

Dr Dirk le Roux joined Mediclinic in August 2014 as the Group ICT Executive. Prior to joining Mediclinic, he served in various managerial roles including as Managing Director of ThinkWorx Consulting, Chief Information Officer at Media24, General Manager for IT Strategy and Risk at Absa Bank Limited, as well as the Head of IT at the Development Bank of Southern Africa.

Qualifications: He holds a D.Com. (Informatics) degree from the University of Pretoria; a Masters in Business Administration (cum laude); a Postgraduate Diploma in Data Metrics; and a Bachelor in Civil Engineering.

DR RONNIE VAN DER MERWE Chief Clinical Officer Age: 54

Nationality: South African

Dr Ronnie van der Merwe is a specialist anaesthetist who worked in the medical insurance industry before joining the Group in 1999 as Clinical Manager. He established the Clinical Information, Advanced Analytics, Health Information Management and Clinical Services functions at Mediclinic, and is currently appointed as the Mediclinic Group's Chief Clinical Officer since 2007. He was appointed as a director of Mediclinic International Limited in 2010 up to the combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited.

Qualifications: He holds a medical degree from the University of Stellenbosch (M.B.Ch.B.); a diploma in anaesthetics from the College of Anaesthetists of South Africa (DA (SA)); the Fellowship of the College of Anaesthetists of South Africa (F.C.A. (SA)); and completed the Advanced Management Programme at Harvard Business School.

DAVID HADLEY Chief Executive Officer: Mediclinic Middle East

Age: 43 Nationality: British

David Hadley joined the Mediclinic Group in 1993, and worked in a variety of administrative roles in human resources, finance, operations and hospital management before being seconded to Dubai in 2007 to oversee the opening of Mediclinic City Hospital. He was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of Mediclinic Middle East in 2009 and has also served as a member of Mediclinic's Executive Committee since 2011.

Qualifications: He holds a Bachelor's degree in Commerce from the University of South Africa and a Master in Business Administration (with distinction) from the University of Liverpool.

KOERT PRETORIUS Chief Executive Officer: Mediclinic Southern Africa

Age: 54 Nationality: South African

Koert Pretorius joined the Group in 1998 as the regional manager of the central region of Mediclinic's operations in South Africa, after which he was appointed as the Chief Operating Officer of the Mediclinic Group in 2003. He was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of Mediclinic Southern Africa in 2008 and also served as a director of Mediclinic International Limited in 2006 up to the combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited.

Qualifications: He holds a Bachelor degree in Accounting Science from the University of the Free State (B.Compt.); and a Master of Business Leadership degree from the University of South Africa (MBL).

DR OLE WIESINGER Chief Executive Officer: Hirslanden Age: 54

Nationality: German

Dr Ole Wiesinger joined the Hirslanden group in 2004 as the Hospital Manager of Klinik Hirslanden. He was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of the Hirslanden group and also served as a director of Mediclinic International Limited from 2008 up to the combination of the businesses of the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) and Mediclinic International Limited. Prior to joining Hirslanden, he served in various management positions of the MGS Euromed Group in Germany from 1995 and was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of MGS Euromed Group from 2003 to 2004.

Qualifications: He holds a doctorate in medicine from the University of Erlangen, Germany (Ph.D.); and a Postgraduate Diploma in Health Economics from the European Business School, Germany.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

INTRODUCTION

The Board of Directors is accountable to the Company's shareholders for ensuring the sound management and long-term success of the Group. This can only be achieved if the Board is supported by appropriate governance processes to ensure that the Group is managed responsibly and with integrity, fairness, transparency and accountability. This Corporate Governance Statement describes the key elements of Mediclinic's corporate governance framework.

A Group Corporate Governance Manual, dealing with Board practices and Group policies, provides guidance to the company secretaries, boards and management of the Company and its three operating platforms in Southern Africa, Switzerland and the United Arab Emirates to ensure that similar corporate governance practices are followed throughout the Group.

COMPLIANCE WITH UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE AND LISTING RULES

The Board is committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate governance and the highest standards of integrity and ethics. The UK Corporate Governance Code (the "UK Corporate Governance Code" or the "Code"), most recently updated in April 2016 by the Financial Reporting Council (the "FRC") and available on the FRC's website at www.frc.org.uk, contains a series of broad principles and specific provisions which embody good practice in relation to five key areas: leadership, effectiveness, accountability, remuneration and relations with shareholders. This report, together with the Directors' Remuneration Report and the various Board committee reports included in this Annual Report, describes how the Board applied the main principles of the Code and complied with its provisions.

During the year under review and up to the date of this report, the Company complied with all the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, other than the exceptions noted below:

• Provision B.2.1 (regarding the Nomination Committee leading the process for Board appointments and making recommendations to the Board)

AR

AR

AR

Appointments to the Board are recommended by the Nomination Committee and further details on the Committee and the appointment process can be found on pages 108 to 110. In accordance with the Company's relationship agreement with its principal shareholder, Remgro Limited ("Remgro"), further details of which are provided on page 125, Remgro is entitled to appoint up to a maximum of three Directors to the Board. Jannie Durand represents Remgro on the Board of Directors and was appointed by Remgro in the previous reporting period on 15 February 2016. His appointment was therefore not led by the Nomination Committee. With the exception of this appointment, made in accordance with the terms of the relationship agreement, the Nomination Committee leads the process for Board appointments and makes recommendations to the Board in accordance with the Code. No new Board appointments were made in terms of the Relationship Agreement during the year under review.

• Provision D.2.1 (regarding having at least three independent non-executive directors serving on the Remuneration Committee)

Ian Tyler, who served as an independent nonexecutive member of the Remuneration Committee, resigned as a Director on 21 February 2017. From the date of his resignation up to the appointment of Seamus Keating as an independent non-executive member of the Remuneration Committee on 17 March 2017, the Remuneration Committee had only two independent non-executive members and did not meet the requirement to have at least three independent non-executive members. The Company fully complied with this requirement apart from this short period between 21 February 2017 and 17 March 2017, during which period no committee meetings were held.

• Provision E.1.1 (regarding the attendance by the Senior Independent Director ("SID") of sufficient meetings with a range of major shareholders)

The Company has not met the requirement that the "SID should attend sufficient meetings with a range of major shareholders to listen to their views in order to help develop a balanced understanding of the issues and concerns of major shareholders". This provision of the Code, supports the main principle of the Code requiring dialogue with shareholders based on a mutual understanding of objectives and that the Chairman should ensure that all Directors are made aware of their major shareholders' issues and concerns, with which the Company complies. The Board believes that appropriate mechanisms are in place to engage with shareholders, without the need for the SID to attend meetings with major shareholders. The SID is, however, available to attend such meetings if requested by shareholders. Although the SID and any other Non-executive Directors have the opportunity to attend analyst presentations hosted by the Company, the principal engagement with the capital markets lies mainly with CEO, CFO and the Head of Investor Relations, who provide regular feedback to the Board on investor relations matters, including, inter alia, an overview of meetings held with investors. Refer to pages 83 to 84 for more information on the Company's shareholder engagement.

In addition to complying with applicable corporate governance requirements in the UK in accordance with its primary listing on the LSE, the Board is also satisfied that the Company meets all relevant requirements of the JSE Listings Requirements and the NSX Listings Requirements as a result of its secondary listings on the JSE, the South African securities exchange, and the NSX, the Namibian securities exchange.

BOARD STRUCTURE AND ROLES

The Board has full and effective control of the Company and all material resolutions are approved by the Board. The Board has adopted a robust corporate governance framework, as summarised in Figure 1, which assists the Board in the exercise of its responsibilities, providing strategic direction to the Company in order to create long-term shareholder value. A Board Charter sets out the key responsibilities of the Chairman, SID, Non-executive Directors, Executive Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and the Company Secretary. It further demonstrates the roles of the various Board committees.

BOARD COMMITTEES

The Board has delegated authority to the Board committees to carry out certain tasks on its behalf, in order to operate efficiently and give the right level of attention and consideration to relevant matters, while reserving the authority to approve certain key matters, as documented in the Group's authority levels and reserved matters, which is reviewed annually by the Board. The key responsibilities of the Board committees, namely the Audit and Risk Committee, Remuneration Committee, Nomination Committee, Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee, Investment Committee and the Disclosure Committee, are summarised in Figure 1. The terms of reference of each Board committee are available on the Company's website. Reports on the role, composition and activities of the Remuneration Committee, Nomination Committee, Audit and Risk Committee and the Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee are included in this Annual Report.

During the year, the Board approved the constitution of the Disclosure Committee, previously a management committee, as a Board committee.

SEPARATION OF CHAIRMAN AND CEO ROLES

There is a distinct division of responsibilities between the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, as summarised in Figure 1. The separation of authority, which is set out in writing and agreed by the Board, enhances independent oversight of executive management by the Board and helps to ensure that no one individual on the Board has unfettered powers or authority.

FIGURE 1: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK

CHAIRMAN

Dr Edwin Hertzog

Key responsibilities

  • Leads the Board.
  • Ensures the effective performance of the Board.
  • Works closely with the CEO to ensure the implementation of Boardapproved actions.
  • Ensures effective communications with shareholders.

The Chairman's other significant commitments are indicated in his biography on page 70.

SENIOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

Desmond Smith

Key responsibilities

  • Provides a sounding board for the Chairman.
  • Acts, if necessary, as a focal point and intermediary for other Directors.
  • Available to shareholders should they have concerns if contacts outside the normal channels is required.
  • Leads the annual appraisal of the Chairman's performance and Nonexecutive Directors' independence.

AR

BOARD Membership:

Non-executive Chairman, one other Non-executive Director, six Independent Non-executive Directors and two Executive Directors

Key responsibilities

  • Responsible for the effective oversight of the Company. • Agrees the strategic direction of the Group and the nature and
  • extent of the principal risks it is willing to take. • Establishes the governance structure, corporate reporting, risk
  • management and internal control principles for the Group.
  • Sets appropriate values, ethical standards and behaviours and ensures they are embedded throughout the Group.
  • Accountable to shareholders for the long-term success of the Group and delivering value to shareholders.
  • Delegates authority to Board committees to carry out certain tasks on its behalf.

The biographies of the Board members are set out on pages 70 to 71. AR

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Danie Meintjes – Chief Executive Officer Jurgens Myburgh – Chief Financial Officer

Key responsibilities

  • Contribute detailed insight of the operations of the business enabling the Board to determine feasibility and practicality of proposed strategies, goals and direction.
  • Making and implementing operational decisions.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Danie Meintjes

Key responsibilities

  • Leads and oversees the executive management team.
  • Manages the business of the Group.
  • Develops and oversees the implementation of Boardapproved actions, the strategic direction of the Group and its commercial objectives.
  • Ensures appropriate governance standards are embedded throughout the Group.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Jannie Durand, Alan Grieve, Seamus Keating, Prof Dr Robert Leu, Nandi Mandela, Trevor Petersen, Desmond Smith

Key responsibilities

  • Support the development of the Group's strategy.
  • Scrutinise the performance of management.
  • Provide constructive challenge, drawing on their skills, experience and judgement.
  • Monitor the reporting of performance.
  • Satisfy themselves on the integrity of the Group's financial reporting and on the effectiveness of its financial controls and risk management systems.
  • Determine the remuneration of Executive Directors.
  • Appointment / removal of Directors and review succession planning.

COMPANY SECRETARY

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Group Corporate Services Executive, Chief Clinical Officer, Group ICT Executive and three Operating Platform Chief

• Responsible for the executive

management of the Group's businesses. • Considers investment opportunities, operational matters and other aspects of strategic importance to the Group and make recommendations to the Board. • Performs any other functions delegated to management by the Board. The biographies of the Executive Committee

Membership

Executive Officers Key responsibilities

Capita Company Secretarial Services

  • Key responsibilities • Acts as secretary to the Board and its Committees.
  • Provides advice and guidance to the Board collectively and Directors individually with regard to their duties, responsibilities and powers.
  • Ensures the effective administration of proceedings and matters related to the Board, the Company and its shareholders.

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE Membership

Four Independent Non-executive Directors

Key responsibilities

  • Reviews and monitors the integrity of the Group's financial reporting.
  • Reviews and monitors the Group's relationship with the external auditor and the effectiveness of the external audit.
  • Reviews the effectiveness of the Group's internal audit arrangements.
  • Reviews and monitors the effectiveness of the Groups risk management and internal controls systems.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE Membership

Three Independent Non-executive Directors

Key responsibilities

  • Makes recommendations to the Board on the Company's policy on executive remuneration.
  • Establishes the parameters and governance of the remuneration policy.
  • Determines the remuneration and benefits package for individual Executive Directors and other members of executive management.

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

Membership Three Independent Non-executive and two Non-executive Directors

Key responsibilities

  • Reviews the structure, size, and composition of the Board.
  • Identifies and recommends potential candidates to be appointed as Directors or members of Board committees, as the need arises.
  • Reviews succession planning.

CLINICAL PERFORMANCE AND SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE

Membership

Two Independent Non-executive, one Non-executive and one Executive Director

Key responsibilities

  • Monitors clinical performance throughout the Group.
  • Promotes culture of excellence in patient safety, quality of care and patient experience.
  • Monitors the sustainable development performance of the Group.
  • Ensures the Group is a good and responsible corporate citizen.

INVESTMENT COMMITTEE Membership

Two Independent Non-executive, two Non-executive and two

Executive Directors Key responsibilities

  • Reviews and approves proposed investments and capital expenditures within its authority levels.
  • Reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding proposed investments and capital expenditures that exceed its own authority level.
  • Monitors performance of approved investments.

DISCLOSURE COMMITTEE

Membership

One Independent Non-executive Director and two Executive Directors

Key responsibilities

  • Identifies inside information and makes recommendations about how and when such information should be disclosed.
  • Reviews and monitors internal arrangements regarding inside information in accordance with the EU Market Abuse Regulation.

BOARD MEETINGS

MEETING ATTENDANCE

Individual Directors' attendance at Board and Board committee meetings is considered as part of the formal annual review of their performance. Where a Director is unable to attend a Board or committee meeting, they communicate their comments and observations on the matters to be considered in advance of the meeting via the Chairman, the SID or relevant Board committee chairman for raising as appropriate during the meeting. The attendance of the Board meetings held during the year under review is set out in Figure 2. The attendance of the Investment Committee and the Disclosure Committee meetings held during the year under review is set out in Figure 3 and Figure 4, respectively.

FIGURE 2: BOARD MEETING ATTENDANCE

NAME1 DESIGNATION DATE OF
APPOINTMENT
NUMBER
OF BOARD
MEETINGS
ATTENDED2
Dr Edwin Hertzog Non-executive Chairman 15/02/2016 7 of 8
Danie Meintjes Chief Executive Officer 15/02/2016 8 of 8
Jurgens Myburgh3 Chief Financial Officer 01/08/2016 4 of 4
Desmond Smith Senior Independent Director 15/02/2016 8 of 8
Jannie Durand Non-executive Director 15/02/2016 8 of 8
Alan Grieve Independent Non-executive Director 15/02/2016 8 of 8
Seamus Keating Independent Non-executive Director 05/06/2013 8 of 8
Prof Dr Robert Leu Independent Non-executive Director 15/02/2016 8 of 8
Nandi Mandela Independent Non-executive Director 15/02/2016 8 of 8
Trevor Petersen Independent Non-executive Director 15/02/2016 8 of 8
Craig Tingle4 Chief Financial Officer 15/02/2016 3 of 3
Ian Tyler5 Senior Independent Director 05/06/2013 6 of 7

FIGURE 3: INVESTMENT COMMITTEE MEETING ATTENDANCE

NAME1 DESIGNATION DATE OF
APPOINTMENT
(AS COMMITTEE
MEMBER)
NUMBER OF
COMMITTEE
MEETINGS
ATTENDED
Dr Edwin Hertzog
(Committee Chairman) Non-executive Chairman 19/02/2016 4 of 5
Danie Meintjes Chief Executive Officer 19/02/2016 5 of 5
Jurgens Myburgh3 Chief Financial Officer 01/08/2016 4 of 4
Jannie Durand Non-executive Director 19/02/2016 3 of 56
Alan Grieve Independent Non-executive Director 19/02/2016 4 of 5
Seamus Keating Independent Non-executive Director 19/02/2016 5 of 5
Craig Tingle4 Chief Financial Officer 19/02/2016 1 of 1

FIGURE 4: DISCLOSURE COMMITTEE MEETING ATTENDANCE

NAME1 DESIGNATION DATE OF
APPOINTMENT
(AS COMMITTEE
MEMBER)
NUMBER OF
COMMITTEE
MEETINGS
ATTENDED7
Alan Grieve8
(Committee Chairman)
Danie Meintjes
Jurgens Myburgh3
Craig Tingle4
Ian Tyler5
Independent Non-executive Director
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Financial Officer
17/03/2017
15/02/2016
01/08/2016
15/02/2016
n/a
3 of 4
4 of 4
n/a
(Committee Chairman)
Gert Hattingh9
Senior Independent Director
Chief Corporate Services Officer
05/06/2013
15/02/2016
4 of 4
4 of 4

Notes

  • Biographies of all the current Directors are provided on pages 70 to 71.
  • 2 Since year end, the Board met once and all members attended. 3 Jurgens Myburgh was appointed as an Executive Director and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company on 1 August 2016.
  • 4 Craig Tingle retired as an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company on 15 June 2016.
  • 5 Ian Tyler resigned as an Independent Non-executive Director and the SID of the Company on 21 February 2017. 6 The two Investment Committee meetings that could not be attended by Jannie Durand during the year were attended by his
  • alternate, Pieter Uys.
  • 7 Since year end, the Disclosure Committee met four times at which meetings a quorum was present.
  • 8 Alan Grieve was appointed as a member of the Disclosure Committee on 17 March 2017.
  • 9 Gert Hattingh, not being a Board member, was removed as a member of the Disclosure Committee on 30 March 2017 subsequent to the constitution of the committee as a Board committee, previously a management committee.

The attendance of the other Board committee meetings is set out in the reports of the Audit and Risk Committee, the Nomination Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee included in this Annual Report.

PRINCIPAL BOARD ACTIVITIES

Figure 5 outlines a number of specific areas that the Board focused on during the year under review. The Board's annual agenda plan is designed to ensure that sufficient time is allocated to ensure all necessary matters are addressed. The agendas are adjusted throughout the course of the year, to prioritise issues and ensure focused consideration of strategic priorities. Sufficient time is provided for the Chairman to meet privately with the SID and Non-executive Directors to discuss any issues arising.

FIGURE 5: PRINCIPAL BOARD ACTIVITIES

STRATEGY AND BUSINESS PLANS

The Board considered progress against the 2016/17 Group strategic themes and reviewed the 2017/18 strategic objectives, business plans, budgets and five-year forecasts, including the viability assessment of the Group and the three operating platforms, which was approved in May 2017. Refer to Our Strategy, Progress and Aims from page 24.

At each Board meeting, the CEO provides a report on the Group's investment in Spire and the operating platforms' performance, economic and regulatory environment, and new business developments. Particular focus was placed on the integration of the Abu Dhabi-based Al Noor business into the Mediclinic Middle East platform, including the divestment of certain units. At regular intervals, the operating platforms' CEOs presented a detailed business overview of their respective platform to the Board.

The Board reviewed the Group's growth strategy, confirming the Group's sustained successful track record through expansion of existing facilities and acquisitions. A number of growth opportunities within existing markets were considered and approved, including the acquisition of the 25% minority interest in Al Madar Medical Centre in the UAE; divestment in certain clinics in the UAE; the upgrade and expansion of Mediclinic Brits, Mediclinic Legae, Mediclinic Cape Gate, Mediclinic Bloemfontein, Mediclinic Nelspruit and Mediclinic Vereeniging in South Africa; the establishment of a medical centre in Cham in close proximity to Hirslanden Andreas Klinik in Switzerland; and the expansion of consulting rooms and the creation of an intermediate care unit at Hirslanden Klinik Birshof in Basel, Switzerland. Refer to the Divisional Reviews of the operating platforms from page 44.

The Board considered and approved capital investments recommended by the Investment Committee, including a new electronic health record and revenue cycle management system for the Middle East platform.

Progress on significant investments approved by the Board was monitored. The framework for monitoring capital expenditure was approved.

CLINICAL SERVICES

The Board considered reports from the Chief Clinical Officer on a regular basis, focussing on matters such as the review and development of clinical indicators, patient safety, infection prevention and control, accreditation and clinical information systems across the Group.

AR

AR

AR

FIGURE 5: PRINCIPAL BOARD ACTIVITIES (continued)

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE, REPORTING, TAX STRATEGY AND DIVIDEND POLICY

At each Board meeting, the CFO provides a report on the Group's financial performance.

The Board reviewed and approved the interim results announcement, Annual Report and results announcement, results presentations, and trading updates, with support of the Disclosure Committee.

The Board approved the interim and final dividend declarations in terms of the Company's dividend policy and the implementation of a dividend access scheme to create a mechanism for payment to South African-resident shareholders on the South African register, as approved by the Company's shareholders in July 2016.

The Board considered and approved management's assessment of the Company as a going concern and its viability over the longer-term. Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee Report on pages 116 to 117.

The Board considered the Group's capital structure following the Combination of Mediclinic International Limited and Al Noor Hospitals Group plc and approved the refinancing of the bridge facility associated with the Combination of the two companies, as announced in June 2016.

The Board adopted a Group tax strategy, also requiring country-by-country reporting.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

The Group Risk Manager provides feedback to the Board twice annually, providing an overview of the Group's risk appetite, risk management and internal control systems and compliance oversight. Refer to the report on Risk Management, Principal Risks and Uncertainties from page 30.

The Board conducted a robust assessment and agreed the principal risks for the Group, including the management and mitigation of these risks, including the effect of regulatory developments governing tariffs.

INTERNAL AUDIT

The Board monitored progress on the development of the Company's in-house Internal Audit function, to facilitate the transition away from the current outsourcing of the function to Remgro, the Company's principal shareholder. Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee Report on pages 119 to 120.

ICT

The Board considered reports from the Chief Information Officer on a regular basis. The Chief Information Officer is also invited to once annually present a detailed ICT strategic overview to the Board.

Conducted a review of the Group's cybersecurity. Received assurances regarding the risk factors, potential impact, existing controls and mitigants and proposed enhancements.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Board considered developments in corporate governance and disclosure requirements, including the updated UK Corporate Governance Code, the updated statement by the Company in terms of the Modern Slavery Act, feedback from the Audit and Risk Committee in respect of tax and non-audit services disclosures, feedback from the Remuneration Committee in relation to executive remuneration and feedback from the Nomination Committee in relation to diversity.

The Board reviewed and approved all Group policies and procedures, including in relation to:

  • Board Charter and committees' terms of reference;
  • authority levels and matters reserved for the Board;
  • business conduct and ethics;
  • anti-bribery;
  • sustainable development and environment;
  • Board diversity;
  • EU Market Abuse Regulation; and
  • tax strategy.

SUSTAINABILITY

AR

The Board approved the expansion of the role and responsibilities of the Quality Committee to also include sustainability functions from May 2016, and renamed the committee to the Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee. The Board considers the feedback by the committee after each committee meeting. Refer to the Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee Report from page 111.

AR

AR

FIGURE 5: PRINCIPAL BOARD ACTIVITIES (continued)

LEADERSHIP

The Board approved the appointment of Pieter Uys as an alternate to Jannie Durand in April 2016, and of Jurgens Myburgh as CFO in August 2016, upon the recommendation of the Nomination Committee.

The Board reviewed outcomes and agreed actions after internal self-evaluation of the Board, Board committees, the Chairman, individual Directors and the Company Secretary. Refer to page 81.

After the resignation of Ian Tyler, the composition of the Board committees was considered with certain amendments made, as announced in March 2017.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

In support of improved investor relations, the Board endorsed management's appointment of a Head of Investor Relations, which process was done in consultation with the Senior Independent Director at the time, Ian Tyler.

The Board considered feedback on engagement with investors, together with an analysis of the Company's share register.

The Board approved the arrangements with the Company's strategic black partners in terms of a black ownership initiative to formalise their shareholding in the Company, as announced in September 2016.

BOARD COMPOSITION AND DIVERSITY

The delivery of the Company's long-term strategy depends on attracting and retaining the right skills across the Group, starting with the Board of Mediclinic. A list of the Company's current Directors, including their biographies, who were in office during the year and up to the date of signing the financial statements, can be found on pages 70 to 71 and page 76.

As at 31 March 2017 and as at the date of this report, the Board comprised the non-executive Chairman, a Non-executive Director, six Independent Non-executive Directors, and two Executive Directors from wide-ranging backgrounds and with varying industry and professional experience. The Company complies with the Code's recommendation that at least half the Board should be independent.

The Company's Chairman, Dr Edwin Hertzog, is not considered to be an independent Director given his involvement as Chief Executive of Mediclinic International Limited until his appointment as Chairman in 1992 and his position as non-executive Deputy Chairman of Remgro Limited, the principal shareholder of the Company. Nonetheless, given his in-depth industry knowledge and experience, the Board considers it in the best interests of the Company that he serves as Chairman.

Mediclinic recognises the importance and benefits of having a diverse Board and believes that diversity at Board level is an essential element in maintaining a competitive advantage. The Board considers that diversity is not limited to gender and that a diverse Board will include and make good use of differences in the skills, geographic and industry experience, background, race, gender and other characteristics of Directors.

The Board seeks to construct an effective, robust, well balanced and complementary Board, whose capability is appropriate for the nature, complexity and strategic demands of the business. The Nomination Committee leads the process for Board appointments as further detailed in the Nomination Committee Report. The Board and the Nomination Committee actively consider the structure, size and composition of the Board and its committees when contemplating new appointments and succession planning for the year ahead. A range of diversity factors will be taken into account in determining the optimum composition of the Board and its committees, together with the need to balance their composition and refresh this progressively over time.

The Company's Non-executive Directors come from a wide range of industries, backgrounds and geographic locations and have appropriate experience of organisations with international reach. While the Board recognises that the existing skills and expertise of the current Directors are extensive, the Nomination Committee continues to consider the appointment of additional Independent Nonexecutive Directors to further strengthen the Board and its committees' with diverse expertise and to increase the female representation on the Board. No quota regarding gender balance has been imposed; however, the Nomination Committee and Board remain committed to ensuring that the business benefits from a diverse Board. Accordingly, when considering Board appointments and internal promotions at senior level, the Company will continue to take account of relevant voluntary guidelines and the performance of peer companies in fulfilling their role with regards to diversity, whilst seeking to ensure that each post is offered strictly on merit to the best available candidate.

AR

AR AR During the year, the Nomination Committee reviewed and updated its Board Diversity Policy. The Board's diversity policy statement is set out on page 79. For details on the diversity of the Group, including a breakdown by gender, age and race (only for South Africa) on the Board and senior management roles see the Directors' Report on page 127. Figure 6 provides an overview of the Board's composition and diversity in terms of gender and experience.

INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

All Directors may seek independent professional advice in connection with their roles as Directors. All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary at the expense of the Company. The Company has provided for both indemnities and directors' and officers' insurance to the Directors in connection with their duties and responsibilities.

APPOINTMENT AND TENURE

All Non-executive Directors serve on the basis of letters of appointment which are available for inspection at the Company's registered office. The letters of appointment set out the time commitment expected of Non-executive Directors who, on appointment, undertake that they will have sufficient time to meet their requirements.

The Non-executive Directors are appointed for a term of three years, subject to earlier termination, including provision for early termination by either the Company or the Non-executive Director on three months' notice.

DIRECTORS' INDUCTION AND TRAINING

The Chairman, with the support of the Company Secretary, is responsible for the induction of new Directors and ongoing development of all Directors.

Upon appointment, all Directors were provided with training in respect of their legal, regulatory and governance responsibilities and obligations in accordance with the UK regulatory regime. Jurgens Myburgh, as CFO, and Pieter Uys, as alternate to Jannie Durand, were appointed during the year and have each undertaken a comprehensive Board induction programme tailored to their individual needs and requirements. The induction includes face-to-face meetings with executive management and operational site visits to orientate and familiarise them with our industry, organisation, business, strategy, commercial objectives and key risks.

The training needs of the Directors are periodically discussed at Board meetings and briefings are arranged on issues relating to corporate governance and other areas of importance.

The Board is kept up to date on legal, regulatory and governance matters at Board meetings. Additional training is available on request, where appropriate, so that Directors can update their skills and knowledge as applicable.

DIRECTOR ELECTION/ RE-ELECTION

In accordance with the Company's Articles of Association, a Director appointed during the year, should stand for election at the first annual general meeting subsequent to such appoint, and other Directors must retire by rotation and seek re-election by shareholders every three years. However, the Code requires that all directors of FTSE350 companies should stand for re-election annually. Accordingly, Jurgens Myburgh, who was appointed as a Director from 1 August 2016, will stand for election at the Company's annual general meeting to be held on 25 July 2017; and all other Directors will stand for annual re-election at the meeting. Taking into account the result of an internal Board evaluation which was carried out during the year and following recommendations from the Nomination Committee, the Board considers that all Directors continue to be effective, committed to their roles and have sufficient time available to perform their duties and therefore recommends the election and re-election of these Directors to the Board.

DIRECTORS' CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

In accordance with the UK Companies Act and the Company's Articles of Association, the Board may authorise any matter that otherwise may involve any of the Directors breaching his or her duty to avoid conflicts of interest. The Board adopted a procedure to address these requirements, which includes the Directors completing detailed conflict of interest questionnaires on appointment. The matters disclosed in the questionnaires are reviewed by the Board following the Directors' appointment and annually thereafter and, if considered appropriate, authorised in accordance with the Act and the Articles. Any new conflicts of interest are disclosed to the Board as soon as they arise, for consideration.

EVALUATION OF THE BOARD, COMMITTEES, CHAIRMAN, INDIVIDUAL DIRECTORS AND THE COMPANY SECRETARY

During the year under review, the Board conducted an evaluation to review performance and effectiveness of the Board, as a whole, the Board Committees, the Chairman, individual Directors and the independence of the Independent Non-executive Directors. The evaluation process was conducted internally by way of interviews and self-evaluation questionnaires. The results of the evaluation of the Board committees were considered by the relevant committee prior to their presentation, together with all other evaluations, for discussion at the Board meeting held in March 2017.

An externally facilitated performance evaluation will be conducted next year and every three years thereafter.

BOARD

The Board self-evaluation questionnaire was based around the five main principles of the Code, namely: leadership, effectiveness, accountability, remuneration and relations with shareholders. The Board identified no material areas for improvement, but confirmed the need to address the composition of the Board through the appointment of two further Non-executive Directors, which is currently receiving attention as indicated in the Nomination Committee Report on page 109.

BOARD COMMITTEES

The results of the self-evaluation of the Board committees, together with the Committees' proposed recommendations, were discussed by the Board. Details of the results of the performance evaluation of the Board's committees and actions planned for the next year are set out in the individual committee reports.

CHAIRMAN

Mr Desmond Smith, as the SID, met privately with the Non-executive Directors to appraise the performance of the Chairman, taking account of the views of the Executive Directors and subsequently discussed the results with the Chairman. A high-level summary of the evaluation of the Chairman was presented at the Board meeting held in March 2017.

INDIVIDUAL DIRECTORS

The Chairman met with each Non-executive Director to discuss their contributions and performance, together with their training and development needs and presented his feedback to the Board. The Board concluded that the individual Directors have fulfilled their duties and provide a valuable contribution to the effective functioning of the Board.

INDEPENDENCE OF DIRECTORS

The Board considered the independence of the Independent Non-executive Directors, upon recommendation of the SID, taking into consideration all relevant relationships and circumstances. As disclosed earlier in this report, Dr Edwin Hertzog and Jannie Durand are not regarded as independent, owing, respectively, to their previous relationship with the Company and its principal shareholder. The Board considers all the other Non-executive Directors to be independent in character and judgement and free from any business or other relationship or circumstances that could potentially materially interfere with the exercise of their respective and collective independent judgement.

COMPANY SECRETARY

As part of the annual evaluation of the Board, the Company Secretary was also evaluated. The Board is of the opinion that the Company Secretary is competent and has the requisite qualifications and experience to effectively execute its duties.

ACCOUNTABILITY

INTERNAL CONTROLS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group has a comprehensive system of internal controls in place, designed to ensure that risks are mitigated and that the Group's objectives are attained. The Board recognises its responsibilities to present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Group's position and prospects. It is accountable for reviewing and approving the effectiveness of internal controls operated by the Group, including financial, operational and compliance controls, and risk management. The Board recognises its responsibility in respect of the Group's risk management process and system of internal control, and, oversees the activities of the Group's external auditors and the Group's risk management function which have been delegated to the Audit and Risk Committee. A review of the Group's risk management approach is further discussed in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 68. For detail on the management and mitigation of each principal risk see pages 31 to 33. The Group's viability statement is detailed on pages 35 to 36. Please refer to pages 114 to 122 for further detail in relation to the Audit and Risk Committee's role.

The Group's governance structure of risk management is illustrated in Figure 7.

FIGURE 7: GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE OF RISK

AR

Board of
Directors
Responsible for the
Group's system of
corporate governance,
strategy, risk management
and financial performance
Responsibility for implementing
Accountability for monitoring
Audit
and Risk
Committee
Responsible for reviewing
and approving the adequacy
and effectiveness of the
Group's risk management
and internal controls
Corporate
executive
team
Supports the CEO in
managing the Group's
business and activities
Operating
platforms
Responsible for identifying,
assessing, implementing and
managing risks within their
businesses

ETHICS AND COMPLIANCE

Conducting business in an honest, fair and legal manner is a fundamental guiding principle in Mediclinic, which is actively endorsed by the Board and management, ensuring that the highest ethical standards are maintained in all our dealings with stakeholders. The Group's commitment to ethical standards is set out in the Group's values, and is supported by the Company's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the "Ethics Code") which is available on the website at www.mediclinic.com. The Ethics Code provides a framework of the standards of business conduct and ethics that are required of all business divisions, directors and employees within the Group in order to promote and enforce ethical business practices and standards throughout the Group. The Ethics Code is available to all staff and communicated to new employees as part of the on-boarding process.

Compliance with relevant laws, regulations, accepted standards or codes is integral to the Group's risk management process and is monitored in accordance with the terms of the Group's Regulatory Compliance Policy.

SLAVERY AND HUMAN TRAFFICKING

The Board has considered the Company's slavery and human trafficking statement for the year under review, as required in terms of the Modern Slavery Act 2015, reporting on the steps the Group has taken to ensure that slavery and human trafficking does not take place. A link to the Company's slavery and human trafficking statement can be found on the home page of the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

FRAUD AND CORRUPTION

The Group adopts a zero-tolerance policy to unethical business conduct, in particular fraud and corruption, which is addressed in the Group's Ethics Code and the Anti-bribery Policy. Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee Report on page 122 for an overview of the Group's approach to fraud and corruption.

COMPETITION LAWS

The Group supports and adheres to the relevant competition and anti-trust laws applicable in the various countries in which the Group operates. These laws are complex and the Group has issued guidelines to its employees on competition law compliance within their relevant jurisdiction, which are reviewed and updated at least annually.

The South African Competition Commission is undertaking a market inquiry into the private healthcare sector in South Africa. Mediclinic is participating in the inquiry, with the assistance of expert competition attorneys and advocates who guide Mediclinic through the process, as referred to in the Divisional Review of Mediclinic Southern Africa on page 49.

No legal action for anti-competitive, anti-trust or similar conduct was instituted against the Group during the year under review.

INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY GOVERNANCE

Mediclinic has an extensive information and communications technology ("ICT") environment that acts as an enabler of its business strategies and operations. The core business information systems cover clinical processes, revenue cycle management and patient administration. The SAP ERP back-office systems support, inter alia, the finance, accounting, human resources management and procurement functions. An enterprise data warehouse enables advanced analytics activities as well as providing data for decision support. Lastly an extensive office automation environment exists which enables both on-premise and mobile working, as well as collaboration and communication within and across the Mediclinic business platforms. A global network enables data flows and communication between the Group's operating platforms. Major ICT-related projects in the pipeline, which include various SAP projects, an electronic health record system and the introduction of a global HR system.

ICT governance is done in context of the Group's overall corporate governance and specifically the Group's risk management structures and processes. Central to ICT governance is the Group's ICT Steering Committee, various ICT architecture management committees at the operating platforms. The ICT Steering Committee is a sub-committee of Company's Executive Committee and membership consists of the Group's CIOs, various Group ICT architects and key functions such as Risk Management, Finance and the Enterprise Project Management Office. This committee focuses on collaboration, standardisation and synergies across the various ICT entities in the Group by way of:

  • setting information security related policies and standards;
  • developing and reviewing ICT risk profiles; and
  • providing assurance regarding information and cybersecurity, data protection and privacy, as well as access control, change management and disaster recovery.

The ICT Steering Committee is supported by the Group's Information Security Architecture Committee, consisting of the Information Security Officers of the Group and the operating platforms. The proceedings of this committee are informed by information security best practices sourced from Gartner, ISACA, CoBIT 5, ITIL, ISO27001 and the South African King IV™ Report on Corporate Governance.

The Group's risk management system is used to capture and track all ICT risks, audit findings, actions and responsibilities.

Mediclinic employs a wide range of technology capabilities to safeguard its ICT installation, its ICT users and connections to other external ICT systems to ensure business continuity.

Information security policies and controls are in place throughout the Group regulating, inter alia, the processing, use and protection of own and third-party information. This is further entrenched through ongoing user training, security awareness programmes and certification courses in information security. Flows of personal data across country borders are dealt through formal arrangements in line with country-specific legislation. There were no material information security or data privacy incidents during the year under review.

REMUNERATION

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee to assist with discharging its responsibility in relation to Board and executive remuneration. A report on the activities of the Committee, including its composition and key responsibilities, is included from page 85.

RELATIONS WITH STAKEHOLDERS

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

Mediclinic recognises its accountability to its stakeholders. Effective communication with stakeholders is fundamental in maintaining Mediclinic's corporate reputation as a trusted and respected provider of healthcare services and positioning itself as a leading international private healthcare group. The Group's key stakeholders, methods of engagement, topics discussed or concerns raised are outlined in the Sustainable Development Report, available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

Responsibility for shareholder relations rests with the Chairman, CEO, CFO, SID and Head of Investor Relations. Collectively, but mainly through the CEO, CFO and Head of Investor Relations, as referred to on page 73, they ensure that there is effective, regular and clear communication with shareholders on matters such as operational performance, regulatory changes, governance and strategy. In addition, they are responsible for ensuring that the Board understands the views of shareholders on matters such as governance and strategy. The Board is supported by the Company's corporate brokers with whom it is in constant dialogue. The Disclosure Committee also assists the Board to ensure the timely and accurate disclosure of all information that is required to be so disclosed to meet the legal and regulatory obligations and requirements arising from its listing on the LSE.

SDR

During the year, following the appointment of the Group's Head of Investor Relations in London, a formal programme was established for engaging with the capital markets. This programme included regular investor meetings, attendance at investor conferences, roadshows, presentations and ad hoc events with investors, sell-side analysts and sales teams. Over the year under review, senior management and the Head of Investor Relations have met some 200 institutions and participated in 18 roadshows, investor conferences and ad hoc capital market events across the UK, South Africa, North America, UAE and Asia. A breakdown of the fund manager style and geographic holdings as at year end are provided in Figure 8 and Figure 9 respectively. The CEO, CFO and Head of Investor Relations provide regular feedback to the Board on investor relations matters, including, inter alia, an overview of meetings held with investors.

Shareholders can access details of the Group's results and other news releases through the London Stock Exchange's Regulatory News Service and the Johannesburg Stock Exchange News Service. In addition, the Group publishes the announcements in the Investor Relations section of the Group's website at www.mediclinic.com. Shareholders and other interested parties can subscribe to email news updates by registering online on the website. The Group continually looks for ways to improve its use of online channels to communicate with our stakeholders through the corporate website and webcasting.

2017 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

The Company's annual general meeting will take place at 15:00 (British Summer Time) on Tuesday, 25 July 2017 at the Rosewood London Hotel, 252 High Holborn, London, WC1V 7EN, United Kingdom. All ordinary shareholders have the opportunity to attend and vote, in person or by proxy. The Notice of Annual General Meeting can be found on the investor relations section of the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com, and is being posted in a separate booklet at the same time as this Annual Report. The Notice of Annual General Meeting sets out the business of the meeting and provides explanatory notes on all resolutions. Separate resolutions are proposed in respect of each substantive issue. The annual general meeting is the Company's principal forum for communication with private shareholders. The Chairman of the Board and the Chairmen of the Board committees, together with senior management, will be available to answer shareholders' questions at the meeting and the Directors encourage shareholders to participate at the event.

FIGURE 8: STYLE OF FUND MANAGER FIGURE 9: GEOGRAPHIC HOLDING BREAKDOWN

AGM

AR

DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION REPORT

LETTER FROM THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN

Dear Shareholder,

Mediclinic became a FTSE-listed company as a result of the Combination with Al Noor Hospitals in February 2016. Leading up to the Combination, a new Directors' Remuneration Policy was put to shareholders and approved in December 2015. The policy, based largely on the previous Al Noor policy, was designed to provide flexibility to meet the needs of the new entity. Having completed a full year working with this policy, we are now in a better position to draft a policy that is more specifically shaped to our needs. No substantial changes are required, since there is no proposed change to either the structures with which we remunerate our executives or their levels of pay. However, there are a number of more detailed provisions which we wish to amend, where the existing drafting does not reflect how we wish to implement the policy. The revised Remuneration Policy, contained within this report, will be subject to a binding vote by shareholders at the Company's AGM on 25 July 2017. Following approval, it would become formally effective from the date of the AGM.

I am also pleased to present the annual Directors' Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 March 2017, which will be subject to an advisory vote at the AGM. This sets out the remuneration decisions taken in the year and, in the remainder of this letter, I aim to set these decisions in the context of the Company's performance this year.

PERFORMANCE AND REWARD OVER THE REPORTING PERIOD

Performance for the Executive Directors' short-term incentive ("STI") was calculated on a weighted average of the Company's three operating platforms in Southern Africa, Switzerland and the Middle East. For each platform, underlying EBITDA is the primary measure, underpinned by clinical and patient quality conditions which can reduce the bonus earned. Hirslanden, our largest platform, performed strongly, exceeding the maximum target for financial performance combined with strong outcomes on patient satisfaction. Our business in Southern Africa also performed well, delivering EBITDA in line with expectations and fair performance on other measures. In the Middle East, performance was impacted significantly by a major regulatory change affecting the Abu Dhabi business as well as operational challenges in this business. The Company has been focused on resolving these issues and stabilising performance in the Middle East, and our confidence in the long-term growth opportunities of the region remains strong. Taking performance across all three platforms into account, the STI outcome for the reporting period for the Executive Directors was 55.93% of maximum, as described in more detail on pages 99 to 100.

During 2016, long-term incentive awards ("LTIP") were granted to the Executive Directors, subject to total shareholder return and earnings per share performance conditions over three years. No long-term incentive awards vested during the year, since outstanding awards vested at the time of the Combination.

PROPOSED REMUNERATION POLICY 2017

As mentioned above, following a review of the existing Directors' Remuneration Policy, the Remuneration Committee have proposed a revised policy to better reflect the way in which the Company operates post-Combination.

Changes have been made to the operation of the annual STI and the LTIP awards to specify how the share-based elements of these awards will operate where we cannot use shares. In order to continue to build long-term alignment of the Directors' interests with shareholders, when we cash settle awards, there is a requirement to purchase shares with the net proceeds of the award and hold those shares until the individual has reached the share ownership guideline. In this way, we ensure the continued alignment even where we cash settle awards for technical reasons. Other changes include more specifically on clawback, malus and post-vesting holding periods.

We believe that the proposed approach for 2017 underpins our strategy and values as a Company, and will enable us to continue to operate effectively throughout our markets.

We trust that you will support both resolutions at the AGM on 25 July 2017.

Trevor Petersen Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 23 May 2017

DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION POLICY

INTRODUCTION

This part of the Directors' Remuneration Report sets out the remuneration policy for the Company and has been prepared in accordance with The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended). The policy has been developed taking into account the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code and takes account of the views of our major shareholders and proxy agencies, as expressed during previous engagement on remuneration matters.

The Remuneration Policy will be put to a binding shareholder vote at the AGM on 25 July 2017 and, subject to approval, the new policy will take formal effect from that date (replacing the previous policy approved by shareholders on 15 December 2015, which can be found on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com contained in the 2016 Annual Report and Financial Statements on pages 75 to 81). It is intended that the policy will be in force for a period of three years from the date of approval.

PROPOSED CHANGES TO POLICY

ELEMENT OF PAY SUBSTANTIAL PROPOSED CHANGES
Annual short-term incentive
("STI")
To reflect more clearly the current operation of the bonus deferral, its
treatment has been formalised as follows:

Half of the bonus paid will be deferred in shares for two years, with
vesting subject to continued employment.

Deferred shares may be settled in cash.
To strengthen alignment with shareholder interests where an award is settled
in cash and a Director has not yet met the share ownership guidelines, this
cash must be used to purchase shares in the Company.
We have also included reference to the malus condition we have in operation.
Long-term Incentive Plan
("LTIP")
We have not made any fundamental changes to the LTIP, but we have
updated the policy to reflect more clearly the current operation. Similar to
the deferred portion of the annual STI, awards will be made in shares, but may
be cash settled. Executive Directors' awards will be subject to a post-vesting
holding period of two years.
To strengthen alignment with shareholder interests where an award is settled
in cash and a Director has not yet met the share ownership guidelines, this
cash must be used to purchase shares in the Company.
Increased flexibility is included in the selection of performance measures for
the LTIP.
We have also included reference to the malus condition we have in operation.
Share ownership guidelines We have made no changes to the practice around share ownership guidelines,
but these were previously not included in the policy table.

The rationale for change is to align the policy more specifically to the current operation of the STI and the LTIP. Further, the requirement to hold shares facilitates Executive Directors building a shareholding in the business and therefore aligns management with shareholders' interests and the Group's performance, without encouraging excessive risk taking.

POLICY OVERVIEW

The Committee is responsible, on behalf of the Board, for establishing appropriate remuneration arrangements for the Executive Directors and other senior management in the Group.

In setting the Remuneration Policy for the Executive Directors, the Committee will ensure that the structures are in the best interest of both the Group and its shareholders, by taking into account the following general principles:

  • To lead our chosen markets in medical quality by attracting, retaining and motivating the best person for each position, without paying more than is necessary.
  • To ensure total remuneration packages are simple and fair in design so that they are valued by participants.
  • To ensure that the fixed element of remuneration is determined with reference to the location in which the executive operates and the broader international market, taking account of individual performance, responsibilities and experience; and that a significant proportion of the total remuneration package is linked to financial performance.
  • To balance performance pay between the achievement of financial performance objectives and delivering sustainable stock market out-performance; creating a clear line of sight between performance and reward and providing a focus on sustained improvements in profitability and returns.
  • To provide performance-related pay linked to share price and with a requirement to hold shares to facilitate senior management to build a shareholding in the business and therefore, aligning management with shareholders' interests and the Group's performance, without encouraging excessive risk taking.

CONSIDERATION OF SHAREHOLDER VIEWS

The Company is committed to maintaining open and transparent dialogue with its shareholders. The Committee engages regularly in a process of investor consultation.

The Committee considered shareholder feedback in relation to the Directors' Remuneration Report for the prior year at its first meeting following the annual general meeting. This feedback, as well as any additional feedback received during any other meetings with shareholders, was considered as part of the Company's annual review of remuneration arrangements for the following year. Where appropriate, the Committee will actively engage with shareholders and shareholder representative bodies, seeking views which may be considered when making any decisions about changes to the Directors' Remuneration Policy.

The Committee considers the annual general meeting to be an opportunity to meet and communicate with shareholders, giving investors the opportunity to raise any issues or concerns they may have. In addition, the Committee will seek to engage directly with major shareholders and their representative bodies should any material changes be made to the Directors' Remuneration Policy.

SUMMARY OF THE DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION POLICY

The following table sets out the key aspects of the Directors' Remuneration Policy.

ELEMENT
OF PAY
PURPOSE
AND LINK TO
STRATEGY
OPERATION MAXIMUM
OPPORTUNITY
PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA
Base
compensation

To attract, retain
and motivate
talented
individuals who
are critical to the
Group's success

Normally reviewed annually by
the Remuneration Committee
(the "Committee") or in
the event of a change in
an individual's position or
responsibilities and typically
effective from 1 April

Base compensation levels are
set to reflect the experience
and capabilities of the
individual and the scope and
scale of the role

Increases to base
compensation reflect individual
performance and the pay and
conditions in the workforce

There is no
prescribed maximum
annual increase

The Committee
takes into account
remuneration levels
in comparable
organisations in
geographies in
which the Company
operates and in
which it competes
for talent

Ordinarily, annual
salary increases
would be no more
than the average
annual increase of
the Company in the
same geographical
location in which
the Director is
domiciled. However,
in exceptional
circumstances
a higher level
of increase may
be awarded
for example:
assumed additional
responsibility, an
increase in the scale
or scope of the role
or in the case of a
new executive, a
move towards the
desired rate over a
period of time where
salary was initially
set below the
intended positioning

Not applicable
Annual short
term incentive
("STI")1

To encourage
and reward
delivery of the
Group's annual
financial and
operational
objectives

To align with
shareholder risk
and reward

Performance targets are
reviewed annually by the
Committee, are linked to
strategic objectives, and are
appropriately demanding,
taking into account economic
conditions and risk factors

Half of the bonus paid will
be deferred in shares for two
years, subject to continued
employment

Deferred shares may be settled
in cash. Where awards are cash
settled and a Director has
not yet met the share
ownership guidelines, this
cash must be used to purchase
shares in the Company

Dividends that accrue on the
shares under the deferred
bonus will be paid in cash at
the time of vesting

Clawback and malus3 provisions
will apply for overpayments due
to misstatement, misconduct
or error

Maximum
opportunity of
150% of base
compensation

At least 75% of the
STI will be based
on Group financial
performance and/
or the financial
performance of
the component
platforms of the
Group. May also
include non-financial
measures (e.g.
clinical excellence)

Performance below
threshold results
in zero payment.
Payments increase
from 0% to 100%
of the maximum
opportunity for levels
of performance
between threshold
and maximum
performance targets
ELEMENT
OF PAY
PURPOSE
AND LINK TO
STRATEGY
OPERATION MAXIMUM
OPPORTUNITY
PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA
Long-term
Incentive Plan
("LTIP")2

To balance
performance
pay between
achieving
financial
performance
objectives
and delivering
sustainable stock
market out
performance

To encourage
share ownership
and align with
shareholders

Annual awards denominated in
shares with vesting dependent
on the achievement of
performance conditions over
a three-year period

Executive Directors will be
required to hold vested awards
for two years

Awards may be settled in cash,
with the cash payment taking
account of the share price
movement during both the
vesting and holding periods

Where awards are cash settled
and a Director has not yet met
the share ownership guidelines,
this cash must be used to
purchase shares in the Company

Performance targets are
reviewed annually by the
Committee and are set
according to economic outlook
and risk factors prevailing at
the time, ensuring that such
targets remain challenging in
the circumstances, and realistic
enough to motivate and
incentivise management

Dividends that accrue during
the vesting and holding periods
will be paid in cash, to the extent
that awards have vested

Clawback and malus3 provisions
apply for overpayments due to
misstatement, misconduct
or error

Maximum
opportunity of
200% of base
compensation

Performance
measures will include
earnings per share
("EPS") and relative
total shareholder
return ("TSR") which,
in combination, will
account for no less
than 75% of the
total award

The Committee may
introduce a new
measure or measures
which is aligned
with the Company's
strategic objectives;
any such measures
will account for no
more than 25% of
the total award

No more than 25% of
an award will vest for
achieving threshold
performance,
increasing pro rata
to full vesting for
achieving maximum
performance targets
Pension /
retirement
benefits

To help recruit
and retain
high-performing
Executive
Directors

To provide
employees
with long
term savings
via pension
provisions

Participation in a defined
contribution pension scheme

Directors can
receive a Company
contribution of
up to 10% of
base salary

Not applicable
Benefits
To provide
a market
competitive level
of benefits to
ensure Executive
Directors' well
being

Benefits may include but are
not limited to:
– private medical insurance
– death and disability
insurance
– leave and long-service
awards

Other ancillary benefits,
including relocation and
an allowance towards
reasonable fees for professional
services such as legal, tax and
financial advice

Reasonable business expenses
(e.g. travel, accommodation
and subsistence) will be
reimbursed and in some
instances the associated tax
will be borne by the Company

Actual value of
benefits provided

Not applicable
ELEMENT
OF PAY
PURPOSE
AND LINK TO
STRATEGY
OPERATION MAXIMUM
OPPORTUNITY
PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA
Non-executive
Directors' fee

Set to attract,
retain and
motivate
talented
individuals
through the
provision
of market
competitive fees

In consultation with Executive
Directors, the Chairman of the
Board will review periodically,
or, in the event of a change
in an individual's position or
responsibilities (if appropriate)

Fee levels are set at market
rates, responsibility and time
commitments, and the pay and
conditions in the workplace

Reasonable business expenses
(e.g. travel, accommodation
and subsistence) will be
reimbursed and in some
instances the associated tax
will be borne by the Company

As for the Executive
Directors, there
is no prescribed
maximum annual
increase. The
Chairman of the
Board and the
Executive Directors
are guided by the
general increase
for the broader
workforce. In certain
circumstances
the Chairman of
the Board may
recognise an
increase, such
as additional
responsibility, or an
increase in the scale
or scope of the role

Not applicable
Share
ownership
guidelines

Alignment
of Executive
Directors'
interests
with those of
shareholders

Executive Directors are
expected to build and maintain
a shareholding in the Company

Where awards are cash settled
and a Director has not yet
met the share ownership
guidelines, this cash must be
used to purchase shares in
the Company

Until this threshold is achieved
Executive Directors are
normally required to retain
no less than 50% of the net
of tax value from vested LTIP,
Deferred Bonus ("DB") or
other awards

The level of shareholding
guidelines will be detailed in
the annual report each year

The Committee will review
Executive Directors'
shareholding annually in the
context of this policy.

Not applicable

Not applicable

Notes

The annual STI is focused predominantly on key financial performance indicators, to reflect how successful the Group is in managing its operations. The balance is determined based on Executive Directors' performance against annual Group operational targets, including measures of clinical excellence.

The Executive Directors' STI is calculated on Group EBITDA performance and/or the combined financial EBITDA performance and other financial and strategic business targets of the three platforms, weighted relative to their respective EBITDA contribution.

The structure of the Executive Directors' Pay Policy on annual STIs is generally in line with the policy for remuneration of management within the Group, although the levels of award will be different. The performance measures that apply to management are based on the respective platform EBITDA performance and platform-specific operational targets, including measures of clinical excellence. The annual STI awards for management are paid in cash with no deferral.

2 The LTIP rewards significant long-term returns to shareholders and long-term financial growth.

Targets are set on sliding scales that take account of internal strategic planning and external market expectations for the Company. Modest rewards are available for achieving threshold performance with maximum rewards requiring substantial out-performance of challenging strategic plans approved at the start of each year or on the date of award, as the case may be.

The Committee operates long-term incentive ("LTI") arrangements for the Executive Directors and key senior management in accordance with their respective rules, the Listing Rules and the rules of relevant tax authorities where relevant. The Committee, consistent with market practice, retains discretion over a number of areas relating to the operation and administration of the plans. These include (but are not limited to) the following:

• number of participants;

• timing of the grant and/or payment of award;

• the size of an award (up to plan limits) and/or payment;

  • • discretion to reduce the number of awards vesting if certain performance underpins are not met;
  • • discretion relating to the measurement of performance in the event of a change of control or reconstruction;
  • • determination of a good leaver (in addition to any specified categories) for incentive plan purposes;
  • • adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring and special dividends);
  • • the ability to adjust existing performance conditions for exceptional events to fulfil their original purpose; and
  • • the relative weighting between TSR and EPS are determined annually by the Remuneration Committee for the current reporting period EPS weight is 60% and TSR is 40%. This will remain the weighting for 2017/18.

The structure of the Executive Directors Pay Policy on LTIPs is generally in line with the policy for remuneration of key senior management within the Group, although the levels of award will be different. The LTIP awards for key senior management are denominated in shares with vesting dependent on the achievement of performance conditions over a three-year period. Awards may be settled in cash, with the cash payment taking account of the share price movement during the vesting period. There is no award deferral for key senior management.

3 At the discretion of the Committee, awards may be adjusted before delivery (malus) or reclaimed after delivery (clawback) if an adjustment event occurs. Such circumstances may include: a serious misstatement of the Group's audited financial results, a serious miscalculation of any relevant performance measure, a serious failure of risk management or regulatory compliance by a relevant entity, serious reputational damage to the Group, or the participant's material misconduct.

Management within the Group are also subject to malus and clawback provisions based on the adjustment events defined above.

PREVIOUS AWARDS

The Company has authority to honour any commitments entered into with current or former Directors before they became a Director (such as the vesting or exercise of past share awards) or before this policy came into effect, including those granted by companies in the Group prior to that company becoming part of the Group.

THE COMMITTEE CONSIDERS PAY AND EMPLOYMENT CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYEES IN THE GROUP WHEN DETERMINING EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION POLICY

When considering Executive Directors' base compensation, the Committee considers market related salary levels including bonuses of appropriate comparable companies. Further, the Committee reviews base compensation and STI arrangements for the management team, to ensure that there is a coherent approach across the Group. The STI arrangements operate on a similar basis across the management team. The key difference in the policy for Executive Directors is that remuneration is more heavily weighted towards long-term variable pay than other employees. This ensures that there is a clear link between the value created for shareholders and the remuneration received by the Executive Directors.

The Committee does not formally consult with employees in respect of the design of the Executive Director Remuneration Policy, although the Committee will keep this under review.

REMUNERATION SCENARIOS FOR THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

The total remuneration for each of the Executive Directors that could result from the Remuneration Policy in 2017/18 is shown below under three different performance levels – below threshold (when only fixed pay is receivable), on target and maximum. The chart highlights that the performance-related elements of the package comprise a significant portion of total remuneration at on-target and maximum performance.

Remuneration is earned in pound sterling (GBP) and South African rand (ZAR). The ZAR portion of the remuneration package is translated into GBP at a rate of £1:ZAR18.41.

DIRECTORS' RECRUITMENT AND PROMOTIONS

The policy on the recruitment or promotion of an Executive Director takes into account the need to attract, retain and motivate the best person for each position, while ensuring close alignment between the interests of shareholders and management:

• If a new Executive Director is appointed, the Committee would seek to align the remuneration

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION (£'000)

Assumptions

  • 1. Salary levels applying as at 1 April 2017.
  • 2. The value of taxable benefits is based on actual amounts as at 31 March 2017 of benefits and cash allowances. The figure is an annualised estimate for the CFO.
  • 3. The value of pension contribution is based on a company contribution of 9% of base salary.
  • 4. Minimum performance assumes no award is earned under the STI plan and no vesting is achieved under the LTIP; at on-target, 60% of a maximum bonus is earned under the STI plan and 63% of the maximum award opportunity is achieved under the LTIP; and at maximum, full vesting under both plans.
  • 5. Share price movement and dividend accrual have been excluded from the above analysis.

  • New Executive Directors will participate in the STI and LTIP subject to the same limits as set out in the policy.

  • Depending on the timing of the appointment, the Committee may deem it appropriate to set different annual bonus performance conditions to that of the current Executive Directors for the first performance year of appointment.
  • An LTIP award can be made following an appointment (assuming the Company is not in a closed period).
  • Flexibility will be retained to set base compensation at the level necessary to facilitate the hiring of candidates of appropriate calibre in external markets and make awards or payments in respect of deferred remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. In terms of remuneration to compensate for forfeited awards, the Committee would look to replicate the arrangements being forfeited as closely as possible and in doing so, would take account of relevant factors including the nature of the deferred remuneration, performance conditions and the time over which they would have vested or been paid. The face and / or expected values of the award(s) offered will not materially exceed the value ascribed to the award(s) foregone.
  • For an internal appointment, any incentive amount awarded in respect of a prior role may be allowed to vest on its original terms, or be adjusted as relevant to take into account the appointment. Any other ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior to appointment may continue.
  • The Committee may agree that the Company will meet certain relocation and incidental expenses as appropriate.
  • For an overseas appointment, the Committee will have discretion to offer cost-effective benefits and pension provisions which reflect local market practice and relevant legislation.

For the appointment of a new Chairman or Non-executive Director, the fee arrangement will be set in accordance with the approved Remuneration Policy at that time.

DIRECTORS' SERVICE AGREEMENTS AND PAYMENTS FOR LOSS OF OFFICE

The Committee seeks to ensure that contractual terms of the Executive Directors' service agreements reflect best practice. It is the Company's policy that all Executive Directors have rolling contracts that can be terminated by the employee in line with his service agreement. Executive Directors service agreements are terminable on six months' notice. Consistent with UK Corporate Governance Code all Directors are subject to re-election by shareholders at each AGM.

In circumstances of termination on notice, the Committee will determine an equitable compensation package, having regard to the particular circumstances of the case. The Committee may require notice to be worked or to make payment in lieu of notice or to place the Director on garden leave for the notice period. Such a decision is made to protect the Company's and shareholders' interests.

In case of payment in lieu of notice or garden leave, the salary, benefits and pension will be paid for the period of notice served on garden leave or paid in lieu of notice. If the Committee believes it would be in shareholders' interests, payments will be made in phased instalments. In the case of payment in lieu of notice, payments will be subject to be offset against earnings elsewhere.

An STI payment may be made in respect of the period of the incentive year worked by the Director. There is no provision for an amount in lieu of bonus to be payable for any part of the notice period not worked. The bonus payment will be scaled back pro rata for the period of the incentive year worked by the Director and would remain payable at the normal payment date.

Awards held under the deferred STI and LTI arrangements are subject to the rules containing discretionary provisions setting out the treatment of awards where a participant leaves and is designated a "good leaver". In these circumstances a participant's awards will not be forfeited on cessation of employment and instead will continue to vest on the normal vesting date or earlier at the discretion of the Committee, subject to the performance conditions attached to the relevant awards. The awards may be scaled back pro rata for the period of the vesting period worked by the Director.

In addition to the above payments, the Committee may make any other payments determined by a court of law in respect of the termination of a Director's contract or may pay any statutory entitlements or any sums to settle or compromise claims in connection with a termination (including, at the discretion of the Committee, reimbursement for legal advice and provision of outplacement services) as necessary.

In the event of a change of control, all unvested awards under the deferred STI and LTI arrangements would vest, to the extent that any performance conditions attached to the relevant awards have been achieved. The awards will, where the Committee dictates, be scaled back pro rata for the period of the performance period worked by the Director.

Executive Directors may, on nomination from Mediclinic International plc, take on outside appointments, however, all fees will be retained by the Company.

The dates of the Executive Directors' service contracts are:

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR DATE OF SERVICE CONTRACT
Danie Meintjes 1 April 2016 – joined Group 1 August 1981
Craig Tingle 1 April 2016 – joined Group 1 February 2006 and retired 15 June 2016
Jurgens Myburgh 1 August 2016

The service contracts are available for inspection during normal business hours at the Company's registered office, and at the annual general meeting.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS' TERMS OF ENGAGEMENT

Non-executive Directors are appointed by letter of appointment for an initial period of three years, which are terminable by three months' notice on either side. However, the Company complies with and will continue to comply with provision B.7.1 of the UK Corporate Governance Code and accordingly all Directors will stand for annual re-election by shareholders at future annual general meetings until the Board determines otherwise.

In 2017 all Non-executive Directors, except for Dr Edwin Hertzog and Jannie Durand were considered to be independent of the Company.

The terms of engagement are available for inspection during normal business hours at the Company's registered office, and at the annual general meeting.

The dates of the terms of engagement of the Non-executive Directors are:

Dr Edwin Hertzog 15 February 2016
Desmond Smith 15 February 2016
Seamus Keating 15 February 2016
Trevor Petersen 15 February 2016
Nandi Mandela 15 February 2016
Prof Dr Robert Leu 15 February 2016
Alan Grieve 15 February 2016
Jannie Durand 15 February 2016

DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION REPORT

REMUNERATION FOR THE REPORTING PERIOD

This part of the report was prepared in accordance with Part 4 of The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 and 9.8.6R of the Listing Rules. The report will be put to an advisory shareholders' vote at the 2017 annual general meeting. Certain specified information on pages 98 to 103 was audited.

CONSIDERATION OF DIRECTORS REMUNERATION

The Committee is responsible for determining and agreeing with the Board the policy on Executive Directors' remuneration, including setting the over-arching principles, parameters and governance framework and determining the initial remuneration package of each Executive Director. In addition, the Committee monitors the structure and level of remuneration for the senior management team and is aware of pay and conditions in the workforce generally. The Committee also ensures full compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code in relation to remuneration.

The Committee's main responsibilities are to:

  • determine and agree with the Board the Company's Executive remuneration strategy and policy;
  • determine individual remuneration packages and terms of employment within that policy for the Executive Directors, members of the Executive Committee and others platform executives;
  • oversee the operation of the Company's incentive schemes, including designing and setting performance measures and targets for annual bonus and long-term incentive schemes;
  • consider major changes in employee remuneration in the Group;
  • select and appoint consultants to advise the Committee;
  • report to shareholders through annual reports;
  • make recommendations to the Board on the fees offered to the Chairman, after taking independent professional advice,

all of which it carries out on behalf of the Board.

MEMBERS AND ACTIVITIES OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

Only Independent Non-executive Directors are eligible to be members of the Committee. Trevor Petersen (Committee Chairman) and Robert Leu held office during the year. Ian Tyler resigned from the Board and as a member of the Committee on 21 February 2017. Seamus Keating was subsequently appointed as a member of the Committee on 17 March 2017. Jannie Durand and/or his alternate Pieter Uys attend Committee meetings by invitation, but are not voting members.

None of the Committee members have day-to-day involvement with the business, nor do they have any personal financial interest in the matters to be recommended. The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee.

The Committee met four times during the year. Including routine monitoring and approval activities, the material issues discussed are summarised below:

AREA DISCUSSIONS
Awards The Committee reviewed and approved the annual bonus targets and subset
performance indicators for the new financial year.
The Committee approved the final annual bonus payment in terms of the STI
for the current financial year.
The Committee confirmed new allocations and performance criteria for the
LTIP.
Remuneration of the CFO The Committee approved the remuneration package for the incoming CFO,
Jurgens Myburgh.
The Committee approved the payment for loss of office given the retirement
of Craig Tingle, the CFO.
Remuneration levels The Committee approved the remuneration of a UK-based senior manager.
The Committee approved the executive individual salary increases for the
Executive Directors and each Executive at platform level.

The Committee Chairman presents a summary of material matters to the Board and minutes of Committee meetings are circulated to all Directors. The Committee reports to shareholders annually in this report and the Committee Chairman attends the AGM to address any questions arising.

When considering the fees for Non-executive Directors, the Chairman of the Board consults the Executive Directors. The proposed fees of the Chairman of the Board were considered by the Committee.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE MEETING ATTENDANCE

The number of formal Committee meetings held during the reporting period and the attendance by each member is shown in the table below. The Committee also held informal discussions as required.

NAME DESIGNATION DATE OF
APPOINTMENT
(AS COMMITTEE
MEMBER)
NUMBER OF COMMITTEE
MEETINGS ATTENDED3
Trevor Petersen
(Committee Chairman)
Independent Non
executive Director
15/02/2016 4 of 4
Prof Dr Robert Leu Independent Non
executive Director
15/02/2016 4 of 4
Seamus Keating1 Independent Non
executive Director
17/03/2017 0 of 1
Ian Tyler2 Senior Independent
Director
15/02/2016 3 of 3

Notes

The Committee meetings were also attended by the CEO, Group Executive: Reward, the Company Secretary and representatives from New Bridge Street, all of whom provide material assistance to the Committee. None of the aforementioned attend as a right, nor do they attend when their own remuneration is being discussed.

1 Seamus Keating was appointed as a member of the Committee on 17 March 2017 and was unable to attend the one Committee meeting held shortly after his appointment due to prior commitments.

2 Ian Tyler resigned as a Director of the Company on 21 February 2017.

3 Two Committee meetings were held since the Company's financial year end. One of these meetings was an ad hoc meeting which Prof Dr Robert Leu was unable to attend due to prior commitments.

PERFORMANCE AND PAY

PERFORMANCE GRAPH AND CEO PAY

The graph below shows the value at 31 March 2017 of £100 invested in the Company on inception on 21 June 2013, compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE 100 Index on the same date. The intervening points are the financial year ends prior to the date of the Combination on 15 February 2016, and the financial year ends since.

The FTSE 100 was used as a comparator as this is the Company's primary comparator group.

The table below shows the total remuneration for the CEO over the period since incorporation. Consistent with the calculation methodology for the single figure for total remuneration, the total remuneration figure includes the total annual bonus award based on that year's performance and the LTIP award based on the three-year performance period ending in the relevant year.

TOTAL CEO REMUNERATION
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER YEAR ENDED
31 MARCH
2012 2013 2014 2014 2015 1 Jan
2016 –
15 Feb
2016
15 Feb
2016 –
31 March
2016
2017
Chief
Executive
Officer
Kassem
Alom
Kassem
Alom
Kassem
Alom
Ronald
Lavater
Ronald
Lavater
Ronald
Lavater
Danie
Meintjes
Danie
Meintjes
Total
remuneration
£'000
326 361 290 170 702 2 165 79 1 029
Total annual
bonus %
n/a n/a n/a 11.8% 20.0% n/a 78% 56%
Deferred
annual bonus
("DAB")
portion
n/a n/a n/a 100% n/a n/a n/a 50%1
LTIP vesting % n/a n/a n/a 65.4% 69.9% n/a 0% 0%

Note

1 Represents the STI deferral.

SINGLE TOTAL FIGURES FOR DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION

DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION (AUDITED)

SALARY
AND
FEES
£'000
BENEFITS
£'000
ANNUAL
BONUS/
STI
£'000
LTIP
£'000
PENSION
£'000
TOTAL
REMUNER
ATION
£'000
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Danie Meintjes 2016/17 541 8 439 0 41 1 029
2015/161 37 0 38 0 3 79
Craig Tingle2 2016/17 79 0 54 0 5 138
2015/161 28 0 22 0 3 53
Jurgens Myburgh3 2016/17 234 4 175 0 17 430
2015/16 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
FEES
£'000
BENEFITS
£'000
TOTAL
REMUNERATION
£'000
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN
Dr Edwin Hertzog4 2016/17 250 3 253
2015/16 31 0 31
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Ian Tyler4 2016/17 102 945 196
2015/16 239 0 239
Seamus Keating4 2016/17 77 0 77
2015/16 100 0 100
Desmond Smith4 2016/17 76 3 79
2015/16 9 0 9
Trevor Petersen4 2016/17 85 4 89
2015/16 11 0 11
Nandi Mandela4 2016/17 66 4 70
2015/16 8 0 8
Prof Dr Robert Leu4 2016/17 70 2 72
2015/16 9 0 9
Alan Grieve4 2016/17 77 0 77
2015/16 10 0 10
Jannie Durand4 2016/17 66 2 68
2015/16 8 0 8
Total 2016/17 869 112 981
2015/16 425 0 425

Notes

1 The 2015/16 remuneration is for the period from the Combination on 15 February 2016 to 31 March 2016, as disclosed in the 2016 Directors' Remuneration Report (page 84).

2 Craig Tingle retired as a Director of the Company on 15 June 2016 and his remuneration for 2016/2017 covers the period from the start of the reporting period to his date of retirement.

3 Jurgens Myburgh was appointed as a Director on 1 August 2016 and his remuneration covers the period from employment date to the end of the reporting period.

  • 4 Ian Tyler's and Seamus Keating's 2015/16 remuneration consists of payments for the period 1 January 2015 to 31 March 2016, as disclosed in the 2016 Directors' Remuneration Report (page 84). The 2015/16 remuneration of Dr Edwin Hertzog, Desmond Smith, Trevor Petersen, Nandi Mandela, Prof Dr Robert Leu, Alan Grieve and Jannie Durand is for the period from the Combination on 15 February 2016 to 31 March 2016. They are paid in GBP. Ian Tyler resigned from the Board on 21 February 2017. Jannie Durand's fees are paid to Remgro and include services rendered by Jannie Durand or his alternate Pieter Uys.
  • 5 In June 2013, the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) granted Ian Tyler 8 695 ordinary shares, which shares had an aggregate value of £50 000 calculated at a share price of £5.75 per share. To preserve his position after the Combination of Al Noor and Mediclinic, and the subsequent expected drop in share price, the Company increased the number of shares allocated to 12 090 in February 2016. On 5 June 2016, being the third anniversary of his appointment, the above award was settled through a payment of £106 029.30 in cash and settlement of the resulting tax liability of £94 026, both calculated using a share price of £8.77 per share. As a result of this payment, his interest under the share award has been satisfied. As the performance achievement of the shares was tested on the grant date only the related tax liability settled is disclosed as a benefit in this financial year.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS IN RESPECT OF THE SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE TABLE (AUDITED)

The sections below provide further detail of the remuneration shown in the table on page 98.

SALARIES FOR THE REPORTING PERIOD (AUDITED)

Base salaries are reviewed in April each year. The Committee considers the remuneration packages in the context of other London-listed companies of similar size and international footprint. Remuneration levels were set with reference to local South African pay levels and a broader international comparison, however, given the widening geographic footprint of the Group, the Committee placed greater weight on the international comparators.

Danie Meintjes' salary for the reporting period was £541 213, Craig Tingle's salary of £78 725 covers the period from the start of the reporting period to his date of retirement on 15 June 2016. Jurgens Myburgh's salary of £234 107 covers the period from 1 August 2016 to the end of the reporting period. All figures were converted to pound sterling at a rate of £1:ZAR18.41 at 31 March 2017.

BENEFITS AND PENSION FOR THE REPORTING PERIOD (AUDITED)

The benefits of Danie Meintjes, Craig Tingle and Jurgens Myburgh include private medical insurance and reimbursements for reasonable business related expenses (e.g. travel, accommodation and subsistence) and in some instances the associated tax was borne by the Company.

The Executive Directors participated in the Mediclinic Southern Africa defined contribution fund and received a 9% company pension contribution, in line with the Remuneration Policy. The normal retirement age is 63 and there are no additional benefits payable if an Executive Director retires early.

None of the Executive Directors have prospective rights to a defined benefit pension.

Non-executive Directors were reimbursed for reasonable business-related expenses (e.g. travel, accommodation and subsistence) and in some instances the associated tax was borne by the Company. They receive no other benefits and do not participate in short-term or long-term reward schemes.

ANNUAL BONUS FOR THE REPORTING PERIOD (AUDITED)

The bonuses of Mediclinic International plc management were determined by a weighted average of the platform bonuses achieved.

Achieved bonuses are a combination of the main performance indicator (platform underlying EBITDA) and subset performance indicators. The Executive Directors' STI is calculated on the combined financial EBITDA performance and other financial and strategic business targets of the three platforms, weighted relative to their respective EBITDA contribution. The threshold and maximum targets are based on a percentage of the respective platforms approved budgeted EBITDA. The financial EBITDA measures, targets and performance against them are set out below.

PLATFORM THRESHOLD
– REQUIRED
PERFORM
ANCE
£'000
MAXIMUM
REQUIRED
PERFORM
ANCE
£'000
ACTUAL
ACHIEVED
£'000
WEIGHTING BONUS
%
ACHIEVE
MENT1
% OF
BONUS2
Mediclinic
Southern Africa
("MCSA")
169 795 179 626 173 923 30% 38.23% 11.47%
Hirslanden
("Switzerland") 226 119
256 676 264 740 45% 98.80% 44.46%
Mediclinic
Middle East
("MCME")
135 898 142 903 75 862 25% 0% 0%
Total 531 812 579 205 514 525 100% 55.93%

All figures translated into GBP at an exchange rate of £1:ZAR18.41; £1:CHF1.29 and £1:AED4.80 at 31 March 2017.

Notes

1 Platform bonus percentage achievement after measurement of financial, operational, clinical and patient quality subset performance indicators. Subset performance indicator penalties calculated as a percentage of achieved EBITDA (see following table for details).

2 Platform weighting multiplied by platform bonus achievement percentage.

The platform subset performance indicators include financial and operational objectives, including measures of clinical excellence. The non-achievement of subset performance indicators gives rise to a reduction in the platforms EBITDA bonus percentage. The measures, targets and performance against them are set out below.

PLATFORM FINANCIAL
PERFORM–
ANCE
INDICATOR
FINANCIAL
TARGET
ACTUAL
ACHIEVE
MENT
OPERATION
AL, CLINICAL
& PATIENT
QUALITY PER
FORMANCE
INDICATORS
ACTUAL
ACHIEVE
MENT
TOTAL
SUBSET PER
FORMANCE
PENALTY
MCSA Regional
EBITDA
margin
21.1% 21.2% Clinical
care quality
indicator
Partial
achievement
– 0.6% penalty
10.6%
Cash
conversion
100% 104% Patient
experience
indicator
Not achieved
– 10% penalty
Employment
equity
Target
achieved
Hirslanden Cash
conversion
95% 106% Patient
satisfaction
86% of target
achieved
1.2%
Personal
performance
Target
achieved
MCME Employment
costs –
salaries as a %
of turnover
19.3% 22.43% Patient
satisfaction
Target
achieved
25%
Debtor days'
target
Al Noor
100 days
159
MCME
60 days
62

The annual bonus achieved was 55.93% of a maximum bonus. The amount awarded to the Executive Directors is set out below:

EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
ACTUAL
BONUS1 (£)
ACTUAL BONUS AS A % OF
ANNUAL BASE SALARY
MAXIMUM BONUS
OPPORTUNITY AS A %
OF ANNUAL SALARY
Danie Meintjes 438 853 83.89% 150%
Craig Tingle2 54 281 74.57% 133%
Jurgens Myburgh2 174 579 74.57% 133%

Notes

1 All figures translated into GBP at an exchange rate of £1:ZAR18.41 as at 31 March 2017.

2 Pro rated over the employment period.

The annual bonus payable for the reporting period will be paid in cash. 50% of the award will be deferred in shares for a period of two years. Deferred shares will be settled in cash, subject to continued employment. This deferral is not subject to any further conditions.

LTIP AWARDS GRANTED IN THE REPORTING PERIOD TO EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS (AUDITED)

2016 LTIP

PERFORMANCE SHARES
Award date 14 June 2016 and 1 August 2016
Employment period 1 June 2016 to 31 May 2021
Performance period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2019
Vesting date The later of 14 June 2021 or the date upon which the Committee has satisfied
themselves that the performance condition has been met
DATE OF
GRANT
NUMBER OF
SHARES
FACE
VALUE
£'0003
FACE VALUE
AS A
% OF ANNUAL
BASE
SALARY
END OF
PERFORMANCE
PERIOD
PERFORMANCE
CONDITIONS
Danie Meintjes 14 June 2016 101 3761 901 451 200% 31 March 2019 See table below
Jurgens Myburgh 1 August 2016 49 2812 539 791 150% 31 March 2019 See table below

Notes

The number of shares to be granted was determined based on the volume-weighted average share price of the middle market quotation on the JSE for the period five days prior to grant, which was £8.89 and translated at the exchange rate at grant of £1:ZAR21.68 as at 14 June 2016.

2 The number of shares to be granted was determined based on the volume-weighted average share price of the middle market quotation on the JSE for the period five days prior to grant which was £10.95 and translated at the exchange rate at grant of £1:ZAR18.35 as at 1 August 2016.

3 The face value for the LTIP is calculated using the volume-weighted average share price of the middle market quotation on the JSE for the period five days prior to grant, translated at the exchange rate at grant of £1:ZAR21.68 as at 14 June 2016 for Danie Meintjes and £1:ZAR18.35 as at 1 August 2016 for Jurgens Myburgh.

PERFORMANCE CONDITION WEIGHTING THRESHOLD
TARGET
(25% VESTING)
MAXIMUM
TARGET
(100% VESTING)
EPS growth 60% 5% per annum
compounded
12% per annum
compounded
TSR ranked relative to constituents of the
FTSE 100 Index
40% Median of peers
(50th percentile)
Upper quartile
of peers
(75th percentile)

At grant, vesting of 60% of the award was based on EPS growth and the remaining 40% was determined by TSR, ranked relative to constituents of the FTSE 100 Index.

EPS and relative TSR are considered to be the most appropriate measures of long-term performance, in that they ensure the Executive Directors are incentivised and rewarded for the underlying financial performance of the Company as well as creating value for shareholders. The award is subject to clawback and malus provisions.

EPS growth is measured by taking the compound annual percentage growth in EPS over the performance period.

TSR ranked relative to constituents of the FTSE 100 Index is measured by ranking and comparing the Company's TSR to the relevant TSR targets.

Awards are denominated in shares with vesting dependent on the achievement of performance conditions over a three-year period. Executive Directors will be required to hold vested awards for two years. After this time, the value will be calculated by alignment to share price movement, but settled in cash. Where a Director has not yet met the share ownership guidelines, this cash must be used to purchase shares in the Company.

PAYMENTS TO FORMER DIRECTORS (AUDITED)

No payments were made to former Directors during the reporting period.

PAYMENTS FOR LOSS OF OFFICE (AUDITED)

Craig Tingle retired as CFO on 15 June 2016. He received normal pay and benefits up to this date and six months' salary in lieu of notice. An amount of £179 357 in lieu of unworked contractual notice period was paid in phased instalments and was subject to mitigation until the expiry of the notice period. Payment of £40 513 in lieu of accrued but not taken holiday entitlement was also paid at termination.

In respect of the Awards made in 2014 and 2015, under the Mediclinic International Limited Forfeitable Share Plan ("FSP"), where performance has been tested, 47 516 vested awards will be released to Craig Tingle on the original vesting dates.

AR

A payment of £54 281 in respect of the 2017 annual STI was made on the normal payment date. This payment was calculated on the same basis as for the other Executive Directors and pro rated for the employment period. Full payment details are on page 100. All figures translated into GBP are at an exchange rate of £1:ZAR18.41 at 31 March 2017.

PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN REMUNERATION LEVELS

The table below shows how the percentage change in the CEO's salary, benefits and bonus between 2016 and 2017 compared with the percentage change in the average of each of those components of pay for employees in South Africa in local currency. The Committee selected employees in South Africa, as these provide the most appropriate comparator as they are subject to the same inflationary conditions.

% CHANGE IN CEO SALARY, BENEFITS AND BONUS %
CHANGE
CEO1
Salary 40%
Benefits2 430%
Bonus3 11%
All employees
Salary 5.60%
Benefits 8.50%
Bonus3 (25%)

Notes

1 The CEO's percentage change is calculated on the annualised 2016 salary, benefits and bonus as disclosed in last year's Directors' Remuneration Report. For the purpose of the CEO's salary, the local salary was translated into GBP at a rate of £1:ZAR20.73 at 1 April 2016 and £1:ZAR17.82 at 1 April 2015.

2 Annualised benefits as disclosed in last year's Directors' Remuneration Report compared with the current reporting period benefits. The current reporting period benefits include UK business expense reimbursements due to the Company's LSE listing following the Combination, which was not provided in the prior year. The change in benefits amounts to an increase amount of £6 357.

3 As disclosed in last year's Directors' Remuneration Report, the annual bonus opportunity for the CEO increased from 133% to 150%. The total South African employees' percentage change is calculated based on the prior year achievement of 58% of the maximum bonus as disclosed in last year's Directors' Remuneration Report compared against an achievement of 38% of the maximum bonus in the current period.

RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF THE SPEND ON STAFF COSTS

To place the Directors' remuneration in context with the Group's finance, the Committee used the below comparison. The table below shows the spend on staff costs for the reporting period compared to the spend on staff costs in the 12-month period to 31 December 2015, as disclosed in last year's Directors' Remuneration Report (page 90) compared to returns to shareholders over the same period:

2016/17
£'000
2015/16
£'000
CHANGE1
%
Staff costs 1 231 000 150 044 720%
Returns to shareholders (dividends) 62 000 14 8782 317%

Notes

1 The annual change is not comparable as the 2015/2016 figures are prior to Combination covering the Al Noor employees and returns to shareholders, as compared to the current reporting period covering Mediclinic employees and Mediclinic's return to shareholders.

2 Excludes the special dividend of £383.3m paid on Combination.

DIRECTORS' SHAREHOLDING AND SHARE INTERESTS (AUDITED)

The tables below set out the Directors' shareholding, including shareholding by persons connected to them, and share interests. There were no changes in the Directors' shareholding between the financial year end and the Last Practicable Date, being 23 May 2017. Full details of the Directors' shareholdings and share allocations are given in the Company's Register of Directors' Interests, which is open to inspection at the Company's registered office during business hours.

The Executive Directors are required to build up a minimum shareholding in Mediclinic, as explained in the Directors' Remuneration Report. Shares are valued for these purposes at the year-end-price, which was £7.12 per share as at 31 March 2017.

SHARE
HOLDING
GUIDELINES
AS A % OF
ANNUAL
BASE
SALARY
SHARES
HELD
AS AT
31 MARCH
2016
SHARES
HELD
AS AT
31 MARCH
2017
% OF
ISSUED
SHARES
OUTSTANDING
UNVESTED
LTIP AWARDS
WITH PER
FORMANCE
CONDITIONS3
OUTSTANDING
VESTED FSP
AWARDS4
SHAREHOLDING
REQUIREMENT
MET
Danie
Meintjes
225% 118 215 123 900 0.02% 101 376 83 372 Yes
Jurgens
Myburgh1 200%
0 14 000 0.00% 49 281 n/a No
Craig
Tingle2
200% 68 969 68 969 0.01% n/a 47 516 n/a

Notes

1 Jurgens Myburgh was appointed as an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer on 1 August 2016.

2 Craig Tingle retired and resigned as a Director and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company on 15 June 2016.

3 Unvested awards held under the LTIP are subject to performance conditions. Awards will be settled in cash and therefore are not taken into consideration as part of determining whether shareholding requirements have been met.

4 Vested awards held under the Mediclinic International Limited Forfeitable Share Plan ("FSP") where performance has been tested but shares have not yet been released. Final vesting will take place on the original vesting date.

The shareholding in Mediclinic by Non-executive Directors is shown below:

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AS AT 31 MARCH 2016 AS AT 31 MARCH 2017
Dr Edwin Hertzog 3 767 388 407 5591
Desmond Smith 0 0
Ian Tyler2 12 090 0
Seamus Keating 0 0
Trevor Petersen 0 0
Nandi Mandela 0 0
Prof Dr Robert Leu 0 0
Alan Grieve 0 7 500
Jannie Durand 0 0
Pieter Uys3 417 417

Notes

1 As announced on 5 December 2016, Dr Edwin Hertzog transferred 3 360 579 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, held beneficially by him through Elstelm Beleggings (Pty) Ltd to entities controlled by his adult children with effect from 1 December 2016.

There are no requirements for Non-executive Directors to hold shares, nor for any former Director to hold shares once they have left the Company.

2 Ian Tyler resigned as a Director of the Company on 21 February 2017. In June 2013, the Company (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) granted Ian Tyler 8 695 ordinary shares, which shares had an aggregate value of £50 000 calculated at a share price of £5.75 per share. To preserve his position after the Combination of Al Noor and Mediclinic, and the subsequent expected drop in share price, the Company increased the number of shares allocated to 12 090 in February 2016. On 5 June 2016, being the third anniversary of his appointment, the above award was settled through a payment of £106 029.30 in cash and settlement of the resulting tax liability of £94 026, both calculated using a share price of £8.77 per share. As a result of this payment, his interest under the share award has been satisfied. 3 Pieter Uys is the alternate to Jannie Durand.

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE REMUNERATION POLICY FOR 2018

BASE SALARY

None of the Executive Directors received any adjustments to their guaranteed package for the next financial year. This compares with an average base salary increase of 5.74% for MCSA employees (2016: 5.60%).

The Committee considers the remuneration packages in the context of other London-listed companies of similar size and international footprint. Remuneration levels were set with reference to local South African pay levels and a broader international comparison. Given the widening geographic footprint of the Group, the Committee placed greater weight on the international comparators.

SALARY
FROM
1 APRIL 20171
£'000
SALARY
FROM
1 APRIL 2017
ZAR'000
SALARY
FROM
1 APRIL 20161
£'000
SALARY
FROM
1 APRIL 2016
ZAR'000
%
INCREASE2
Danie Meintjes 523 9 630 471 9 630 0%
Jurgens Myburgh 351 6 465 3193 6 465 0%

Notes

1 Salaries translated into GBP at a rate of £1:ZAR18.41 at 31 March 2017 and £1:ZAR20.73 at 31 March 2016.

2 There were no salary increases awarded to Executive Directors over the reporting period.

3 Salary as at 1 August 2016.

Between 70% and 80% of the total potential remuneration offered to Executive Directors is subject to meeting performance conditions.

STI 2018

The Executive Directors have a maximum STI opportunity of 150% (CEO) and 133% (CFO) of annual salary. Of the achieved award 50% will be deferred in shares for two years. Deferred shares may be settled in cash, subject to continued employment. Where awards are cash-settled and a Director has not yet met the share ownership guidelines, this cash must be used to purchase shares in the Company. Dividends that accrue on the deferred shares during the vesting period may be paid in cash at the time of vesting.

The performance measure for the Executive Directors' STI in 2017/18 will be calculated on the combined Group EBITDA performance.

We do not publish details of the financial targets in advance since these are commercially confidential. We will publish achievement against these targets when we disclose bonus payments in the Annual Report, so that shareholders can evaluate performance against those targets.

The award will be subject to malus and clawback provisions.

LTIP AWARDS TO BE GRANTED IN 2017

The Committee intends to grant an LTIP conditional award to the Executive Directors in 2017 over shares with a value of 200% (CEO) and 150% (CFO) of salary.

Vesting of 60% of the award will be based on EPS growth and the remaining 40% will be determined by TSR measured relative to the constituents of the FTSE 100 Index over three years. Executive Directors will be required to hold vested awards for two years. After this time, the value will be calculated by alignment to share price movement, but settled in cash. Where a Director has not yet met the share ownership guidelines, this cash must be used to purchase shares in the Company. Dividends that accrue during the vesting and holding periods will be paid in cash to the extent that awards have vested.

EPS and relative TSR are considered to be the most appropriate measures of long-term performance, in that they ensure the Directors are incentivised and rewarded for the underlying financial performance of the Group and creating value for shareholders.

PERFORMANCE
CONDITION
WEIGHTING THRESHOLD TARGET
(25% VESTING)
MAXIMUM TARGET
(100% VESTING)
EPS growth 60% 5% per
annum compounded
12% per
annum compounded
TSR ranked relative to
constituents of the
FTSE 100 Index
40% Median of peers
(50th percentile)
Upper quartile
of peers
(75th percentile)

An "underpin" applies which allows the Committee to reduce or withhold vesting if the Committee is not satisfied with the underlying operational and economic performance of the Company. The "underpin" evaluation includes consideration of environmental, social and governance factors and financial performance.

The Committee will keep the performance measures under review and may change the performance condition for future awards if they are not considered to be aligned with the Company's interests and strategic objectives. However, the Committee will consult with major shareholders in advance about any proposed material change in performance measures.

The award will be subject to clawback and malus provisions.

PENSION ENTITLEMENT

The Executive Directors participate in the Mediclinic Southern Africa defined contribution fund and will be eligible for a 9% Company pension contribution, in line with the Remuneration Policy.

FEES FOR THE CHAIRMAN AND NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

The Chairman's remuneration is determined by the Committee. Non-executive Director's remuneration is determined by the Board, based on the responsibility and time committed to the Group's affairs and appropriate market comparisons. Individual Non-executive Directors do not take part in decisions regarding their own fees. In line with granting no increases to Executive Directors, there were no adjustments to Non-executive Directors' fees in the reporting period.

BASE FEES FEE FROM
1 APRIL 2017
FEE FROM
1 APRIL 2016
%
INCREASE
Chairman1 £250 000 £250 000 0%
Base Board fee £60 000 £60 000 0%
Audit and Risk Committee Chair £15 000 £15 000 0%
Remuneration Committee Chair £15 000 £15 000 0%
Nomination Committee Chair £0 £0
Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee Chair £10 000 £10 000 0%
Investment Committee Chair £10 000 £10 000 0%
Senior Independent Director £25 000 £25 000 0%
Committee member fees
Audit and Risk Committee £10 000 £10 000 0%
Remuneration Committee £10 000 £10 000 0%
Nomination Committee £0 £0
Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee £6 600 £6 600 0%
Investment Committee £6 600 £6 600 0%

Note

The Board Chairman Fee is an all-inclusive fee which includes Board committees and membership fees, where applicable.

SHAREHOLDER VOTING AT AGM

The Remuneration Policy was approved with a 98.6% vote in favour thereof at the Company's general meeting on 15 December 2015. The Remuneration Policy incorporated a number of changes, taking into account the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code and the views of major shareholders and proxy agencies, as expressed during previous engagement on remuneration matters.

At the Company's general meeting held on 15 December 2015 (then Al Noor Hospitals Group plc), the following votes were received from shareholders:

FOR % AGAINST % WITHHELD TOTAL
SHARES
VOTED
Remuneration Policy 85 445 949 98.62 1 194 996 1.38 0 86 640 945

At the Company's annual general meeting held on 20 June 2016, the following votes were received from shareholders in respect of the Directors' Remuneration Report included in the 2016 Annual Report:

FOR % AGAINST % WITHHELD TOTAL
SHARES
VOTED
% OF
ISSUED
SHARES
VOTED
Directors'
Remuneration Report
529 410 739 85.02 93 301 901 14.98% 434 105 622 712 640 84.46%

ADVISORS TO THE COMMITTEE

During the year, the Committee and the Company retained independent external advisors to assist them on various aspects of the Company's remuneration as set out below:

ADVISOR APPOINTED/
SELECTED BY
SERVICES
PROVIDED
FEES PAID BY THE
COMPANY FOR
THESE SERVICES
PROVIDED IN THE
REPORTING
PERIOD
OTHER SERVICES
PROVIDED TO
THE COMPANY IN
THE REPORTING
PERIOD
New Bridge Street
("NBS"), a trading
name of Aon plc
Appointed by
the Committee
following a
competitive
tendering process
and reviewed
annually by the
Committee
Member of the
Remuneration
Consultants Group
and adheres to the
Voluntary Code of
Conduct in relation
to executive
remuneration
consulting in the UK
£35 897 based on
time charges for
work completed
N/A
General advice
on remuneration
matters
Advice on UK
market practice
and UK shareholder
perspectives
One Vision
Investments 406
(Pty) Ltd
Appointed by the
Group Executive:
Reward with
approval from
the CEO
Recommendation
on senior
management job
grading structure
£2 245 based on
time charges for
work completed
LTIP
recommendations
Group
Remuneration Policy
recommendations

The Committee considered the independence and objectivity of NBS. NBS provided assurances to the Committee that it has effective internal processes in place to ensure that it is able to provide remuneration consultancy services independently and objectively. NBS confirmed to the Company that it is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and as such operates under the code of conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. The Committee is, following its annual review, satisfied that NBS has maintained independence and objectivity.

Trevor Petersen Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 23 May 2017

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Dr Edwin Hertzog Chairman of the Nomination Committee

Dear Shareholder,

Following the resignation of Ian Tyler, I was appointed as Chairman of the Nomination Committee (the "Committee") on 17 March 2017. It is therefore my pleasure to report on the activities of the Committee for the year ended 31 March 2017. During the year, the Committee continued to focus on Board and Committee composition, diversity, succession planning and has undertaken an evaluation of the performance of the Committee.

COMMITTEE COMPOSITION AND MEETING ATTENDANCE

The current composition of the Committee meets the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2014 (the "Code"), with the majority of members being Independent Non-executive Directors. Biographical details of all Committee members are included on pages 70 to 71.

The composition and attendance of Committee meetings during the period under review are set out in Figure 1.

AR

The Company Secretary is secretary to the Committee and attends all meetings. The Company Secretary is available to assist the members of the Committee, as required, ensuring that timely and accurate information is distributed accordingly. Other attendees at Committee meetings may, from time to time, and upon invitation from the Committee, include the Chief Executive Officer and Talent Management General Manager.

NAME1 DESIGNATION DATE OF
APPOINTMENT
(AS COMMITTEE
MEMBER)
NUMBER OF
COMMITTEE
MEETINGS
ATTENDED
Dr Edwin Hertzog2
(Committee Chairman)
Non-executive Director 15/02/2016 1 of 1
Jannie Durand Non-executive Director 15/02/2016 1 of 1
Prof Dr Robert Leu Independent Non-executive
Director
15/02/2016 1 of 1
Trevor Petersen Independent Non-executive
Director
15/02/2016 1 of 1
Desmond Smith Independent Non-executive
Director
15/02/2016 1 of 1
Ian Tyler2
(Committee Chairman)
Senior Independent Director 05/06/2013 1 of 1

FIGURE 1: COMMITTEE COMPOSITION AND MEETING ATTENDANCE

Notes

Committee members' biographies can be found on pages 70 to 71 of the Annual Report.

2 Ian Tyler resigned as a Director of the Company with effect from 21 February 2017. Dr Edwin Hertzog, already a Committee member since 15 February 2016, was appointed as the Committee Chairman on 17 March 2017.

KEY AREAS OF ACTIVITY

SUCCESSION PLANNING

The Committee reviewed and is developing the succession planning for both the Executive Directors together with the talent pipeline reporting to the executive team.

A detailed review of each platform's talent pipeline strategy was undertaken. This was supported by a review of the talent pools towards Group and platform key positions. A leadership development strategy was discussed and a mandate given to proceed with intergroup development initiatives.

Each platform CEO is accountable for developing and recruiting a diverse workforce.

BOARD AND COMMITTEE COMPOSITION

The Committee considered the structure, size and composition of the Board. The outcome of the Board evaluation, which evaluated the performance of the Board in relation to the five main principles set out in the Code, helped to inform the Committee's considerations. In particular, when the composition of the Board and its committees are deliberated, the Committee is also mindful of each Director's knowledge, skills and experience, the independent judgement they bring to discussions and their other commitments.

Following Ian Tyler's resignation, the Committee considered the appointment of a Senior Independent Director ("SID") and, as a result, Desmond Smith was appointed as the SID with effect from 21 February 2017.

The Committee also carried out a review of the composition of all the Board committees. As a result of this review, Dr Edwin Hertzog was appointed as Chairman of the Committee; Prof Dr Robert Leu was appointed as a member of the Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee; Seamus Keating was appointed as a member of the Remuneration Committee; and Alan Grieve was appointed as a member and Chairman of the Disclosure Committee.

The Committee continued to consider the appointment of additional Independent Non-executive Directors to further strengthen the Board and its Committees with diverse expertise and to increase the female representation on the Board. The Committee is considering the appointment of two additional Independent Non-executive Directors, with the aim to conclude on the appointment of both positions by 31 March 2018.

The appointment of new Directors is an extensive and rigorous process. The Committee identified the key skills and experience required of the additional Non-executive Directors. An independent external recruitment consultancy firm, with no connection to the Company, has been appointed to assist with this process.

COMMITTEE EXPERIENCE COMMITTEE COMPOSITION

DIVERSITY

During the year, the Committee reviewed and updated its Board Diversity Policy. The Board believes that diversity is not limited to gender and that a diverse Board will include and make good use of differences in the skills, geographic location, industry experience, background, race, gender and other characteristics of the Directors. These factors will be considered in determining the optimum composition of the Board and when possible will be balanced appropriately. However, when recruiting new Directors, consideration will also be given to ensuring that the Board does not become so large as to be unwieldy and that all Board appointments are made on justifiable merit. The Committee will continue to take cognisance of relevant prescribed guidelines as well as the performance of peer companies in fulfilling their role with regards to diversity.

The Board not only supports the principles of boardroom diversity in general, it also takes boardroom skills diversity seriously and actively considers this matter regularly at Board and Committee meetings. The Board believes that maintaining an appropriate balance of skills, knowledge, experience and backgrounds is imperative and is related to it being able to perform its role effectively.

The Board's Diversity Policy contains four objectives to support the Board's commitment to achieving diversity, as set out below:

  • the Board will not impose quotas regarding diversity, although it will remain committed to achieving diversity in the composition of the Board and executive management;
  • the Committee will annually consider and make recommendations, if applicable, to the Board on its diversity objectives in respect of the Board and executive management;
  • in reviewing the composition of the Board and executive management, the Committee will, in addition to considering the balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the Board, also consider the diversity of the Board; and
  • in identifying suitable candidates for appointment to the Board, the Committee will assess candidates on merit against objective criteria and with due regard to the benefits of diversity on the Board.

The Board (on recommendation of the Committee) will report annually on any issues and challenges the Board is facing when considering the diverse composition of the Board and executive management. In addition, going forward, the Committee will report on progress made on achieving these objectives.

COMMITTEE EVALUATION

The Committee's performance was internally evaluated by the members of the Committee by way of a self-evaluation questionnaire, which results were considered by the Committee and the Board. No significant issues that require improvement were identified and the Committee and the Board concluded that it operated effectively during the year.

EVALUATION OF THE COMPOSITION, STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIONING OF THE BOARD

The evaluation of the Board was also carried out internally by way of a self-evaluation questionnaire. The questionnaire includes a focus on Board composition and expertise, the Board's role in setting strategy, its understanding of risks facing the Group, succession planning, and the effectiveness of the Board committees. The Board regards the evaluation process as an important way to monitor the progress made over the years. Further detail on the Board effectiveness evaluation is included on page 81.

When considering the election or re-election of Directors, the Committee pays due regard to the outcome of the Board evaluation process and considers many factors including the individual Director's knowledge, skill and experience, the independent judgement they bring to Board deliberations and their other commitments.

At the Company's annual general meeting to be held on 25 July 2017, Jurgens Myburgh, who was appointed as a Director from 1 August 2016, will stand for election as it is the first annual general meeting of the Company since his appointment. In accordance with the recommendation for FTSE 350 companies set out in the Code, all other Directors will stand for annual re-election at the meeting. The biographical details of the current Directors can be found on pages 70 to 71.

The terms and conditions of appointment of the Non-executive Directors, which include their expected time commitment, are available for inspection at the Company's registered office.

PRIORITIES FOR THE COMMITTEE IN 2017/18

For the coming financial year, the Committee will, among other matters, focus on the following:

  • the continued development of succession plans and the talent pipeline;
  • the recruitment of additional Independent Non-executive Directors to the Board; and
  • the development of the Company's diversity strategy.

Signed on behalf of the Nomination Committee.

Dr Edwin Hertzog

Chairman of the Nomination Committee 23 May 2017

CLINICAL PERFORMANCE AND SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE REPORT

Dr Edwin Hertzog Chairman of the Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee

Dear Shareholder,

It is my pleasure to report on the activities of the Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee (the "Committee") for the reporting period ended 31 March 2017. This mainly revolved around the Committee's focus on the activities of the Group relating to the improvement of safety and quality of care in support of Mediclinic's Patients First ethos, clinical risk management, accreditation process, various sustainability initiatives (including confirmation of key sustainability priorities, patient experience, employee engagement, sponsorships, ethics and fraud, governance of advertising, statement on slavery and human trafficking). The Committee also considered and approved the annual Clinical Services Report and the Sustainable Development Report, which reports are available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

CSR SDR

COMMITTEE COMPOSITION AND MEETING ATTENDANCE

The composition and attendance of Committee meetings during the period under review are set out in Figure 1. The Committee members are suitably skilled and experienced. The Chief Clinical Officer, Dr Ronnie van der Merwe, and the Chief Corporate Services Officer (who is also responsible for the Group's sustainable development management), Gert Hattingh, are invited on a permanent basis to attend and speak at all Committee meetings. Other relevant members of management are invited to attend Committee meetings, as required. The Company Secretary is secretary to the Committee and attends all meetings.

FIGURE 1: COMMITTEE COMPOSITION AND MEETING ATTENDANCE
NAME1 DESIGNATION DATE OF
APPOINTMENT
(AS COMMITTEE
MEMBER)
NUMBER OF
COMMITTEE
MEETINGS
ATTENDED2
Dr Edwin Hertzog
(Committee Chairman)
Non-executive Director 15/02/2016 2 of 2
Nandi Mandela Independent Non-executive Director 15/02/2016 2 of 2
Danie Meintjes Executive: Chief Executive Officer 15/02/2016 2 of 2
Prof Dr Robert Leu3 Independent Non-executive Director 17/03/2017 n/a
Ian Tyler4 Senior Independent Director 15/02/2016 2 of 2

Notes

Committee members' biographies can be found on pages 70 to 71 of the Annual Report.

  • 2 Since year end, the Committee met once and all members attended.
  • 3 Robert Leu was appointed as member of the Committee on 17 March 2017. 4 Ian Tyler resigned as a Director of the Company on 21 February 2017.

KEY AREAS OF ACTIVITY

The responsibilities and functions of the Committee are governed by a formal terms of reference, approved by the Board, which is subject to regular review, at least annually. As previously reported, the role of the Committee was expanded during the year to also include, apart from its clinical performance monitoring role, the monitoring of the Group's sustainable development and to fulfil the statutory duties of a social and ethics committee in terms of the SA Companies Act in respect of certain of its South African subsidiaries.

The Committee met twice during the year under review, where the main focus was on:

CLINICAL PERFORMANCE

In relation to the Committee's clinical performance functions, the Committee is responsible for promoting a culture of excellence in patient safety, quality of care and patient experience. During the year, the Committee focused, inter alia, on the following:

  • monitoring the clinical performance of the Group;
  • evaluating patient safety, infection prevention and control, and quality improvement performance;
  • evaluating compliance with the Company's patient safety and quality clinical care standards, policies and procedure, and regulation and accreditation standards at the operating platforms; and

• reviewing and approving the annual Clinical Services Overview in the Annual Report and the Clinical Services Report available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

In relation to the Committee's sustainability functions, the Committee is responsible for ensuring that the Group remains a good and responsible corporate citizen. During the year, the Committee focused, inter alia, on the following:

  • reviewing the Group's policies with regard to the commitment, governance and reporting of the Group's sustainable development performance, including the Group Sustainable Development Policy, Group Environmental Policy and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. These are available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com;
  • monitoring the sustainable development performance of the Group, with specific regard to stakeholder engagement (which include the results of the patient experience index and employee engagement survey), health and public safety, broad-based black economic empowerment in South Africa, labour relations and working conditions, reviewing and recommending to the Board the Company's statement on slavery and human trafficking in terms of the Modern Slavery Act (available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com), training and skills

development of employees, management of the Group's environmental impacts, fraud and ethics, compliance (which include the governance of advertising and compliance with consumer protection laws) and corporate social investment;

AR SDR AR

SDR

• confirming the key sustainability priorities, as recommended by management, reported on pages 55 to 68 and the Sustainable Development Report available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com; and

• reviewing and approving the annual Sustainable Development Highlights included in the Annual Report and the Sustainable Development Report published on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

As referred to above, certain South African subsidiaries of the Company are required to appoint a social and ethics committee in terms of the SA Companies Act, unless such companies are subsidiaries of another company that has a social and ethics committee, and the social and ethics committee of that company will perform the functions required by this regulation on behalf of that subsidiary company. The Committee also performs the statutory functions required of a social and ethics committee in terms of the SA Companies Act.

ASSURANCE

The Committee considered the need for external assurance of the Group's public reporting, particularly in relation to the Company's sustainable development performance. The Committee is satisfied that the current level of combined assurance provides the necessary independent assurance over the quality and reliability of the information presented in relation to the Group's clinical performance and sustainable development. The Committee will continue to monitor whether additional forms of assurance are required in future.

COMMITTEE EVALUATION

The Committee's performance was internally evaluated by the members of the Committee by way of a self-evaluation questionnaire, which results were considered by the Committee and the Board. Following feedback received from the self-evaluation, the Board agreed to increase the number of Committee meetings to at least three per annum, to allow for greater discussion on clinical performance matters. No other significant issues that require improvement were identified and the Committee and the Board concluded that it operated effectively during the year.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

In terms of the SA Companies Act, a social and ethics committee must, through one of its members, report to the shareholders at the company's annual general meeting on the matters within its mandate. As the Committee is performing the role and function of a social and ethics committee in terms of the SA Companies Act, the Committee will fulfil this function by referring shareholders at the Company's annual general meeting on 25 July 2017 to this report by the Committee, which should be read in conjunction with the Sustainable Development Report available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com. Any specific questions to the Committee may be sent to the Company Secretary prior to the annual general meeting.

PRIORITIES FOR THE COMMITTEE IN 2017/18

For the coming financial year, the Committee will, among other matters, focus on the following:

  • the further development of clinical performance measurement;
  • strengthening the clinical expertise of the Committee; and
  • the continued monitoring of the Company's sustainable development.

Signed on behalf of the Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee.

Dr Edwin Hertzog

Chairman of the Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee 23 May 2017

SDR

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT

Desmond Smith Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee

Dear Shareholder,

As Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee (the "Committee"), I am pleased to present the Committee's report for the year ended 31 March 2017.

This report seeks to provide insight into the functioning of the Committee and its activities during the reporting period. It includes an overview of the key areas of activity and principal topics covered at each meeting, together with a review of the effectiveness of the Company's external auditors, the Company's internal controls, risk management and combined assurance systems, a review of the effectiveness of the Committee, and its priorities for 2017/18. The Committee's terms of reference are available in the governance section of the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com and are summarised on page 75 in the Corporate Governance Statement.

AR

COMMITTEE COMPOSITION AND MEETING ATTENDANCE

The composition of the Committee complies with the UK Corporate Governance Code (the "Code"), which provides that all members should be Independent Non-executive Directors. The Board regards each member of the Committee as having recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of the Code and the Financial Reporting Council's Guidance on Audit Committees. The Board is further satisfied that the Committee, as a whole, has the required sector-specific competence and that the combined knowledge and experience of its members is such that the Committee exercises its duties in an effective, informed and responsible manner. The composition of the Committee and meeting attendance during the period under review are set out in Figure 1.

NAME1 QUALIFICATIONS DATE APPOINTED
(AS COMMITTEE
MEMBER)
NUMBER OF
COMMITTEE
MEETINGS
ATTENDED2
Desmond Smith
(Committee Chairman) B.Sc., FASSA 15/02/2016 4 of 4
Alan Grieve B.A. (Hons), CA 15/02/2016 4 of 4
Seamus Keating FCMA 05/06/2013 4 of 4
Trevor Petersen B.Comm. (Hons), CA(SA) 15/02/2016 4 of 4
Ian Tyler3 ACA, B.Comm. 05/06/2013 3 of 3

FIGURE 1: COMMITTEE COMPOSITION AND MEETING ATTENDANCE

Notes

  • Committee members' biographies can be found on pages 70 to 71. All members are Independent Non-executive Directors. The Committee Chairman, Desmond Smith, is also the Senior Independent Director.
  • 2 One Committee meeting was held between the Company's financial year end and the Last Practicable Date, which meeting was attended by all members.
  • 3 Ian Tyler resigned as a Director and Committee member with effect from 21 February 2017 and therefore was only eligible to attend three Committee meetings during the year.

"The Committee continues to focus on the standardisation of the internal controls and risk management framework across the Group and the integration of Al Noor into the Group's structures, registers, reporting and processes."

The Company Secretary is Secretary to the Committee and attends all meetings. Other attendees at Committee meetings may differ from time to time, and upon invitation from the Committee include Danie Meintjes (Chief Executive Officer), Jurgens Myburgh (Chief Financial Officer), Dr Edwin Hertzog (Company Chairman), Pieter Uys (alternate to Jannie Durand), Gert Hattingh (Chief Corporate Services Officer) and relevant management members. The Committee may also invite representatives from the internal auditors (Remgro Internal Audit) and external auditors (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.).

KEY AREAS OF ACTIVITY

INTEGRATION OF AL NOOR BUSINESS

The combination of the Al Noor business with the Group's Middle East platform, effective from February 2016, continued to be a key area of focus for the Committee during the year. This included reviewing the progress on the integration of Al Noor into the Group's Middle Eastern platform's financial reporting; governance, risk and compliance processes; aligning business practices and embedding policies and procedures across the platform. In addition, the Committee considered and reviewed the purchase price allocation related to the reverse acquisition, reviewed the financial performance of the platform relative to budget, and monitored the realisation of efficiencies and synergies from the combination of the two businesses.

At the time of the combination ANHG held a 75% interest in Al Madar Medical Centre Group ("MMC") with the remaining 25% held by the founding CEO. Prior to the combination, the MMC network was being run as a stand-alone business. With effect from 30 September 2016, MCME exercised the option to acquire the remaining 25% of the MMC Group and the MMC network came under the management and full control of MCME, which included aligning the RCM function of MMC with the rest of the business and, inter alia, centralising activities relating to insurance, coding, billing, submission and resubmission and engaging with Daman to identify corresponding billing details to facilitate the payment of claims and allocation of receipts.

FINANCIAL REPORTING

Key topics relating to financial reporting considered by the Committee during the year:

April 2016:

  • Financial review of each platform, including a review of any tax matters and debt covenants
  • Review of accounting policies
  • Integration of the Al Noor business into the Middle East platform
  • Finance function review
  • Viability statement and stress testing
  • Annual results planning

May 2016:

  • Financial review of each platform, including a review of debt covenants
  • Review of the significant accounting policies and judgements
  • Annual report and preliminary results announcement
  • Dividend policy, and final dividend and dividend access scheme
  • Going concern and viability assessment and stress testing
  • Fair balanced and understandable review
  • Integration of the Al Noor business into the Middle East platform
  • Tax matters for the Group

November 2016:

  • Financial review of each platform, including a review of debt covenants
  • Interim accounts and results announcement
  • Significant accounting policies and judgements
  • Going concern and viability assessment
  • Interim dividend
  • Fair and balanced review
  • Key tax considerations across the Group and new disclosure requirements
  • March 2017:
  • Review of pre year-end report by external auditors on accounting and auditing issues
  • Review of accounting policies
  • Review of tax risks and adoption of tax strategy
  • Integration of Al Noor business into the Middle
  • East platform
  • Financial function review
  • Appointment of tax advisors
  • Review of viability assessment and stress testing
  • Group tax strategy
  • Review of FRC Conduct Committee correspondence

The Committee maintained a strong focus on the integrity of the Company's financial reporting and its financial performance.

The financial results for the Group and individual operating platforms were reviewed regularly, taking into consideration tax matters and the Company's debt covenants. The Committee considered the Company's tax disclosure obligations, including the country-by-country tax reporting, and recommended the adoption of a Group tax strategy for approval by the Board.

Following the Al Noor Combination, the Committee reviewed and recommended an amendment to the dividend policy to target a pay-out ratio of between 25% and 30% of underlying earnings. The amendment was included in the annual financial results published in May 2016. The Company also implemented a dividend access scheme for its South African shareholders as approved by the shareholders.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND POLICIES

As part of the process for monitoring the integrity of the financial information contained in the annual and interim reports, the Committee reviewed the significant judgements and significant accounting policies adopted by management and confirmed these were appropriate. The significant judgements identified by the management team, Committee and the external auditors are set out in the table below.

The Committee considered the following significant issues in relation to the Annual Report:

SIGNIFICANT
ISSUES
CONSIDERED
STEPS TAKEN BY THE COMMITTEE
Finalisation of Al
Noor purchase
price allocation
and aligning
of financial
reporting and
operational
systems
The Committee reviewed and considered the finalisation of the purchase price
allocation.
The initial fair values of the opening balances were reviewed with specific consideration
of the fair value and subsequent adjustment of the trade receivables balance, as
described in the impairment assessment below.
The Committee was satisfied with the disclosure of the purchase price allocation in the
financial statements.
The Committee was satisfied with the progress management has made with the
integration of the Al Noor business and noted plans for system integration and further
alignment of commercial practices.
SIGNIFICANT
ISSUES
CONSIDERED
STEPS TAKEN BY THE COMMITTEE
Impairment
assessments
The Committee reviewed the annual impairment test of the carrying amount of goodwill
recognised in the Middle East and Swiss units, the carrying amount of the indefinite
useful life Swiss trade name and management's assessment of provision for impairment
of trade receivables.
The decision to rebrand the Al Noor operations resulted in accelerated amortisation
of the Al Noor trade name. The Committee reviewed and assessed the impairment
calculations of the Al Noor cash generating unit.
The Committee considered the reasonableness of the cash flow projections which were
based on the most recent budgets reviewed by the Board and assessed management's
expectations of revenue growth, operating costs and margins based on past experience
and knowledge of the industry. The Committee also reviewed and challenged the key
assumptions made in deriving these projections: growth rates, and expected changes
in tariffs, admissions, patient mix and insurance mix. Long-term growth rates for periods
not covered by the annual budgets were challenged to ensure they were appropriate
in the countries relevant to the relevant operating platforms.
The Committee was satisfied that the discount rate assumptions appropriately reflected
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks associated with
the particular assets. The other key assumptions were all considered to be reasonable.
The Committee also considered the adequacy of the disclosures in respect of the key
assumptions and sensitivities described above. Refer to note 4 to the consolidated
financial statements for more details of these assumptions.
The Committee was satisfied that management's assessment of the impairment
provision for trade receivables were thorough, adequate and reasonable. The
Committee also reviewed and was satisfied with the year-end provision for and
disclosure of impairment of receivables.
The external auditors explained the results of their own review of the estimate of value
in use, including their challenge of management's underlying cash flow projections,
the long-term growth assumptions and discount rates.
Based on their challenge of the key assumptions and associated sensitivities, the
Committee concurred with management's conclusion that no impairments
were required.
Notional
purchase price
The Committee reviewed and was satisfied with a notional purchase price allocation
performed by an independent firm.
allocation and
impairment
test of a 29.9%
associate interest
The Committee was presented with management's considerations, reports from
the independent firm, as well as feedback from the external auditors on procedures
performed.
in Spire The Committee was satisfied that a rigorous process was followed in identifying
the significant intangible asset and that this asset was reasonably valued and the
appropriate judgment was used.
The Committee considered the carrying value of the Group's investment in associate
at 31 March 2017 to be appropriate and supportable by considering the results of
impairment tests.
Viability
assessment
The Committee reviewed the stress testing of the Group's principal risks and
uncertainties undertaken by management to support the viability statement. It agreed
with management's recommendation to the lengthening of the initial three-year period
to a five-year period. A five-year period is considered more appropriate for assessing
the Group's long-term viability, as it is consistent with the time frame adopted for the
Group's strategy and the assessment of its principal risks and uncertainties. Based on
careful analysis of all relevant matters, the Committee concluded that the Board could
reasonably expect the Group to continue to be in operation and meet its liabilities
as they fall due, over the course of the five-year assessment period. The Committee
recommended to the Board the viability statement set out on pages 35 to 36.

AR

FAIR, BALANCED AND UNDERSTANDABLE REPORTING

The Committee considered whether the assessments of the Company's position and prospects, as published in the annual, interim and other price-sensitive reports, were fair, balanced and understandable and provided the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group's performance, business model and strategy. The Committee reviewed the interim and annual financial statements in conjunction with the narrative sections of the reports to ensure that reported information was consistent, and that appropriate weight had been given to both positive and negative aspects of business performance.

The Committee is satisfied that one of the key requirements of the Group's financial statements, for the Annual Report to be fair, balanced and understandable has been met, having reviewed a summary of the approach taken by management in the preparation of the report. Accordingly, the Committee recommended that the Board confirm that the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company's position and performance, business model and strategy.

FRC CONDUCT COMMITTEE

The FRC Conduct Committee is authorised and appointed under the UK Companies Act to be responsible for reviewing and investigating the annual accounts, directors' reports and strategic reports of public listed companies in the UK. The FRC Conduct Committee undertook a review of the Company's Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 March 2016. The outcome of their review was that there were no questions or queries to be raised with the Company. The FRC's review was based on the report itself and not detailed knowledge of the Company or transactions it had entered into.

INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM AND RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Key topics relating to internal controls and risk management considered by the Committee during the year:

April 2016:

  • ERM framework and plan 2016/17
  • ERM policy and risk appetite
  • Risk registers of the Group and mitigation steps
  • ICT strategic risks: cybersecurity, project delivery, application, and control change architecture and skills
  • Fraud and ethics report

May 2016:

  • Enterprise-wide risk management policy
  • Review principal risks and uncertainties
  • Fraud and ethics report

November 2016:

  • Review of principal risks and uncertainties, including the impact of Brexit
  • Fraud and ethics report
  • Treasury policy and procedures

March 2017:

  • Review of tax risks
  • Detailed risk management review, including of framework and policies; top risks; fraud, ethics and compliance; and ERM plan for 2017/18
  • Review of viability assessment
  • Treasury policy and procedures

The Board is ultimately responsible for overseeing the establishment of effective internal control systems and risk management processes, which facilitate the delivery of and sustain the Group's financial, operational and strategic objectives. The Committee maintained a strong focus on monitoring, evaluating and enhancing the internal control, risk management and internal audit processes for the Group and the integration of Al Noor into these processes.

The Board believes that effective risk management underpins a successful business and is integral to the objective of adding value to the Group. It has adopted an integrated and effective Enterprisewide Risk Management ("ERM") framework, at both an operational and strategic level. An optimal risk/reward profile is achieved by identifying, quantifying and managing risks. This was incorporated into the daily operational management processes, allowing management to focus on core activities. The Board has a clear process for identifying, evaluating and managing the principal risks, which includes current and emerging risks, faced by the Group for the reporting period. The Board annually reviews the process, which is in accordance with the FRC's Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting and the requirements of the Code.

The Group's ERM policy is benchmarked against the International Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission framework, which defines the risk management objectives, methodology, process and the responsibilities of the Group's various risk management role-players. This policy provides structure within which Directors and management can operate to reinforce a strong risk management culture throughout the Group. It sets the tone and acts as a starting point for all other components of risk management and control in providing the necessary discipline and structure.

The Committee reviewed the ERM framework, including the Group's risk appetite and assurance model and policies. The Committee continued to progress the standardisation of the internal controls and risk framework across the Group and the integration of Al Noor into the Company's ERM function, processes, risk registers and reporting.

Information and Communication Technology ("ICT") risks remain a key area of focus for the Committee. The top five risks identified were cybersecurity; project delivery, application control and change, architecture and scarcity of ICT skills. The Committee receives regular presentations from senior management on these risks and their management and mitigation.

The Group's hedging arrangements in respect of currency movements were also examined, resulting in the Committee reviewing and updating the Group's treasury policy.

The Committee considered the applicability and implications for the Group regarding the new General Data Protection Regulation effective May 2018 and a proposed action plan.

Further details on the Company's internal controls system and risk monitoring can be found on pages 30 to 36.

AR

Whilst the overall conclusion was that the control environment is effective in ensuring the consistent achievement of key control objectives, the following aspects were specifically highlighted as focus areas by management:

  • the ongoing centralisation and standardisation of the internal controls in the Hirslanden platform;
  • the Al Noor integration in the Middle East platform and conforming the legacy Al Noor control processes and operational practices to the Group's standards;
  • the implementation of SAP and supporting policies and procedures;
  • The implementation of a standardised financial consolidation and reporting tool; and
  • the enhancement of the assurance processes for the Group, including ICT governance and compliance.

The Committee's work on the Company's financial reporting, internal controls and risk management systems underpins the long-term viability statement published by the Company in this Annual Report and Financial Statements.

INTERNAL AUDIT

Key topics relating to internal audit considered by the Committee during the year:

April 2016:

• Establishment of an in-house internal audit function

May 2016:

• Internal audit report for 2015/16 financial year

November 2016:

  • Establishment of an in-house internal audit function
  • Internal audit report and internal audit plan

March 2017:

• Review of internal audit report, internal audit mandate and internal audit function

The Company's internal audit function is carried out by Remgro Internal Audit, who regularly attended Committee meetings and reported on the findings of its investigations. It was responsible for measuring the effectiveness of the system of internal financial control throughout the Group. The establishment of an in-house internal audit function to transition away from the current outsourcing strategy will commence with the planned appointment of a Chief Internal Audit Executive during the 2017/18 financial year.

The Committee reviewed the internal audit reports and approved the internal audit plan and fees. The Committee reviewed the effectiveness of the internal audit function by having discussions with Remgro Internal Audit and key members of management, and is satisfied with the effectiveness and efficiency of the function, reliability of financial reporting, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Remgro Internal Audit's Quality Assurance and Improvement Process was reviewed during the current year by a Big Four Independent Audit Firm and found to be Generally Compliant with the International Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing.

The approved internal audit plan, which comprises a three-year review cycle following a risk-based approach and, where appropriate, integration with other combined assurance providers, focussed on the revenue and receivables cycle during the reporting period.

EXTERNAL AUDIT

Key topics relating to the external audit considered by the Committee during the year:

April 2016:

  • External audit plan reviewed and agreed
  • External auditors' fees reviewed and agreed
  • Non-audit services expenditure for the 2016/17 financial year
  • A separate meeting was held between the external auditors and independent Non-executive Directors without the management team

May 2016:

  • External audit Year-end audit report and opinion • Evaluation of the external auditors' effectiveness of
  • external audit process • Review of auditor's independence

without the management team

  • Non-audit services expenditure for the 2015/16 and
  • 2016/17 financial years • Non-audit services thresholds for the 2016/17
  • financial year
  • A separate meeting was held with the external auditors and independent Non-executive Directors without the management team

November 2016:

  • External audit Half-year review report
  • External audit plan for the 2016/2017 financial year
  • Review of FRC Audit Quality Review • A separate meeting was held with the external auditors and independent Non-executive Directors

March 2017:

  • Review of policy on independence and non-audit services by external auditors
  • Non-audit services expenditure for the 2016/17 financial year
  • Non-audit services thresholds for the 2017/18 financial year
  • Pre year-end update report from external auditors

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ("PwC"), the external auditors of Mediclinic International Limited prior to the Al Noor Combination, was appointed as the external auditors of the Company in December 2015. The lead audit engagement partner from PwC is Giles Hannam who was also appointed in 2016.

INDEPENDENCE AND EFFECTIVENESS

The Committee is committed to ensuring that the Group receives a high-quality and effective statutory audit. It is responsible for monitoring the performance, objectivity and independence of the external auditors and undertakes a formal evaluation process annually. This process involves an examination of four main performance criteria, namely: robustness of the audit process, quality of delivery, quality of reporting, and quality of people and service.

On completion of the audit, all members of the Committee, as well as key members of the senior management team and those who regularly provide input to the Committee or have regular contact with the external auditors, were required to complete a questionnaire seeking their views. The feedback from the questionnaire was collated and discussed by the Committee at the meeting held on 22 May 2017, together with opportunities for improvement. Overall, responses to the questionnaire were very positive, indicating an effective external audit process.

The external auditors receive copies of all relevant Committee papers and minutes of all Committee meetings. As part of the Committee's assessment of the external auditors, separate meetings were held between the Non-executive Directors and the external auditors, without management present.

The independence of the external auditors is further enhanced by the FRC's Ethical Standard for Auditors, requiring PwC to inform the Company about any significant facts and matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on its independence or on the objectivity of the lead partner and the audit team. The lead partner must change every five years and the quality review partner, who reviews the judgements of the audit team, rotates every seven years. The auditor's independence is further safeguarded by the non-audit services policy discussed below.

EXTERNAL AUDIT PLAN

During the year, the Committee reviewed and approved the 2016/17 external audit plan, including the proposed materiality threshold, the scope of the audit, the significant audit risks and fees.

NON-AUDIT SERVICES

The Committee believes that it may be appropriate in certain circumstances for the Company to engage its external auditors to provide non-audit services. A policy governing the provision of such services is in place to ensure the independence and objectivity of the external auditors is not compromised. During the year, the Committee considered the implementation of the European Union Audit Directive and Regulation in conjunction with the FRC's Ethical Standard for Auditors, effective for the Company from 1 April 2017, in respect of prohibitions, as well as the new provisions set out in the 2016 version of the Code in relation to non-audit services, and updated the Group's non-audit services policy accordingly.

As a consequence, from 1 April 2017, the Company is no longer making use of PwC's tax services. Deloitte LLP has been appointed to provide tax advice for the Company and its Southern African operations, and KPMG has been appointed to provide tax advice for the Company's Swiss and Middle Eastern operations.

The Committee determines the pre-approved monetary thresholds for each category of non-audit services at the beginning of each financial year. The nature of the non-audit services, the individual fee levels of each category and the aggregate fee amount relative to the external audit fee are taken into account in determining these thresholds. From 1 April 2017, any individual assignment with a fee exceeding £50 000 requires the Committee's prior approval.

To help maintain independence and objectivity, the policy requires that an independent partner is appointed to lead any non-audit services.

FEES

AR

Refer to note 22 to the consolidated financial statements on page 198 for detail on the remuneration of the auditor for both audit and non-audit services undertaken during the year.

RE-APPOINTMENT

The Committee concluded that the services provided by the external auditors were high quality and that the external audit process in respect of the 2017 Financial Statements was effective and that the auditor remains objective and independent. Accordingly, it recommended to the Board that the re-appointment of PwC as the Company's external auditors is proposed to shareholders at the 2017 AGM.

AUDIT TENDER

As a result of the UK's implementation of the European Union's mandatory firm rotation requirements, and in accordance with the Committee's terms of reference, the Company is required to ensure that the external auditors' contract is put out to tender at least every 10 years, with the proviso that no single firm may serve as the Company's external auditors for a period exceeding 20 years. PwC was appointed as the Company's auditors in December 2015. It is intended that the external audit will be put out to tender no later than for the financial year commencing 1 April 2023, which is 10 years after the Company's initial listing.

COMPETITION AND MARKETS AUTHORITY STATUTORY AUDIT SERVICES ORDER 2014 ("CMA ORDER")

As disclosed on page 121, the Company complied with the mandatory audit processes and the Committee complied with the responsibility provisions set out in terms of the CMA Order relating to (a) putting the audit services engagement on tender every 10 years; and (b) strengthening the accountability of the external auditors to the Committee, including requiring that only the Committee is permitted to agree to the external auditors' fees and scope of services; influence the appointment of the audit engagement partner; make recommendations regarding the appointment of auditors; and authorise the auditors to carry out non-audit services.

FRC AUDIT QUALITY REVIEW

The Committee considered the findings from the review, undertaken by the FRC's Audit Quality Review ("AQR") team, of PwC's audit of the Group's financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2016, which had been selected by the AQR team as part of their 2016 annual inspection of audit firms. The focus of the review was to identify areas where improvements were required, rather than highlighting areas where work was performed at or above the expected level. The Committee considered the findings and discussed these with PwC. The Committee noted that no significant areas for improvement were identified by the FRC and that it is satisfied that there is nothing in the FRC findings which might have a bearing on PwC's re-appointment.

ETHICAL CONDUCT, GOVERNANCE AND COMPLIANCE

Key topics relating to governance and compliance considered by the Committee during the year:

April 2016:

  • Regulatory developments and updates as relevant for each platform
  • European Union Audit Directive and Regulation and review of the non-audit services policy
  • Annual review of policies and procedures: terms of reference of the Committee, legal and compliance policy and internal audit mandate

May 2016:

  • Regulatory developments and updates as relevant for each platform
  • European Union Audit Directive and Regulation and review of the non-audit services policy

November 2016:

  • Regulatory developments and updates as relevant for each platform
  • Review of FRC's Ethical Standard for Auditors and non-audit services policy
  • Review of Committee's terms of reference

March 2017:

AR

• Annual review of policies and procedures: terms of reference of the Committee; legal and compliance policy; and internal audit mandate; provision of Non-audit Services by the external auditors; Fraud Risk Management Policy

The Group remains focussed on conducting its business in an honest, fair and ethical manner, a principle which is actively endorsed by the Board and management. The Committee oversees the Group's processes for handling the Group's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Anti-bribery Policy, which are available in the governance section of the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com. This includes receiving regular feedback from the Group General Manager: Risk Management regarding incidents reported on the ethics lines and the effectiveness of the lines. The Board established a Clinical Performance and Sustainability Committee, details of which can be found on page 75

of the Corporate Governance Statement.

The Group's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics provides a framework for directors and employees within the Group of the standards of business conduct and ethics that is required of them, and which applies to all business divisions within the Group. It serves to ensure that the highest ethical standards are maintained in all dealings with the Group's stakeholders. It is available to all staff and communicated to new employees during their induction. This code contains the Group's whistleblowing arrangements, which sets out the details of the Group's ethics lines. Any employee or external stakeholder can report any wrongdoing in the Group confidentially and anonymously via the ethics lines. All complaints are investigated in accordance with the code.

The Group adopts a zero-tolerance policy regarding unethical business conduct, in particular fraud and corruption, which is addressed in the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. The Anti-bribery Policy supports its commitment to ensure compliance with all anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws and regulations, and strictly governs the receipt of any invitations, gifts or donations from suppliers or any other party. Directors and employees throughout the Group are compelled to declare these to management for approval. Staff members involved in the contracting, negotiating and purchasing of equipment or consumables are also bound to strict ethical principles, ensuring that an impeccable standard of integrity is maintained in the Group's business relationships. During the year, the Committee also adopted a Fraud Risk Management Policy, which facilitates the development of controls which will assist in the prevention of fraud and corruption.

The Committee reviewed reports of all material cases reported to the Group's whistle-blowing line resulting investigations.

The Committee is responsible for ensuring Groupwide standards are set for achieving compliance with relevant laws and regulations. During the year, a compliance consultant was appointed to assist the Group with implementing a standardised risk-based compliance monitoring process across all business units in the Group.

COMMITTEE EVALUATION

The Committee's performance was internally evaluated by the Board, following discussion of the results of a self-evaluation questionnaire completed by the Committee members. The questionnaire focussed on the Committee's role, composition and expertise and the effectiveness of Committee meetings. The outcomes of the survey were subsequently considered and reviewed by the Committee and certain actions were agreed for implementation, aimed at enhancing the overall effectiveness of the Committee. The results of the Committee's performance evaluation were reported to the Board at the March 2017 meeting. Progress on the agreed actions and their outcomes will be monitored by the Committee and incorporated into the following performance evaluation.

PRIORITIES FOR THE COMMITTEE IN 2017/18

  • Review various ICT and other significant projects across the Group.
  • Review of ongoing integration of Al Noor's operations and systems.
  • Implementation of new IFRS standards.
  • Monitoring of Group tax compliance matters.
  • Review internal audit work plan for 2017/18, which will focus on the procurement and payment cycle plus platform projects and the platform internal financial control process.
  • Monitor progress against the 2018 ERM plan.
  • Appointment of Chief Internal Audit Executive.

Signed on behalf of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Desmond Smith Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee 23 May 2017

DIRECTORS' REPORT

The Directors present this report, together with the audited financial statements of the Group and the Company for the year ended 31 March 2017. This report, together with the following disclosures incorporated by way of reference, constitute the Directors' Report, as contemplated in the UK Companies Act, and was approved by the Disclosure Committee on 23 May 2017, duly authorised by the Board:

AR

AR

AR

AR

AR

SDR

AR SDR

AR

• Corporate Governance Statement – refer to pages 73 to 84;

  • strategy and relevant future developments refer to Our Strategy, Progress and Aims included in the Strategic Report on pages 24 to 29;
  • financial risk management objectives and policies refer to the report on Risk Management, Principal Risks and Uncertainties included in the Strategic Report on pages 30 to 36 and note 3 to the financial statements on pages 161 to 164;
  • research and development activities refer to various activities reported on in the Strategic Report, such as the standardised patient experience index on pages 24 to 25, the standardised employee engagement initiatives on pages 28 to 29, and research by health policy units, referred to on page 31;
  • greenhouse gas emissions refer to the Sustainable Development Highlights included in the Strategic Report on pages 64 to 65; and the Sustainable Development Report, available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com; and
  • corporate social responsibility and corporate social investment – refer to the Sustainable Development Highlights included in the Strategic Report on pages 66 to 68; and the Sustainable Development Report, available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

DIRECTORS

NAMES AND BIOGRAPHIES

The names of all the Directors who served during the reporting period are included in the Corporate Governance Statement on page 76. Biographies of all the current Directors of the Company are provided on pages 70 to 71.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

The rules relating to the appointment and removal of the Directors are contained in the Company's Articles of Association.

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

In accordance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, all members of the Board wishing to continue their appointments are subject to re-election by the shareholders at the Company's annual general meeting ("AGM"). Accordingly, all the Directors, as provided on pages 70 to 71, excluding Jurgens Myburgh, will retire and seek re-election at the Company's AGM to be held on 25 July 2017.

In terms of the Company's Articles of Association, any Director appointed as such by the Board of Directors shall retire at the following AGM and shall be eligible for election. Accordingly, Jurgens Myburgh, who was appointed by the Board 1 August 2016, will also retire and seek election by the shareholders at the Company's AGM to be held on 25 July 2017.

Remgro Limited, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, ("Remgro" or the "Remgro Group", as the context may indicate) holds 44.56% of the issued ordinary shares of the Company and is therefore regarded as a controlling shareholder of the Company, for the purposes of the Listing Rules. The Listing Rules require that Independent Non-executive Directors of a company with a controlling shareholder must be elected by a majority of votes cast by independent shareholders, in addition to a majority of votes cast by all shareholders in such company. The resolutions proposed at the Company's AGM to be held on 25 July 2017 for the election of the Independent Non-executive Directors of the Company will therefore be taken on a poll and the votes cast by independent shareholders and all shareholders will be calculated separately. Such resolutions will be passed only if a majority of votes cast by independent shareholders are in favour thereof, in addition to a majority of votes cast by all shareholders being in favour thereof.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

The general powers of the Directors are contained within relevant UK legislation and the Company's Articles of Association. The Directors are entitled to exercise all powers of the Company, subject to any limitations imposed by the Articles of Association or applicable legislation.

DIRECTORS' INTERESTS

The Directors' shareholding and share interests in the issued shares of the Company are provided in the Directors' Remuneration Report on page 103.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

The Company has entered into a deed of indemnity with each Director who served during the year under identical terms. The deeds indemnify the Directors in accordance with the applicable laws of England against liability incurred as a Director or employee of the Company or of associated entities in the Group. In addition, the Company has put into place directors' and officers' indemnity insurance.

COMPENSATION FOR LOSS OF OFFICE

There are no agreements in place with any Director or employee that provide for compensation for loss of office or employment resulting from a takeover, except that provisions of the Company's share plans may cause options and awards granted under such plans to vest on a takeover. Further information on Directors' service contracts and their notice periods can be found in the Directors' Remuneration Report on page 94.

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The Company's Articles of Association may be amended by way of a special resolution of the members. At the AGM held on 20 July 2016, shareholders approved certain amendments to the Company's Articles of Association by way of a special resolution, available in the Governance section of the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

The Board proposes further amendments to the Company's Articles of Association, details of which are included in the notice of the annual general meeting to be held on 25 July 2017, in order to update the dividend payment provisions to reflect guidance published by the ICSA Registrars' Group in March 2014. These amendments give the Company greater flexibility to use the most relevant payment mechanisms for the distribution of dividends, including electronic methods.

RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Details on all related-party transactions are contained in note 34 of the consolidated financial statements on page 209.

SHARE CAPITAL AND SHAREHOLDERS

STRUCTURE

The Company's ordinary issued share capital as at 31 March 2017 was 737 243 810 ordinary shares of £0.10 each which have a primary listing on the LSE and secondary listings on the JSE in South Africa and the NSX in Namibia. The ordinary share class represents 100% of the Company's total issued share capital. Further information on the Company's issued share capital can be found in note 13 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 180 to 181.

There are no known arrangements under which financial rights are held by a person other than the holder of the shares.

Shares acquired through the Company's share schemes and plans rank equally with the other shares in issue and have no special rights. Further details on the Company's employee share scheme are included in the Directors' Remuneration Report from page 85.

ACQUISITION OF OWN SHARES

At the Company's AGM on 20 July 2016, it was resolved that the Company was authorised to purchase the 10 subscriber shares of 10 pence per share in the capital of the Company from Astro II SPV at a price of 10 pence per share, which repurchase was concluded in April 2017.

The Company has no intention to complete a market purchase of its ordinary shares and will not seek this authority at the Company's next AGM on 25 July 2017.

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF COMPANY SHARES

In 2005, Mediclinic International (RF) Proprietary Limited (previously Mediclinic International Limited) ("Mediclinic SA") implemented a black ownership initiative with MP1 Investment Holdings Proprietary Limited (previously Circle Capital Ventures Proprietary Limited) ("MP1") and Phodiso Holdings Limited ("Phodiso") (collectively, the "Strategic Black Partners").

In September 2016, the Company entered into arrangements with the Strategic Black Partners to formalise the basis on which the Strategic Black Partners hold their shares in the Company. These are in the same form in all material aspects as the arrangements in existence prior to the Combination of Mediclinic SA with Al Noor Hospitals Group plc. The Company now receives the direct benefit of the lock-in arrangements described below.

The arrangements that originally applied to the holdings of the Strategic Black Partners in relation to their shares in Mediclinic SA before completion of the Combination continue to apply to their holdings of shares in the Company such that:

  • in the case of the 24 582 960 shares held by Phodiso through its subsidiary Mpilo Investment Holdings 2 (RF) Proprietary Limited ("Mpilo 2"), representing approximately 3.33% of the Company's issued share capital, disposals of such shares are restricted until 31 December 2018; and
  • in the case of the 10 958 206 shares held by MP1 through its subsidiary Mpilo 1 Newco (RF) Proprietary Limited ("Mpilo 1"), representing approximately 1.49% of the Company's issued share capital, disposals of such shares are restricted until 31 December 2019.

The arrangements also contain pre-emptive rights in favour of the Company which provide that, if any of the shares in the Company held by Mpilo 1 or Mpilo 2 are to be offered for sale, the Company will be offered the opportunity to purchase such shares or to nominate another person to purchase such shares, in each case, at a discounted price of, in relation to the Mpilo 1 shares, approximately 5% to the then market value and, in relation to the Mpilo 2 shares, approximately 10%. Any exercise of a right to purchase such shares by the Company itself would require the approval of its shareholders.

AR

AR

RESTRICTIONS ON VOTING RIGHTS

The Company's Articles of Association provide that, unless the Directors determine otherwise, a shareholder shall not be entitled to vote, either personally or by proxy, at any general meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by membership if:

  • any call or other sum payable to the Company in respect of that share remains unpaid; or
  • such shareholder, having been duly served with a notice to provide the Company with information under section 793 of the UK Companies Act, has failed to do so within 14 days of such notice, for so long as the default continues.

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

As at year end and as at 23 May 2017, being the Last Practicable Date, the shareholders included in Figure 1 notified the Company, in accordance with Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, of their interest of 3% or more in the Company's issued share capital.

FIGURE 1: SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

ORDINARY
SHARES
% VOTING
RATES
DATE
NOTIFIED
Remgro Limited (through wholly-owned subsidiaries) 328 497 888 44.56% 17/02/2016
Public Investment Corporation SOC Limited
as at year end 58 705 799 7.96% 02/12/2016
as at 23 May 2017 59 447 726 8.06% 12/05/2017
Coronation Asset Management Proprietary Limited
as at year end 29 778 806 4.03% 02/03/2017
as at 23 May 2017 37 677 189 5.11% 11/04/2017
Mpilo Investment Holdings 2 (RF) Proprietary Limited 24 582 960 3.33% 13/05/2016

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDER AND RELATIONSHIP AGREEMENT

In accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4(14), the Company has set out below a statement describing the relationship agreement entered into between the Company and its principal shareholder, Remgro, on 14 October 2015 (the "Relationship Agreement"), which came into effect on 15 February 2016. As at 23 May 2017, the Remgro Group held 44.56% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company.

Under the Relationship Agreement, Remgro undertakes to comply with the following independence provisions, as required under the Listing Rules:

  • transactions and arrangements between the Company and Remgro (and/or its associates) are, and will be, at arm's length and on normal commercial terms;
  • neither Remgro nor any of its associates will take any action that would have the effect of preventing the Company from complying with its obligations under the Listing Rules; and
  • neither Remgro nor any of its associates will propose, or procure the proposal of, a shareholder resolution that is intended or appears to be intended to circumvent the proper application of the Listing Rules.

The Company has complied with the above independence provisions and, in so far as it is aware, Remgro complied with the independence provisions and the procurement obligation set out in the Relationship Agreement from the effective date of the agreement. In accordance with the terms of the Relationship Agreement, for every 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company (or an interest which carries 10% or more of the aggregate voting rights in the Company from time to time) held, Remgro is entitled to appoint one Director to the Board, up to a maximum of three Directors, provided that the right to appoint a third Director is subject to the requirement that the Board will, following such appointment, comprise a majority of Independent Non-executive Directors.

If Remgro's shareholding reduces to below 10% of the Company's share capital (or 10% of the aggregate voting rights in the Company), the rights and obligations of Remgro in terms of the Relationship Agreement shall terminate. The ordinary shares owned by Remgro rank pari passu with the other ordinary shares in all respects.

SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS

The following agreements are considered significant in terms of their potential impact on the business of the Group as a whole, and that could alter or terminate on the change of control of the Company:

  • The Relationship Agreement entered into between the Company and its principal shareholder, Remgro, as referred to earlier. This agreement does not include a change of control provision, but does terminate if (i) the Company's ordinary shares cease to be listed and admitted to trading on the LSE's main market for listed securities; or (ii) the Remgro Group, taken together, ceases to hold the minimum interest of 10% in the Company.
  • The various facilities and finance agreements of the Group are regarded as significant and contain change of control provisions. On 28 June 2016, the Company announced the completion of the refinancing. The new facilities are:
  • South African senior bank loan totalling ZAR1.2bn at an interest rate of JIBAR +1.69% with a three-year term expiring in June 2019;
  • South African unsecured preference share funding totalling ZAR1.5bn at a rate of 73% of the prime overdraft interest rate, with a four-year term expiring in June 2020; and
  • United Arab Emirates bank loans of US\$54.5m and US\$100.0m at an interest rate of LIBOR +2.75% with respective four-year and five-year amortising terms, expiring in June 2020 and May 2021, respectively.

POLITICAL PAYMENTS

Political donations are prohibited in terms of the Company's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Anti-bribery Policy, unless pre-approved by the Executive Committee of the operating platform and reported to the Company's Executive Committee. It is therefore not the policy of the Company to make donations to the European Union or any other political organisations, or to incur other political expenditure and the Directors have no intention of changing this policy. However, as a result of broad definitions used in the UK Companies Act, normal business activities of the Company, which might not be considered political donations or expenditure in the normal sense, may possibly be construed as political expenditure or as a donation to a political party or other political organisation and fall within the restrictions of the UK Companies Act. Sponsorship, subscriptions, payment of expenses, paid leave for employees fulfilling public duties, and support for bodies representing the business community in policy review or reform, may fall within the scope of these matters. The Board has therefore decided to propose a resolution, as in the previous year and in line with best practice, to authorise the Company to make political payments up to an aggregate amount of £100 000 for shareholder consideration at the Company's AGM to be held on 25 July 2017.

During the year, the Company, including its subsidiaries, made no political payments as contemplated in the UK Companies Act. Hirslanden has, however, made payments to a number of political parties, institutions and associations in Switzerland which totalled CHF8 000 (2016: CHF36 000). Contributing to political campaigns through third-party contributions is an official and standard practice in Switzerland.

EMPLOYEES

The Group's employees are a valuable asset. The employees' trust and respect are vital to Mediclinic's success. Listening and responding to employee needs through effective communication and sound relations are important components in being regarded as an employer of choice among existing and prospective employees, and vital to maintain an engaged, loyal workforce. Employee engagement is conducted through various methods, including leadership video conferences, intranet, periodic employee surveys, performance reviews, staff magazines, and staff wellness and recognition programmes. Further details on the Group's employee engagement is included in the Sustainable Development Report, available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

Continuous training and development of the Group's employees across all three operating platforms ensures retention of staff, particularly in areas where the skills shortage is most critical, and proper succession planning. Further details on the Group's training initiatives can be found in the Sustainable Development Highlights on page 61 and the Sustainable Development Report, available on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com.

The distribution of the Group's employees per operating platform is included on page 6, with only one employee (Head of Investor Relations) based in the UK. A breakdown by gender, age and, in respect of Southern Africa only, race in Board and senior management roles as at year end is illustrated in Figure 2. The proportion of female employees in the Group at year end is illustrated in Figure 3.

The Group values diversity and provides equal opportunities for its workplace and does not tolerate any form of unfair discrimination, such as access to employment, career development, training or working conditions, based on gender, religion, nationality, race, language, HIV/AIDS status, sexual orientation or other form of differentiation. Adequate procedures are in place to enable disabled applicants to receive training to perform safely and effectively and to provide development opportunities to ensure they reach their full potential. Where an individual becomes disabled during the course of employment, Mediclinic will seek to provide, wherever possible, continued employment on normal terms and conditions. Adjustments will be made to the environment and duties or suitable new roles within the Company will be secured with additional training where necessary.

AR

SDR

RACE
(ONLY IN RESPECT OF
SOUTH AFRICA)
GENDER AGE (YEARS)
Total
number
Black White Male Female 30 – 50 > 50
of
members
Number % Number % Number % Number % Number % Number %
Mediclinic
International
Board
10 n/a n/a n/a n/a 90 90% 1 10% 2 20% 8 80%
Mediclinic
International
Executive
Committee
8 n/a n/a n/a n/a 8 100% 2 25% 6 75%
Mediclinic
Southern Africa
Executive
Committee
9 2 22% 7 78% 8 89% 1 11% 4 44% 5 56%
Hirslanden
Executive
Committee
4 n/a n/a n/a n/a 4 100% 2 50% 2 50%
Mediclinic Middle
East Executive
Committee
9 n/a n/a n/a n/a 7 78% 2 22% 5 56% 4 44%

FIGURE 2: RACE, GENDER AND AGE REPRESENTATION ON GOVERNANCE BODIES

FIGURE 3: WORKFORCE COMPOSITION BY GENDER

2017 2016
Number % Number %
Southern Africa – Mediclinic Southern Africa and Mediclinic International
Female 13 555 80.45% 13 654 81.12%
Male 3 293 19.55% 3 178 18.88%
Switzerland – Hirslanden
Female 7 179 76.37% 7 011 76.88%
Male 2 223 23.63% 2 109 23.12%
UAE – MCME1
Female 3 593 56.36% 1 504 59.99%
Male 2 782 43.64% 1 003 40.01%

Note

The prior year gender split of Mediclinic Middle East excludes Al Noor employees.

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO AUDITORS

Each of the Directors confirms that:

  • to the best of their knowledge and belief, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company's auditors are unaware; and
  • they have taken all reasonable steps to ascertain any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company's auditors are aware of that information.

EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

Since year end, no material events have taken place.

GOING-CONCERN STATUS

Having considered the principal risks and the viability assessment, the Directors consider it appropriate to adopt the going-concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements, further details of which are included in the Audit and Risk Committee Report on pages 116 to 117, and the Viability Assessment on pages 35 to 36.

DIVIDENDS

AR

AR

AR

The Board proposes a final dividend of 4.70 pence per ordinary share for the year ended 31 March 2017 for approval by the Company's shareholders at the AGM to be held on Tuesday, 25 July 2017. The salient dates for the dividend and the tax treatment of the dividend for shareholders on the South African register are available on the Company's website.

The dividend policy is dealt with in the Financial Review on page 18.

Figure 4 provides a summary of the dividends declared by the Company to its holders of ordinary shares during the reporting period.

FIGURE 4: DIVIDEND HISTORY (PENCE1 )

2017 2016
Interim dividend 3.20 4.10
Special dividend 328.00
Final dividend 4.70 5.24
Total dividend 7.90 337.34

Refer to the relevant dividend announcement, available on the Company's website, for the ZAR cash equivalent payable to shareholders on the Company's South African register.

OVERSEAS BRANCHES

The Company, having secondary listings on the JSE in South Africa and the NSX in Namibia, has established an overseas branch in South Africa.

REQUIREMENTS OF THE LISTING RULES

Information required to be disclosed in terms of Listing Rule 9.8.4R, as applicable, is referenced below:

• details of any long-term incentive schemes – refer to the Directors' Remuneration Report on pages 85 to 107;

  • Board statement in respect of relationship agreement with the controlling shareholder – refer to the Directors' Report on page 125;
  • any contract of significance between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) and a controlling shareholder – none, other than the Relationship Agreement referred to on page 125; and
  • any contract for the provision of services to the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) by a controlling shareholder – the Remgro Group provides the following services to the Company, as disclosed in note 34 of the consolidated financial statements on page 209:
  • managerial services, which include services by Remgro executive management on, inter alia, Mediclinic's strategic issues; access to facilities operated by Remgro; treasury services, including foreign exchange advice; and trademark administration services;
  • financial, consulting and related administration services to certain offshore subsidiaries of the Company; and
  • internal audit services are outsourced to Remgro Internal Audit. As previously reported and referred to in the Audit and Risk Committee Report, the establishment of an in-house internal audit function to transition away from the outsourced services provided by Remgro Internal Audit commenced, with the appointment of a Chief Internal Audit Executive, which is foreseen to be completed by the end of the 2017/18 financial year.

The following information required to be disclosed in terms of Listing Rule 9.8.4R is not applicable:

  • the amount of interest capitalised during the period under review and details of any related tax relief;
  • information in relation to the publication of unaudited financial information;
  • any arrangements under which a Director has waived emoluments, or agreed to waive any future emoluments, from the Company;
  • any non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash by the Company or by any unlisted major subsidiary undertaking;
  • parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary;
  • any contract of significance in which a Director is or was materially interested; and
  • any waiver of dividends by a shareholder.

For and on behalf of the Board.

Dr Edwin Hertzog Non-executive Chairman 23 May 2017

AR

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, including the financial statements, in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

The UK Companies Act requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. The Directors prepared the Group and Company financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"), as adopted by the European Union. The Directors should only approve the financial statements if they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and Company for the reporting period. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:

  • select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;
  • state whether applicable IFRS have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;
  • make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and
  • prepare the financial statements on the goingconcern basis, unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group's and Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy, at any time, the financial position of the Group and Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors' Remuneration Report comply with the UK Companies Act and, in respect of the Group's consolidated financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the financial and associated corporate information published on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Company's performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages 70 to 71 of the Annual Report, confirm that to the best of their knowledge:

AR

AR

  • the Group and Company financial statements, which were prepared in accordance with IFRS, as adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; and
  • the Directors' Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group and the Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

The Group's consolidated financial statements, as set out on pages 143 to 217 and approved by the Board on 23 May 2017, were prepared on a going-concern basis. The Directors believe that the Group and the Company will continue to be in operation in the foreseeable future.

For and on behalf of the Board.

Danie Meintjes Jurgens Myburgh Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer 23 May 2017 23 May 2017

CONTENTS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

131 Independent auditors' report
143 Consolidated statement of financial position
144 Consolidated income statement
145 Consolidated statement of other comprehensive income
146 Consolidated statement of changes in equity
148 Consolidated statement of cash flows
149 Notes to the consolidated financial statements

COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

218 Independent auditors' report
221 Company statement of financial position
222 Company statement of changes in equity
223 Company statement of cash flows
224 Notes to the Company financial statements

GENERAL INFORMATION

These financial statements are consolidated financial statements for the Group consisting of Mediclinic International plc and its subsidiaries. A list of subsidiaries is included from page 211 to 216.

Mediclinic International plc (the "Company") is a public limited company, which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and is incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The Company has secondary listings on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange and the Namibian Stock Exchange. A wholly-owned subsidiary, Hirslanden AG issued bonds on the SIX.

Registered Address: 40 Dukes Place London EC3A 7NH United Kingdom

The main business of the Group is to provide comprehensive, high-quality hospital and related services on a costeffective basis.

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 23 May 2017. No authority was given to anyone to amend the financial statements after the date of issue.

All press releases, financial reports and other information are available on our website: www.mediclinic.com.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

to the members of Mediclinic International plc

REPORT ON THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OUR OPINION

In our opinion, Mediclinic International plc's group financial statements (the "financial statements"):

  • give a true and fair view of the state of the Group's affairs at 31 March 2017 and of its profit and cash flows for the year then ended;
  • have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRSs") as adopted by the European Union; and
  • have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

WHAT WE HAVE AUDITED

The financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Financial Statements, comprise:

  • the consolidated statement of financial position at 31 March 2017;
  • the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of other comprehensive income for the year then ended;
  • the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended;
  • the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; and
  • the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Certain required disclosures have been presented elsewhere in the Annual Report and Financial Statements, rather than in the notes to the financial statements. These are cross-referenced from the financial statements and are identified as audited.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the financial statements is IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and applicable law.

OUR AUDIT APPROACH

OVERVIEW

  • Overall group materiality: £14.9 million which represents approximately 5% of profit before tax.
  • Our audit included full scope audits at six reporting units which accounted for 93% of consolidated revenue and 92% of consolidated profit before tax. We separately performed specified procedures at two further reporting units meaning that our audit covered all reporting units that individually contributed more than 1% to the Group's revenue and 3% to profit before tax.
  • Finalisation of the purchase price allocation for the reverse acquisition of Al Noor
  • Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
  • Valuation of associate interest in Spire Healthcare Group plc ("Spire")
  • Risk of fraud in revenue recognition

THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT AND OUR AREAS OF FOCUS

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) ("ISAs (UK & Ireland)").

We designed our audit by determining materiality and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. Procedures designed to address these risks included testing of material journal entries and post-close adjustments, testing and evaluation of management's key accounting estimates for reasonableness and consistency and undertaking cut-off procedures to verify proper cut-off of revenue and expenses. In addition, we incorporate an element of unpredictability into our audit work each year.

The risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit, including the allocation of our resources and effort, are identified as areas of focus in the table below. We have also set out how we tailored our audit to address these specific areas in order to provide an opinion on the financial statements as a whole and any comments we make on the results of our procedures should be read in this context. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Area of focus How our audit addressed the area of focus

1. Finalisation of the purchase price allocation of the reverse acquisition of Al Noor (refer to Audit and Risk Committee Report

on page 116 and notes 4 and 29 in the Group Financial Statements)

On 15 February 2016, Mediclinic completed the reverse acquisition of Al Noor for a total consideration of £1 359m.

The purchase price allocation for the acquisition was considered to be provisional at 31 March 2016 and was disclosed as such in the 2016 financial statements. At that time, the Group was in discussions with UAE medical insurance funders and other third parties about conforming Al Noor's commercial practices to the rest of the Group and there was therefore uncertainty about the adequacy of provisions for the collection of accounts receivable and for insurance rejections. Management has subsequently finalised the purchase price allocation in the current financial year as required by IFRS. The net assets of Al Noor assumed by the Group have been adjusted by £14m through an additional provision for the impairment of receivables. A corresponding adjustment has been recorded to goodwill.

The adjustment required to increase the provision for the impairment of receivables at the date of acquisition resulted in a rigorous assessment by management of the provision for impairment of Al Noor receivables at 31 March 2017.

We focused on this area because of the extent of judgement and estimation involved in the assessment to adjust the take-on balance sheet of Al Noor as opposed to accounting for the adjustments subsequent to the acquisition as part of post-acquisition earnings. We focused on the provision for the impairment of receivables at year-end as this area requires the exercise of significant management judgement and estimation.

We obtained management's assessment of adjustments required to the take-on balance sheet of Al Noor and independently assessed the completeness of adjustments identified. We performed an independent assessment of the additional provision for the impairment of receivables at the date of the take-on balance sheet by evaluating the results of claim audits by medical insurers, ageing analyses of receivable balances and analysis of payments received subsequent to the acquisition date. We substantiated management's assessment that the additional provision related to revenue transactions which occurred before the acquisition date.

We extended our testing to the assessment of recoverability of Al Noor's receivable balances at 31 March 2017. We obtained an understanding of the process followed by management to identify impaired balances and performed an independent assessment of the provision calculated by management by evaluating the results of claim audits by medical insurers where available, historical trends of disallowed claims and subsequent settlements and ageing analyses. We also tested receipts subsequent to year-end.

Based on the procedures performed, we did not identify any material adjustment required to the position reported by the Group in the take-on balance sheet of Al Noor or at 31 March 2017. In addition, we considered whether any additional adjustments were required to the initial purchase price allocation that might have been required as the Group conforms Al Noor's accounting and operational practices with the rest of Mediclinic following the acquisition. We did not identify any material additional adjustments. We were also satisfied with the adequacy of the disclosures in respect of the finalisation of the purchase price allocation, comprising a restatement of certain comparative balance sheet accounts.

Area of focus How our audit addressed the area of focus

2. Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill (refer to Audit and Risk Committee Report on page 117 and notes 4 and 7 in the Group Financial Statements)

The Group has £2 156m of intangible assets. This balance consists mainly of goodwill relating to the Mediclinic Middle East operations of £1 401m, goodwill on the acquisition of the Swiss operations of £307m, Swiss trademarks of £341m and the Al Noor brand name of £28m.

The Group is required to perform annual impairment tests on goodwill. The Swiss trademarks were classified as indefinite life intangible assets at the time of the acquisition and the Group carries out annual impairment tests based on valuein-use calculations. The Group also performed an impairment assessment of the cash generating unit ("CGU") to which the Al Noor brand name has been allocated as specific impairment indicators were identified for this CGU.

No impairment losses were recorded during the current or prior years in respect of these assets. However, the carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets are contingent on future cash flows and there is a risk if these cash flows do not meet the Group's expectations, or if significant judgements like the discount rates or growth rates change, that the assets will be impaired.

We focused on the impairment assessments of these intangible assets as the impairment reviews carried out by the Group contain a number of significant judgements, including the classification of the Swiss trademarks as indefinite life intangible assets and the level at which goodwill is monitored for impairment, and estimates, including growth rates and discount rates. Changes in these assumptions might lead to a significant change in the carrying values of the related assets.

Deploying our valuation specialists, we obtained management's impairment calculations and tested the reasonableness of key assumptions, including cash flow forecasts and the selection of growth rates and discount rates. We challenged management to substantiate its assumptions, including comparing relevant assumptions to industry benchmarks and economic forecasts.

We substantively tested the integrity of supporting calculations and corroborated certain information with third party sources.

We agreed the underlying cash flows to approved budgets and assessed growth rates and discount rates by comparison to third party information, the Group's cost of capital and relevant risk factors. Future cash flow assumptions were evaluated in the context of current trading performance against budget and forecasts, considering the historical accuracy of budgeting and forecasting and understanding the reasons for the growth profiles used.

We evaluated management's sensitivity analyses to ascertain the impact of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions on the available headroom. We agree with management's assessment that the Middle East and Hirslanden goodwill impairment assessments are sensitive to reasonably possible changes to key assumptions.

We evaluated management's judgement regarding the level at which goodwill arising from the Al Noor acquisition is monitored for impairment and concluded that the decision to combine Al Noor with Mediclinic Middle East for goodwill impairment review purposes is reasonable based on the initial commercial rationale for the acquisition, which included expected synergies from integrating the legacy Al Noor business with the legacy Mediclinic Middle East business that would be realised across the Middle East operating segment.

Based on our work performed, we concurred with management that no impairments were required for goodwill or for the acquired intangible assets at 31 March 2017. We found that the judgements were supported by reasonable assumptions and that the disclosures in respect of the impairment assessments are a fair reflection of the judgements made by the Group.

Financial Statements)

Area of focus How our audit addressed the area of focus

3. Valuation of associate interest in Spire (refer to Audit and Risk Committee Report on page 117 and notes 8 and 30 in the Group

Mediclinic acquired an interest of 29.9% in Spire Healthcare Group plc ("Spire") for a consideration of £437m in the prior financial year. We focused on the valuation of the investment in Spire, directing our attention in particular at the following areas:

  • A notional purchase price allocation is required to split the total purchase consideration between tangible assets acquired, intangible assets identified on acquisition and goodwill. As the investment is accounted for using the equity method, net assets of the investee are not recognised in the Group's statement of financial position, but the share of profits equity accounted is affected by adjustments such as additional depreciation due to fair value adjustments to tangible assets at acquisition and the amortisation of intangible assets identified and recognised separately from goodwill. The Group finalised its notional purchase price allocation with the assistance of an independent expert during the current financial year. Separately identifiable intangible assets amounting to £68 million were valued as a result of this exercise. Judgement is involved in notionally allocating the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets identified in the acquisition together with the valuation of the intangible assets requiring specialist skills and knowledge;
  • The equity accounted earnings of Spire that are included in the income statement of the Group represent the year ended 31 December 2016 consistent with Spire's financial year-end, which is not co-terminous with Mediclinic's 31 March 2017 year-end. The equity accounting for Spire lags the Group's reporting period by three months as allowed by IAS 28. Application of this policy means that the Group needs to consider whether there were any significant developments at Spire between 1 January 2017 and 31 March 2017, the date to which the Group draws its consolidated financial statements; and

We obtained the report issued by the external valuation expert engaged by the Group to perform the notional purchase price allocation and to assist with the identification of identifiable assets acquired. Using our own valuation specialists, we assessed the process and methodology adopted by management's expert and the underlying assumptions and tested the mathematical accuracy of the valuation model.

We substantively tested the equity accounted results of Spire recorded by the Group with reference to the audited financial statements of Spire for the year ended 31 December 2016. We instructed the auditors of Spire to perform specified procedures to support our assessment of Spire's results equity accounted by the Group.

We read recent press reports of Spire and discussed with the Group's representative who sits on the board of Spire any significant or abnormal transactions that occurred in the period from 1 January 2017 to 31 March 2017, being the period not equity accounted by the Group, which could have had an effect on the results and carrying value of the associate at 31 March 2017.

We evaluated the share performance of Spire over the period since acquisition with reference to its reported financial performance. We met with the Group's nominated director on the Spire board to understand whether any indicators of impairment exist based on the underlying performance of the business and we inspected the latest available financial reports of Spire. We obtained analyst consensus forecasts of the Spire share price over the next twelve months to understand third party expectations of future performance.

Area of focus How our audit addressed the area of focus

3. Valuation of associate interest in Spire (continued)

• At 31 March 2017, the carrying value of the investment in Spire exceeded the listed market value of the investment, which could indicate a possible impairment. The Group assessed the recoverable amount of the investment based on a value in use calculation and concluded that no impairment loss was required. We focused on this area because judgement and estimation are involved in the impairment assessment. The carrying value of the investment is contingent on future cash flows and there is a risk that the investment will be impaired if these cash flows do not meet expectations. In addition, significant transactions or events that occur between Spire's year-end and the Group's reporting date may have an impact on the carrying value of the investment.

Deploying our valuation specialists, we obtained management's impairment assessment and tested the reasonableness of key assumptions underpinning management's value in use valuation of the Group's investment of Spire, including cash flow forecasts and the selection of growth rates and discount rates. We challenged management to substantiate its assumptions, including comparing relevant assumptions to third party data and economic forecasts.

We evaluated management's sensitivity analyses to ascertain the impact of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions on the available headroom. We evaluated the disclosure regarding the sensitivity of the impairment judgement to reasonably possible changes in the key assumptions underlying the impairment assessment.

Based on our work performed, we concurred with management that no impairment loss is required to the investment at 31 March 2017 and we did not identify any significant or abnormal transactions that affect the period from 1 January 2017 through 31 March 2017. We found the judgements and estimates made by management to be materially reasonable and the related disclosures to be appropriate.

Area of focus How our audit addressed the area of focus

4. Risk of fraud in revenue recognition

(refer to Audit and Risk Committee Report on page 114)

Different business models apply in each of the Group's businesses as a result of different regulatory environments and relationship models between the hospitals and funders. The Group's accounting policies in respect of revenue recognition are not considered to present a significant risk of misstatement due to the simple nature of the underlying transactions and related processes. However, as with any audit an inherent risk exists that revenue may be overstated due to fraud as a result of incentives to achieve certain performance targets driven mainly by revenue.

We obtained an understanding of the different revenue streams and revenue models across the Group. In particular, we focused on the newly acquired Al Noor business more broadly as it conforms its accounting and commercial practices with the rest of the Group and on a specific Al Noor business unit that was subject to an earn-out.

We evaluated the relevant controls in the revenue cycle. We used computer assisted auditing techniques or tests of details to test settled transactions from source to receipt of payment. We tested unusual journal entries impacting revenue and accounts receivable. We performed tests of details on adjustments recorded to reported revenue.

We tested unsettled transactions substantively through testing of receipts subsequent to year-end, confirmation of claims with medical insurers or patient file testing to check that the underlying service happened prior to year-end.

We obtained an understanding of the process followed by management to identify impaired receivable balances and performed an independent assessment of the provision calculated by management by evaluating the results of claim audits by medical insurers, historical information and ageing analyses. We performed analytical procedures designed to identify unusual trends in revenue recognition and pricing of services, including an assessment of insurance rejections.

Based on the procedures performed, we have identified no material adjustments.

HOW WE TAILORED THE AUDIT SCOPE

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the geographic structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the Group operates.

The Group financial statements are a consolidation of eight reporting units which comprise sub-consolidations of the operations in each of the Group's key markets. The South Africa, Switzerland and Dubai reporting units required an audit of their complete financial information due to their size. Audits were also performed over the complete financial information of three other reporting units (Abu Dhabi, being the legacy Al Noor business, the Mediclinic International plc parent company and Spire) to give appropriate audit coverage and to focus on specific risks associated with the acquisition of Al Noor and Spire in the prior financial year given the need to finalise the provisional purchase price accounting in the current financial year. Taken together, reporting units where we performed audit work over the complete financial information accounted for 93% of consolidated revenue and 92% of consolidated profit before tax. We separately performed specified procedures at two further reporting units meaning that our audit covered all reporting units that individually contributed more than 1% to the Group's revenue and 3% to profit before tax.

In addition, we instructed the component auditor at Spire, the one reporting unit with a non co-terminous yearend to the rest of the Group, to undertake subsequent event review procedures over the lag period of account.

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work that needed to be performed at the reporting units by us, as the Group engagement team, or by component auditors from other PwC network firms or, in the case of Spire, other audit firms operating under our instruction. Where the work was performed by component auditors, we determined the level of involvement we needed to have in the audit work at those reporting units to be able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the financial statements as a whole.

Recognising that not every business in each of the eight reporting units which comprise the Group's consolidated results and financial position is included in our Group audit scope, we considered as part of our Group audit oversight responsibility what audit coverage has been obtained in aggregate by our component teams by reference to business components at which audit work has been undertaken.

We visited our component teams in South Africa, Switzerland and the UAE, which included file reviews, attendance at key audit meetings with local management and participation in audit clearance meetings at each reporting unit. We also had regular dialogue with our component audit teams at each key reporting unit and with Spire's auditor.

Further specific audit procedures over the Group consolidation (and review procedures over the Annual Report and Financial Statements disclosures) were directly led by the Group audit team.

MATERIALITY

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall group materiality £14.9 million (2016: £13 million).
How we determined it Approximately 5% of profit before tax.
Rationale for benchmark applied We believe that profit before tax is a primary
measure used by the shareholders in assessing the
performance of the Group and is a generally accepted
auditing benchmark.
Component materiality For each component in our audit scope, we allocated
a materiality that was less than overall group audit
materiality. The range of materiality allocated to
each reporting unit was between £1.5 million and
£12 million. The materiality used for the audit of the
parent company was £12 million. Certain components
were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that
was also less than our overall group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £0.7 million (2016: £0.7 million) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

GOING CONCERN

Under the Listing Rules, we are required to review the directors' statement, set out on page 129, in relation to going concern.

We have nothing to report having performed our review.

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland), we are required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation to the directors' statement about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.

As noted in the directors' statement, the directors have concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. The going concern basis presumes that the Group has adequate resources to remain in operation, and that the directors intend it to do so, for at least one year from the date the financial statements were signed.

As part of our audit, we have concluded that the directors' use of the going concern basis is appropriate. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, these statements are not a guarantee of the Group's ability to continue as a going concern.

OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING

CONSISTENCY OF OTHER INFORMATION AND COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS

COMPANIES ACT 2006 REPORTING

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

  • the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors' Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
  • the Strategic Report and the Directors' Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In addition, in light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we are required to report if we have identified any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and the Directors' Report. We have nothing to report in this respect.

ISAS (UK & IRELAND) REPORTING

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if,
in our opinion:
information in the Annual Report and Financial
Statements is:

materially inconsistent with the information in the
audited financial statements; or

apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially
inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group
acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

otherwise misleading.
We have no exceptions to report.
the statement given by the directors on page 129, in
accordance with provision C.1.1 of the UK Corporate
Governance Code (the "Code"), that they consider the
Annual Report and Financial Statements taken as a whole
to be fair, balanced and understandable and provides the
information necessary for members to assess the Group's
position and performance, business model and strategy is
materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group
acquired in the course of performing our audit.
We have no exceptions to report.
the section of the Annual Report and Financial Statements
on page 114, as required by provision C.3.8 of the Code,
describing the work of the Audit Committee does not
appropriately address matters communicated by us to
the Audit Committee.
We have no exceptions to report.

THE DIRECTORS' ASSESSMENT OF THE PROSPECTS OF THE GROUP AND OF THE PRINCIPAL RISKS THAT WOULD THREATEN THE SOLVENCY OR LIQUIDITY OF THE GROUP

relation to:
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you
if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in
the directors' confirmation on pages 30 to 36 of the
Annual Report and Financial Statements, in accordance
with provision C.2.1 of the Code, that they have carried out
a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group,
including those that would threaten its business model,
future performance, solvency or liquidity.
We have nothing material to add or to
draw attention to.
the disclosures in the Annual Report and Financial
Statements that describe those risks and explain how they
are being managed or mitigated.
We have nothing material to add or to
draw attention to.
the directors' explanation on page 35 of the Annual Report
and Financial Statements, in accordance with provision
C.2.2 of the Code, how they have assessed the prospects
of the Group, over what period they have done so and
why they consider that period to be appropriate and their
statement whether they have a reasonable expectation
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their
assessment, including any related disclosures drawing
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.
We have nothing material to add or to
draw attention to.

Under the Listing Rules, we are required to review the directors' statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group and the directors' statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group. Our review was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors' process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the Code; and considering whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing our audit. We have nothing to report having performed our review.

ADEQUACY OF INFORMATION AND EXPLANATIONS RECEIVED

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of directors' remuneration specified by law are not made. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

Under the Listing Rules, we are required to review the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to ten further provisions of the Code. We have nothing to report having performed our review.

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE AUDIT

OUR RESPONSIBILITIES AND THOSE OF THE DIRECTORS

As explained more fully in the Directors' Responsibilities Statement set out on page 129, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and ISAs (UK & Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board's Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company's members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

WHAT AN AUDIT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INVOLVES

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error.

This includes an assessment of:

  • whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group's circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed;
  • the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and
  • the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the directors' judgements against available evidence, forming our own judgements and evaluating the disclosures in the financial statements.

We test and examine information, using sampling and other auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to provide a reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of controls, substantive procedures or a combination of both.

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report and Financial Statements to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies, we consider the implications for our report. With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors' Report, we consider whether those reports include the disclosures required by applicable legal requirements.

OTHER MATTER

We have reported separately on the Company financial statements of Mediclinic International plc for the year ended 31 March 2017 and on the information in the Directors' Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited.

Giles Hannam (Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors London 23 May 2017

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION as at 31 March 2017

GROUP
Notes 2017
£'m
2016
£'m
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, equipment and vehicles
Intangible assets
Equity accounted investments
Other investments and loans
Derivative financial instruments
Deferred income tax assets
6
7
8
9
20
10
6 353
3 703
2 156
465
8

21
5 618
3 199
1 941
455
6
1
16
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Other investments and loans
Current income tax assets
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents
Assets classified as held for sale
11
12
9
20
28.8
32
1 069
90
591
16
2

361
9
931
75
547

2
2
305
Total assets 7 422 6 549
EQUITY
Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings
Other reserves
13
13
13
14
74
690
(2)
5 525
(2 201)
74
690
(2)
5 320
(2 573)
Attributable to equity holders of the Company 4 086 3 509
Non-controlling interests 16 78 61
Total equity 4 164 3 570
LIABILITIES
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Deferred income tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations
Provisions
Derivative financial instruments
Cash-settled share-based payment liability
17
10
18
19
20
15
2 668
1 961
527
154
23
2
1
2 192
1 524
446
179
24
19
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Provisions
Retirement benefit obligations
Derivative financial instruments
Current income tax liabilities
Liabilities classified as held for sale
21
17
19
18
20
32
590
472
69
22
10
7
8
2
787
431
317
19
9
1
10
Total liabilities 3 258 2 979
Total equity and liabilities 7 422 6 549

These financial statements and the accompanying notes were approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 23 May 2017 and were signed on its behalf by:

DP Meintjes PJ Myburgh Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer

Mediclinic International plc (Company no 08338604)

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

for the year ended 31 March 2017

GROUP
Notes 2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Revenue 2 749 2 107
Cost of sales 22 (1 696) (1 264)
Administration and other operating expenses 22 (689) (554)
Other gains and losses 23 (2) (1)
Operating profit 362 288
Finance income 7 9
Finance cost 24 (74) (58)
Share of net profit of equity accounted investments 8 12 6
Profit before tax 307 245
Income tax expense 25 (64) (55)
Profit for the year 243 190
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company 229 177
Non-controlling interests 14 13
243 190
Earnings per ordinary share attributable to the equity holders of the
Company – pence
Basic 26 31.0 29.6
Diluted 26 31.0 29.5

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

for the year ended 31 March 2017

GROUP
Notes 2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Profit for the year 243 190
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to the income statement
Currency translation differences 27 388 92
Fair value adjustment – cash flow hedges 27 2
388 94
Items that may not be reclassified to the income statement
Remeasurements of retirement benefit obligations 27 34 (56)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax 27 422 38
Total comprehensive income for the year 665 228
Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company 635 224
Non-controlling interests 30 4
665 228

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES

IN EQUITY for the year ended 31 March 2017

Share
capital
(note 13)
£'m
Capital
redemption
reserve
(note 13)
£'m
Share
premium
reserve
(note 13)
£'m
Balance at 1 April 2015 994
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year
Shares issued (August 2015) 479
Share issue costs (August 2015) (4)
Reverse acquisition (1 402) 6 4 862
Share subscription (February 2016) 7 593
Reduction of share premium (4 765)
Utilised by the Mpilo Trusts
Treasury shares purchased (Forfeitable Share Plan)
Share-based payment expense
Transactions with non-controlling shareholders
Dividends paid
Balance at 31 March 2016 74 6 690
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year
Transactions with non-controlling shareholders
Dividends paid
Balance at 31 March 2017 74 6 690
GROUP
Reverse
acquisition
reserve
(note 13)
£'m
Treasury
shares
(note 13)
£'m
Share
based
payment
reserve
(note 14)
£'m
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
(note 14)
£'m
Hedging
reserve
(note 14)
£'m
Retained
earnings
£'m
Attributable
to equity
holders of
the
Company
£'m
Non
controlling
interests
(note 16)
£'m
Total
equity
£'m
(22) 14 306 2 485 1 779 61 1 840
177 177 13 190
101 2 (56) 47 (9) 38
101 2 121 224 4 228
479 479
(4) (4)
(3 014) (6) 446 446
600 600
4 765
21 21 21
(1) (1) (1)
10 10 10
3 3 3 6
(48) (48) (7) (55)
(3 014) (2) 24 407 4 5 320 3 509 61 3 570
229 229 14 243
372 34 406 16 422
372 263 635 30 665
4 4 (4)
(62) (62) (9) (71)
(3 014) (2) 24 779 4 5 525 4 086 78 4 164

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF

CASH FLOWS for the year ended 31 March 2017

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
Inflow/ Inflow/
Notes (outflow) (outflow)
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Cash received from customers 2 078
2 735
Cash paid to suppliers and employees (2 226) (1 667)
Cash generated from operations 28.1 509 411
Interest received 7 9
Interest paid 28.2 (77) (55)
Tax paid 28.3 (45) (45)
Net cash generated from operating activities 394 320
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES (218) (1 549)
Investment to maintain operations 28.4 (109) (72)
Investment to expand operations 28.5 (140) (114)
Business combinations – Al Noor acquisition 29 (17)
Al Noor Hospitals Group plc shares repurchased 29 (530)
Special dividend to existing Al Noor Hospitals Group plc shareholders 29 (383)
Proceeds on disposal of property, equipment and vehicles 1
Disposal of subsidiaries 31 44
Acquisition of investment in associate 8 & 30 (1) (446)
Dividends received from equity accounted investment 4 2
Proceeds from money market funds 10
Acquisition of other investment and loans (16)
Net cash generated/(utilised) before financing activities 176 (1 229)
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES (169) 1 242
Proceeds of shares issued 13 479
Share issue costs 13 (4)
Share subscription 13 600
Distributions to non-controlling interests 16 (9) (7)
Distributions to shareholders 28.6 (62) (48)
Proceeds from borrowings 28.7 247 302
Repayment of borrowings 28.7 (327) (85)
Refinancing transaction costs (3) (6)
Settlement of Al Noor Hospitals Group plc share option scheme (2)
Shares purchased (Forfeitable Share Plan) (1)
Proceeds from disposal of treasury shares 12
Acquisition of non-controlling interest 16 (15) (2)
Proceeds on disposal of non-controlling interest 4
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 7 13
Opening balance of cash and cash equivalents 305 265
Exchange rate fluctuations on foreign cash 49 27
Closing balance of cash and cash equivalents 28.8 361 305

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS for the year ended 31 March 2017

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Mediclinic International plc is a private hospital group with three operating platforms in Southern Africa (South Africa and Namibia), Switzerland and the United Arab Emirates and with an equity investment in the UK. Its core purpose is to enhance the quality of life of patients by providing cost-effective acute care specialised hospital services.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

2.1 Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as adopted by the European Union, including IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) and with the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost convention, except for the following items which are carried at fair value or valued using another measurement basis:

  • Derivative financial assets and liabilities and available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value
  • Retirement benefit obligations that are measured in terms of the projected unit credit method
  • Liabilities for cash-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value.

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Company's accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in note 4.

Functional and presentation currency

The consolidated financial statements and financial information are presented in pound (the presentation currency), rounded to the nearest million. The functional currency of the majority of the Group's entities, and the currencies of the primary economic environments in which they operate, is the South African rand, Swiss franc and United Arab Emirates dirham. The United Arab Emirates dirham is pegged against the United States dollar at a rate of 3.6725 per US Dollar.

Exchange rates

The Group uses the average of exchange rates prevailing during the period to translate the results and cash flows of overseas subsidiaries, the joint venture and associated undertakings into pound and periodend rates to translate the net assets of those undertakings. The following exchange rates were applicable during the period:

GROUP
2017 2016
Average rates:
Swiss franc 1.29 1.47
UAE dirham 4.80 5.54
South African rand 18.41 20.73
Period end rates:
Swiss franc 1.25 1.38
UAE dirham 4.59 5.28
South African rand 16.74 21.21

Going concern

Having assessed the principal risks and the other matters discussed in connection with the viability statement, the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

2.2 Consolidation and equity accounting

a) Basis of consolidation

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

The results of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the effective date of acquisition until control is lost.

Adjustments to the financial statements of subsidiaries are made when necessary to bring their accounting policies in line with those of the Group.

All intra-company transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified and recognised separately from the Group's interest therein, and are recognised within equity. Losses of subsidiaries attributable to non-controlling interests are allocated to the non-controlling interest even if this results in a debit balance being recognised.

Transactions which result in changes in ownership levels, where the Company has control of the subsidiary both before and after the transaction are regarded as equity transactions and are recognised directly in the statement of changes in equity.

The difference between the fair value of consideration paid or received and the movement in noncontrolling interest for such transactions is recognised in equity attributable to the owners of the parent.

Where a subsidiary is disposed of and a non-controlling shareholding is retained, the remaining investment is measured to fair value with the adjustment to fair value recognised in profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal of the controlling interest.

Reverse acquisition accounting

On 14 October 2015, the Board of Directors of Al Noor Hospitals Group plc and the independent Board of Directors of Mediclinic International Limited announced that they had reached an agreement on the terms of a recommended combination of their respective businesses (the ''Combination''). Given the relative size of Al Noor and Mediclinic, the Combination has been classified as a reverse takeover in terms of IFRS 3, based on the analysis of the voting rights after the combination and the composition of the Board of Directors. For the purpose of the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority, the Combination was also classified as a reverse takeover.

On 15 February 2016, the entire share capital of Mediclinic International Limited was acquired by Al Noor Hopitals Group plc pursuant to the Mediclinic Scheme. Al Noor Hospitals Group plc acquired all of the Mediclinic Shares that were not repurchased and cancelled by Mediclinic in the Repurchase Option. Mediclinic Shareholders were entitled to receive 0.625 new shares for every Mediclinic share held.

Al Noor Hospitals Group plc has remained the holding company of the Enlarged Group and has been renamed to ''Mediclinic International plc''. Mediclinic International plc wholly owns the Al Noor Hospitals Group and the Mediclinic Group, as well as the 29.9 per cent interest in Spire Heathcare plc, which was acquired by Mediclinic International Limited in August 2015.

Accordingly, these consolidated financial statements are issued in the name of Mediclinic International plc (previously Al Noor Hospitals Group plc), but are a continuation of the consolidated financial statements of Mediclinic International Limited. In accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations, the financial statements of Mediclinic International Limited, including comparative information, have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the legal capital position of Mediclinic International plc. For further details, refer to note 29.

A capital redemption reserve and a reverse acquisition reserve were created (refer to note 13).

Al Noor's results have been consolidated in the consolidated financial statements from the effective date of the acquisition, 15 February 2016.

2.2 Consolidation and equity accounting (continued)

b) Business combinations

The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of the business combination is measured as the aggregate of the fair values of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued. Costs directly attributable to the business combination are expensed as incurred, except the costs to issue debt that are amortised as part of the effective interest and costs to issue equity, which are included in equity.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration that is deemed to be an asset or liability is recognised in accordance with IAS 39 in profit or loss. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured, and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

The acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the recognition conditions of IFRS 3 Business Combinations are recognised at their fair values at acquisition date, except for non-current assets (or disposal company) that are classified as held-for-sale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held-for-sale and Discontinued Operations, which are recognised at fair value less costs to sell.

Contingent liabilities are only included in the identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquiree where there is a present obligation at acquisition date.

On acquisition, the Group assesses the classification of the acquiree's assets and liabilities and reclassifies them where the classification is inappropriate for Group purposes. This excludes lease agreements and insurance contracts, whose classification remains as per their inception date.

Non-controlling interests arising from a business combination, which are present ownership interests, and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of the entity's net assets in the event of liquidation, are measured either at the present ownership interests' proportionate share in the recognised amounts of the acquiree's identifiable net assets or at fair value. The treatment is not an accounting policy choice but is selected for each individual business combination, and disclosed in the note for business combinations. All other components of non-controlling interests are measured at their acquisition date fair values, unless another measurement basis is required by IFRSs.

In cases where the Company held a non-controlling shareholding in the acquiree prior to obtaining control, that interest is measured to fair value as at acquisition date. The measurement to fair value is included in profit or loss for the year. Where the existing shareholding was classified as an available-for-sale financial asset, the cumulative fair value adjustments recognised previously to other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are recognised in profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment.

Goodwill is determined as the consideration paid, plus the fair value of any shareholding held prior to obtaining control, plus non-controlling interest and less the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquiree. If the total of consideration transferred, non-controlling interest recognised and previously held interest measured is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement.

Goodwill is not amortised but is tested on an annual basis for impairment. If goodwill is assessed to be impaired, that impairment is not subsequently reversed.

Goodwill arising on acquisition of foreign entities is considered an asset of the foreign entity. In such cases the goodwill is translated to the functional currency of the Company at the end of each reporting period with the adjustment recognised in equity through other comprehensive income.

2.2 Consolidation and equity accounting (continued)

c) Investment in associates and joint ventures

Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor. The Group has assessed the nature of its joint arrangements and determined them to be joint ventures. Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

Under the equity method, the equity accounted investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group's share of the post-acquisition profits or losses and movements in other comprehensive income. Dividends received or receivable from equity accounted investments are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the investment. The Group's investments in associates and joint ventures include goodwill identified on acquisition. When the Group's share of losses in an associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its interests in the investment (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group's net investment), the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the entity.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its equity accounted investments are eliminated to the extent of the Group's interest in these investments. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of the equity accounted investments have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

If the ownership interest in an equity accounted investment is reduced but significant influence or joint control is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate. The Group's share of post-acquisition profit or loss is recognised in the income statement, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income with a corresponding adjustment to the carrying amount of the investment.

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the equity accounted investment is impaired. If this is the case, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the investment and its carrying value and recognises the amount adjacent to share of profit or loss of the investment in the income statement.

2.3 Segment reporting

Consistent with internal reporting, the Group's segments are identified as the three geographical operating platforms in Mediclinic Southern Africa, Mediclinic Switzerland, Mediclinic Middle East. The United Kingdom and Corporate segments are additional non-operating segments. The chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the segments, has been identified as the Executive Committee that makes strategic decisions. The Executive Committee comprises the Executive Directors.

2.4 Property, equipment and vehicles

Land and buildings comprise mainly hospitals and offices. All property, equipment and vehicles are shown at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment, except for land, which is shown at cost less impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance costs are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on the other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost less its residual value over its estimated useful life as follows:

Buildings: 10 – 100 years
--- ------------ ---------------- --
  • Equipment: 3 10 years
  • Furniture and vehicles: 3 8 years

2.4 Property, equipment and vehicles (continued)

The assets' residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each statement of financial position date.

Refer to note 2.6 for impairment of property, equipment and vehicles.

An asset is derecognised on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from use. Profit or loss on disposals is determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amounts. These are included in the income statement.

2.5 Intangible assets

a) Trade names

Trade names have been recognised by the Group as part of a business combination. No value is placed on internally developed trade names. Trade names that are deemed to have an indefinite useful life are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Trade names that are deemed to have a finite useful life are capitalised at the cost to the Group and amortised on the straight-line basis over its estimated useful lifetime of 1 to 20 years (2016: 5 to 20 years). Expenditure to maintain trade names is accounted for against income as incurred.

b) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group's share of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition and the fair value of the non-controlling interest in the subsidiary. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisition of associates and joint ventures is included in investments in associates and joint ventures. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units ("CGUs") for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from business combinations in which goodwill arose. Management monitors goodwill for impairment at an operating segment level. Any impairment losses that are recognised are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to reduce the carrying amount of other assets on a pro rata basis.

c) Computer software

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. These costs are amortised over their estimated useful lives (1 – 5 years) using the straight-line method.

Internally developed computer software that is clearly associated with an identifiable and unique system, which will be controlled by the Group and have a probable future economic benefit beyond one year, are recognised as intangible assets. Costs associated with maintaining computer software or development expenditure that does not meet the recognition criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred.

2.6 Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset's carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's fair value less costs to sell and value in use. The recoverable amount is calculated by estimating future cash benefits that will result from each asset and discounting those cash benefits at an appropriate discount rate. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows – CGUs. Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

2.7 Financial assets

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: loans and receivables, available-for-sale financial assets and financial assets at fair value through profit and loss. The classification depends on the purpose for which the asset was acquired. Management determines the classification of its investments at initial recognition.

Purchases and sales of investments are recognised on trade date – the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs for all financial assets not subsequently carried at fair value through profit or loss.

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Loans and receivables are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the reporting date, which are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method less provision for impairment.

Investments available-for-sale

Other long-term investments are classified as available-for-sale and are included within non-current assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the reporting date. These investments are carried at fair value. Unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of available-for-sale investments are recognised in other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. When available-for-sale investments are either sold or impaired, the accumulated fair value adjustments are realised and included in profit or loss.

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss

These instruments, consisting of financial instruments held-for-trading and those designated at fair value through profit and loss at inception, are carried at fair value. Derivatives are also classified as held-fortrading unless they are designated as hedges. Realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of these financial instruments are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they arise.

Impairment

At each reporting date the Group assesses whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset and that loss has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset that can be reliably estimated.

For financial assets carried at amortised cost, evidence of impairment may include indications that the receivables or a group of receivables is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation, and where observable data indicate that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults. The amount of the provision for impairment is the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. The movement in the provision is recognised in the income statement.

In the case of available-for-sale financial assets, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the asset below its cost is considered an indicator that the investments are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss – is removed from other comprehensive income and recognised in the income statement.

Impairment losses recognised in the income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the income statement.

2.8 Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts, the legal enforceable right is not contingent of a future event and is enforceable in the normal course of business even in the event of default, bankruptcy and insolvency, and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

2.9 Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost, determined on the weighted average method, or net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.

2.10 Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows. The amount of the provision is recognised in the income statement.

2.11 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of balances with banks and cash on hand and are classified as loans and receivables. Bank overdrafts are classified as financial liabilities at amortised cost and are disclosed as part of borrowings in current liabilities in the statement of financial position.

2.12 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently measured at fair value. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. Hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognised liability or a highly probable forecast transaction is designated as a cash flow hedge. The Group uses interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges.

The Group documents, at inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting cash flows of hedged items.

The fair values of various derivative instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in note 20. The hedging reserve in shareholders' equity is shown in note 14. On the statement of financial position hedging derivatives are not classified based on whether the amount is expected to be recovered or settled within, or after, 12 months. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedge relationship is more than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedge relationship is less than 12 months.

Cash flow hedges

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Amounts accumulated in other comprehensive income are recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss (for example, when the interest expense on hedged variable rate borrowings is recognised in profit and loss).

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.

2.13 Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Shares in the Company held by wholly-owned Group companies are classified as treasury shares and are held at cost.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds, net of tax.

2.14 Treasury shares

Treasury shares are deducted from equity until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of. No gains or losses are recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of treasury shares. All consideration paid or received for treasury shares is recognised directly in equity.

2.15 Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Accounts payable is classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

2.16 Borrowings

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest rate method. Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Borrowing costs are expensed when incurred, except for borrowing costs directly attributable to the construction or acquisition of qualifying assets. Borrowing cost directly attributable to the construction or acquisition of qualifying assets is added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use.

2.17 Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation, as a result of past events, and it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made.

Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

2.18 Current and deferred income tax

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date in the countries where the Group and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

2.18 Current and deferred income tax (continued)

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except for deferred income tax liabilities where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

2.19 Employee benefits

a) Retirement benefit costs

The Group provides defined benefit and defined contribution plans for the benefit of employees, the assets of which are held in separate trustee administered funds. These plans are funded by payments from the employees and the Group, taking into account recommendations of independent qualified actuaries.

Defined contribution plans

A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. Each member's fund value is directly linked to the contributions and the related investment returns. The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to make further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expense when they are due.

Defined benefit plans

This plan defines an amount of pension benefit an employee will receive on retirement, dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. The liability recognised in the statement of financial position in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension obligation.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. Past service costs are recognised immediately in the income statement. A net pension asset is recorded only to the extent that it does not exceed the present value of any economic benefit available in the form of reductions in future contributions to the plan, and any unrecognised actuarial losses and past service costs. The annual pension costs of the Group's benefit plans are charged to the income statement.

Incurred interest costs/income on the defined benefit obligations are recognised as wages and salaries.

b) Post-retirement medical benefits

Some Group companies provide for post-retirement medical contributions in relation to current and retired employees. The expected costs of these benefits are accounted for by using the projected unit credit method. Under this method, the expected costs of these benefits are accumulated over the service lives of the employees. Valuation of these obligations is carried out by independent qualified actuaries. All actuarial gains and losses are charged or credited to other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

2.19 Employee benefits (continued)

c) Equity-settled share-based compensation

The Group operates a equity-settled, share-based compensation plan, under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments (options) of the Company. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted:

  • including any market performance conditions;
  • excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions; and
  • including the impact of any non-vesting conditions.

At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions and service conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

d) Cash-settled share-based compensation

The Group operates cash-settled share-based compensation plans. The Group recognises the value of the services received (expense), and the liabilities to pay for those services, as the employees render service. The liabilities are measured, initially, and at each reporting date until settled, at the fair value appropriate to the scheme, taking into account the terms and conditions on which the rights were granted, and the extent to which the employees have rendered service to date, excluding the impact of any non-market-related vesting conditions. Non-market-related vesting conditions are included in the assumptions regarding the number of units expected to vest. These assumptions are revised at the end of each reporting period. All changes to the fair value of the liability are recognised in the income statement.

e) Profit sharing and bonus plans

The Group recognises a liability and an expense where a contractual obligation exist for short-term incentives. The amounts payable to employees in respect of the short-term incentive schemes are determined based on annual business performance targets.

2.20 Revenue recognition

Revenues are measured at the fair value of the consideration that has been received or is to be received and represent the amounts that can be received for services in the regular course of business when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred or services have been rendered. Discounts, sales taxes and other taxes associated with the revenues have to be deducted.

Revenue primarily comprises fees charged for inpatient and outpatient hospital services. Services include charges for accommodation, theatre, medical professional services, equipment, radiology, laboratory and pharmaceutical goods used. Revenue is recorded and recognised during the period in which the hospital service is provided, based upon the amounts due from patients and/or medical funding entities. Fees are calculated and billed based on various tariff agreements with funders.

Discounts comprise retrospective volume discounts granted to certain customers on attainment of certain levels of purchases from the Group. These are accrued over the course of the arrangement based on estimates of the level of business expected and are adjusted at the end of the arrangement to reflect actual volumes.

In Switzerland, medical services can on occasion be charged based on provisional tariffs as delays can occur in the agreement of tariffs between providers (including the Group) and funders. When tariffs have not yet been agreed, tariff provisions are recognised as adjustments in revenue to reflect any uncertainty about collectability of amounts invoiced. Revenue continues to be recognised in these circumstances as the Group has developed significant historical experience of continuing to collect revenue for delivered services where tariff negotiations have not concluded with all relevant authorities. However, a tariff provision will be recorded when the Group identifies any uncertainty around collection of amounts invoiced for delivered services and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required, which can be reliably estimated. The provision is calculated on the basis of historical experience of outcomes to negotiations between providers and funders and this historical experience is subject to regular reassessment based on the actual outcome to tariff negotiations.

2.20 Revenue recognition (continued)

Other revenues earned are recognised on the following bases:

a) Interest income Interest income is recognised on a time-proportioned basis using the effective interest rate method.

b) Rental income

Rental income, which is insignificant, is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

With the exception of interest income, all the items above are presented as revenue.

2.21 Cost of sales

Cost of sales consists of the cost of inventories, including obsolete stock, which have been expensed during the year, together with personnel costs and related overheads which are directly attributable to the provision of services.

2.22 Leased assets

Leases of property, equipment and vehicles where the Group assumes substantially all the benefits and risks of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease's commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate on the finance balance outstanding. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in borrowings. The interest element of the finance charges is charged to the income statement over the lease period. The property, equipment and vehicles acquired under finance leasing contracts are depreciated over the useful lives of the assets or the term of the lease agreement if shorter and transfer of ownership at the end of the lease period is uncertain.

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as operating leases.

Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

2.23 Dividend distribution

Dividends are recorded in the Group's financial statements in the period in which they are approved by the Company's Board of Directors.

2.24 Foreign currency transactions

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the respective Group entities' functional currencies at exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates, are recognised in the income statement (except when recognised in other comprehensive income as part of qualifying cash flow hedges).

Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at historical cost are translated using the exchange rate at the transaction date, and those measured at fair value are translated at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was determined. Exchange rate differences on non-monetary items are accounted for based on the classification of the underlying items.

Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets classified as available-for-sale, are included in other comprehensive income. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the income statement within "Administration and other operating expenses".

2.24 Foreign currency transactions (continued)

Group entities

The results and financial position of all foreign operations that have a functional currency that is different from the Group's presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

  • Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the reporting date.
  • Income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates for the year.
  • All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

On consolidation exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations are taken directly to other comprehensive income. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of foreign operations are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at closing rates at the reporting date.

2.25 Standards, interpretations and amendments

Published standards, amendments and interpretations effective for the 31 March 2017 financial period:

The following published standards, amendments and interpretations are mandatory for the accounting period beginning on or after 1 April 2016 and have been adopted:

  • IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 28 Investment entities (amendments) Applying the consolidation exception
  • IFRS 11 (amendments) Joint arrangements
  • IFRS 14 Regulatory Deferral Accounts
  • IAS 1 (amendments) Disclosure initiative
  • IAS 16 and IAS 38 (amendments) Clarification of acceptable methods of depreciation and amortisation
  • IAS 16 and IAS 41 (amendments) Agriculture: bearer plants
  • IAS 27 (amendment) Equity method in separate financial statements
  • Annual improvements 2012 2014 cycle Amendments and clarifications to existing IFRS standards

The implementation of these standards and amendments had no financial impact on the reported results or financial position of the Group.

Published standards, amendments and interpretations not yet effective and not early adopted:

The following new standards, amendments and interpretations are expected to have an impact on the financial statements in the period of initial application. Based on initial assessments, management expects the new standards to mainly affect presentation and disclosure of the financial statements, with the exception of IFRS 16: Leases which is expected to have a material impact and will be evaluated during 2018.

IFRS 9: Financial Instruments (1 January 2018)

The new standard improves and simplifies the approach for classification and measurement of financial assets compared with the requirements of IAS 39. IFRS 9 applies a consistent approach to classifying financial assets and replaces the numerous categories of financial assets in IAS 39, each of which had its own classification criteria. IFRS 9 also results in one impairment method, replacing the numerous impairment methods in IAS 39 that arise from the different classification categories.

IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (1 January 2018)

The new standard requires companies to recognise revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers, that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard will also result in enhanced disclosures about revenue, and provides guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively and improves guidance for multiple-element arrangements.

2.25 Standards, interpretations and amendments (continued)

Published standards, amendments and interpretations not yet effective and not early adopted: (continued)

IFRS 16: Leases (1 January 2019)

The new standard addresses the definition of a lease, recognition and measurement of leases and establishes principles for reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the leasing activities of both lessees and lessors. A key change arising from IFRS 16 is that most operating leases will be accounted for on balance sheet for lessees. The standard replaces IAS 17 'Leases', and related interpretations.

The following new accounting standards, interpretations and amendments will have no material impact on the financial statements:

  • IAS 7 (amendment) Disclosure initiative (1 January 2017)
  • IAS 12 (amendment) Recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealised losses (1 January 2017)
  • IFRS 2 (amendment) Classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions (1 January 2018)
  • IFRS 4 Clarification on the implementation approach together with IFRS 9 (1 January 2018)
  • IAS 40 Transfers of investment property (1 January 2018)
  • IFRIC 22 Foreign currency transactions and advance consideration (1 January 2018)
  • Annual improvements 2014 2016 cycle Amendments and clarifications to existing IFRS standards (1 January 2017 and 1 January 2018)
  • IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (amendments) Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture (postponed)

3. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

3.1 Financial risk factors

In respect of the Group's financial instruments, normal business activities expose the Group to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and other price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group's overall risk management programme seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group's financial performance.

a) Market risk

i) Currency risk

Investments in foreign operations

The Group has investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group's foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies. Changes in the pound/ Swiss franc, pound/UAE dirham and pound/South African rand exchange rate over a period of time result in increased/decreased earnings. Other than the Group's earnings and payment of dividends which are presented and declared in pound and thus exposed to currency risk, the Group is not significantly exposed to currency risk since the operating platforms predominantly operates in its local currency (including its debt).

In the case of corporate offshore transactions and or cross-border business combinations, generally forward cover contracts are considered or taken out to minimize foreign currency risk. Currently there are no forward cover contracts in place.

The impact of a 10% change in the pound/Swiss franc, pound/South African rand and the pound/UAE dirham exchange rates for a sustained period of one year is:

  • profit for the period would increase/decrease by £14m (31 March 2016: increase/decrease by £11m) due to exposure to the GBP/Swiss franc exchange rate;
  • profit for the period would increase/decrease by £2m (31 March 2016: increase/decrease by £6m) due to exposure to the GBP/UAE dirham exchange rate;
  • profit for the period would increase/decrease by £8m (31 March 2016: increase/decrease by £7m) due to exposure to the GBP/South African Rand exchange rate;

3. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

3.1 Financial risk factors (continued)

a) Market risk (continued)

i) Currency risk (continued)

Investments in foreign operations (continued)

  • foreign currency translation reserve would increase/decrease by £196m (2016: increase/decrease by £112m) due to exposure to the GBP/Swiss franc exchange rate;
  • foreign currency translation reserve would increase/decrease by £154m (2016: increase/decrease by £24m) due to exposure to the GBP/UAE dirham exchange rate; and
  • foreign currency translation reserve would increase/decrease by £6m (2016: increase/decrease by £12m) due to exposure to the GBP/South African rand exchange rate.

ii) Interest rate risk

The Group's interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings as well as short-term deposits. Borrowings and short-term deposits issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. Interest rate derivatives expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. Group policy is to maintain an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and placings.

The Group manages its interest rate risk by using floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps. Such interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Generally, the Group raises long-term borrowings at floating rates and swaps them into fixed rates. Under the interest rate swaps, the Group agrees with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals (primarily quarterly), the difference between fixed contract rates and floating-rate interest amounts calculated by reference to the agreed notional amounts.

In respect of financial assets, interest rate risk is managed by using approved counterparties that offer the best rates.

With the interest rate swap agreements the Group entered into to mitigate interest rate risk, the Group did not consider there to be a significant concentration of interest rate risk.

Interest rate sensitivity

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivative and non-derivative instruments at the reporting date and the stipulated change taking place at the beginning of the financial year and held constant throughout the reporting period in the case of instruments that have floating rates. If interest rates had been 25 basis points higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, the Group's:

• profit for the period would increase/decrease by £3m (2016: increase/decrease by £3m). This is mainly attributable to the Group's exposure to interest rates on its unhedged variable rate borrowings and cash.

iii) Other price risk

The Group is not materially exposed to commodity or any other price risk.

3. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

3.1 Financial risk factors (continued)

b) Credit risk

Financial assets that potentially subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, short-term deposits and trade and other receivables and derivative financial contracts. The Group's cash equivalents and short-term deposits, are placed with quality financial institutions with a high credit rating. Trade receivables are represented net of the allowance for doubtful receivables. Credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Group's customer base, which consists mainly of medical schemes and insurance companies. The financial condition of these clients in relation to their credit standing is evaluated on an ongoing basis. Medical schemes and insurance companies are forced to maintain minimum reserve levels. The policy for patients that do not have a medical scheme or an insurance company paying for the Group's service, is to require a preliminary payment instead. The Group does not have any significant exposure to any individual customer or counterparty.

The Group is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to hedging instruments. The counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions. The Group monitors its positions and limits the extent to which it enters into contracts with any one party.

The carrying amounts of financial assets included in the statement of financial position represents the Group's maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to these assets. At 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2017, the Group did not consider there to be a significant concentration of credit risk.

c) Liquidity risk

The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring cash flow forecasts to ensure that it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs, while maintaining sufficient headroom on its undrawn borrowing facilities at all times so that the Group does not breach borrowing limits or covenants (where applicable) on any of its borrowing facilities. Given that the Group has bank facilities in place which expires during 2019/2020, the Group did not consider there to be a significant concentration of liquidity risk.

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
The Group's unused overdraft facilities are: 95 88

3. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

3.1 Financial risk factors (continued)

c) Liquidity risk (continued)

The following table details the Group's remaining contractual maturity for its financial liabilities. The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the required date of repayment. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows. The analysis of derivative financial instruments has been drawn up based on undiscounted net cash inflows/(outflows) that settle on a net basis.

Contractual 0 – 12 1 – 5 Beyond 5
Carrying cash flows months years years
Financial liabilities value £'m £'m £'m £'m
31 March 2017
Borrowings 2 030 2 279 153 2 048 78
Derivative financial
instruments 9 9 7 2
Trade payables 227 227 227
Other payables and
accrued expenses 167 167 167
31 March 2016
Borrowings 1 841 2 025 358 1 597 70
Derivative financial
instruments 20 20 8 12
Trade payables 200 200 200
Other payables and
accrued expenses 169 169 169

3.2 Capital management

The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in note 17, cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, retained earnings and other reserves and non-controlling interest as disclosed in notes 13, 14 and 16 respectively. The Group's Audit and Risk Committee reviews the going concern status and capital structure of the Group annually. The Group balances its overall capital structure through the payment of dividends, new share issues and share buy-backs as well as the issue of new debt or the redemption of existing debt. The Group's dividend policy is to target a pay-out ratio of between 25% and 30% of underlying earnings. The Board may revise the policy at its discretion. The debt-to-adjusted capital ratios at 31 March 2017 and 31 March 2016 were as follows:

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
Borrowings 2 030 1 841
Less: cash and cash equivalents (361) (305)
Net debt 1 669 1 536
Total equity 4 164 3 570
Debt-to-equity capital ratio 0.4 0.4

4. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. Although these estimates and assumptions are based on management's best information regarding current circumstances and future events, actual results may differ. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

Critical accounting judgements

  • Level at which management monitors goodwill for impairment testing (refer to note 7)
  • Estimation of the indefinite useful life of the Swiss trade names (refer to note 7)
  • Deferred tax on unremitted earnings (refer to note 10)
  • Estimation of useful lives of property, equipment and vehicles (refer to note 6)

Key estimates

  • Impairment of goodwill and indefinite useful life intangible assets (refer to note 7)
  • Impairment of equity-accounted investments (refer to note 8)
  • Recognition of deferred tax assets arising from tax losses (refer to note 10)
  • Retirement benefits (refer to note 18)
  • Purchase price allocation assessments (refer to note 8.1 and note 29)

5. SEGMENTAL REPORT

The reportable operating segments are identified as follows: Mediclinic Southern Africa, Mediclinic Switzerland, and Mediclinic Middle East and additional segments are shown for the United Kingdom and Corporate.

Reportable operating segments Other
Southern Middle United
Africa Switzerland East Kingdom Corporate Total
£'m £'m £'m £'m £'m £'m
Year ended
31 March 2017
Revenue 780 1 321 648 2 749
EBITDA 165 277 71 (4) 509
EBITDA before
management fee
170 279 74 (14) 509
Management fees
included in EBITDA
(5) (2) (3) 10
Other gains and
losses
1 (3) (2)
Depreciation and
amortisation
(25) (76) (44) (145)
Operating profit 140 201 28 (7) 362
Income from
associate
12 12
Finance income 7 7
Finance cost
(excluding
intersegment loan
interest) (33) (28) (7) (6) (74)
Total finance cost
Elimination of
intersegment loan
(33) (44) (7) 10 (74)
interest 16 (16)
Taxation (32) (32) (64)
Segment result 82 141 21 12 (13) 243
At 31 March 2017
Investments in
associates 2 459 461
Investments in joint
venture 4 4
Capital expenditure 70 128 51 249
Total segment
assets
676 4 258 1 987 459 42 7 422
Total segment
liabilities (excluding
intersegment loan) 650 2 235 372 1 3 258
Total liabilities from
reportable segment
650 3 140 372 1 4 163
Elimination of
intersegment loan
(905) (905)

5. SEGMENTAL REPORT (continued)

Reportable operating segments Other
Southern Middle United
Africa Switzerland East Kingdom Corporate Total
£'m £'m £'m £'m £'m £'m
Year ended
31 March 2016
Revenue 649 1 130 328 2 107
EBITDA 129 229 68 (44) 382
EBITDA before
management fee
133 230 70 (51) 382
Management fees
included in EBITDA
(4) (1) (2) 7
Other gains and
losses
(1) (1)
Depreciation and
amortisation
(20) (63) (10) (93)
Operating profit 109 166 58 (45) 288
Income from
associate
6 6
Finance income 8 1 9
Finance cost
(excluding
intersegment loan
interest) (21) (29) (2) (6) (58)
Total finance cost
Elimination of
intersegment
(21) (46) (2) 11 (58)
loan interest 17 (17)
Taxation (31) (24) (55)
Segment result 65 114 56 6 (51) 190
At 31 March 2016
Investments in
associates
1 451 452
Investments in joint
venture
3 3
Capital expenditure 52 98 36 186
Total segment
assets 485 3 809 1 800 451 4 6 549
Total segment
liabilities (excluding
intersegment loan) 370 2 094 243 272 2 979
Total liabilities from
reportable segment
370 2 940 243 272 3 825
Elimination of
intersegment loan
(846) (846)
GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
5. SEGMENTAL REPORT (continued)
The total non-current assets, excluding financial instruments
and deferred tax assets per geographical location, are:
Southern Africa 453 322
Middle East 1 712 1 526
Switzerland 3 700 3 302
United Kingdom 459 451
ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURES
Revenue
From UK
From foreign countries 2 749 2 107
Revenues from external customers are primarily from hospital services.
The total non-current assets, excluding financial instruments
and deferred tax assets
From UK
459 451
From foreign countries 5 865 5 136
6. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND VEHICLES
Land – cost
911 819
Buildings 2 294 1 952
Cost 2 512 2 119
Accumulated depreciation and impairment (218) (167)
Land and buildings 3 205 2 771
Capital expenditure in progress 113 131
Equipment 328 251
Cost 795 610
Accumulated depreciation (467) (359)
Furniture and vehicles
Cost
57 46
169
Accumulated depreciation 218
(161)
(123)
3 703 3 199

6. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND VEHICLES (continued)

Land and Capital
expenditure
Furniture
buildings
£'m
in progress
£'m
Equipment
£'m
and vehicles
£'m
Total
£'m
Net book value at 1 April 2015 2 647 99 200 39 2 985
Additions 40 47 71 19 177
Depreciation (25) (41) (18) (84)
Business combinations 15 16 25 5 61
Prior year capital expenditure
completed
18 (18)
Exchange differences 76 (13) (4) 1 60
Net book value at 31 March 2016 2 771 131 251 46 3 199
Additions 57 77 83 22 239
Disposals
Depreciation (37) (60) (22) (119)
Prior year capital expenditure
completed
96 (118) 18 4
Disposal of subsidiaries (5) (5) (10)
Transfer to assets held for sale (3) (3) (2) (8)
Exchange differences 326 26 43 7 402
Net book value at 31 March 2017 3 205 113 328 57 3 703
2017 2016
£'m £'m
Total additions 239 177
To maintain operations 105 63
To expand operations 134 114

Property, equipment and vehicles with a book value of £2 730m (2016: £2 508m) are encumbered as security for borrowings (see note 17).

Included in equipment is capitalised finance lease equipment with a book value of £1m (2016: £1m).

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The estimation of the useful lives of property, equipment and vehicles is based on historical performance as well as expectations about future use and therefore requires a significant degree of judgement to be applied by management. Rates of depreciation represent management's current best estimate of the useful lives and residual values of the assets.

For a private hospital it is fundamentally important that the earnings potential of a building is maintained on a permanent basis. The Group therefore follows a structured maintenance programme with regard to hospital buildings with the specific goal to prolong the useful lifetime of these buildings.

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill1 1 715 1 532
Cost 1 715 1 532
Accumulated impairment
Trade names 377 354
Cost 399 358
Accumulated amortisation and impairment (22) (4)
Computer software 38 31
Cost 73 54
Accumulated amortisation and impairment (35) (23)
Lease 26 24
Cost 27 24
Accumulated amortisation and impairment (1)
2 156 1 941
Goodwill1
£'m
Trade
names
£'m
Computer
software
£'m
Lease2
£'m
Total
£'m
Net book value at 1 April 2015 309 312 21 642
Additions 9 9
Amortisation (2) (7) (9)
Business combinations 1 203 33 8 24 1 268
Exchange differences 20 11 31
Net book value at 31 March 2016
(restated)1 1 532 354 31 24 1 941
Additions 12 12
Amortisation (16) (9) (1) (26)
Disposal of subsidiaries (33) (33)
Exchange differences 216 39 4 3 262
Net book value at 31 March 2017 1 715 377 38 26 2 156

1 Restated following the finalisation of the Al Noor acquisition (see note 29)

2 Relates to favourable lease contracts on buildings. The leases are characterised by fixed annual rent with no annual rent escalations for most part of the contract.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The Group tests annually whether goodwill and the indefinite useful life intangible asset, resulting from the Al Noor and Hirslanden acquisitions, have suffered any impairment. The recoverable amounts of cashgenerating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates in respect of growth and discount rates and it assumes a stable regulatory environment. Regulatory environments are subject to uncertainties that can have an impact on the recoverability of the goodwill and the intangible asset's recoverable amount.

IFRS requires the impairment assessment to be performed at the level at which goodwill is monitored for impairment by management, provided that this level cannot be bigger than an operating segment. Management assesses goodwill at a Hirslanden and Mediclinic Middle East platform level. This means that for the Mediclinic Middle East platform, recoverability of goodwill is assessed by reference to the aggregated cash flows of the legacy Middle East and Al Noor businesses. The Mediclinic Middle East goodwill originated mainly from the Al Noor business combination with a portion originating from other UAE business combinations The initial commercial rationale for the acquisition of Al Noor included expected synergies from integrating the legacy Al Noor business with the legacy MCME business that would be realised across the combined Middle East platform. In accordance with IFRS, goodwill shall be allocated to all CGUS, or groups of CGUS, that are expected to benefit from the expected synergies.

The estimation of the indefinite useful life of the Hirslanden trade names is based on the expectation that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash flows for the Group. This expectation requires a significant degree of management judgement.

7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

Impairment testing of significant goodwill balances and indefinite useful life trade name The carrying amounts of significant goodwill and indefinite life trade names are considered annually

for impairment testing. The impairment tests are based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations use cash flow projections based on financial budgets covering a five-year period. The discount rates used reflect specific risks related to the hospital industry. These calculations indicate that there was no impairment in the carrying value of goodwill balances and the Hirslanden trade name.

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
Carrying amount of Mediclinic Middle East goodwill 1 401 1 197
Carrying amount of Hirslanden goodwill 307 278
Carrying amount of Hirslanden indefinite life trade names 341 309

Impairment testing of Mediclinic Middle East goodwill

The Mediclinic Middle East goodwill originated mainly from the Al Noor business combination with a portion originating from other UAE business combinations. Key assumptions used for the value-in-use calculations for the annual impairment testing were as follows:

Future earnings is based on budgets and forecasts that is calculated on a per hospital basis. These budgets and forecasts represent management's best view of future admissions, tariffs and patient mix and include savings relating to operational and capital expenditures.

Discount rates – discount rates reflect management's estimate of the time value and the risks associated with the Middle East business. The weighted average cost of capital (WACC) has been determined by considering the respective debt and equity costs and ratios. The discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 7.8% (2016: 7.8%).

Growth rates – growth rates are based on budgeted figures and management's estimates. The estimated figures assume a stable regulatory and tariff environment. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 2.5% (2016: 2.5%) growth rate.

Sensitivity analysis – the recoverable amount calculated based on value-in-use exceeded the carrying value by approximately £259m (2016: £294m). A fall in growth rate to 1.6% (2016: 1.9%) or a rise in discount rate to 8.5% (2016: 8.3%) would reduce the headroom to nil.

Impairment testing of Hirslanden goodwill and indefinite life trade names Key assumptions used for the value-in-use calculations for the annual impairment testing were as follows:

Future earnings is based on budgets and forecasts that is calculated on a per hospital basis. These budgets and forecasts represent management's best view of future admissions, tariffs and patient mix and include savings relating to operational and capital expenditures.

Discount rates – discount rates reflect management's estimate of the time value and the risks associated with the Hirslanden business. The weighted average cost of capital (WACC) has been determined by considering the respective debt and equity costs and ratios. The discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 4.7% (2016: 4.7%).

Growth rates – growth rates are based on budgeted figures and management's estimates. The estimated figures assume a stable regulatory and tariff environment. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 1.6% (2016: 1.6%) growth rate.

Sensitivity analysis – for the goodwill, the recoverable amount calculated based on value-in-use exceeded the carrying value by approximately £1 073m (2016: £1 212m). A fall in growth rate to 0.5% (2016: 0.3%) or a rise in discount rate to 5.6% (2016: 5.8%) would reduce the headroom to nil.

7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

Al Noor trade name

On 15 February 2016, an intangible asset relating to the Al Noor trade name of £33m was recognised as part of the acquisition of Al Noor. The useful life of the asset was determined to be five years. Up until the end of February 2017, £7m of the trade name has been amortised. Following the announcement on 21 February 2017 regarding the rebranding of all Al Noor facilities to Mediclinic, the carrying value and the useful economic life of the trade name recognised were reassessed. The rebranding of all the Al Noor hospitals and clinics will be complete by the end of the next financial year and the majority of these will be rebranded before 30 June 2017 given that the carrying value of the trade name asset continued to be supportable. Accelerated amortisation of £7m was recognised in March 2017 and the remainder of the balance will be amortised in the next financial year. The total amortisation recognised in the 2017 financial year relating to the Al Noor trade name amounted to £14m.

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
8.
EQUITY ACCOUNTED INVESTMENTS
Investment in associates 461 452
Investment in joint venture 4 3
465 455
8.1
Investment in associates
Listed investments 459 451
Unlisted investments 2 1
461 452
Reconciliation of carrying value at the beginning and end of the period
Opening balance 452 1
Total cost of equity investment (note 30) 447
Additional investment in unlisted associate 1
Share of net profit of associated companies 12 6
Dividends received from associated companies (4) (2)
461 452

Set out below are details of the associate which is material to the Group:

Country of
incorpo
ration and
Name of entity place of
business
%
ownership
United
Spire Healthcare Group plc Kingdom 29.9%

Spire Healthcare Group plc is listed on the London Stock Exchange. It does not issue publicly available quarterly financial information and has a December year-end. The associate was acquired on 24 August 2015. The investment in associate was equity accounted for the 12 months to 31 December 2016 (2016: 4 months to 31 December 2015). No significant events occurred since 1 January 2017 to the reporting date.

During the current year the notional purchase price allocation was finalised and non-contractual relationships with consultants (NCRC) were identified as the only significant intangible asset. The fair value of the total NCRC asset was determined as £225m and the remaining useful life was assessed as 22 years. The Group's 29.9% portion of the asset amounts to £68m. The NCRC intangible asset will be amortised over its useful life and the carrying value is included within the purchase adjustment figure below. The amortisation charge for the current period is £4m (2016: £nil).

8. EQUITY ACCOUNTED INVESTMENTS

8.1 Investment in associates

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group's material associate is set out below.

As at As at
31 31
December December
2016
£'m
2015
£'m
Summarised statement of financial position
Current assets 215 242
Non-current assets 1 509 1 415
Total assets 1 724 1 657
Current liabilities (122) (113)
Non-current liabilities (567) (547)
Net assets 1 035 998
Mediclinic's effective interest 29.9% 29.9%
Mediclinic's effective interest in net assets 310 298
Purchase adjustment 149 153
Total carrying value of equity investment 459 451
Market value of listed investment at 31 March 2017 389 431
Although the market value of the investment is below the carrying value
at 31 March 2017, management has concluded that no impairment exists.
An impairment test was performed with the following key assumptions
used for the value-in-use calculation:
Discount rates – discount rates reflect management's estimate of the
time value and the risks associated with Spire's business. The weighted
average cost of capital (WACC) has been determined by considering the
respective debt and equity costs and ratios. The discount rate applied to
cash flow projections is 6.3%.
Growth rates – growth rates are based on budgeted figures and
management's estimates. The estimated figures assume a stable
regulatory and tariff environment. Cash flows beyond the five-year
period are extrapolated using a 2.5% growth rate.
Sensitivity analysis – a fall in growth rate to 2.4% or a rise in discount rate
to 6.4% would remove any headroom.
Summarised statement of comprehensive income
Revenue 885
Profit from continuing operations 926
54
60
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income 54 60

Refer to the Annexure for further details of investments in associates.

8. EQUITY ACCOUNTED INVESTMENTS (continued)

8.1 Investment in associates (continued)

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

During the prior financial year, the Group acquired 29.9% of Spire Healthcare Group plc and recognised this investment as an investment in an associate. At the date of acquisition a provisional notional purchase price allocation assessment did not identify any significant intangible assets other than goodwill. During the finalisation of the notional purchase price allocation, NCRC was identified as a material intangible asset. An independent valuer was used to assist in the identification and valuation of the NCRC. The NCRC acquired was valued and measured by using the Multi Period Excess Earnings Method. The valuation of NCRC used assumptions relating to future cash flows and discount rates which are based on forecasts and are therefore inherently judgemental.

The Group tests whether equity-accounted investments have suffered any impairment when a triggering event occurs, in this case the carrying value of the listed investment exceeds its market value. The value-in-use calculation of the investment is based on a discounted cash flow model. These calculations require the use of estimates in respect of growth and discount rates and it assumes a stable regulatory environment.

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
8.2 Investment in joint venture
Unlisted
Carrying value of investment in joint venture
Opening balance 3 4
Share in current year losses*
Exchange differences 1 (1)
4 3

* Amount is less than £1m.

The Group has a 49.9% interest in Wits University Donald Gordon Medical Centre (Pty) Limited. The joint venture is accounted for by using its financial information for the twelve months ended 31 December 2016 (2016: 31 December 2015) since it has a different year-end.

Details of the joint venture appear in the Annexure.

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
9. OTHER INVESTMENTS AND LOANS
Unlisted – no active market
Loans and receivables* 5 3
Available-for-sale: Shares 2 1
Other receivables** 1 2
Short-term deposits*** 16
24 6
Non-current 8 6
Current 16
Total other investments and loans 24 6
Other investments and loans are held in the following currencies:
Swiss franc 2 1
South African rand 5 3
UAE dirham 17 2
24 6

Supported by the underlying business' financial position, the credit quality of the
loans is considered satisfactory.
The other receivables relates to prepaid lease agreements in the UAE.
** This relates to fixed deposits in the UAE, the maturity date of these deposits are
during July 2017.
10. DEFERRED TAX
The movement on the deferred tax account is as follows:
Opening balance
412
Income statement charge for the year 430 13
Provision for the year 21
24
13
Previously unused tax losses recognised (3)
Exchange differences 46 18
Charged to other comprehensive income 9 (13)
Balance at the end of the year 506 430
Deferred income tax assets (21) (16)
Deferred income tax liabilities 527 446
506 430

The deferred tax relating to current assets and current liabilities contain temporary differences that are most likely to realise in the next twelve months.

10. DEFERRED TAX (continued)

The deferred tax balance is comprised of temporary differences arising in separate legal entities. Offsetting has been applied on a legal entity basis. The table below shows the deferred tax balances and movements in the various categories before offsetting was applied:

Tangible
assets
£'m
Intangible
assets
£'m
Current
assets
£'m
Provisions
and others
£'m
Total
£'m
Deferred tax liabilities
At 1 April 2015 392 71 6 9 478
Charged to the income statement 1 5 6
Exchange differences 16 2 1 19
At 31 March 2016 409 73 6 15 503
Set-off of deferred tax liabilities
pursuant to set-off provisions
57
Net deferred tax liabilties at the
end of the year
446
At 1 April 2016 409 73 6 15 503
Charged/(credited) to the
income statement 3 (1) 2
Exchange differences 43 7 1 2 53
At 31 March 2017 455 80 7 16 558
Set-off of deferred tax liabilities
pursuant to set-off provisions 31
Net deferred tax liabilties at the
end of the year 527

10. DEFERRED TAX (continued)

Current
assets
£'m
Provisions
and others
£'m
Long term
liabilities
Derivatives
£'m
Tax losses
carried
forward
£'m
Total
£'m
Deferred tax assets
At 1 April 2015
Charged/(credited) to the
(2) (8) (16) (5) (35) (66)
income statement
Credited to other
1 (1) 1 6 7
comprehensive income
Exchange differences


(13)
(1)


(13)
(1)
At 31 March 2016
Set-off of deferred tax
assets pursuant to set-off
(2) (7) (31) (4) (29) (73)
provisions
Net deferred tax assets at
57
the end of the year (16)
At 1 April 2016
Charged to the
(2) (7) (31) (4) (29) (73)
income statement
Charged to other
1 2 16 19
comprehensive income
Exchange differences


9
(4)


(3)
9
(7)
At 31 March 2017
Set-off of deferred tax
assets pursuant to set-off
(2) (7) (25) (2) (16) (52)
provisions
Net deferred tax assets at
the end of the year
31
(21)

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The Group has tax losses and other deductible temporary differences that have the potential to reduce tax payments in future years. Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable, having regard to the projected future taxable income of these entities and after taking into account specific risk factors that affect the recovery of these assets. Management uses the same profit projections for these purposes as are used by the business, for example in assessing the carrying value of goodwill. Management's judgement in this area is applied on a case-by-case basis due to the jurisdictional nature of taxation. This analysis is considered afresh at each balance sheet date.

10. DEFERRED TAX (continued)

Critical accounting estimates and judgements (continued)

At 31 March 2017, the Group had unutilised tax losses of approximately £121m (2016: £172m) potentially available for offset against future profits. A deferred tax asset of £16m (2016: £29m) has been recognised in respect of losses based on profitability from approved budgets and business plans. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of the remaining losses due to the unpredictability and availability of future profit streams in the relevant jurisdictions. The majority of the unrecognised losses relate to the Mediclinic International plc in the United Kingdom, which have no expiry, and the remainder relates to Switzerland, which expire after seven years. Their utilisation is dependent upon the profitability of their entities. The financial projections used in assessing the future profitability are consistent with those used in assessing the carrying value of goodwill as set out in note 7. The rate of utilisation of these losses will depend on the incidence and timing of profits within each entity which consequently impacts their recognition as deferred tax assets. Unused tax losses for the Group are as follows:

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
Unused tax losses not recognised as deferred tax assets
Expiry in 1 year 1 1
Expiry in 2 years 1
Expiry in 3 to 7 years 13 6
No expiry 33 29
47 37

No deferred tax liability has been recognised in respect of temporary differences relating to the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and equity accounted investments where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Similarly tax is not provided where it is expected at the reporting date that such distributions will not give rise to a tax liability. The gross timing difference in this regard amounts to £1 518m (2016: £1 282m). There are no significant expected income tax consequences of earnings being distributed from Switzerland and the UAE, as there is no dividend withholding tax applicable to earnings being distributed from these operations. Although South African distributions to the UK are typically subject to dividend withholding taxes, distributions from South Africa are not expected to have income tax consequences in the foreseeable future as the operations in South Africa have a significant contributed tax capital balance from which may be paid dividends free from witholding tax. In line with the South African Reserve Bank requirement, it is intended that dividends to the South African resident shareholders on the South African share register will be paid from the dividend access scheme. Refer to note 13 for details on the dividend access scheme.

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
11. INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of:
Pharmaceutical products 79 67
Consumables 10 8
Finished goods and work in progress 1
90 75

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales amounted to £630m (2016: £481m).

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Trade receivables1 466 399
Less provision for impairment of receivables (41) (19)
Trade receivables – net 425 380
Other receivables2 166 167
591 547
1
Prior year restated following the finalisation of the Al Noor purchase price
allocation (see note 29).
2
Included in other receivables are Swiss unbilled services of £79m (2016:
£82m). More than 92% will be recovered by Swiss insurance companies and
federal authorities (cantons). Swiss insurance companies are subject to regular
creditworthiness checks (e.g. minimum reserve levels).
Trade and other receivables are categorised as loans and receivables.
The carrying amounts of the Group's trade and other receivables are
denominated in the following currencies:
South African rand* 95 59
Swiss franc 367 340
UAE dirham 129 148
591 547
Included in the Group's trade receivables balance are trade receivables with
a carrying value of £165m (2016: £151m) that are past due at the reporting
date, but which the Group has not impaired as there has not been a
significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered to
be recoverable. The ageing of these receivables are as follows:
Up to 3 months 106 99
Between 3 and 6 months 40 20
Over 6 months 19 32
165 151
Movement in the provision for impairment of receivables
Opening balance 19 18
Provision for receivables impairment 26 9
Exchange differences 11
Amounts written off as uncollectable (15) (8)
Balance at the end of the year 41 19

Amounts written off during the year relate to individually identified accounts that are considered to be uncollectable.

Provision for impairment of receivables is based on historical collection trends, current market conditions and expected future cash flows.

Management considers the credit quality of the unprovided trade receivables to be high in light of the nature of these trade receivables as described in note 3.1(b).

* Trade receivables to the value of £53m (2016: £41m) have been ceded as security for banking facilities.

13. SHARE CAPITAL

Ordinary Shares Number
of shares
Share
capital
£'m
Share
premium
£'m
Capital
redemption
reserve**
£'m
Reverse
acquisition
reserve***
£'m
Total
£'m
At 1 April 2015 542 476 655 994 994
Shares issued (August 2015) 69 444 444 479 479
Share issue costs (4) (4)
At 14 February 2016 611 921 099 1 469 1 469
Reverse acquisition* 53 207 327 (1 402) 4 862 6 (3 014) 452
Combined capital structure
on 15 February 2016
665 128 426 67 4 862 6 (3 014) 1 921
Share subscription
(February 2016)
72 115 384 7 593 600
Reduction of share
premium
(4 765) (4 765)
At 31 March 2016 737 243 810 74 690 6 (3 014) (2 244)
At 31 March 2017 737 243 810 74 690 6 (3 014) (2 244)

* The Company received legal advice on the scheme of arrangement and the premium on issue of share capital to Mediclinic International Limited shareholders did not qualify as merger relief under United Kingdom law.

Reverse acquisition

The prior number of shares from 1 April 2015 to 14 February 2016 represents equivalent number of Mediclinic International Limited shares converted using the Mediclinic scheme of arrangement conversion ratio of 0.625. From 15 February 2016 the capital structure of the Group represents that of Mediclinic International plc.

  • ** The UK Companies Act provides that where shares of a company are repurchased and funded by a new issue of shares, the amount by which the Company's issued share capital is diminished on cancellation of the shares are transferred to a capital redemption reserve to maintain capital. The reduction of the Company's share capital shall be treated as if the capital redemption reserve were paid up capital of the Company.
  • *** The reverse acquisition reserve represents the net of the following adjustments resulting from the Al Noor reverse acquisition:
  • adjustment of the capital structure (share capital and share premium) of the Group to that of the legal parent;
  • adjustment to account for the premium on shares issued to the Mediclinic International Limited shareholders; and
  • the share value component of the total consideration.
Treasury Shares Number
of shares
Total
£'m
At 1 April 2015 8 427 191 (22)
Repurchase of shares – Forfeitable Share Plan 129 927 (1)
Disposal of shares – Forfeitable Share Plan (46 091)
Utilised by the Mpilo Trusts (8 238 246) 21
At 31 March 2016 272 781 (2)
Utilised by the Mpilo Trusts (1 161)
At 31 March 2017 271 620 (2)
The balance of the treasury shares comprise:
Forfeitable Share Plan
239 290
Mpilo Trusts 32 330
271 620

13. SHARE CAPITAL (continued)

GROUP
Ordinary Shares 2017 2016
Number of shares in issue: 737 243 810 737 243 810
Nominal value: 10p 10p

Value: indicating nominal and share premium amount

Rights of the Ordinary Shares (the "Ordinary Shares") to profits: All dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the Ordinary Shares.

Rights of the Ordinary Shares to capital: If there is a return of capital on winding-up or otherwise, the Ordinary Shares shall confer full rights but they do not confer any rights of redemption, and shall rank after the Subscriber Shares.

Voting rights of the Ordinary Shares: The Ordinary Shares shall confer, on each holder of the Ordinary Shares, the right to receive notice of and to attend, speak and vote at all general meetings of the Company. Each Ordinary Share carries the right to one vote on a poll.

GROUP
2017 2016
Subscriber Shares – fully paid up £'m £'m
Number of shares in issue: 10 10
Nominal value: 10p 10p

Value: indicating nominal and share premium amount

10 issued Ordinary Shares were converted into and designated as subscriber shares of 10 pence each. The Subscriber Shares carry no rights to receive any of the profits of the Company available for distribution by way of dividend or otherwise. If there is a return of capital on a winding-up or otherwise, the assets of the Company available for distribution among the members shall be applied first in repaying in full to the holder of the Subscriber Shares the amount paid up on such shares.

Except as provided above, the Subscriber Shares shall not carry any right to participate in profits or assets of the Company. The holders of the Subscriber Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of or attend and vote at any general meeting of the Company unless a resolution is proposed which varies, modifies, alters or abrogates any of the rights attaching to the Subscriber Shares.

Dividend Access Scheme (DAS)

A wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd, formed a Dividend Access Trust to comply with a South African Reserve Bank requirement that dividends from a South African source due to South African shareholders on the South African share register must be paid locally to avoid an outflow of funds from South Africa.

The beneficiaries of the trust are the South African shareholders of the Company who hold their shares via the South African share register on the relevant record date in respect of each distribution paid through the dividend access scheme (DAS). The Dividend Access Trust does not participate in any profits.

When a dividend is declared by the Company, the Dividend Access Trust would receive a dividend from Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd which in turn is paid over to the Company's transfer secretaries in South Africa, who arrange for the payment of the relevant amount to the South African shareholders (the beneficiaries of the trust) through the usual dividend payment procedures, as if they were dividends received from Mediclinic International plc. To the extent that the dividends due to South African shareholders are not ultimately funded from Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd, they receive those dividends as normal dividends from Mediclinic International plc. The South African shareholders' entitlement to receive dividends declared by Mediclinic International plc is reduced by any amounts they receive via the trust.

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
14. OTHER RESERVES
Other reserves comprise of:
Equity-settled share-based payment reserves (refer to note 15) 24 24
Foreign currency translation reserve 779 407
Hedging reserve 4 4
Capital redemption reserve (refer to note 13) 6 6
Reverse acquisition reserve (refer to note 13) (3 014) (3 014)
(2 201) (2 573)
Movements in other reserves:
Equity-settled share-based payment reserve (refer to note 15) 24 24
Opening balance 24 14
Share-based payment expense 10
Foreign currency translation reserve 779 407
Opening balance 407 306
Currency translation differences 372 101
Hedging reserve 4 4
Opening balance
Fair value adjustments of cash flow hedges, net of tax
4
2
2
15. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
Equity-settled share-based payment reserve (refer to note 14 and 15.1) 24 24
Cash-settled share-based payment liability (refer to note 15.2) 1
Total share-based payment reserves and liabilities 25 24
Expenses arising from equity-settled share-based payment transactions 10
Expenses arising from cash-settled share-based payment transactions 1
Total expense arising from share-based payment transactions
(refer to note 22) 1 10
15.1 Equity-settled share-based payment arrangements
The balance of the equity-settled share-based payment reserve
comprises:
Executive share option scheme 1 1
Forfeitable Share Plan 1 1
Al Noor share option scheme (2) (2)
Mpilo trusts (Employee share trusts) 17 17
Strategic South African black partners* 7 7
24 24
*
During the financial year ending 31 March 2006, the difference between the fair
value of the equity instruments issued in a BEE transaction and the fair value of the
cash and other assets received was recognised as an expense (grant date) and this
corresponding increase in equity was booked.
Expenses arising from equity-settled share-based payment transactions
Forfeitable Share Plan 1
Mpilo trusts 11

10

Al Noor share option scheme (2)

15. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

15.1 Equity-settled share-based payment arrangements (continued)

Additional disclosure for each arrangement

Mpilo trusts

The Mpilo trusts were created in 2005 for purposes of an employee share scheme to introduce Mediclinic Southern Africa employees up to first line management level as shareholders of the Group. This sharebased payment arrangement is accounted for as an equity-settled share-based payment transaction. As qualifying employees leave prior to entitlement and shares become available further allocations were made to new and existing qualifying employees. The allocations of units made by the trusts were subject to lock-in periods which expired in December 2015, with the shares linked to participating employees' units either transferred to them or sold with the proceeds of the sale distributed to them.

Summary of the allocations:

Qualifying Issue Participating
Allocation date price shares* Expiry date
First allocation** 1 Dec 2005 R18.40 80 31 Dec 2015
Second allocation 1 Dec 2009 R18.08 50 31 Dec 2015
Third allocation 1 Dec 2010 R18.59 100 31 Dec 2015
Fourth allocation 1 Dec 2012 R17.20 70 31 Dec 2015***
Fifth allocation 18 shares for 31 Dec 2015
every
completed
year of service

* Per qualifying employee for each completed year of service since previous allocation.

** Initial 1 000 shares per qualifying employee and additional 80 shares for every year completed service prior 1 December 2005.

*** During the prior year, the expiry date of the Fourth Allocation was changed from 31 March 2018 to 31 December 2015.

Movement in the number of Mpilo
shares outstanding are:
Outstanding price per share 31 March
2017
Number
31 March
2016
Number
Outstanding at the beginning
of the year R17.82 n/a 7 197 831
Mpilo shares forfeited n/a (119 296)
Fifth allocation n/a 1 159 711
Mpilo shares vested R16.28 n/a (8 238 246)
Outstanding at the end of the period

Forfeitable Share Plan

The Mediclinic International Limited Forfeitable Share Plan ("FSP") was approved by the Company's shareholders in July 2014 as a long-term incentive scheme for selected senior management (Executive Directors and prescribed officers). This share-based payment arrangement is accounted for as an equity-settled share-based payment transaction. With the change in control and the acquisition of the Al Noor Hospitals Group plc, the performance conditions of FSP have been finalised to the extent that the performance conditions were met as at 30 September 2015. The FSP shares will vest after the vesting period has lapsed.

Under the FSP, conditional share awards are granted to selected employees of the Group. The vesting of these shares are subject to continued employment, and is conditional upon achievement of performance targets, measured over a three-year period. The performance conditions for the year under review constitute a combination of: absolute total shareholder return ("TSR") (40% weighting) and underlying diluted headline earnings per share (60% weighting).

15. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

15.1 Equity-settled share-based payment arrangements (continued) Forfeitable Share Plan (continued)

Weighted
average
fair value at 31 March 31 March
grant date 2017 2016
offer price Number Number
Opening balance R87.41 239 290 155 454
Granted R107.23 129 927
Shares sold (46 091)
Vested
Closing balance 239 290 239 290

A valuation has been determined and an expense recognised over a three-year period. The fair value of the TSR performance condition has been determined by using the Monte Carlo simulation model and for the headline earnings per share performance condition, consensus forecasts have been used.

The following assumptions have been used to determine the fair value of the TSR performance condition:

GROUP
2017 2016
% %
Risk-free rate 7.49% 7.49%
Dividend yield 1.0% 1.0%
Volatility 20% 20%

Apart from the FSP, there are no other share option schemes in place. Therefore, no director exercised any rights in relation to share option schemes during the reporting period. Share options exercised by Al Noor Hospital Group plc directors before the acquisition date (15 February 2016) are regarded as a pre-acquisition transaction in these consolidated financial statements.

15.2 Cash-settled share-based payment arrangements

Long-term incentive plan awards ("LTIP")

The LTIP awards is phantom shares awarded to selected senior management. This share-based payment arrangement is accounted for as a cash-settled share-based payment transaction.

Under the LTIP, conditional phantom shares are granted to selected employees of the Group. The vesting of these shares are subject to continued employment, and is conditional upon achievement of performance targets, measured over a three-year period. The performance conditions for the year under review constitute a combination of: absolute total shareholder return ("TSR") (40% weighting) and underlying earnings per share (60% weighting).

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
Opening balance
Share-based payment expense 1
Benefits paid
Closing balance 1

15. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

15.2 Cash-settled share-based payment arrangements (continued) Long-term incentive plan awards ("LTIP") (continued)

A reconciliation of the movement in the LTIP award units is detailed below:

Average 31 March
price 2017
range Number
(pence) of units
Opening balance
Granted 866 – 1 059 287 694
Vested 866 – 1 059 (3 683)
Lapsed
Closing balance 284 011
Valuation assumptions relating to outstanding units: First
allocation
Second
allocation
Grant date 14 June 2016* 14 June 2016**
Vesting date 14 June 2019 14 June 2021
Outstanding units 120 922 150 657
Closing share price 712 712
Risk-free interest rate 0.14% 0.26%
Expected dividend yield 1.19% 1.19%
Volatility 34.50% 34.50%

* 12 232 units were allocated on 1 September 2016

** 49 281 units were allocated on 1 August 2016

Certain awards were also granted to management that were subject only to service conditions. These awards were granted on 1 September 2016 and vests on different dates between 1 September 2016 and 14 June 2019. In the current year, the total number of these awards granted was 16 115. 3 683 of these awards vested in 2017.

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
Opening balance 61 61
Transactions with non-controlling shareholders* (4) 3
Dividends to non-controlling interests (9) (7)
Share of total comprehensive income 30 4
Share of profit 14 13
Currency translation differences 16 (9)
Non-controlling interests in hospital activities 78 61

* Included in the £15m acquisition of non-controlling interest amount in the statement of cash flows is an amount of £14m which relates to the acquisition of the minority share in Al Madar Medical Centre LLC during the year.

16. NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS (continued)

Details of non-wholly-owned subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests:

Ownership interest
held by NCI
financial position Accumulated
non-controlling
interests in
statement of
Profit allocated
to non-controlling
interests
2017
%
2016
%
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Mediclinic (Pty) Ltd* 3.7% 3.4% 7 5 2 1
Curamed Holdings
(Pty) Ltd (group)*
30.4% 30.3% 21 15 4 3

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group's subsidiaries that has material non-controlling interests is set out below. The summarised financial information below represents amounts before inter-group eliminations.

* Place of business: South Africa

Mediclinic
(Pty) Ltd
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Current assets 129 90
Non-current assets 167 124
Current liabilities (150) (116)
Non-current liabilities (32) (22)
Revenue
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
350
38

38
294
35
1
36
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities
Net cash inflow/(outflow)
55
(27)
(27)
1
64
1
65
(1)
Curamed Holdings (Pty)
Ltd (group)
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Current assets 45 35
Non-current assets 37 23
Current liabilities (12) (7)
Non-current liabilites (3) (2)
Revenue 60 51
Profit for the year 13 11
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income 13 11
Net cash inflow from operating activities 16 11
Net cash outflow from investing activities (9) (3)
Net cash outflow from financing activities (7) (7)
Net cash inflow 2
GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
BORROWINGS
Bank loans 1 642 1 581
Preference shares 199 90
Listed bonds 189 170
2 030 1 841
Non-current borrowings 1 961 1 524
Current borrowings 69 317
Total borrowings 2 030 1 841
2017
£'m
Non
current
2017
£'m
Current
2016
£'m
Non
current
2016
£'m
Current
Southern African operations
(denominated in South African rand)
Secured
bank loan
one1
The loan bears interest at the 3 month JIBAR
variable rate plus a margin of 1.51% (2016:
1.51%) compounded quarterly, and is repayable
on 3 June 2019.
176 1 139 1
Secured
bank loan
two1
The loan bears interest at the 3 month JIBAR
variable rate plus a margin of 1.69% and is
repayable on 3 June 2019.
72
Secured
bank loan
three1
The loan bears interest at the 3 month JIBAR
variable rate plus a margin of 1.06% (2016:
1.06%) compounded quarterly. £7m was repaid
on 1 September 2016 and the remaining
amount will be repaid on 9 October 2017.
7 5 5
Secured
bank loan
four1
The loan bears interest at the 3 month JIBAR
variable rate plus a margin of 1.51% (2016:
1.51%) compounded quarterly, and is repayable
on 3 June 2019.
30 9
Secured
bank loan
five2
These loans bear interest at variable rates
linked to the prime overdraft rate and are
repayable in periods ranging between one and
12 years.
4 1 4 1
Preference
shares1
Dividends are payable monthly at a rate of 69%
of prime interest rate (10.5%) (2016: 10.5%).
£6m shares was redeemed on
1 September 2016 and the balance will
be redeemed on 3 June 2019.
85 5
Preference
shares*
Dividends are payable semi-annually at a rate
of 73% of the prime interest rate (10.5%)
(2016: 10.5%). The amount is repayable on
29 June 2020.
108
90
1
Middle East operations (denominated in UAE dirham)
Secured
bank loan
one3*
The loan bears interest at variable rates linked
to the 3M LIBOR and a margin of 2.75% (2016:
2%) with respective four-year and five-year
amortising terms, expiring in June 2020 and
May 2021. 154 19 50 3
Balance carried forward 634 29 292 15
2017
£'m
Non
current
2017
£'m
Current
2016
£'m
Non
current
2016
£'m
Current
17.
BORROWINGS (continued)
Balance carried forward
634 29 292 15
Swiss operations (denominated in Swiss franc)
These loans bear interest at variable rates
Secured
bank loan
linked to the 3M LIBOR plus 1.5% and 2.85%
(2016: 3M LIBOR plus 1.5% and 2.85%) and are
one4
repayable by 31 July 2020. The non-current
portion includes capitalised financing costs
of £22m (2016: £26m).
1 138 40 1 062 36
Listed bonds The listed bonds consist of CHF145m 1.625%
and CHF90m 2% Swiss franc bonds. The
bonds are repayable on 25 February 2021
and 25 February 2025 respectively.
189 170
United Kingdom operations (denominated in pound)
The loan bears interest at variable rates linked
Secured
bank loan
to LIBOR with a minimum base rate of 1% plus
3.75%.
one*
266
1 961 69 1 524 317
  • Property and equipment with a book value of £231m (2016: £160m) are encumbered as security for these loans. Cash and cash equivalents of £9m (2016: £12m) and trade receivables of £52m (2016: £41m) have also been ceded as security for these borrowings.
  • 2 Property, equipment and vehicles with a book value of £16m (2016: £12m) are encumbered as security for these loans. Net trade receivables of £1m (2016: £1m) has also been ceded as security for these loans.
  • 3 Shares of investments in Emirates Healthcare Holdings Limited and Emirates Healthcare Limited are encumbered as security for these loans as well as an account pledge on receivable collection accounts. Properties with a book value of £nil (2016: £100m) are encumbered as security for this loan.
  • 4 The loan is secured by Swiss properties with a book value of £2,483m (2016: £2 248m) and Swiss bank accounts with a book value of £142m (2016: £128m).
  • * During the period, the bridge facility of £266m in the United Kingdom was repaid. In South Africa, the Group entered a new long-term bank loan of £71m (ZAR1.2bn) and issued redeemable preference shares of £90m (ZAR1.5bn) which are classified as a financial liability. In the Middle East, the Group entered a new long-term bank loan of £181m (AED831m). Other than these transactions and foreign currency movements on translation of local currency borrowings to pound, there is no significant change in the Group's borrowings.
GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
Statement of financial position obligations for:
Swiss pension benefit obligation 73 119
South African post-retirement medical benefit obligation 35 24
UAE end-of-service benefit obligation 56 45
164 188
Total retirement benefit obligations 164 188
Short-term portion of retirement benefit obligations (10) (9)
Non-current retirement benefit obligations 154 179
Total amount charged to the income statement:
Swiss pension benefit obligation 23 30
South African post-retirement medical benefit obligation 5 4
UAE end-of-service benefit obligation 8 4
36 38
Total amount (credit)/charged to other comprehensive income:
Swiss pension benefit obligation
South African post-retirement medical benefit obligation (45) 66
UAE end-of-service benefit obligation (1)
2 4
(43) 69

None of the Directors of Mediclinic International plc participate in Swiss pension benefits or the UAE end-of-service benefit. One Executive Director (2016: two) of Mediclinic International plc participates in the South African post-retirement medical benefit obligation.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The cost of defined benefit pension plans, post-retirement medical benefit liability obligations, and the UAE end-of-service obligations are determined using actuarial valuations. The actuarial valuation involves making assumptions about discount rates, expected rates of return on assets, future salary increases, mortality rates and future pension increases. Due to the long-term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty.

(a) Swiss pension benefit obligation

The Group's Swiss operations has four (2016: five) defined benefit pension plans, namely:

Pensionskasse Hirslanden (cash balance plan)

Vorsorgestiftung VSAO (cash balance plan) (Association for Swiss Assistant and Senior Doctors) Radiotherapie Hirslanden AG; Pension fund at foundation "pro" (cash balance plan) Clinique La Colline SA; Pension fund at banque cantonal vaudois (cash balance plan) Effective 1 January 2017 active insured members for the Swissana pension plan have been transferred into the Hirslanden and VSAO pension plans.

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (continued)
(a) Swiss pension benefit obligation (continued)
Statement of financial position
Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position are as follows:
Present value of funded obligations 1 086 949
Fair value of plan assets (1 013) (830)
Net pension liability 73 119
The movement in the defined benefit obligation over the period is as follows:
Opening balance 949 797
Current service cost 35 29
Interest cost 4 7
Past service cost (13)
Employee contributions 30 26
Benefits paid (16) (8)
Actuarial loss – experience 9 14
Actuarial (gain)/loss change in financial assumption (12) 45
Exchange differences 100 39
Balance at end of year 1 086 949
The movement of the fair value of plan assets over the period is as follows:
Opening balance 830 750
Employer contributions 35 30
Plan participants contributions 30 26
Benefits paid from fund (16) (8)
Interest income on plan assets 4 7
Return on plan assets greater/(less) than discount rate 42 (7)
Administration cost paid (1) (1)
Exchange differences 89 33
Balance at end of year 1 013 830
Statement of financial position
Opening net liability 119 47
Expenses recognised in the income statement 23 30
Contributions paid by employer (35) (30)
Exchange differences 11 6
Actuarial (gain)/loss recognised in other comprehensive income (45) 66
Closing net liability 73 119
Statement of other comprehensive income
Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income are as follows:
Actuarial loss – experience (9) (14)
Actuarial gain/(loss) due to liability assumption changes 12 (45)
Return on plan assets greater/(less) than discount rate 42 (7)
Total comprehensive income 45 (66)
Income statement
Amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:
Current service cost 35 29
Past service cost (13)
Interest on liability
Interest on plan assets
4 7
(7)
Administration cost paid (4)
1
1
Total expense 23 30
GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
18. RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (continued)
Actual return on plan assets 46 (1)
(a) Swiss pension benefit obligation (continued)
Principal actuarial assumptions on statement of financial position
Discount rate 0.55% 0.45%
Future salary increases 1.50% 1.50%
Future pension increases 0.00% 0.00%
Inflation rate 1.00% 1.00%
Number of plan members
Active members 8 969 8 617
Pensioners 744 694
9 713 9 311
31 March 2017 31 March 2016
Asset allocation £'m % £'m %
Quoted investments
Fixed income investments 338 33.3% 288 34.7%
Equity investments 255 25.2% 197 23.7%
Real estate 60 5.9% 67 8.1%
Other 98 9.7% 72 8.7%
751 74.1% 624 75.2%
Non–quoted investments
Fixed income investments 3 0.3% 3 0.3%
Equity investments 12 1.2% 10 1.2%
Real estate 181 17.9% 137 16.5%
Other 66 6.5% 56 6.8%
262 25.9% 206 24.8%
1 013 100.0% 830 100.0%
Impact on defined benefit obligation
Base
assumption
Change in
assumption
Increase Decrease
Discount rate 0.55% 0.25% (2.7%) 2.9%
Salary growth rate 1.50% 0.50% 0.7% (0.7%)
Pension growth rate 0.00% 0.25% 2.4% 0.0%
Change in
assumption
Increase by
1 year in
assumption
Decrease by
1 year in
assumption
1 year in
expected life
time of plan
Life expectancy (mortality) participant 2.3% (2.3%)

The above sensitivity analysis are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the statement of financial position.

18. RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (continued)

(a) Swiss pension benefit obligation (continued)

The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared to the previous period.

Expected employer contributions to be paid to the pension plans for the year ended 31 March 2018 are £32m and it is anticipated that these contributions will remain at a similar level in the foreseeable future subject to change in financial conditions.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 13.6 years (2016: 14.3 years). The maturity profile of the defined benefit obligation is as follows:

<= 1 year
£'m
1 – 5 years
£'m
> 5 years
£'m
Total
£'m
31 March 2017
Defined benefit obligation 73 220 898 1 191
31 March 2016
Defined benefit obligation 57 170 731 958

The Swiss defined benefit pension plans expose the Group to some actuarial and investment risks.

The pension plans provides employees of the Hirslanden Group with post-employment, death-in-service and disability benefits in accordance with the Federal Law on Occupational Old-age. These funds are separate legal entities from the Hirslanden Group. The funds' governing bodies consists of an equal number of employer and employee representatives.

This governing body determines the level of benefits and the investment strategy for the plan assets based on asset-liability analyses performed periodically. The basis for these asset-liability analyses are the statutory pension obligations, as these largely determine the cash flows of the fund. In addition, the investment of the plan assets is based on regulations developed by the governing body in accordance with the legal investment guidelines (BVV2). The investment committee of the governing body is responsible for their implementation. The governing body has mandated the investment activity to Complementa Investment Controlling AG, as the global custodian. The investment strategy complies with the legal guidelines and is rather conservative. Alternative investments and unhedged foreign currency positions are rare.

The benefits of the pension plans are substantially higher than the legal minimum. They are determined by the employer's and employee's contributions and interest granted on the plan members' accumulated savings; the interest rate is determined annually by the governing body in accordance with the legal framework (defined contribution, as defined by the occupational pension law). The employee's and the employer's contributions are determined based on the insured salary and range from 1.25% to 15.5% of the insured salary depending on the age of the beneficiary.

If an employee leaves the Hirslanden Group or the pension plans before reaching retirement age, legally they are to transfer the vested benefits to a new pension plan. On retirement, the participant may decide to withdraw the benefits as an annuity or a lump-sum.

As per the pension law in Switzerland, benefits provided by the pension funds are financed through annual contributions. If insufficient investment returns or actuarial losses lead to a funding gap, the governing body is legally obliged to take actions to close this gap within 5 years to a maximum of 7 years. Such actions may include additional contributions by the respective group companies and the beneficiaries. The current financial situation of the fund does not require such restructuring actions. None of the Group companies benefit from any plan surpluses.

18. RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (continued)

(b) South African post-retirement medical benefit obligation

The Group's Southern African operations have a post-retirement medical benefit obligation for employees who joined before 1 July 2012.

The Group accounts for actuarially determined future medical benefits and provide for the expected liability in the statement of financial position.

During the last valuation on 31 March 2017 a 8.65% (2016: 9.25%) medical inflation cost and a 9.60% (2016: 10.25%) interest rate were assumed. The average retirement age was set at 63 years (2016: 63 years).

The assumed rates of mortality are as follows: During employment: SA 85/90 tables of mortality Post-employment: PA(90) tables

GROUP
Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position are as follows: 2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Opening balance 24 26
Amounts recognised in the income statement 5 4
Current service cost 2 2
Interest cost 3 2
Benefits paid (1)
Exchange differences 7 (5)
Actuarial gain recognised in other comprehensive income (1)
Present value of unfunded obligations 35 24
The effect of a 1% movement in the assumed health cost trend rate 2017 2017
is as follows: Increase Decrease
Defined benefit obligation 17% (14%)
Aggregate of the current service cost and interest cost 19% (15%)

18. RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (continued)

(c) UAE end-of-service benefit obligation

In terms of UAE labour law, employees are entitled to severance pay at the end of employment. Severance pay is calculated as follows:

First five years of service: between 7 and 30 days wage per year of service and thereafter 30 days per additional year.

The employee benefit was actuarially determined:

The following are the principle actuarial assumptions: 2017 2016
Discount rate 4.0% 4.2%
Future salary increases 3.5% 3.5%
Average retirement age 60 years 60 years
Annual turnover rate 9.3% 12.8%
GROUP
Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position
are as follows:
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Opening balance 45 15
Amounts recognised in the income statement 8 4
Current service cost 6 3
Interest cost 2 1
Contributions (4) (1)
Business combinations 22
Disposal of subsidiaries (1)
Classified as held for sale (1)
Exchange differences 7 1
Actuarial loss recognised in other comprehensive income 2 4
Present value of unfunded obligations 56 45
Current portion of retirement benefit obligations 10 9
Non-current retirement benefit obligations 46 36
56 45
The effect of a 1% movement in the future salary increases rate
is as follows:
2017
Decrease
Defined benefit obligation 7% (6%)
Aggregate of the current service cost and interest cost 10% (8%)

Expected employer contributions to be paid to the UAE end-of-service benefit obligation for the year ended 31 March 2018 are £11m.

Employee
benefits
£'m
Legal cases
and other
£'m
Tariff
risks
£'m
Total
£'m
19.
PROVISIONS
Year ended 31 March 2016
Opening balance 14 1 31 46
Charged to the income statement 2 1 4 7
Utilised during the year (2) (2)
Unused amounts reversed (10) (10)
Exchange differences 1 1 2
Balance at the end of the year 15 2 26 43
At 31 March 2016
Current 2 17 19
Non-current 13 2 9 24
15 2 26 43
Year ended 31 March 2017
Opening balance 15 2 26 43
Charged to the income statement 3 7 7 17
Utilised during the year (2) (3) (1) (6)
Unused amounts reversed (1) (11) (12)
Exchange differences 1 2 3
Balance at the end of the year 17 5 23 45
At 31 March 2017
Current 2 5 15 22
Non-current 15 8 23
17 5 23 45

(a) Employee benefits

This provision is for benefits granted to employees for long service.

(b) Legal cases and other

This provision relates to third-party excess payments for malpractice claims which are not covered by insurance and other costs for legal claims.

(c) Tariff risks

This provision relates to compulsory health insurance tariff risks in Switzerland and other tariff disputes at some of the Group's Swiss hospitals.

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
Provisions are expected to be payable during the following financial years:
Within 1 year 22 19
After one year but not more than five years 16 18
More than five years 7 6
45 43
Assets
2017
£'m
Liabilities
2017
£'m
Assets
2016
£'m
Liabilities
2016
£'m
20. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS
Non-current
Interest rate swaps – cash
flow hedges
2 1 19
Total non-current 2 1 19
Current
Interest rate swaps – cash
flow hedges 7
Forward exchange contracts 1
Call option 2
Total current 7 2 1
Total derivative financial
instruments
9 3 20

Effective interest rate swaps

In order to hedge specific exposures in the interest rate repricing profile of existing borrowings, the Group uses interest rate derivatives to generate the desired interest profile. At 31 March 2017, the Group had twelve effective interest rate swap contracts (31 March 2016: eight) for borrowings specifically in Southern Africa. The value of borrowings hedged by the interest rate derivatives and the rates applicable to these contracts are as follows:

Borrowings
hedged
£'m
Fixed
interest
payable
Interest
receivable
Fair value
gain/(loss)
for the year
£'m
31 March 2017
1 to 3 years* 184 5.5 – 8.1% 3 month JIBAR/
69% of prime
interest rate
31 March 2016
3 month JIBAR/
69% of prime
1 to 5 years* 80 5.5 – 8.1% interest rate 1

* The interest rate swap agreement reset every 3 months on 1 June, 1 September, 1 December and 1 March with a final reset on 1 September 2017 for £19m, on 1 March 2019 for £60m, on 3 June 2019 for £76m and on 2 March 2020 for £30m. There is no ineffective portion recognised in the profit and loss that arises from the cash flow hedges.

20. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Ineffective interest rate swaps

Due to the current negative interest rates in Switzerland, the hedge relationship in respect of the 3 month Swiss LIBOR interest rate swaps became ineffective since the interest on the borrowings is capped at a rate of 0% but is fully considered as interest payments on the swap. Hedge accounting discontinued from the date when hedge effectiveness could not be demonstrated, i.e. from 1 October 2014.

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
Opening balance (19) (26)
Fair value adjustments booked through profit and loss (finance cost) 13 8
Exchange differences (1) (1)
Balance at the end of the period (7) (19)
Nominal Fixed
value interest Interest
31 March 2017 £'m payable receivable
Beyond 1 year ** 1 200 0.112% and
0.239%
3 month Swiss
LIBOR
31 March 2016
Beyond 2 years ** 1 122 0.112% and
0.239%
3 month Swiss
LIBOR

** The interest rate swap agreement resets every 3 months on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December with a final reset on 31 March 2018 and termination date on 30 September 2017 and 30 June 2018.

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
21. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Trade payables 227 200
Other payables and accrued expenses 167 169
Social insurance and accrued leave pay 70 55
Value added tax 8 7
472 431
GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
EXPENSES BY NATURE
Fees paid to the Group's auditors for the following services:
Audit of the parent company and consolidated financial statements 0.3 0.4
Audit company subsidiaries 1.8 1.9
Audit services 2.1 2.3
Audit related services 0.5 1.1
Tax advice 0.4 0.4
Tax compliance
All other services

0.1
0.3
0.2
3.1 4.3
Cost of inventories 630 481
Depreciation
– buildings (note 6)
37 25
– equipment (note 6) 60 41
– furniture and vehicles (note 6) 22 18
Employee benefit expenses 1 231 934
Wages and salaries 1 181 875
Retirement benefit costs – defined contribution plans 13 11
Retirement benefit costs – defined benefit obligations (note 18) 36 38
Share-based payment expense (note 15) 1 10
Increase in provision for impairment for receivables (note 12) 26 9
Maintenance costs 50 44
Operating leases
– buildings
53 32
– equipment 3 2
Amortisation of intangible assets (note 7) 26 9
Other expenses 244 219
General expenses 244 220
Profit on disposal of property, equipment and vehicles (1)
2 385 1 818
Classified as:
Cost of sales 1 696 1 264
Administration and other operating expenses 689 554
2 385 1 818
Depreciation and amortisation is classified as:
Cost of sales 107 76
Administration and other operating expenses 38 17
145 93
No No
Number of employees 32 625 32 884
OTHER GAINS AND LOSSES
Fair value adjustments on derivative contracts 1 (1)
Foreign exchange rate losses on corporate transactions (3)
(2) (1)
GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
FINANCE COSTS
Interest expense 58 44
Interest rate swaps 11 11
Amortisation of capitalised financing costs 7 5
Fair value gains on ineffective cash flow hedges (13) (8)
Preference share dividend 12 6
Less: amounts included in the cost of qualifying assets (1)
74 58
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
Current tax
Current year 46 41
Previous year (3) 1
Deferred tax (note 9) 21 13
Taxation per income statement 64 55
Composition
UK tax
Foreign tax 64 55
64 55
Reconciliation of rate of taxation:
UK statutory rate of taxation 20.0% 20.0%
Adjusted for:
Capital gains taxed at different rates 0.1%
Benefit of tax incentives (0.2%) (0.2%)
Share of net profit of equity accounted investments (0.8%) (0.5%)
Non-deductible expenses* 1.8% 5.6%
Non-controlling interests' share of profit before tax (0.3%) (0.3%)
Effect of different tax rates** 0.7% (3.9%)
Income tax rate changes (0.2%)
Non-recognition of tax losses in current year 0.9% 1.8%
Recognition of tax losses relating to prior years*** (0.5%) (0.4%)
Prior year adjustment (0.8%) 0.4%
Effective tax rate 20.8% 22.4%

* The impact of the following non-deductive expenses on the tax rate in the prior year was an increase of 4.2% (£10m): – Transaction costs in relation to the Al Noor transaction were not deductible for tax purposes as these costs are capital of nature. The tax effect of this amounted £8m which resulted in an increase in the effective tax rate.

– Non-deductible accelerated IFRS 2 charges increased the tax charge by £2m.

** The effect of different tax rates is mainly because of profit earned from South Africa which is subject to an income tax rate of 28%, reduced by profit earned from the UAE which is not subject to income tax. Compared to the comparative period, the effect of different tax rates increased mainly due to the proportional higher contribution by the Southern Africa operating segment and lower proportional contribution from the UAE.

*** A deferred tax asset of approximately £3m was recognised in respect of previously unrecognised assessed tax losses in South Africa due to improvements in local profitability.

The income tax liability includes an amount of approximately £3m (2016: £8m) relating to unresolved tax matters. The range of possible outcomes relating to this liability is not considered to be material.

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE
Earnings per ordinary share (pence)
Basic (pence) 31.0 29.6
Diluted (pence) 31.0 29.5
Number of shares reconciliation
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for basic
earnings per share
Number of ordinary shares in issue at the beginning of the year 737 243 810 542 473 328
Al Noor Hospitals Group plc shares prior to reverse acquisition 14 688 077
Al Noor Hospitals Group plc shares repurchased (8 000 842)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares issued during the year
(August 2015)
41 742 562
Weighted average number of ordinary shares issued during the year
(February 2016)
9 063 634
Adjustment for equity raising – Rights Offer (August 2015)
(IAS 33 para 26)**
5 239 773
Weighted average number of treasury shares (303 656) (6 764 447)
BEE shareholder (31 238) (521 142)
Mpilo Trusts (33 128) (5 995 653)
Forfeitable Share Plan (239 290) (247 652)
736 940 154 598 442 085
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for
diluted earnings per share
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 736 940 154 598 442 085
Weighted average number of treasury shares held not yet
released from treasury stock
303 656 768 793
BEE shareholder* 31 238 521 141
Mpilo Trusts 33 128
Forfeitable Share Plan 239 290 247 652
737 243 810 599 210 878

The prior year number of shares have been converted using the Mediclinic scheme of arrangement conversion ratio of 0.625 Mediclinic International plc shares for each Mediclinic International Limited share held.

* Represents the equivalent weighted average number of shares for which no value has been received from the BEE shareholder (Mpilo Investment Holdings 2 (RF) (Pty) Ltd) in terms of the Group's black ownership initiative. To date, no value was received for an equivalent of 31 238 (2016: 521 141) shares issued to the strategic black partner.

Mpilo Investment Holdings 1 (RF) (Pty) Ltd and Mpilo Investment Holdings 2 (RF) (Pty) Ltd are structured entities that are not consolidated due to the Group not having control. These companies are investment holding companies and were incorporated as part of the Mediclinic BEE transaction. The companies hold ordinary shares in Mediclinic International plc on which it receives dividends. These dividends are used to repay the outstanding debt of the companies. The outstanding debt referred to is provided by third parties with no recourse to the Group.

** The shares were issued at a price lower than the fair value of the shares before the equity capital raised in June 2014 and Rights Offer in August 2015. As a result, the weighted average number of shares was adjusted in accordance with IAS 33 paragraph 26.

26. EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE (continued)

Headline earnings per ordinary share

The Group is required to calculate headline earnings per share (HEPS) in accordance with the JSE Limited (JSE) Listings Requirements, determined by reference to the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants' circular 02/2015 (Revised) 'Headline Earnings'. The table below sets out a reconciliation of basic EPS and HEPS in accordance with that circular. Disclosure of HEPS is not a requirement of IFRS, but it is a commonly used measure of earnings in South Africa. The table below reconciles the profit for the financial year attributable to equity holders of the parent to headline earnings and summarises the calculation of basic HEPS:

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Profit for the financial period attributable to equity holders of the parent 229 177
Adjustments
Impairment of property
Insurance proceeds
Gain on disposal of subsidiary
Profit on disposal of property, equipment and vehicles
Headline earnings 229 177
Headline earnings per share (pence) 31.0 29.6
Diluted headline earnings per share (pence) 31.0 29.5
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Components of other comprehensive income
Currency translation differences 388 92
Fair value adjustment – cash flow hedges 2
Remeasurements of retirement benefit obligations 34 (56)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax 422 38
Attributable to
equity holders
of the Company
Tax charge
attributable to
equity holders
Attributable to
non-controlling
interest
(before tax)
£'m
of the Company
£'m
(after tax)
£'m
Total
£'m
Year ended 31 March 2017
Currency translation differences 372 16 388
Fair value adjustment –
cash flow hedges
Remeasurements of retirement
benefit obligations 43 (9) 34
Other comprehensive income 415 (9) 16 422
Year ended 31 March 2016
Currency translation differences
101 (9) 92
Recycling of fair value
adjustments of derecognised
cash flow hedge
1 1
Fair value adjustment –
cash flow hedges
1 1
Remeasurements of retirement
benefit obligations
(69) 13 (56)
Other comprehensive income 34 13 (9) 38
GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
28.
28.1
CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Reconciliation of profit before taxation to cash generated from operations
Profit before taxation 307 245
Adjustments for:
Finance cost – net 67 49
Share of net profit of equity accounted
investments (12) (6)
Other gains and losses 2 1
Share-based payment 1 10
Depreciation and amortisation 145 93
Impairment provision of trade receivables 26
Movement in provisions (1) 5
Movement in retirement benefit obligations (4) 9
Profit on disposal of property, equipment and vehicles (1)
Operating income before changes in working capital 531 405
Working capital changes (22) 6
Increase in inventories (4) (1)
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables (14) 4
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables (4) 3
509 411
28.2 Interest paid
Finance cost per income statement 74 58
Refinancing costs shown as financing activities (3) (6)
Non-cash items
Amortisation of capitalised financing fees (7) (5)
Fair value gains on ineffective cash flow hedges 13 8
77 55
28.3 Tax paid
Liability at the beginning of the period 8 11
Provision for the period 43 42
51 53
Liability at the end of the period (6) (8)
45 45
28.4 Investment to maintain operations
Property, equipment and vehicles purchased 105 63
Intangible assets purchased 6 9
Less non-cash flow items (2)
109 72
28.5 Investment to expand operations
Property, equipment and vehicles purchased
Intangible assets purchased 134
6
114
140 114

28. CASH FLOW INFORMATION (continued)

Date paid/
payable
Dividend per
share (pence)
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
28.6 Dividends declared
Year ended 31 March 2017
12 December
Interim dividend 2016 3.20 23
Final dividend 31 July 2017 4.70 35
7.90
Year ended 31 March 2016
7 December
Interim dividend 2015 2.66 15
Final dividend 25 July 2016 5.24 39
7.90 58 54

Under IFRS dividends are only recognised in the financial statements when authorised by the Board of Directors (for interim dividends) or when authorised by the shareholders (for final dividends). The aggregate amount of the proposed dividend expected to be paid on 31 July 2017 from retained earnings has not been recognised as a liability on 31 March 2017.

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Dividends paid during the period 62 48
Total
borrowings
£'m
Net derivative
financial
instruments
held
to hedge
borrowings
£'m
Total
£'m
Changes in liabilities arising from financing
activities
Year ended 31 March 2017
Opening balance
Cash flow movements
1 841 17 1 858
Proceeds from borrowings 247 247
Repayment of borrowings (327) (327)
Non-cash items
Amortisation of capitalised financing fees 7 7
Fair value changes (13) (13)
Exchange rate differences 262 5 267
Closing balance 2 030 9 2 039
Year ended 31 March 2016
Opening balance 1 618 26 1 644
Cash flow movements
Proceeds from borrowings 302 302
Repayment of borrowings (85) (85)
Non-cash items
Amortisation of capitalised financing fees 5 5
Fair value changes (9) (9)
Exchange rate differences 1 1
Closing balance 1 841 17 1 858
GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
28. CASH FLOW INFORMATION (continued)
28.8 Cash and cash equivalents
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash, cash equivalents and
bank overdrafts include:
Cash and cash equivalents 361 305
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts are denominated in the following
currencies:
South African rand* 96 74
Swiss franc** 148 131
UAE dirham*** 83 100
Pound**** 34
361 305

* The counterparties have a minimum Baa2 credit rating by Moody's.

** The facility agreement of the Swiss subsidiary restricts the distribution of cash. The counterparties have a minimum A2 credit rating by Moody's and a minimum A credit rating by Standard & Poor's.

*** The counterparties have a minimum BBB+ by Standard & Poor's.

**** The counterparty has a Aa2 credit rating by Moody's.

Cash and cash equivalents denominated in South African rands amounting to £12m (2016 : £12m) has been ceded as security for borrowings (see note 17).

29. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

There were no significant business combinations during the current year. Al Noor Hospitals Group plc was acquired in the prior year.

GROUP
2016
£'m
Cash
flow on
acquisition
Al Noor Hospitals Group plc 17

Al Noor Hospitals Group plc

On 15 February 2016, Mediclinic completed the combination between Al Noor Hospitals Group plc and Mediclinic International Limited. The combination was classified as a reverse takeover. After the reverse takeover, the Group is considered to be one of the world's leading international private healthcare groups, with deep operational expertise and a well-balanced geographic profile in Southern Africa, Switzerland, the United Arab Emirates and in the UK (through a minority stake in Spire). The purchase price allocation calculation has been finalised and retrospective adjustments have been made to the calculation (refer to footnote 2 on the next page). The transaction resulted in £1 203m (restated) goodwill being recognised. Goodwill represents the earnings potential of the established Al Noor business with a geographical footprint in Abu Dhabi as well as synergies from a combined business in the UAE and a skilled workforce assembled at the operating facilities.

GROUP
2016
£'m
Cash
flow on
acquisition
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (continued)
Al Noor Hospitals Group plc (continued)
Purchase consideration at 15 February 2016
Special dividend (£3.28 per share) 383
Tender offer (limited to £1bn with special dividend, £8.32 per share) 530
Value of share element1 446
Total consideration transferred 1 359
Recognised amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities
assumed (provisional purchase price allocation)
Assets
Property, equipment and vehicles 61
Intangible assets 65
Other investments and loans 2
Inventories 14
Trade and other receivables2 97
Derivative financial instruments 2
Investment in money market funds 10
Cash and cash equivalents 24
Total assets 275
Liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations 22
Trade and other payables 92
Total liabilities 114
Total identifiable net assets at fair value 161
Non-controlling interest (5)
Goodwill2 1 203
Total 1 359
Analysis of cash flow on acquisition
Transaction costs incurred in reverse acquisition (41)
Net cash acquired with the subsidiary 24
Net cash flow on acquisition (17)

1 The value of the share element represents the equivalent fair value of the shares at date of acquisition that the acquirer (Mediclinic International Limited) would have issued to the shareholders of Al Noor Hospitals Group plc if equity instruments of the acquirer had to be issued. 2 The fair value exercise over the opening balance sheet of Al Noor remained provisional at

31 March 2016 as permitted by IFRS 3. During the year the Group has made progress to conform Al Noor's commercial practices with the rest of the Group. For this reason the fair value of acquired trade and other receivables was adjusted to align with the Group's policies. A fair value adjustments of £14m was made to the opening balance of trade and other receivables as a result of the finalisation of the purchase price allocation. This adjustment resulted in a change in the goodwill figure recorded in the prior year's financial statements.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions were made in the purchase price allocation of the Al Noor acquisition in accordance with IFRS 3, Business Combinations. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured at their fair values at the acquisition date. The fair value of an asset or liability represents the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. An independent valuer was used to assist in the valuation of Al Noor's opening balance sheet. During the current year the purchase price allocation was finalised for the Al Noor acquisition and retrospective adjustments were made. Refer to the retrospective adjustments made above.

MEDICLINIC ANNUAL REPORT 2017
206
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GROUP
2016
£'m
Cash
flow on
acquisition
30. CASH FLOW ON ACQUISITION OF INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATE
Spire Healthcare Group plc 446

Spire Healthcare Group plc is a leading private healthcare group in the UK with a national network of 39 hospitals across the United Kingdom. The investment in Spire provides Mediclinic with a further opportunity to diversify into an attractive new geography with a strong currency. The Group and Spire will benefit from collaboration, with the potential to unlock procurement benefits and knowledge transfer.

On 22 June 2015, Remgro through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Remgro Jersey Ltd (subsequently renamed to Mediclinic Jersey Ltd), acquired 119 923 335 Spire shares equivalent to a 29.9% shareholding. The purchase of the equity investment were negotiated jointly by Mediclinic and Remgro with the seller. Mediclinic acquired Remgro's indirect shareholding in Spire for an amount equal to the aggregate of the purchase price paid by Remgro Jersey Ltd, transaction costs and funding costs, totalling approximately £446m. The Spire acquisition was effected through a series of transactions which ultimately resulted in Mediclinic, through a wholly-owned subsidiary (Mediclinic Jersey Limited) directly holding the 29.9% interest in Spire from 24 August 2015.

GROUP
2016
£'m
Cash
flow on
Purchase consideration paid, comprise of the following: acquisition
Purchase price paid to Remgro 437
Transaction cost 10
Total cost of equity investment 447
Less cash acquired in subsidiary (Mediclinic Jersey Ltd) (1)
Cash flow on acquisition of investment in associate 446

31. DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARIES

The Group disposed of the following companies that were part of the Middle East segment: Rochester Wellness LLC, Emirates American Company for Medical Services LLC, Abu Dhabi Medical Services LLC and National Medical Services LLC.

GROUP
2017
£'m
Cash
flow on
acquisition
Consideration received
Cash and cash equivalents 47
Consideration receivable 1
Other non-cash items 3
51
GROUP
2017
£'m
Cash
flow on
acquisition
DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARIES (continued)
Analysis of assets and liabilities over which control was lost
Assets
Property, equipment and vehicles 10
Goodwill 33
Trade and other receivables 10
Cash and cash equivalents 3
Total assets 56
Liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations 1
Trade and other payables 4
Total liabilities 5
Net assets disposed of 51
Gain on disposal of subsidiary
Consideration received 51
Net assets disposed of (51)
Gain on disposal
Total cashflow on disposal of subsidiary 47
Less: cash and cash equivalents balanced disposed of (3)
Net cash flow on disposal 44

32. DISPOSAL GROUPS HELD FOR SALE

Before the end of the financial year, management decided to sell the following clinics within the Mediclinic Middle East segment: Mediclinic Beach Road Clinic, Mediclinic Corniche Medical Centre, Lookwow Oneday Surgery and Pharmacy, Al Noor Sanaiya Clinic and Pharmacy, Al Noor ICAD Clinic and Pharmacy, Al Noor International Medical Centre (Sharjah), Al Noor Hamdan Street Pharmacy, Al Madar Ajman Clinic and Pharmacy and Al Madar Diagnostic Centre-Al Ain.

Accordingly, assets and liabilities of these clinics are disclosed as held for sale as the classification requirements of IFRS 5 have been met at 31 March 2017.

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Analysis of assets and liabilities held for sale
Assets
Property, equipment and vehicles 8
Inventories 1
Total assets 9
Liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations 1
Trade and other payables 1
Total liabilities 2
GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
33.
COMMITMENTS
Capital commitments
Incomplete capital expenditure contracts 170 92
Southern Africa 61 57
Switzerland 13 10
Middle East 96 25
Capital expenses authorised by the Board of Directors but not yet contracted 227 212
Southern Africa 153 70
Switzerland 19 18
Middle East 55 124
397 304

These commitments will be financed from Group and borrowed funds.

Operating lease commitments

The Group has entered into various operating lease agreements on premises and equipment. The future non-cancellable minimum lease rentals are payable during the following financial years:

GROUP
2017 2016
£'m £'m
Within 1 year 45 41
1 to 5 years 166 139
Beyond 5 years 366 322
577 502

Income guarantees

As part of the expansion of network of specialist institutes in Switzerland and centres of expertise the Group has agreed to guarantee a minimum net income to these specialists for a start-up period of three to five years. Payments under such guarantees become due, if the net income from the collaboration does not meet the amounts guaranteed. There were no payments under the above mentioned income guarantees in the reporting period as the net income individually generated met or exceeded the amounts guaranteed.

GROUP
2017 2016
Total of net income guaranteed: £'m £'m
April 2015 to March 2016 6
April 2016 to March 2017 4 3
April 2017 to March 2018 1
April 2018 to March 2019
5 9

Contingent liabilities

Litigation

The Group is not aware of any pending legal claims that are not covered by the Group's extensive insurance programmes.

GROUP
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Remgro Limited owns, through various subsidiaries (Remgro Healthcare
(Pty) Limited, Remgro Health Limited and Remgro Jersey GBP Limited)
44.56% (2016: 44.56%) of the Company's issued shared capital.
The following transactions were carried out with related third parties:
Transactions with shareholders
Share subscription – Remgro Group and its subsidiaries
In addition to the share subscription (February 2016), Remgro also
600
participated in the Right Offer (August 2015).
Remgro Management Services Limited (subsidiary of Remgro Limited)
Managerial and administration fees
Internal audit services
0.30
0.20
0.20
0.10
Management fee relating to the acquisition of equity investment (Spire
Healthcare Group plc)
Underwriting fees in respect of the rights offer

2
4
V & R Management Services AG (subsidiary of Remgro Limited)
Administration fees*
Acquisition of equity investment (Spire Healthcare Group plc)
During the prior period, Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd (previously
Mediclinic International Ltd) and Remgro Limited jointly negotiated the
terms of the transaction to acquire an equity investment in Spire Healthcare
Group plc with the seller. Refer to note 30 for additional information.
Key management compensation
Key management includes the Directors (Executive and Non-executive)
and members of the Executive Committee.
Salaries and other short-term benefits 7 4
Short-term benefits 6 4
Post-employment benefits*
Share-based payment

1

Transactions with associates
Zentrallabor Zürich (ZLZ)
Fees earned
Purchases
(1)
10
(1)
7
Spire Healthcare Group plc
Non-executive Director fee*

* Amount is less than £0.5m.

35. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial instruments that are measured at fair value in the statement of financial position, are classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in the valuation. The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:

  • Level 1 Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
  • Level 2 Input (other than quoted prices included within level 1) that is observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices)
  • Level 3 Input for the asset or liability that is not based on observable market data (unobservable input).
GROUP
Financial instruments carried at fair value in the
statement of financial position
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Financial assets
Other investments and loans (available-for-sale assets) 2 1
Derivative financial instruments 3
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments (9) (20)
  • Available-for-sale assets (part of other investments and loans): Fair value is based on appropriate valuation methodologies being discounted cash flow or actual net asset value of the investment. These assets are grouped as level 2.
  • Derivative financial instruments: Interest rate swaps are measured at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates. Based on the degree to which the fair value is observable, the interest rate swaps and forward contracts are grouped as level 2.
GROUP
Financial instruments not carried at fair value in the
statement of financial position
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Financial assets
Other investments and loans 22 5
Trade and other receivables 425 380
Cash and cash equivalents 361 305
Financial liabilities
Borrowings (2 030) (1 841)
Trade and other payables (394) (369)
  • Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and other investments and loans: Due to the expected short-term maturity of these financial instruments their carrying value approximate their fair value.
  • Borrowings: The fair value of long-term borrowings is based on discounted cash flows using the effective interest rate method. As the interest rates of long-term borrowings are all market related, their carrying values approximate their fair value.

36. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING DATE

No material events occurred between the reporting date and the date the financial statements were authorised for issue.

Interest in capital1

ANNEXURE – INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES, ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

SUBSIDIARIES

Company Country of
incorporation
and place of
business
Principal activities 31 March
2017
%
31 March
2016
%
Al Noor Holdings Cayman Limited ("ANH Cayman") Cayman
Islands
Intermediary holding company 100.0 100.0
ANMC Management Limited ("ANMC Management") Cayman
Islands
Intermediary holding company
and manager of Al Noor Golden
100.0 100.0
Mediclinic CHF Finco Limited Jersey Treasury 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Holdings Netherlands B.V Netherlands Intermediary holding company 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd South Africa Intermediary holding company 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Middle East Holdings Limited Jersey Intermediary holding company 100.0 100.0
Group
Indirectly held through Mediclinic CHF Finco Limited
Mediclinic Jersey Limited Jersey Intermediary holding company 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd
Mediclinic Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Intermediary holding company 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Investments (Pty) Ltd
Business Ventures Investments No 1871 (Pty) Ltd Jersey Deregistered 100.0
Mediclinic Europe (Pty) Ltd South Africa Dormant
(deregistration in process)
100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Group Services (Pty) Ltd South Africa Provision of group services within
the Mediclinic group
100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Middle East Investment Holdings (Pty) Ltd South Africa Dormant 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd South Africa
Intermediary holding company
100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Group Services (Pty) Ltd
Mediclinic Management Services (Pty) Ltd South Africa Dormant
(deregistration in process)
100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd
Curamed Holdings (Pty) Ltd South Africa Intermediary holding company 69.6 69.8
ER24 Holdings (Pty) Ltd South Africa Intermediary holding company 100.0 100.0
Hedrapix Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Dormant 100.0 100.0
Howick Private Hospital Holdings (Pty) Ltd South Africa Intermediary holding company 50.0 50.0
Medical Human Resources (Pty) Ltd South Africa Management of healthcare staff 100.0 100.0
Medical Innovations (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital equipment 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic (Pty) Ltd (ordinary shares and Mediclinic Head Office
Hospital Shares)
South Africa Intermediary holding company
and operating company of
Mediclinic Southern Africa
100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Brits (Pty) Ltd* South Africa Healthcare services 65.2 64.1
Mediclinic Finance Corporation (Pty) Ltd South Africa Treasury 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Holdings (Namibia) (Pty) Ltd Namibia Intermediary holding company 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Lephalale (Pty) Ltd South Africa Healthcare services 87.3 87.3
Mediclinic Midstream (Pty) Ltd South Africa Healthcare services 81.1 81.1
Mediclinic Midstream Properties (Pty) Ltd South Africa Dormant 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Paarl (Pty) Ltd* South Africa Healthcare services 75.2 74.6
Mediclinic Properties (Pty) Ltd South Africa Property ownership and
management
100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Tzaneen (Pty) Ltd* (50% plus 1 share) South Africa Healthcare services 50.0 50.0
Interest in capital1
Company Country of
incorporation
and place of
business
Principal activities 31 March
2017
%
31 March
2016
%
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd
Medipark Clinic (Pty) Ltd South Africa Dormant 100.0 100.0
Newcastle Private Hospital (Pty) Ltd* (50% plus 1 share) South Africa Healthcare services 50.0 50.0
Phodiclinics (Pty) Ltd South Africa Deregistered 100.0
Practice Relief (Pty) Ltd South Africa Provision of debt collection and
related services
100.0 100.0
Victoria Hospital (Pty) Ltd* (50% plus 1 share) South Africa Healthcare services 50.0 50.0
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Holdings (Namibia) (Pty) Ltd
Mediclinic Capital (Namibia) (Pty) Ltd Namibia Investment holding company 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Otjiwarongo (Pty) Ltd Namibia Healthcare services 100.0 96.0
Mediclinic Properties (Swakopmund) (Pty) Ltd Namibia Property ownership and
management
100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Properties (Windhoek) (Pty) Ltd Namibia Property ownership and
management
100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Swakopmund (Pty) Ltd Namibia Healthcare services 97.2 97.2
Mediclinic Windhoek (Pty) Ltd Namibia Healthcare services 96.5 96.4
Hospital Investment Companies
Mediclinic Bloemfontein Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 98.9 98.7
Mediclinic Cape Gate Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 92.8 93.5
Mediclinic Cape Town Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 99.0 99.0
Mediclinic Constantiaberg Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 75.6 75.6
Mediclinic Durbanville Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 99.4 99.4
Mediclinic Emfuleni Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 84.1 82.9
Mediclinic George Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 97.2 98.6
Mediclinic Highveld Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 98.6 98.6
Mediclinic Hoogland Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 99.2 99.2
Mediclinic Kathu Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Dormant 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Klein Karoo Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Legae Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 93.1 94.3
Mediclinic Louis Leipoldt Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 99.6 99.6
Mediclinic Milnerton Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 99.4 99.4
Mediclinic Morningside Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 79.0 79.7
Mediclinic Nelspruit Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 98.7 98.6
Mediclinic Panorama Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 98.7 99.1
Mediclinic Pietermaritzburg Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 76.4 76.9
Mediclinic Plettenberg Bay Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 95.0 94.5
Mediclinic Sandton Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 92.9 92.8
Mediclinic Secunda Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 81.8 81.8
Mediclinic Stellenbosch Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 90.8 90.8
Mediclinic Vereeniging Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 99.0 99.0
Mediclinic Vergelegen Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 93.1 94.3
Mediclinic Welkom Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 91.4 92.2
Mediclinic Worcester Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Hospital investment company 97.3 99.3
Company Country of
incorporation
and place of
business
Principal activities 31 March
2017
%
31 March
2016
%
Indirectly held through Mediclinic (Pty) Ltd
Mediclinic Barberton (Pty) Ltd* South Africa Healthcare services 77.0 77.0
Mediclinic Ermelo (Pty) Ltd* South Africa Healthcare services 50.1 50.1
Mediclinic Hermanus (Pty) Ltd* (50% plus 1 share) South Africa Healthcare services 53.2 50.0
Mediclinic Kimberley (Pty) Ltd* South Africa Healthcare services 89.4 88.6
Mediclinic Limpopo (Pty) Ltd\$* South Africa Healthcare services 50.0 50.0
Mediclinic Potchefstroom (Pty) Ltd* South Africa Healthcare services 86.8 88.3
Mediclinic Upington (Pty) Ltd* South Africa Healthcare services 50.0 50.0
Indirectly held through Howick Private Hospital Holdings (Pty) Ltd
Howick Private Hospital (Pty) Ltd* South Africa Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Limpopo (Pty) Ltd
Mediclinic Limpopo Day Clinic (Pty) Ltd South Africa Day clinic investment company 60.2 64.7
Mediclinic Limpopo Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Investment holding company 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Durbanville Investments
(Pty) Ltd
Mediclinic Durbanville Day Clinic (Pty) Ltd South Africa Day clinic investment company 89.9 89.9
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Tzaneen (Pty) Ltd
Mediclinic Tzaneen Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Investment holding company 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Victoria Hospital (Pty) Ltd
Victoria Hospital Investments (Pty) Ltd South Africa Investment holding company 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Curamed Holdings (Pty) Ltd
Curamed Hospitals (Pty) Ltd South Africa Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Curamed Properties (Pty) Ltd South Africa Property ownership and
management
100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Curamed Hospitals (Pty) Ltd
Mediclinic Thabazimbi (Pty) Ltd South Africa Healthcare services 76.0 76.0
Indirectly Held through ER24 Holdings (Pty) Ltd
ER24 EMS (Pty) Ltd South Africa Emergency medical services 100.0 100.0
ER24 Trademarks (Pty) Ltd South Africa Intellectual property holding
company
100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Holdings Netherlands B.V
Mediclinic Luxembourg S.à.r.l Luxembourg Intermediary holding company 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Luxembourg S.à.r.l.
Hirslanden AG Switzerland Intermediary holding company
and operating company of the
Hirslanden group
100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Hirslanden AG
AndreasKlinik AG Cham Switzerland Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Hirslanden Bern AG Switzerland Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Hirslanden Clinique La Colline SA Switzerland Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Hirslanden Freiburg AG, Düdingen Switzerland Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Hirslanden Klinik Aarau AG Switzerland Healthcare services 100.0 100.0

Interest in capital1

Interest in capital1
Company Country of
incorporation
and place of
business
Principal activities 31 March
2017
%
31 March
2016
%
Indirectly held through Hirslanden AG
Hirslanden Klinik Am Rosenberg AG Switzerland Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Hirslanden Lausanne SA Switzerland Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
IMRAD SA Switzerland Healthcare services 80.0 80.0
Klinik Belair AG Switzerland Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Klinik Birshof AG Switzerland Healthcare services 99.7 99.7
Klinik St. Anna AG Switzerland Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Klinik Stephanshorn AG Switzerland Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Radiotherapie Hirslanden AG Switzerland Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Hirslanden Klinik am Rosenberg AG
Klinik am Rosenberg Heiden AG Switzerland Healthcare services 99.2 99.1
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Middle East Holdings Limited
Mediclinic International Co Limited United
Kingdom
Dormant 100.0 100.0
Emirates Healthcare Holdings Limited British Virgin
Islands
Intermediary holding company 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Emirates Healthcare Holdings Limited
Welcare World Holdings Limited British Virgin
Islands
Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Emirates Healthcare Limited British Virgin
Islands
Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Emirates Healthcare Limited
American Healthcare Management Systems Limited British Virgin
Islands
Management services 100.0 100.0
Delah Cafe FZ LLC (incorporated in October 2016) UAE Food and catering 100.0
Emirates Healthcare Estates Limited British Virgin
Islands
Property management 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Al Quasis Clinic LLC2 UAE Healthcare services 49.0 49.0
Mediclinic Beach Road LLC2 UAE Healthcare services 49.0 49.0
Mediclinic City Hospital FZ LLC UAE Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Mediclinic Clinics Investment LLC2 UAE Healthcare services 49.0 49.0
Mediclinic Ibn Battuta Clinic LLC2 UAE Healthcare services 49.0 49.0
Mediclinic Medical Stores Co LLC2 UAE Procurement 49.0 49.0
Mediclinic Mirdif Clinic LLC2 UAE Healthcare services 49.0 49.0
Mediclinic Parkview Hospital LLC2 UAE Healthcare services 49.0 49.0
The Manchester Clinic LLC2 (previously held by
Mediclinic Hospitals LLC)
UAE Healthcare services 49.0 24.0
Welcare Hospitals Limited British Virgin
Islands
Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Welcare World Health Systems Limited British Virgin
Islands
Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Welcare Hospitals Limited
Mediclinic Welcare Hospital LLC2 UAE Healthcare services 49.0 49.0
Company Country of
incorporation
and place of
business
Principal activities 31 March
2017
%
31 March
2016
%
Indirectly held through Welcare World Holdings Limited
Mediclinic Corniche Medical Centre LLC2 UAE Healthcare services 49.0 49.0
Mediclinic Pharmacy LLC2 UAE Healthcare services (pharmacy) 49.0 49.0
Indirectly held through Welcare World Health Systems Limited
Mediclinic Middle East Management Services FZ LLC UAE Healthcare Management services 100.0 100.0
Indirectly held through Al Noor Holdings Cayman Limited /
ANMC Management Limited
Al Noor Golden Commercial Investment LLC
("Al Noor Golden")3
UAE Intermediary holding company 49.0 49.0
Indirectly held through Al Noor Golden
Mediclinic Hospitals LLC (previously named Al Noor
Medical Company – Al Noor Hospital – Al Noor Pharmacy
and Al Noor Warehouse LLC)4
UAE Intermediary holding company
and operating company for
Al Noor business
99.0 99.0
Indirectly held through Mediclinic Hospitals LLC
Al Noor Hospital Family Care Centre – Al Mamoora LLC6 UAE Healthcare services 100.0 100.0
Emirates American Company for Medical Services LLC UAE Sold during the year 100.0
Rochester Wellness LLC UAE Sold during the year 49.0
Abu Dhabi Medical Services LLC Oman Sold during the year 70.0
National Medical Services LLC Oman Sold during the year 70.0
Al Noor Hospital Medical Centre Khalifa City LLC7 UAE Healthcare services 49.0
Al Madar Medical Centre LLC5 UAE Healthcare services 73.0 48.0
Aspetar Al Madar Medical Center LLC (previously named
Aspetar Al Madar Rehabilitation Centre LLC)8
UAE Healthcare services 49.0 48.0
Al Noor Hospital Clinics Al Ain LLC UAE Healthcare services 99.0 99.0
Pharmalight Medical Stores LLC UAE Procurement 99.0
Indirectly held through Al Madar Medical Centre LLC
Lookwow Oneday Surgery Company LLC UAE Healthcare services 76.0 76.0
Lookwow Pharmacy LLC9 UAE Healthcare services (pharmacy) 49.0

Interest in capital1

Notes

  • 1 The actual equity interest in the UAE entities are disclosed herein, with the beneficial interest further explained in the notes.
  • 2 In terms of the constitutional and contractual arrangements the Group has full management control and an economic interest of 100% in these UAE entities.
  • 3 Al Noor Holdings Cayman Limited ("ANH Cayman") holds 48% and ANMC Management Limited ("ANMC Management") holds 1% in the share capital of Al Noor Golden Commercial Investment LLC ("Al Noor Golden"), collectively 49%. The remaining 51% is held by Al Noor Commercial Investment LLC ("ANCI"). The constitutional documents of Al Noor Golden provide ANH Cayman with the right to receive up to 89% of all distributions by Al Noor Golden, ANMC Management the right to receive 1%, and ANCI the right to receive the remaining 10%. In terms of the Mudaraba Agreement, ANH Cayman has the right to receive 99% of ANCI's right to receive 10% of the distributions of Al Noor Golden. Al Noor Cayman and ANMC Management therefore, collectively, have an effective beneficial interest of 99.9% in Al Noor Golden.

The First Arabian Corporation LLC holds 99.33% and Sheikh Mohammed Bin Butti Al Hamed holds the remaining 0.67% in ANCI. ANCI holds 51% of the issued share capital of Al Noor Golden, and 1% of the issued share capital of Mediclinic Hospitals LLC. ANMC Management is appointed as the manager of ANCI. Pursuant to a shareholders agreement and a Mudaraba agreement, 99% of ANCI's profit or loss should be distributed to ANH Cayman.

  • 4 Al Noor Golden holds 99% of the issued share capital of Mediclinic Hospitals LLC, with the remaining 1% held by ANCI. Al Noor Golden has the right to be appointed at the proxy of ANCI, to attend and vote at all shareholder meetings of Mediclinic Hospitals LLC.
  • 5 Mediclinic Hospitals LLC holds 73% of the issued share capital of Al Madar Medical Center LLC, with the remaining 27% interest held by ANCI. The Memorandum of Association of the company provides that Mediclinic Hospitals LLC is entitled to receive 99% of distributions by the company and ANCI is entitled to receive 1%. The Group's effective beneficial interest in the entity is therefore 99%.
  • 6 Mediclinic Hospitals LLC holds 99% and Al Noor Golden holds 1% in the issued share capital of Al Noor Hospital Family Care Centre – AL Mamoora LLC, collectively 100%.
  • 7 Al Noor Golden holds 49% of the issued share capital of Al Noor Hospital Medical Center Khalifa City LLC, with the remaining 51% held by ANCI. The Memorandum of Association of the company provides that Al Noor Golden is entitled to receive 99% of distributions by the company and ANCI is entitled to receive 1%. The Group's effective beneficial interest in the entity is therefore 99%.
  • 8 Mediclinic Hospitals LLC holds 49% of the issued share capital of Aspetar Al Madar Medical Center LLC, with the remaining 51% held by ANCI. The Memorandum of Association of the company provides that Mediclinic Hospitals LLC is entitled to receive 99% of distributions by the company and ANCI is entitled to receive 1%. The Group's effective beneficial interest is therefore 99%.
  • 9 Al Madar Medical Center LLC holds 49% of the issued share capital of Lookwow Pharmacy LLC, with the remaining 51% held by a third party. The Memorandum of Association of the company provides that Al Madar Medical Center LLC is entitled to receive 76% of distributions by the company and the third party is entitled to receive 24%. The Group's effective beneficial interest is therefore 76%.
  • * Controlled through long-term management agreements
  • \$ Operating through trusts or partnerships

JOINT VENTURES

Interest in capital
Company Country of
incorporation
and place of
business
Principal activities 31 March
2017
%
31 March
2016
%
Wits University Donald Gordon
Medical Centre (Pty) Ltd
South Africa Healthcare services 49.9 49.9

ASSOCIATES

Book value of
Interest in capital investment
31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March
2017 2016 2017 2016
Company % % £'m £'m
Listed:
Spire Healthcare Group plc (held through
Mediclinic Jersey Limited) 29.9 29.9 459 451
Unlisted:
Zentrallabor Zürich, Zürich 53.0 56.0 2 1
Baukonsortium, Cham* 24.0 24.0
Centre de Reeducation et de Physiotherapie SA* 20.0 20.0
Centre de Physiotherapie du Sport S.à.r.l.* 23.0
461 452

The nature of the activities of the associates is similar to the major activities of the Group.

* Book value is less than £0.5m.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

to the members of Mediclinic International plc

REPORT ON THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OUR OPINION

In our opinion, Mediclinic International plc's company financial statements (the "financial statements"):

  • give a true and fair view of the state of the company's affairs at 31 March 2017 and of its cash flows for the year then ended;
  • have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRSs") as adopted by the European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and
  • have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

WHAT WE HAVE AUDITED

The financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Financial Statements, comprise:

  • the statement of financial position at 31 March 2017;
  • the statement of cash flows for the year then ended;
  • the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; and
  • the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Certain required disclosures have been presented elsewhere in the Annual Report and Financial Statements, rather than in the notes to the financial statements. These are cross-referenced from the financial statements and are identified as audited.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the financial statements is IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and applicable law and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING

CONSISTENCY OF OTHER INFORMATION AND COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS

COMPANIES ACT 2006 REPORTING

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

  • the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors' Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
  • the Strategic Report and the Directors' Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In addition, in light of the knowledge and understanding of the company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we are required to report if we have identified any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and the Directors' Report. We have nothing to report in this respect.

ISAS (UK & IRELAND) REPORTING

Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) ("ISAs (UK & Ireland)") we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, information in the Annual Report and Financial Statements is:

  • materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or
  • apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the company acquired in the course of performing our audit; or
  • otherwise misleading.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

ADEQUACY OF ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND INFORMATION AND EXPLANATIONS RECEIVED

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

  • we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
  • adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
  • the financial statements and the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION

DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION REPORT – COMPANIES ACT 2006 OPINION

In our opinion, the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

OTHER COMPANIES ACT 2006 REPORTING

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of directors' remuneration specified by law are not made. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE AUDIT

OUR RESPONSIBILITIES AND THOSE OF THE DIRECTORS

As explained more fully in the Directors' Responsibilities Statement set out on page 129, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and ISAs (UK & Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board's Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company's members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

WHAT AN AUDIT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INVOLVES

We conducted our audit in accordance with ISAs (UK & Ireland). An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of:

  • whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed;
  • the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and
  • the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the directors' judgements against available evidence, forming our own judgements and evaluating the disclosures in the financial statements.

We test and examine information, using sampling and other auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to provide a reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of controls, substantive procedures or a combination of both.

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report and Financial Statements to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies, we consider the implications for our report. With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors' Report, we consider whether those reports include the disclosures required by applicable legal requirements.

OTHER MATTER

We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of Mediclinic International plc for the year ended 31 March 2017.

Giles Hannam (Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors London 23 May 2017

COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION as at 31 March 2017

Notes 2017
£'m
2016
£'m
Non-current assets
Investment in subsidiaries
3 5 916 5 916
Current assets
Amounts due from related parties
Cash and cash equivalents
4
34
47
Total current assets
Total assets
34
5 950
47
5 963
Equity
Share capital
Capital redemption reserve
Share premium
Retained earnings
Share-based payment reserve
Treasury shares
5
5
5
5
5
5
74
6
690
5 154
1
(2)
5 923
74
6
690
4 899
1
(2)
5 668
Current liabilities
Other payables
Amount due to related parties
Bank borrowing
Derivatives payable
4
7
1
26


27
5 950
3
26
265
1
295
5 963

These financial statements as set out on pages 221 to 230 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors and signed on their behalf by:

DP Meintjes PJ Myburgh 23 May 2017 23 May 2017

Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer

Mediclinic International plc (Company no 08338604)

The notes on pages 224 to 230 form an integral part of these financial statements.

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES

IN EQUITY for the year/period ended 31 March

Share
capital
£'m
Capital
redemp
tion
reserve
£'m
Share
premium
£'m
Retained
earnings/
(accumu
lated
losses)
£'m
Share
based
payment
reserve
£'m
Treasury
shares
£'m
Total
£'m
At 1 January 2015 12 448 (1) 2 461
Profit for the period 91 91
Transactions with owners
of the company:
Reduction of share
premium
(448) 448
Special dividends declared (383) (383)
Dividends paid in the year
2015
(15) (15)
Reversal of share-based
payment reserve
(1) (1)
Addition of share-based
payment reserve
1 1
Tender offer (repurchase of
shares)
(6) 6 (523) (6) (529)
Remgro subscription 7 593 600
Repurchase of Mediclinic
shares
61 5 385 5 446
Addition to treasury shares (2) (2)
Settlement of share-based
payment reserve
(2) (2)
Addition to share-based
payment reserve
1 1
Transfer of share premium/
capital reduction
(4 765) 4 765
At 31 March 2016 74 6 690 4 899 1 (2) 5 668
At 1 April 2016 74 6 690 4 899 1 (2) 5 668
Profit for the year 317 317
Dividends paid in the year (62) (62)
At 31 March 2017 74 6 690 5 154 1 (2) 5 923

The notes on pages 224 to 230 form an integral part of these financial statements.

COMPANY STATEMENT OF

CASH FLOWS for the year/period ended 31 March

12 months
ended
15 months
ended
Notes 31 March
2017
£'m
31 March
2016
£'m
Operating activities
Profit before tax 317 91
Adjustments for:
Finance costs 6 6
Other income 6 (27)
Loss from derivatives instruments 1
Dividend income (303) (147)
Net cash used in operating activities before movements
in working capital
(7) (49)
Change in balances with related parties 47 13
Change in other payables (2) 1
Change in derivatives (1)
Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities 37 (35)
Investing activities
Dividend received 303 99
Repurchase of shares (530)
Issue of shares 600
Special dividends paid (383)
Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities 303 (214)
Financing activities
Obtaining a bank loan 313
Repayment of bank loan 7 (265) (46)
Payment of facility fees of bank loan (5)
Settlement of share option reserve (2)
Interest paid (6) (2)
Dividend paid (35) (15)
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities (306) 243
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents 34 (6)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year/period 6
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year/period 34

The notes on pages 224 to 230 form an integral part of these financial statements.

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS for the year ended 31 March 2017

1. STATUS AND ACTIVITY

Mediclinic International plc (the "Company" or "Parent'') is a Company which was incorporated in England and Wales on 20 December 2012. The address of the registered office of the Company is C/O Capita Company Secretarial Services, 1st Floor, 40 Dukes Place, London, EC3A 7NH. The registered number of the Company is 08338604. There is no ultimate controlling party. The domicile of the Company is the United Kingdom. The Company is a public liability company with three operating platforms in Southern Africa (South Africa and Namibia), Switzerland and the United Arab Emirates.

The activities of the subsidiaries are the operation of medical hospitals and clinics and the sale of pharmaceuticals, medical supplies and related equipment.

These financial statements are the separate financial statements of the Parent Company only and the financial statements of the Group are prepared and presented separately. The financial statements are available at the registered office of the Company.

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION

The Company's principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are the same as those set out in note 2 of the Group's financial statements, except as noted below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented.

Investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less any accumulated impairment.

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

The Company is taking advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the UK Companies Act not to present its individual income statement as part of these financial statements.

a) Statement of compliance

The financial statements includes activities for the period from 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017 (the "year"). The comparative information include activities for the period from 1 January 2015 to 31 March 2016 (the "period").

b) Basis of measurement

The financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as adopted by the European Union, including IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain financial instruments to fair value.

c) Functional and presentation currency

The financial statements and financial information are presented in pound, rounded to the nearest million.

d) Going concern

The Company's financial statements were prepared on a going concern basis. The Directors believe that the Company will continue to be in operation in the foreseeable future.

3. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES

This investment is stated at cost less impairment, if any.

2017 2016
£'m £'m
Shares at cost 5 916 5 916

The investments held by the Company are Al Noor Holdings Cayman Limited, ANMC Management Limited, Mediclinic CHF Finco Limited, Mediclinic Holdings Netherlands B.V., Mediclinic Middle East Holdings Limited and Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd, each being wholly-owned subsidiaries.

The activities of the subsidiaries are the operation of medical hospitals and clinics and the sale of pharmaceuticals, medical supplies and related equipment.

At 31 March 2017, the market capitalisation of the Company was below the carrying value of the total investment in subsidiaries balance of £5 916m. As a result impairment assessments were performed. No impairment was required for any of the investments as the value-in-use calculations were higher than the carrying values of each individual investment.

Refer to the Annexure to the notes to the consolidated financial statements for a complete listing of investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures of the Group and details of the country of incorporation, place of business, principal activities and interest in capital.

4. RELATED-PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

Related-parties comprise the subsidiaries, the shareholders, key management personnel and those entities over which the parent, the ultimate parent, the Directors or the Company can exercise significant influence or which can significantly influence the Company.

2017
£'m
2016
£'m
a) Transactions with key management personnel
Key management includes the Directors (Executive and Non-executive)
and members of the Executive Committee.
Salaries and other short-term benefits 1 4
b) Amount due from a related party:
Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd
47
This amount included the dividends declared by Mediclinic International (RF)
(Pty) Ltd on 31 March 2016.
c) Amount due to a related party:
Al Noor Medical Company – Al Noor Hospital – Al Noor Pharmacy LLC
26 26
This amount included the transaction and operational expenses paid by
Al Noor Medical Company – Al Noor Hospital – Al Noor Pharmacy LLC on
behalf of the Company. This amount is payable on demand.
Information regarding the Group's subsidiaries and associates can be found
in the Annexure to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
d) Dividends received from related parties:
Mediclinic CHF Finco Limited 49 35
Mediclinic Holdings Netherlands B.V.
Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd
7
78

94
Mediclinic Middle East Holdings Limited 169
Al Noor Holdings Cayman Limited 18
303 147
2017
£'m
2016
£'m
5. SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Issued and fully paid 737 243 810 (2016: 737 243 810) shares
of 10 pence each 74 74

Movement of issued share capital and share premium:

Number of
Shares
million
Share
capital
£'m
Capital
redemption
£'m
Share
premium
£'m
Total
£'m
1 January 2015 116 866 203 12 448 460
Reduction of share capital (448) (448)
Remgro subscription 72 115 384 7 593 600
Shares issued to Mediclinic
International (RF) (Pty) Ltd
shareholders
611 921 099 61 5 385 5 446
Tender offer (63 658 876) (6) 6 (523) (523)
Second capital reduction (4 765) (4 765)
At 31 March 2016 737 243 810 74 6 690 770
At 31 March 2017 737 243 810 74 6 690 770

a. The Directors of the Company, having taken legal advice, have redesignated share premium in aggregate of £448m from the share premium account to retained earnings. On 20 and 21 January 2016 the Company applied to the court for a reduction of the Company's share premium balance to the amounts of £359m and £89m respectively.

b. On 16 February 2016, the Company applied to the Court proposed reduction of share capital from £80m to £74m and reduction of share premium from £5 454m (US\$8 655m) to £690m (US\$1bn). Accordingly, an amount of £4 765m has been transferred from the share premium account to retained earnings.

c. The Company received legal advice on the scheme of arrangement and the premium on issue of share capital to Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd shareholders, did not qualify as merger relief under United Kingdom law.

Other reserves

Share-based
payment
reserve
£'m
Treasury
shares
£'m
Total
£'m
As at 1 January 2015 2 2
Reversal of share-based payment reserve (1) (1)
Addition of share-based payment reserve 2 2
Settlement of share-based payment reserve (2) (2)
Addition to treasury shares (2) (2)
As at 31 March 2016 1 (2) (1)
Addition of share-based payment reserve
As at 31 March 2017 1 (2) (1)

6. DIVIDENDS

The Company declared interim dividends for the 2016/17 period and final dividends for the 2015/16 period amounting to £62m. The Company paid £35m of these dividends, the remainder of £27m was paid by the Dividend Access Trust.

A wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd, formed a Dividend Access Trust to comply with a South African Reserve Bank requirement that dividends from a South African source due to South African shareholders on the South African share register must be paid locally to avoid an outflow of funds from South Africa.

The beneficiaries of the trust are the South African shareholders of the Company who hold their shares via the South African share register on the relevant record date in respect of each distribution paid through the dividend access scheme. The Dividend Access Trust does not participate in any profits.

When a dividend is declared by the Company, the Dividend Access Trust would receive a dividend from Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd which in turn is paid over to the Company's transfer secretaries in South Africa, who arrange for the payment of the relevant amount to the South African shareholders (the beneficiaries of the trust) through the usual dividend payment procedures, as if they were dividends received from Mediclinic International plc. To the extent that the dividends due to South African shareholders are not ultimately funded from Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd, they receive those dividends as normal dividends from Mediclinic International plc. The South African shareholders' entitlement to receive dividends declared by Mediclinic International plc is reduced by any amounts they receive via the trust.

Details on the final proposed dividend has been disclosed in note 28.7 to the consolidated financial statements.

7. BANK BORROWING

The Company obtained a short-term bridge facility of £400m of which £313m was drawn down on 24 February 2016. This loan was fully repaid within this financial year. This loan incurred interest at variable rates linked to LIBOR with a minimum base rate of 1% plus 3.75%. The facility was secured in favour of lenders over the shares in Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd and of Mediclinic CHF Finco Limited, Mediclinic Middle East Holdings Limited and Mediclinic Holdings Netherlands B.V.

2017 2016
£'m £'m
As at 1 April 2016 (2016: 1 January 2015) 265
Drawdown during the period 313
Repaid during the period (265) (47)
266
Facility costs (1)
As at 31 March 265

8. AUDITOR'S REMUNERATION

The Company incurred an amount of £337 900 (2016: £352 989) to its auditor in respect of the audit of the Company and Group's financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2017.

Fees payable to the Company's auditors for other services:

2017 2016
£'m £'m
Tax advisory services 248
Audit-related and other services 98
346

Relates to services rendered across the Group.

9. SHARE-BASED PAYMENT RESERVE

Forfeitable Share Plan

The Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd Forfeitable Share Plan ("FSP") was approved by the Company's shareholders in July 2014 as a long-term incentive scheme for selected senior management (Executive Directors and prescribed officers). This share-based payment arrangement is accounted for as an equitysettled share-based payment transaction. With the change in control and the acquisition of the Al Noor Hospitals Group Plc, the performance conditions of FSP have been finalised to the extent that the performance conditions were met as at 30 September 2015. The FSP shares will vest after the vesting period has lapsed.

Under the FSP, conditional share awards are granted to selected employees of the Group. The vesting of these shares is subject to continued employment and measured over a three-year period.

2017 2016
As at 1 April 2016 (2016: 1 January 2015) 239 290
Amount of shares transferred from Mediclinic International (RF) (Pty) Ltd 239 290
As at 31 March 239 290 239 290

A valuation has been determined and an expense recognised over a three-year period. The fair value of the TSR performance condition has been determined by using the Monte Carlo simulation model and the fair value of the headline earning per share performance condition, consensus forecasts have been used.

The following assumptions have been used to determine the fair value of the TSR performance condition:

2017 2016
Risk-free rate 7.49% 7.49%
Dividend yield 1.0% 1.0%
Volatility 20% 20%

Apart from the FSP, there are no other share option schemes in place. Therefore, no Director exercised any rights in relation to share option schemes during the reporting period. Al Noor Hospitals Group Plc Directors which exercised options before the acquisition date (15 February 2016) is regarded as a preacquisition transaction in these Group financial statements.

10. TAXATION

At 31 March 2017, the Company had unutilised tax losses of approximately £33m (2016: £20m). No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of these losses.

11. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

a) Capital risk management

The Company manages its capital to ensure it is able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return on equity. The Company does not have a formalised optimal target capital structure or target ratios in connection with its capital risk management objective. The Company's overall strategy remains unchanged from the prior year. The Company is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

b) Financial risk management objectives

The Company is exposed to the following risks related to financial instruments: credit risk, liquidity risk and foreign currency risk. The Company does not enter into or trade in financial instruments, investments in securities, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

c) Credit risk

Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. There is no credit risk involved on the Company's financial statements except for the amount due from a related party disclosed below:

2017 2016
Amount due from a related party 47

d) Liquidity risk

Ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Directors of the Company, who has built an appropriate liquidity risk management framework for the management of the Company's short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity management requirements. The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will be unable to meet its funding requirements. The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Company's non-derivative financial liabilities. The contractual maturities of the financial liabilities have been determined on the basis of the remaining period at the end of reporting period to the contractual repayment date. The maturity profile is monitored by management to ensure adequate liquidity is maintained.

The maturity profile of the liabilities at the end of reporting period based on existing contractual repayment arrangements was as follows:

Carrying
amount
£'m
Contractual
cash flows
£'m
1 year
or less
£'m
31 March 2017
Other payables 1 1 1
Related-party payables 26 26 26
27 27 27
31 March 2016
Other payables 3 3 3
Bank borrowing 265 265 265
Derivative payables 1 1 1
Related-party payables 26 26 26
295 295 295

e) Interest rate risk

The Company's interest rate risk arises from short-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Company to cash flow interest rate risk. Interest rate expose the Company to fair value interest rate risk. The Company's policy is to maintain an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

Last date to trade cum dividend (SA register) Tuesday, 20 June 2017 First date of trading ex-dividend (SA register) Wednesday, 21 June 2017 First date of trading ex-dividend (UK register) Thursday, 22 June 2017 Record date for final dividend Friday, 23 June 2017 Shareholder approval at annual general meeting (London) Tuesday, 25 July 2017 Final dividend payment date Monday, 31 July 2017 Financial half year Saturday, 30 September 2017 Half year results announcement and presentation November 2017

DIVIDENDS

AR

The Company's dividend policy, details of the final dividend declared and the dividend access trust established for South African resident shareholders are provided in the Directors' Report on page 18 and in note 13 of the consolidated financial statements on page 181.

DISTRIBUTION OF ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS AS AT 31 MARCH 2017

Number of
beneficial
shareholders
Number of
shares
% of issued
UK register 650 163 991 301 22.24
SA register 42 694 573 252 509 77.76
Certificated 1 093 406 318 0.06
Dematerialised 41 601 572 846 191 77.70
43 344 737 243 810 100.00

SHARE PRICE

The latest share price information can be found on the Company's website at www.mediclinic.com or through your broker.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES AND CONTACTS

SHAREHOLDER ENQUIRIES

Enquiries relating to shareholdings, including notification of change of address, queries regarding the loss of a share certificate and dividend payments should be made to the Company's registrars:

SHAREHOLDERS ON THE SOUTHERN AFRICAN REGISTER

South African transfer secretary Namibian transfer secretary Computershare Investor Services (Pty) Ltd Transfer Secretaries (Pty) Ltd Postal address: PO Box 61051, Tel: +264 61 227 647 Marshalltown, 2107, South Africa Fax: +264 61 248 531 Tel: +27 11 370 5000 Fax: +27 11 688 7716

Rosebank Towers, 15 Biermann Avenue, 4 Robert Mugabe Avenue, Windhoek, Namibia Rosebank, 2196, South Africa Postal address: PO Box 2401, Windhoek, Namibia

SHAREHOLDERS ON THE UK REGISTER

With effect from Monday, 21 August 2017, the Company will change its UK registrar from Capita Asset Services to Computershare Investor Services plc. From this date, the administration of the Company's share register will cease to be provided by Capita and will instead be provided by Computershare. All shareholder services previously provided by Capita will be provided by Computershare and any questions relating to the Company's register should be directed to Computershare using the contact details below.

Once the change of the share services is complete, Computershare will contact all shareholders on the UK register with more detail and information including their new Shareholder Reference Number ("SRN") and how shareholders can register for online services to manage their shareholding.

Capita Asset Services (up to Friday, 18 August 2017) The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent, BR3 4TU, United Kingdom Tel: 0871 664 0300 (UK only) or +44 371 664 0300 (if dialling from outside the UK)

Lines are open during normal business hours from 08:30 to 17:30 GMT Monday to Friday, and calls are charged at the standard rate. Shareholders can use Capita's website to check and maintain their records. Details can be found at www.signalshares.com.

Computershare (from Monday, 21 August 2017) The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol, BS99 6ZZ, United Kingdom Tel: +44 370 703 6022 E-mail: [email protected]

Lines are open during normal business hours from 08:30 to 17:30 GMT Monday to Friday and charged at the standard rate. Shareholders can use Computershare's website to check and maintain their records. Details can be found at www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus.

Share Dealing Service

Capita and Computershare offer a share dealing service which allows UK resident shareholders to buy and sell the Company's shares. Shareholders can deal in their shares on the internet or by telephone. Please contact the Company's registrar for more details on this service.

ShareGift

If a few shares are held, which low value makes them difficult to sell, you may make a donation to charity through ShareGift, an independent charity share donation scheme. For further details please contact the Company's registrar or ShareGift at telephone number +44 20 7930 3737 or visit their website at www.sharegift.org.

COMPANY INFORMATION

COMPANY NAME AND NUMBER

Mediclinic International plc (formerly Al Noor Hospitals Group plc) (incorporated and registered in England and Wales) Company number: 08338604

REGISTERED OFFICE

Mediclinic International plc, 40 Dukes Place, London, EC3A 7NH, United Kingdom Postal address: PO Box 456, Stellenbosch 7599, South Africa Tel: +44 20 7954 9600 Fax: +44 20 7954 9886 Ethics Line: +27 12 543 5332 / Toll-free 0800 005 316 (South Africa only) / [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.mediclinic.com

LISTING

FTSE sector: Health Care Equipment & Services ISIN code: GB00B8HX8Z88 SEDOL Number: B8HX8Z8 EPIC Number: MDC LEI: 2138002S5BSBIZTD5I60 Primary listing: London Stock Exchange (share code: MDC) Secondary listing: JSE Limited (share code: MEI) Secondary listing: Namibian Stock Exchange (share code: MEP)

DIRECTORS

Dr Edwin Hertzog (Chairman) (South African), Danie Meintjes (Chief Executive Officer) (South African), Jurgens Myburgh (Chief Financial Officer) (South African), Jannie Durand (ne) (South African), Alan Grieve (ind ne) (British), Seamus Keating (ind ne) (Irish), Prof Dr Robert Leu (ind ne) (Swiss), Nandi Mandela (ind ne) (South African), Trevor Petersen (ind ne) (South African), Desmond Smith (Senior Independent Director) (South African), Pieter Uys (alternate to Jannie Durand) (South African)

COMPANY SECRETARY

Capita Company Secretarial Services Limited (Ms Victoria Dalby) 40 Dukes Place, London, EC3A 7NH, United Kingdom Tel: +44 20 7954 9600 E-mail: [email protected]

INVESTOR RELATIONS CONTACT

Mr James Arnold Head of Investor Relations 14 Curzon Street, London, W1J 5HN, United Kingdom Tel: +44 20 3786 8180/1 E-mail: [email protected]

REGISTRAR/TRANSFER SECRETARIES

United Kingdom:

Capita Asset Services (up to Friday, 18 August 2017) The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent, BR3 4TU Tel: 0871 664 0300 (UK only) or +44 371 664 0300

(if dialling from outside the UK) Computershare (from Monday, 21 August 2017) The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol, BS99 6ZZ, United Kingdom

Tel: +44 370 703 6022

E-mail: [email protected]

South Africa:

Computershare Investor Services (Pty) Ltd Rosebank Towers, 15 Biermann Avenue, Rosebank, 2196, PO Box 61051, Marshalltown, 2107 Tel: +27 11 370 5000

Namibia: Transfer Secretaries (Pty) Ltd 4 Robert Mugabe Avenue, Windhoek, PO Box 2401, Windhoek Tel: +264 61 227 647

CORPORATE ADVISORS

Auditors

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, London

Corporate Broker and Sponsors

Corporate broker: Morgan Stanley & Co International plc JSE (South Africa) sponsor: Rand Merchant Bank (a division of FirstRand Bank Limited) NSX (Namibia) sponsor: Simonis Storm Securities (Pty) Ltd

Legal Advisors

UK legal advisors: Slaughter and May SA legal advisors: Cliffe Dekker Hofmeyr Inc.

Remuneration Consultant New Bridge Street

Communication Agency

FTI Consulting Tel: +44 20 3727 1000 E-mail: [email protected]

GLOSSARY

TERM MEANING
annual general meeting the annual general meeting of the Company to be held on
Tuesday, 25 July 2016, the notice of which have been distributed
to shareholder by Friday, 23 June 2017 and a copy of which is
available on the Company's website
Annual Report this annual report and financial statements for the reporting
period ended 31 March 2017
Al Noor the Al Noor Hospitals Group with operations mainly in Abu Dhabi,
which forms part of the Group's operations in the
United Arab Emirates
Articles the Company's Articles of Association as adopted in General
Meeting on 20 July 2016
Board the board of directors of Mediclinic International plc
(formerly Al Noor Hospitals Group plc)
CAGR (%) compounded annual growth rate
cash conversion (%) cash generated from operations divided by normalised EBITDA
CCU critical care unit
CDLI Carbon Disclosure Leadership Index
Combination the combination of Al Noor Hospitals Group plc and Mediclinic
International Limited, which was completed on 15 February 2016
Company Mediclinic International plc (formerly Al Noor Hospitals Group plc)
Directors the directors of Mediclinic International plc
DRG Diagnosis-related group
EBITDA operating profit before depreciation and amortisation, excluding
other gains and losses
FCA the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority
GDP gross domestic product
GRI Standards the GRI Sustainability Reporting Standards issued in 2016
by the Global Sustainability Standards Board, which standards
represent global best practice for reporting publicly on a range
of economic, environmental and social impacts
Group Mediclinic International and its three operating platforms in
Southern Africa, Switzerland and the United Arab Emirates
("group" refers to one of the Group's operating platforms, as
the context may indicate, as defined below)
group one of the operating platforms of the Group, as the context
may indicate (please note that "group" is as defined in this
definition and "Group" refers to the entire Mediclinic Group
as defined above)
HAI healthcare-associated infection
Hirslanden the Group's operations in Switzerland, trading under the
Hirslanden brand, with Hirslanden AG as the intermediary holding
company of the Group's operations in Switzerland
TERM MEANING
IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the
European Union
JCI Joint Commission International, an international quality
measurement accreditation organisation, aimed at improving
quality of care
JSE JSE Limited, the stock exchange of South Africa based
in Johannesburg
Last Practicable Date the date of approval of the Annual Report by the Board, being
23 May 2017
Listing Rules the listing rules of the FCA applicable to companies listed
on the LSE, subject to the oversight of the United Kingdom
Listing Authority
LSE the stock exchange operated by London Stock Exchange plc
Mediclinic or Mediclinic International Mediclinic International plc (formerly Al Noor Hospitals
Group plc)
Mediclinic Middle East the Group's operations in the UAE, trading under the Mediclinic
and Al Noor brands, with (a) Emirates Healthcare Holdings
Limited BVI as the intermediary holding company of the Group's
operations in the UAE, mainly in Dubai; and (b) Al Noor Golden
Commercial LLC as the intermediary holding company of the
Group's operations in the UAE, mainly in Abu Dhabi
Mediclinic Southern Africa the Group's operations in South Africa and Namibia, trading under
the Mediclinic brand, with Mediclinic Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd as
the intermediary holding company of the Group's operations in
South Africa and Namibia
next financial year the financial year which commenced on 1 April 2017 and ending
on 31 March 2018
NSX the Namibian Stock Exchange based in Windhoek, Namibia
operating platform/s Mediclinic Southern Africa, Hirslanden (Switzerland) and
Mediclinic Middle East and their subsidiaries and associated
entities, or any one of them as the context may indicate
period under review the financial year which commenced on 1 April 2016 and ended
on 31 March 2017
reporting period the financial year which commenced on 1 April 2016 and ended
on 31 March 2017
SA the Republic of South Africa
SA Companies Act the South African Companies Act, 71 of 2008, as amended
UAE United Arab Emirates
UK the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
UK Companies Act the United Kingdom Companies Act of 2006, as amended

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains certain forward-looking statements relating to the financial condition, regulatory environment in which we operate, results of operations and businesses of Mediclinic and the Group, including certain plans and objectives of the Group. All statements other than statements of historical fact are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are statements of future expectations that are based on management's current expectations and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in these statements. Forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements concerning the potential exposure of Mediclinic to market risks and statements expressing management's expectations, beliefs, estimates, forecasts, projections and assumptions, including as to future potential cost savings, synergies, earnings, cash flow, production and prospects. These forward-looking statements are identified by their use of terms and phrases such as "anticipate", "believe", "could", "estimate", "expect", "goals", "intend", "may", "objectives", "outlook", "plan", "probably", "project", "risks", "seek", "should", "target", "will" and similar terms and phrases.

GREYMATTER & FINCH # 11076

www.mediclinic.com

Talk to a Data Expert

Have a question? We'll get back to you promptly.